^

m

f • ^

m.

■ y

i^-i

V

■:^ ■'

"-^ *".;

4

V

/

y

>-y

V

/

/

-^

^

•5 -^

'l.T^

PRESENTED

\^{)c ^nioicc

G

I UK r.KiilslI .Ml.si^.UM.

3 ^^a. tAu

S-Cu

REPORT ON THE COLLECTIONS

OF

NATUKAL HISTORY

MADE IN THE ANTAECTIC REGIONS DURING
THE VOYAGE OF THE

cc

SOUTHEEN CEOSS."

LONDON:
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.

SOLD BY

LONGMANS & Co., 39 PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C. ;
B. QUARITCH, 15 PICCADILLY, W. ; DULAU & Co., 37 SOHO SQUARE, W. ;
KEG AN PAUL, TRENCH, TRUBNER & Co., CHARING CROSS ROAD, W.C. ;

AND AT THE

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), CROMWELL ROAD, S.W.

1902.

All rights reserved.

LOSIKtS :

ntlKTBP BV WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED,

MTKB »TR»T, STAUFWBD STRKKT, S.K., AND OREAT WINDMILL STREET, W.

n

th

c

7

PEEFACE.

The expedition of the ' Southern Cross ' was fitted out by Sir George
Newnes, Bart., in 1898. Everything that experience could suggest
for an Antarctic Expedition was amply provided for by him, and
it is certain that he spared no expense to render it successful.

The scientific staff on board the ' Southern Cross ' appears to have
been well chosen, Mr. Nicolai Hanson, the Zoologist, was an
indefatigable collector and taxidermist, and Mr. Hugh Evans was an
excellent Assistant-zoologist. They were supported by Lieut.
Colbeck, Mr. Louis Bernacchi, Dr. Klovstad as the surgeon, and
Mr. Anton Fougner; Mr. C. E. Borchgrevink was in command of
the expedition.

The 'Southern Cross' sailed from the Thames on the 22nd of
August, 1898, touched at Madeira and St. Vincent, and reached
Hobart Town on the 28th of November. After a fortnight spent in
Tasmania, the ship sailed for Victoria Land on the 17th of December,
and met with the first of the ice-pack on the 30th of the same month.
The initial attempt to reach Victoria Land was not successful,
and the result was that the ' Southern Cross ' was hemmed in in the
ice-pack for forty days, and was at last headed northwards and
returned for a second attempt to penetrate to Cape Adare, the
future winter residence of the landing-party. The open sea was
once more attained on the 10th of February, aud on the 14th the
' Southern Cross ' successfully passed through the ice-pack in six
hours.

During the time that the ship was shut up in the ice-pack,
Mr. Hanson made large collections of the Seals and Birds, and the
natural history notes recorded by him in his private diary are
published in the present volume, by permission of his widow.
Before starting on the voyage, Mr. Hanson spent some weeks at the

IV

Preface.

^. ..1 cr.fion near fhristiania, in Southern Norway, receiving

Ui,uu.v...... ..- ;a Professor Hjorth as to the proper methods of the

c«i»tur« anil preservation of marine Invertebrata, Ahjx, &c. His
death in Octul«r. 180'.». was a great loss to the expedition, as it was
to Science pinerally. for, either from want of knowledge or want of
care on the part of the survivors, his collections suffered consider-
tWy, csiwcially in the case of the Invertebrata, as will be seen from
the' n?iK)rts of the various specialists who have described them.
The Seals, of which there was a large series, were sent home in
brine, but the tubs in which they were packed were not labelled in
any way, and only a few specimens had leaden tickets attached to
them. Tljese had unfortunately become so corroded from immersion
in the brine as to be, in nearly every case, undecipherable, and no
Iwt of the collection of Seals was forthcoming. The memoir on the
White Seal, which Mr. Hanson prepared, and which would un-
tloubletlly have added much to our knowledge of this animal, was,
I am informed, lost by some mischance on the voyage home. It is,
therefore, to be regretted that the work will have to be done again
by the naturalists on board the 'Discovery' and other expeditions
which may visit " Antarctica " in the future.

Sir George Newnes has presented to the National Museum the

first wt of all the specimens collected, and by his directions I have

distributed the duplicates to various Museums and Public Institu-

tionn in (Jreat Britain and abroad, so that many of these have been

enriclujd by his generosity. There weie very few duplicate bird-

»kiii», but the collection of eggs, mostly preserved by Mr. Hugh

Kvan.H, was a fine one. A good many duplicate fishes remained, and

th<'8c have been given to Museum.? where they were likely to be

uoefu\ for sttidy. Of the Invertebrata there were not many to

c The second set has been sent to Professor Collett for the

< ilia Mu.seuni, in acknowledgment of tlie assistance rendered

by biui in promoting the objects of the expedition, and in considera-

of the nntionality of the commander.

of prei»aring for publication the various memoirs on the

•< of Vertebrata was assigned by me to Dr. Bowdler

'li.- Invertebrata have been edited by Professor

I.

Preface. v

I have to acknowledge the kindness of Sir George Newnes la
lending several blocks for the purpose of illustrating the present
memoir ; they appeared in Mr. Borchgrevink's ' First on the
Antarctic Continent.' Messrs. Hurst & Blackett have also been
good enough to allow the reproduction of many of the illustrations
from Mr. Bernacchi's work ' To the South Polar Regions.'

E. EAY LANKESTER,

Director.
British Muskom (Nat. Hist.),
Afril 20th, 1902.

CONTENTS.

FAGK

I. MAMMALIA 1

By Capt. Gr. E. H. Barrett- Hamilton,
F.Z.S., &c.

II. NOTES ON ANTARCTIC SEALS collected
during the Expedition of the ' Southern

Cross' 67

By Edward A. Wilson, M.B., F.Z.S.

II-VI

IIL EXTRACTS FROM THE PRIVATE 'DIARY '

OF THE LATE NICOLAI HANSON .. 79

IV. AVES 106

By R. BowDLER Shaepe, LL.D., F.L.S., &c..
Assistant Keeper, Department of Zoology,
British Museum (Sub-Dept. of Vertebrata).

VII-X

V. PISCES

By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

174 xi-xvin

VL TUNICATA 190

By W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.R.S., Derby Pro-
fessor of Natural History in University
College, Liverpool.

XIX-XXIII

VIL MOLLUSC A 201 XXIV, XXV

By Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S., Assistant Keeper,
Department of Zoology, British Museum
(Sub-Dept. of Invertebrata).

Vm. ECHINODERMA

By F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A., Emeritus Professor
and Fellow of King's College, London.

214 XXVI-XXVIII

VIII

Contents.

PAGE

IX. IN Ml lA.
Arrr.RA

Chu-kmbola .. ■■ ■ .

By Gko. n. ('AurKN-TKR, B.Sc (Lond.), Science
«na Art Museum, Dublin.

l*TK.UV<i<>TA.

HkMUTKRA I'ABASITICA.
PKDICULIDJi

By the Hon. N. C. Rothschild, B.A.

221

224

PLATK

XLVII

X. AUACllNIHA.

ACAKISA .. •• •• •• *■

By Dr. K. L. Trocessart, President de la
Soci«:'t<5 Ztologique de France, MembreCorre-
spondant de la Zoological Society of London.

XI. ClIl'STACKA .. ..

By T. V. Hodgson.

225

228

XXIX-XL

Xll. POLYCIIAETA

Hv Arthur Willey, D.Sc, F.Z.S.

262

XLl-XLYI

XIIT OEPHYHEA

By A. E. Shipley, M.A.

284

XIV. NEMATODA

Bv Dr. VON' LiKSTow.

285

XV. CEhTODA ..

By Dr. von Linstow.

285

XVI. IH)LYZOA ..

By H. KiRKrATuicK.

286

XVII. ANTUOZOA.

Alctosabia 290

By Dr. I>«ri8 Uocle, and Sydney J. Hickson,
F.ll.S., rr..f.-^..r ;., Owns Collego, Man-
chwtt-r.

XLVII

XVIII. AtTlNI-E
Wit

294 XLYIII-LII

il ol their peculiar Brood
.., . ,. Joseph A. Clubb, M.Sc, As-
Curator of the Lord Derby Natural
y MuMuni, Liverpool.

Contents.

IX

PAGE

XIX. HYDROZOA 310

A preliminary account, by Edward T. Browne,
Universitj' College, London.

XX. POEIFERA..

By K. KiRKPATRICK.

;}17

XXL CRYPTOGAMIA

Musci.
By A. Gepp, M.A., F.L.S.

LiCHENES.

By V. H. Blackman, M.A., F.L.S.

Algae.
By Miss E. S. Barton.

Peridineae.
By Y. H. Blackman, M.A., F.L.S.

319

XXTL REPORT ON THE ROCK SPECIMENS

By G. T. Prior, M.A., F.G.S., Assist. Mineral
Dept., British Museum.

321

LIII

XXin. INDEX

333

THE NATURAL HISTORY COLLECTIONS

OP THE

iC

SOUTHEEN cross;

-Vi^t

I. MAMMALIA."

By G. E. H. BARRETT-HAMILTON,

Capt. 5th Royal Irish Rifles.
(Plate I.)

Introduction. — When it is considered how frequently sealing and
whaling vessels have visited the Antarctic seas, and how heavy has
been the toll levied upon the marine Mammalia of those regions,
it is astounding to find how little is really known of these animals.
Leaving out of the question the Elephant-Seal (Macrorhinus), whose
valuable commercial properties early made it the object of a pursuit
so keen that it seems to have been well-nigli wiped out of existence,
we find four species of true Seals represented in collections from
the Antarctic. These are the Crab-eating or White Seal (Lobodon

* This report on the Antarctic Seals was written by Capt. Barrett-Hamilton
before his departure with his regiment for South Africa : it has been incorporated
in the ' Antarctic Manual for 1901 ' (pp. 209-224). Since that pubhcation
appeared, I have received corrected proofs from the author from South Africa, and
he has made a good many emendations and corrections ; so that his account of the
Seals, as here published, will be found to differ slightly from the report in the
' Antarctic Manual.' 1 have received valuable assistance from my colleague,
Mr. R. I. Pocock, who uudertook to look over the proofs in Capt. Barrett-Hamilton's
absence. Mr. Pocock has been at great pains to supply some of the details which
the author's departure for the front had prevented him from completing.

I have also added references to certain books which have ajjpeared since
Caj^. Barrett- Hamilton left England. He was only acquainted with Mr. Borchgre-
vink's paper in the Geographical Journal, and I have, therefore, added references,
as far as possible, to the latter's hook, 'First on the Antarctic Continent' (Newnes,
1901), and to Mr. Bernacchi's 'To the South Polar Regions' (Hurst and Blackett,
1901), in order to bring the synonyn)y up to date. I have also inserted a few blocks
kindly lent by the publishers of the above-mentioned volumes. — R. B. S.

B

ll"*

2 Soiitlicfu Cross.

». WtMl.ltiir.s Scul, or the Kiilse Loopanl-Seal {Lcptony-

'\w True U'(.i.iir<l-Sual {(h/morhium IrpUmjjx), and

!;.„,. S-al ((h.um,loph»-n rossi). All tlit'sc are at home on the

.f iho exlreiiK' S».uth I'olar rei^'ions, probably at all portions

... ....^ .iiva. n re-ion where neither tlie Elephant-Seal nor any

of Fuiretl Seal are known to exist. Three of them are not

tl to the iM\ck-ice, but have l)een found elsewhere ; the single

•ion bein^ Koss's Seal. No other mammal has ever been

bnui-ht from tl>e Anfaretic, and it is highly unlikely, in spite of

. stat^Miieiits to the contrary, that any remarkably new form

..J : lUan life, at least among the Pinnipeds, remains to be

Of the alK>ve.-nientioned four species the earliest to attract the

ntlontion of Zoologists, and perhaps the best known to science at the

pn'sent day, is the Ix'<tpard-Seal, a species which was first recognised

a-H (listlMct by De lilainville in 1820. In 1822 appeared the first

iiolict? of Wtnldell's Seal in the shape of a short description by

1*1 " .Taiueson in * Weddell's Voyage to the South Pole/ to be

fnlinwcii by its correct description in binominal terms by Lesson in

IS'JG. Next in order comes the Crab-eating Seal, discovered by the

French exjiedition of 1837-1840. This species formed the subject of

two plates in .lacciuinot's and Pucherau's 'Atlas,' published some

time lH!lwt>en 1842 and 1844. Lastly, Ross's Seal was discovered

by Sir .lanie-s Clark llosr, during his voyage of 1839-1843, and was

by l)r. J. E. (Jray in his account of the ' Zoology of the

\ 1 H.M.S. " Erebus" and " Terror" ' published in 1844. Sir

•' fxjtedition obtained specimens of each of the four species,

*»' "".^ly (Iniy's work bec-ame, and still remains, the standard

d' , '11 of them all. It contains in fact the first written descrip-

liMfi Mf th.' Cralnoating Seal and of lioss's Seal, and the first

«i iii»tion of Weddell's Seal.

1S44 until the nineties, practically no specimens, except

t home by sealers, reached our museums; and even the

' shan- of the .spoil, ulthough fortunately described by

. U liiiiiii Turner in 1S8S, was meagre enough.

!• •, .„.! ...,,. rising then, that while we actually knew nothinu

>nd habits of any of the four species, two of them

1 » and lto.Hs's Seals) might, until a year or two ago, have

•ind elaime*! justly, to l)e considered amongst the rarest and

ly known of all Mammals. ( )f the latter species, in fact,

I mens were known to exist. A third skin,

^ uu uuuc atucncu lu which luis disappeared, is preserved, as Prof.

Mamnialia. 3

D'Arcy W. Thompson lias been good enough to inform me, in the
Town museum at Dundee.

Very welcome, then, were the specimens brought back by the
' Bdgica' \i\ 1899. Although not numerous, they were excellently
preserved and carefully labelled, and in all cases the sex of each
specimen had been ascertained, I count it a distinct privilege to
have been permitted to describe and study the first scientifically-
prepared specimens of Antarctic Seals which have reached Europe.
In the ' Bclgiai ' collection all four species of Seal were represented,
and the four skulls of Weddell's Seal, and the two of Eoss's Seal,
which formed a part of it, must be regarded as special prizes.

The present collection, like that of the ' Bclgica,' contains specimens
(both skins and skulls) of each species, the greatest rarities being the
skins and skulls of Eoss's Seal. Weddell's Seal is poorly represented ;
of the Leopard-Seal there is one skin and skull, and there are several
skins and skulls of Lobodon. It is unfortunate that, owing to the
death of Mr. Nicolai Hanson, the Zoologist to the expedition, his
notes on the Seals have been lost to science. This, and the fact
that the metal labels which had been attached to the specimens have
been in nearly all cases corroded through immersion in brine,
detract greatly from the importance of what would otherwise have
been a most valuable collection.

Habits, Life-history, &c. — It may be said with truth that
until the last decade of the nineteenth century we knew practically
nothing of the habits of the Antarctic Seals. During that period,
with reviving interest in the exploration of the South Polar regions,
several efforts were made to supplement our information on these
subjects, so that at the present time our knowledge, although far
from adequate, is no longer a complete blank. I have thought that,
in the present incomplete state of our knowledge, it is better to
give in detail the observations of the various naturalists rather than
to attempt a summary which, at the best, would need almost
immediate revision.

The Antarctic summer of 1892-93 found the Scottish whalers
'Diana' ' Balaeua' and 'Active' in the neighbourhood of Joinville
Island and Louis Philippe Land. Mr. W. S. Bruce, who accompanied
the ' Balaena ' as naturalist, has given us a few notes on the Seals
which he observed. These — although I suspect that his identification
may have been in some cases mistaken — are graphically written, and
give us a fair picture, in a general way, of the mammalian life of
the Antarctic.

B 2

4 Soittho'u Cross.

Mr. llriH'C foiin.l all four siu'cies <.n tlie pack-ice, where, " loving
ilu- nun, tlifv lie t»n \\\v i»ack all day, digesting tlieir meal of the
prvvious night, wliicli liad consisted of fish or small crustaceans, or
All the Senls were ohtained from the pack-ice, in bluest
-t water. . , . The present generation had never seen
iiKiu. aii'i ;it hJH approach they did not attempt to flee, but surveyed
liiiii oiKMi-nx'ullRMl and fearful, during which process they were
liiid lt»\v with cluh or bullet. Sometimes they were so lazy with
sleep that I have seen a man dig them in the ribs with the
muzzle of hi.s gun, and, wondering what was disturbing their
sluinlwrs, they raised their head, only too quickly to fall pierced
with a bullet. . . .

'*. . . In December all the Seals were in bad condition, thinly
''■■'' ri'd, !ind grievously scarred, and it is noteworthy that the
^ apjtenn'd to l»e as freely scarred as the males. During
y their condition improved, and by February they were
heavily blubbered and full of scars. The males were apparently as
numerous as the females, but I made no definite statistics. . . . By
Kebniary the embryo is well developed, gestation probably beginning
in I >et:enjl)er. . . . Almost every female, towards the end of January
and Febniary, is with young. In no individual did I find more than
one enibrko. . . ."

Tl .• "^.'als showed great ])Ower of jumping out of the Mater. On

nn- ..n sftme were fouiul " on a tilted berg, and so high was the

dKive the level of the water," that Mr. Bruce relates that the

only " clambered up with difficulty and secured their prey."

H«^ lia-s .seen the Seals " rising 8 or 10 feet above the sea, and covering

•f fully 20 feet in length."

ii:r .xtraordinary scars and wounds observed on the Seals, as

'-— :*• i by Mr. liruce, have been already noticed by previous

:Mid attributed to various causes. One of the most

! ies ascribes them to the attacks of a large and unknown

lem-strial ramivorous mammal corresponding to the Polar Bear of

•^' '• No traces of any such mammal have been found by

.Ml. v\. u. iJurn-.Murdoth, who visited the Antarctic in 1892-93

ml ihr • /• ' , • writi-.s :— The "Seals evidently consider the

•'^ '' o-i.MTi's tlieir refuge from danger; probably the

^^"'^^'' ^''CTu here as it does the Seals in the north.

"^ ^l'*-' ''^''•'^1« very much scarred with long parallel

eneiirling their bodies. I think that these were

n. by ilH, (;iampu.s ; the smaller cuts about their necks and

MaimjiaUa. 5

shoulders were signs of domestic worries." ^ These scars are also
described by Mr. H. J. Bull, who gained his experiences of the Seals
in 1894-95 during a sealing and whaling trip to Victoria Land.^
Mr. Bull states that nearly one-half of the seals captured
exhibited these peculiar scars or wounds. The wounds, which were
in some cases " quite fresh — in fact bleeding — were not found about
the necks and heads of the animals, but about their body, more
particularly the lower parts." Their peculiarity consisted in their
great length — " up to twelve inches," and their frequently parallel
arrangement at a distance of " about one inch apart." Their nature
and appearance as described above, together with the fact that " the
wounded Seals were met with throughout the pack, consequently in
many cases hundreds of miles away from the nearest land," are,
thinks Mr. Bull, a death-blow to the theories which ascribe them
either to the work of a " huge land mammal " or to the fighting of
the males in the breeding season. Far more likely is it that they
are caused by the attacks either of some Shark, or more probably
still Ijy the Killer Whale, a cosmopolitan Cetacean with a well-known
reputation for a partiality for Seal-flesh. Mr. Bull's opinion is
strengthened by the fact that " the scars were rarely, if ever, found
on the Sea-Leopards," " as if the size of this animal rather awed
the mysterious enemy of his smaller cousins."

Mr. Bull's theory, which has certainly much to recommend it,
is commented on by Dr. C. Hart Merriam,^ who says : — " The long
scars on Hair-Seals in the North Atlantic are believed to be caused
by Sharks' bites, and the same may be true in the Antarctic Ocean."
My own experience of the Northern Fur- Seal {Callotaria ursina), and
its apparent apathy in the water, when in close proximity to its
enemy, the Killer, makes it seem highly probable that if the Seals of
the Antarctic be only half as foolish as the .Fur-Seals — a supposition
which seems to be well-nigh proved by the ease with which they
allow themselves to be killed by man — then many would easily fall
victims to the Killers or Sharks, who might scar many more than
they eat, either in a mere spirit of wantonness, or, if well fed,
through sheer half-heartedness in securing their prey. It is sig-
nificant that Mr. Bull's experience of the pack was gained in
December and January, exactly at the time when Mr. Bruce found
the Seals heavily scarred, but improving in condition. It seems

' ' From Dundee to the Antarctic : au Artist's Notes and Sketches during the
Dundee Antarctic Expeditioi;, p. 237, ]y92-93.' Loudon, IS'J-i.

2 'The Cruise of the ''Antarctic'' to the South Polar Regions.' London, 189().
See pp. 13'J, 187-194.

^ Gtntury Mayazine for January, 1896.

6 Sonf/icrfi Cross.

|.ii.l«l.I.' Ihttt on tlif pack, in January and February, tliey are safe

; ihrir iMuiinirs. whoi'ver they lie. It may be that food is then so
.ii.uuilanl that ihore is no need to leave the pack for the purpose
of obtaining; it, and so the Seills escape exi)0sure to the attacks
of their enemies. It may be that those enemies are migratory,
(US the KiUer is sjiid to be, and liave already betaken themselves
10 other rcj,'ions. At all events the subject is well worthy of
further attention.

r.e-ide-s his account of the scars observed on the Seals, Mr. Bull's
most interestinj,' statement is (for a naturalist) that, while all four
v- wore observed in the pack, they were evidently in no great

hi. ..,...;.>. The whole catch, in fact, reached only 180 skins.

dipt. C. A. Liir.sen, of the Norwegian whaler ' Jason,' has given us
a few notes * a.s tlie result of his visits to the regions east of Graham
Lind in 1892-93 and 1893-94. At some places Seals (the species
not 8|>eeified) were found in enormous numbers, especially in
h»calitii>s " where there were plenty of small fishes and shrimps."
(hie hundred and twenty-five Fiskcrcl killed on December 1st, 1893,
are fl«-scribed as being " very big and fat." On December 11th near
Chri.stensen Lsland, "the Seals lay in places so closely packed that
we had to make circles in order to advance. It was a delio'htful
»\\!S\i to see tho.se masses of animals, most of which proved to be
yoiin-^'sters of the Fiskct'cl, which already had changed hair; they
wen* U'autifuUy fed, and looked like so many balls. Here and there
an old animal was amidst the youngsters. The Seals were not a bit
afraid of us ; on the contrary, they stretched their flippers towards
us as wc pelted them. . . . There must have been here abundant
f.w.l f..r ilie Seals, as the ice was everywhere strewn with fishes and
I .-.•». When I opened their stomachs, I saw them filled with

a linh which has a white flesh, and which we call at home Kvitting
(Whiting,'), and also with sharp bones."

Like other e.xplorere, Capt. Larsen sometimes found dead Seals.

" In one of the valleys," near Cape Seymour, Louis Philippe Land,

• ' ' ^ Is were seen, one of wliich was almost petrified,

M.:i> Mrinrd to have come oidy recently; and there were

-, " ^^''-''h the fat still contained some streaks of blood."

I»r. ! •:,. th(> naturalist of tlie ' Uclyica,' has also published

ling observations on the Seals which he

■ in the pack-ice in the neighbourhood of Palmer Land

III the »nnie n-jjion. These will be recorded under the heading of

^ inoil, vnl. iii.. .Iaiiii;uy-.Juno 1H\H, jip. 239-33*):

Maiiuiialia. 7

each species. Of special novelty is the description of the appear-
ance and of the strange and unexpected vocal powers of Ommatoplioca.
As regards food, it would seem that small Crustaceans and other
Invertebrates are so abundant, that the life of all, with the single
exception, probably, of the Leopard-Seal, consists, except in the
breeding season, of a monotonous alternation of heavy gorging and
long sleeps during the digestion of a meal which needs no trouble to
procure.

Dr. Eacovitza has something to say about the temperature of the
Seals, which, as in the case of the Penguins, he found to be
remarkably low. In the case of the Seals it did not exceed 37°. So
efficacious is the protection against the cold afforded by the thick
layer of blubber which underlies the skin in these animals, that the
carcase of a Seal, exposed to a temperature of 20°, was still warm
inside, twenty-four hours after death.

It is obvious that we are still in sore need of careful and
detailed studies of the life-history of each species, of their habits
during the breeding season ; and, above all, of the circumstances
which admit the existence side by side of four species each distinct
enough to form a separate genus, and whose very dentition differs
in a highly remarkable degree. Such marked diversity of teeth and
skull cannot be meaningless ; yet (except in the case of Ogmorliiims)
no observer has as yet laid special stress upon any corresponding
divergences of habits or life-history.

OwiuG: to the unfortunate death of Mr. Hanson and the loss of
his zoological notes, the ' Southern Cross ' Expedition has made no
striking addition to our knowledge of the habits and life-history of
the Antarctic Phocidae. No MS. of any sort dealing with this
subject has been placed in my hands, but Mr. Borchgrevink
occasionally mentions Seals in a paper read before the Geographical
Society.^ These notes, wherever they deal with a particular species,
are alluded to under the heading of that species. The more im-
portant entries tell us that Seals were scarce in the pack, increasing
in numbers, however, as the ship proceeded southwards, when the
number of Seals basking together increased considerably, and in the
vicinity of Coulman Island, Cape Constance, and in Lady Newnes
Bay, there were as many as three hundred Weddell's Seals together.
In the vicinity of Cape Adare they were to be found nearly all the
winter, either on the ice near their blow-holes, or in the water at
these holes, which they managed to keep open in Eobertson Bay

' ' The ' Southern Crosa ' Expedition to the Antarctic, 1S99-1900.' G'eof/nqMcal
Journal, October, lUOO, pp. 381-±14.

SoiifJicru Cross.

lljn.uulioin tin- wiuur. As to llic luoiilL ul" ihu Seals Mr. Borchgievink
»iiii|'Iy n-iiiarks (p. SHi') : " Tlio moultin-'- starts on the back, in a
Klnu;,'lu lino from ikksc to tail."

As It) the mi'jrutorii vioremmts, if any, on the part of the Seals,
wf Imvi' j)ractically no evidence. Mr. Hanson is silent on the subject,
and Mr. IV.rchjs'vevink'.s remarks certainly do not help us as to the
f.\i8lence of any extensive mifpration.

Classification, Relationship, &c. — In dealing with the
' • iiitK- riivcidin, it i.s hardly possible to escape from the difficult
«j... .-lions of classification and relationship. I am, however, fortunate
in this respect to be able to follow in the footsteps of zoologists like
Uie late Sir William Flower, Dr. St. George Mivart, and Sir
\N*illiam Turner.* They have entered into the matter rather fully,
and I feel little reason to depart from their conclusions, although
1 was in duty bound to verify them for my own satisfaction.

The number of the incisor teeth has usually been taken as the
ninst convenient feature upon which to base a classification of the
rh'-'iilac. It seems, however, at first sight a somewhat artificial
ppMcediiig to attach so much importance to a single character,
esjK.'cially as such great divergences occur amongst the teeth in
this family. I therefore set to work to ascertain if any other
more natural character should be forthcoming. My inquiry was
without success, and I am bound to say that there is no character
which agrees so well with the known facts of distribution as does
that of the number of the incisor teeth. Adopting this, we have
three clearly defined groups, of which one, the Phocinae, includes
nearly all the northern forms, another, the StenorlujncUnae, nearly
all the .southern, with the addition of the tropical and sub-tropical
Mmachvs, while the third, the Ci/stojihorhina^ includes the geo-
jfraphicttlly separated, l)ut certainly allied, Cystophora and Macro-
rhinm. No other character would gi^•e such clearly defined groups.
To take the shape of the teeth, for instance. Here all kinds of
intennetliate forms exist, from the feeble organs of Ommatophoca
U. the extraordinary and highly specialised instruments of Lohodon
or of (hjmurliinm. Further, on this basis, the little Phoca hispida
of Arc-tic waters would find its nearest relative in the giant Antarctic
Ojmorhinus, since the teeth of the one are miniatures of those of
the oth.r Mureov.T. if tlniie be any meaning in the prevalent

. Sir Willia... n.av.r (RZ.S. LSWl, pp. 145-1G2) ; Dr. Mivar
' «<• ;'('!), and Mr. U. N. Turner (P.Z.S. 1848, pp. G^

t
03

Mainiiialia. g

views of relationship aud descent, it becomes, I think, impossible to
refuse recognition to a character such as that presented by the
number of the teeth, until it can be shown to be useless or misleading.
Thus, although I am aware that, by doing so, I am forming a kind
of hotch-potch, in bringing together in the case of the Stenorhynch-
inae some, in other respects, highly distinct animals, I find myself
unable to depart from the arrangement of sub-families already laid
down by previous writers.

Phocinae. Stenorhynchinae. Cystophoiunae.

PAocffl (including all north- Moiiachus, Cystophvraf

era sub-genera, such as Leptonycliotes, Macrorhlnus.

Erignatus and Histri- Ocjmorhmun,

cophoca), Lohodoii,

IlaUchwrus. Ominaf.ophoca.

Of these Sub-families, one, viz., of the Ci/stophormac, is quite
satisfactory. Further, I have no doubt about the propriety of
including, in a distinct group, all the species represented by Phoca
in its broad sense. Halichcerus I regard as the most distinct form
of northern Seal. Yet, except in its teeth, it shows no characters not
easily attributable to its isolated existence, and, if we are to make
sub-families for every Seal whose teeth show remarkable features,
we shall find ourselves instituting almost as many Sub-families as
there are species at present. In the strengtli and shape of its teeth
Halichoirus approaches most a early to Monachus, but, in the bulbous
character of their roots, it resembles to a certain extent Cystophora
and Macrorhinus.

The greatest difficulties beset us \vhen we come to consider the
Stenorhynchinae, a sub-family in which every genus possesses teeth
which are at first sight unparalleled elsewhere. I think, however,
that these dental characters must be regarded as instances of high
specialisation to suit the particular needs of each species. They can
afford no aid in the search for relationship. We are, therefore, I
think, justified in neglecting them for the present purpose, and we
may turn to more generalised characters, such as the appearance
and structure of the skull. Apart from the question of dentition,
there is a very close general resemblance between Monachus and
Leptonychotes. At the other end of the group and nearer the Cydo-
phorinac lies Oriimatophoca, but even this, the most aberrant memljer
of the sub-family, is connected by the form of its nasals with the
remainder through Lohodon, in which the peculiar formation of the
pre-maxillae and the inclination of the external nares is paralleled,
although to a lesser degree. Lohodon, again, is related to Oymo-

,o Sonthcru Cross.

rh,nus an.l Lrplon,,rl>ofrs, an.l thus to Monachus in the inclination
of the .•xtornal nares a.ul in the fact that the auditory meatus opens

t.xU'nially u"«l ""t iM.steriuily. , , , i

My view <.f the various r.'latiouships Nvill he best shown by means

of the foHowini,' .lia^'mm :—

STENORHYNCHINAE.

N^^<!ySTOPH0RrNAE .

r.y this arranijement the rhocinae are shown as the least, the
Ciistophnrinac as thti most, specialised sub-family. Between them
lie tiie Slrnorlii/ncJmiae, with Monachus and Leptonychotes, both
n-st'inliliii;,' the Phocinac, at the top, and Ommatophoca, with its
strong Cystophorine leanings, at the base of the tree. Connecting
»'"•--.• are OifmorliinuH and Luhodon, in some respects showing
•laufes both to Leptonychotes and to Onimatophocct ; in other
resjH'et.s, as in their dentition, they are the most highly specialised
inemticrs of the whole family.

It will lx> seen that 1 am not inclined to impute importance to

such as the large orbits of Ommatophoca, or to the presence

of claws on the hind-llippers. Stress has been laid on

• cliaracters, and Lqttonychotcs and Lohodon have been

:ie«l on the ground of the total absence of claws on the hind-

i the former. The orbits of Ommatophoca are, however, not

hir-^rr than those of Cysfophora and of other Seals, while a careful

.•\:iiiiiMation of th<' undricd skins has revealed the presence of a

Maniinalia. 1 1

variable number of, it is true, rudimentary claws on the hind-
Hippers of each species.

It seems improbable that we shall ever approach more nearly to
an understanding of the true inter-relationships of the Phocidac until
we discover some of the ancestral forms from which they have
sprung.^ Possibly the various genera left the ancestral tree at various
epochs, and, if we are to follow Sir William Flower, we have in
Macrorhinus the most highly specialised form of the whole group.

As to the Stenorhynchinae, they must be regarded as the
descendants of an ancestor which became isolated from the pre-
cursors of the remaining two sub-families at a sufficiently early
period to allow of the formation of the various distinct genera which
now exist. The exact relationships of these amongst themselves
cannot, I think, be more clearly indicated than has been attempted
above. Ommatophoca is certainly the most distinct, and may be
regarded as annectant between the Stenorhynchinae and Ci/stopJiorinae.
If any convenient result would accrue therefrom, it might be taken
to constitute a separate sub-family, the Ommatophocinac, but I do
not see how the multiplication of sub-families can help us much.

A certain amount of light on the origin of some of the genera
may, perhaps, be derived from the young. Thus the young of
Haliclicerus, a genus which has not at the present day an Arctic
haljitation, are white (or nearly so), thereby permitting the suspicion
that its ancestors were of Arctic origin, or, at least, dwellers in regions
where the cold was more intense than those which they at present
frequent. On the other hand, the only Seal of the Antarctic, which
is nearly white, is Lobodon, and its mottled young suggest a com-
paratively recent inroad of the species into the cold regions of
the South Polar area.

It is interesting to find the teeth of Phoca hispida paralleled iu
the south by those of Ogmorhinus, while the teeth of Leptonychotes
recall those of P. vitulina, and Monaclius, in this respect to a certain
extent, resembles Halichoerus.

Dentition. — The teeth of the Phocidae are remarkable for the
extreme variation which they display in the genera. In most cases
dental characters present the most distinct features between animals
which are externally very similar. In the skins, as seen in museums,
Leptonychotes and Lobodon are, but for their colour, difficult to
separate, yet nothing could be more distinct than the forms of their

* StenorhyncJius vetns of Leidy is so close to (if not identical with) Lohodau
carcinoj^kaguH thai it affords us no iidii whatsoever.

12

SoutJic^n Cross.

n-fl|H?olivu toclh. It is evident tliiit, whereas the needs of existence
,ln not iciul U.wanlsiiny very ^Teat variation in bodily shape, the food
i.f the VhiKidat, or the method of securing it, may be so varied as to
have indnced the evolution of numy quite distinct types of denti-
tion, tlie priHluction of which j.ostulates great plasticity of the teeth.
Th.' n-sult i3 that the Phoddac have already, by their teeth, shown
Ives U) he on the road to division into groups correspondiug
with some of those of the terrestrial mammalia. Thus, while Ogmo-
rhtnm. with its sinuous body and saw-like teeth, represents the most
8|RH.-ialiscd form of Pinniped Carnivore on a large scale, Ommatoplwca,
Kr . and Vystophora feed on more feeble prey, while the

.siii.iii. I i.arnivora are represented by I'hoca hispida and P. vitulina—
n-seniblances which seem to suggest all sorts of possibilities in dual
c\..lution, pos.sibilities of the rise of what now appear to be homo-
geneous ( )rders of mammalia independently and in different regions,
just as Dr. Kiikenthal believes may have been the case with the
Wlialehone and Toothed Whales.

As regards the modifications of the teeth, it is, at first sight,
ilifficult to discover any connection between the grinders of Lohodon
with their five complicated cusps, and the comparatively simple
I. ..?|, .,f phuca vitulina. We have, however, numerous intermediate
^ whence we may gain some insight into the relationship of these
two, and of other forms. Thus, in Lejytonychotes and Phoca vitulina
the teeth are simple, the central cusp is all prominent, and there is
but small tr.ice of accessory or smaller cusps. Leptonycliotes is
n-latively tlie weaker of the two in dentition ; but from very strong
teeth, of the tyi>e of those of P. vitulina, may have been derived the
(n-latively) stmngest teeth of the whole group, those of Monachus.
l)iniinish the cusps and reduce the size of the teeth, and there
rt'i^ults the reniarkalily weak-toothed Omiiiatophoca ! Phoca groen-
laiulira may be taken as an example of development in another
direction, fur here there are distinct accessory cusps, although they
ore not nearly so strongly developed as in Phoca hiapida or in
f^lfmorhiiiu.s, the triple-<.-usped teeth of which are examples, the former
on a small, the latter on a large scale, of precisely the same type
tif Miient. Finally, there is the complicated arrangement of

'- i«» wliieh the central cusj) is immensely developed at the

'■ "f the remainder, and i»osse.sses a fre(iuently bulbous and

vwl a|»ex. The anterior cusp of OymorhiiuLs is here represented
small cnrresiH)nding protuberance, the posterior cusp appears
distinct, rather autero-posteriorly flattened, projections
uTosis the width of the tooth.

Majinnalia. 13

Quite as distinct in their own way are the teeth of the Ctjsto-
plwrinae. In these there is a simple conical crown, very feeble for
the size of the animal and wanting all trace of cusps on its cutting
edge. The root is swollen and bulbous. Somewhat similar, but
much stronger, are again the teeth of Ralichcerus, and these in their
massiveness remind us of those of Monachtts.

In the whole economy of the Antarctic Fhocidae, nothing can be
more remarkable than the divergences in the shape and size of the
cheek-teeth. Side by side, on the South Polar pack-ice occur four
genera, Lobodon, Ogmorhinus, Otnmatophoca, and Leptonychotes.
Living the same life, with the same sources of food around them,
and, moreover, with the same number of teeth, no two genera agree
in any single respect in the form and pattern of the individual
grinders. In Ogmorliinus there is found the most formidable, in
OmmatopJwca the most feeble, dentition of the family. Again, while
Lobodon seems to find necessary for its existence a set of teeth
surmounted by perhaps the most complicated arrangement of cusps
found in ,any living mammal, Leptonychotes survives on the same
ice-floe with the help of a simple fairly strong dentition. Lastly,
while there is, so far as is known, little individual variation in
the three remaining genera, in Omriiato'phocct tliere occurs one of the
most remarkable instances of individual variation in mammalian
teeth known to science. Not only are the size and the number of
the roots of each tooth variable, but the actual number of teeth in
any particular specimen can never be foretold with certainty.

Nothing can be more certain than that such a state of things
as I have here described cannot be meaningless. Developments like
these must in each case be connected with habits and ibod, which
must surely differ in a manner corresponding to such remarkable
differences of structure. This supposition is, I think, supported
by the fact that, as already stated, there are to be found amongst
the Antarctic Phocidae resemblances of dentition to those of northern
seas. Thus it is reasonable to suspect that the resemblances between
the teeth of Ogmorhinus and of Phoca hispida are not altogether
without reference to similar uses.

With a view to approach the root of this matter I have examined
with some care all the available accoutits of the habits of the
Antarctic Phocidae. Meagre as these are, they are sufficient to
afford me some assistance, especially those of Dr. Racovitza.
Thus the fact that Oymorhinus is alone described as occasionally
killing and eating Penguins, and that one of these Seals accepted as
food the bodies of two of these birds thrown overboard from the

i^ Sontlicni Cross.

11 ,, jvrtaiiily in kiiej.iii^' with tliu lornii(la])lo cuttini,' tooth

,,!,.l .ui-^ively .Irwh.iK-a crntiial crests of this aniiiuil. The
! I-S'ul may iht-ii hon-^anh'tl as the true carnivore oftlie group,

in- on fish (an.l, when (hey can be obtained, birds), a prey
mI.i. h n..-.|s both (atching and hoUliug. For such a ?'d^c, requiring
l-!h sjMvd, strength and activity, besides its teeth, its elongated head
and IkhIv must Ix; eminently suited. The three remaining genera
arv mun- puzzling. In their case no difference of food or habits had,
i.!.!il iv<ently, been recorded. In spite of this I felt sure that the
of dentition must be correlated with differences of habit,
in ii-\n.\lt inconspicuous a degi-ee. In Lohodon and Leptonychotcs
|K)orlv developed cranial crests seem to indicate that no great violence
t»f jaw action is needed, a character in the second case supported by
lh«' feeble dentition. In Lohodon the teetli, although actually not of
ferble size, are not of a shape which would lend itself to much use in
jinawing and grinding, and the small extent to which they are
actually worn down bears this out. It is then not easy to imagine
what can l>e the u.se of teeth so unique in zoology. Possibly their
fonnation may be explained by some words of Dr. Eacovitza.
][;, I.-,.. lint of the feedintr of Lohodon is as follows: — " Les
i. ^ torment sa nourriture habituelle: il nage la bouche

«»uverte dans lea bancs de ces crustaces, a la fapon des Baleines, et en
consomme «le grandes quantites." On reading these words I was at
once .struck by the idea that the teeth of Lohodon might possibly
serve the animal as a sieve, whereby to rid its mouth of the water
taken in with the Enphanda, somewhat after the manner of baleen
ill the lidliunitlae. For tliis purpose the teeth seem to be exactly
uiiir,.,!. Tliey do not tit closely, but alternate with those of the opposite
HM that the cusps form a perfect sieve. I believe, therefore^
the use of these extraordinary teeth is as I have suggested, and
I wouhl direct the attention of zoologists who visit the Antarctic in
future to what appears to be a point of great interest in the
iiisu.ry of this animal, and i.s, I l»elieve, a hitherto unparalleled
'\ for the teeth of a mammal. Even if my supposition
Mcorrert, attention should be directed to the study of
'■ • with a view to throw light on the use of its teeth. At

•!! <v»'iiUs. if extensively u.sed for mastication, they would speedily
V the effects «if wear and tear in a far more conspicuous manner

ihuy actually do.
Oil the Antarctic j.ack-ice the food af Lepto7iychotes, like that of
sai<l to consist of Euphansia. Its teeth are utterly
I -uggest that the foiin of the simple but not very

'Uilt'HJIl'

Mamiualia. 15

strong teeth of this species is due to the I'act that it is not confined
to the pack-ice, and that in other regions its food-supply is derived
from creatures which need some hokling, but yet are not so strong
or active as those whicli serve to nourish Ogmorhinus. The external
shape of Lcptonycliotcs is that of an animal fitted for rapid motion in
the water, so that it is natural to suppose that fish may form no
small portion of its diet,

Lastly we have OmmatopJioca, with its very feeble and variable
dentition, obsolete sagittal crest, yet comparatively strong lambdoid
crest. It seems probable that the exact number of its teeth is not of
importance to this animal. Even their size is sufficiently variable
to admit of the thought that the whole dentition is little used, and
it seems to me highly probable that Oinmatoplioca is in the process
of reducing its teeth. Its food is soft, consisting, according to Dr.
Racovitza, of large cephalopods. Such crushing of these as might
be necessary would be performed as well by the flat jaws as by
cusped teeth like those of the Fhoddae. Consequently the teeth
are in a state of disintegration. This supposition agrees very well
with what I have already suggested in the case of Lohodon. In the
last-named genus the teeth are highly developed, not for grinding
purposes, but for use as a sieve. In Ommatophoca, not being
available as a sieve, they are useless. They thus fall outside the
influence of natural selection, except in so far as their reduction
may be of use to the species. Variation and enfeeblement result,
processes which, if for the advantage of the animal, will no doubt be
carried to their fullest extent. My supposition is supported by the
external appearance of the animal as graphically described, I think for
the first time, by Dr. liacovitza. It is, he writes : " le plus phoque
des phoques, car chez lui toute forme de quadrupede a disparu. Son
corps n'est plus qu'un sac fusiforme pourvu de membrcf^ tres
reduits," from which I gather that Ross's Seal does not possess the
natural appearance which belongs to an agile carnivore such as
Oijiiio7^hinus. But the most remarkable confirmation of my sup-
position is supplied by one of the skulls obtained by Mr. Nicolai
Hanson. In this skull (No. 1), which, although adult, readies the
shortest total length of any skull of the genus known to me, there is
no trace of any cheek-teeth either in the upper or lower jaws. Not
only have the teeth disappeared, but with them have vanished, to a
great extent, the alveoli. There seems, then, to be some solid ground
for my hypothesis both in regard to Lohodon and to Ommato'phoca.
If I am right, there is here a striking instance of the acquirement
of perfectly distinct habits, and consequently of form and appearance,

1 6 SonfJicni Cross.

■ v tw.. niiiinuls whii-li iinisL have been fdrmerly closeh' allied, and
whith a^• suhjwt to the influence of precisely similar surroundings.

I\S. In the nrcount of each Seal my procedure has been to

;:.nicnce, ns nsiial, with the synonymy. Under this heading I
..\.' not a ronipleto list of the works Avherein any given species
has liecn mentioned — a method involving, so far as I can see,
iinnion.w Iftlnmr without any corresponding advantages — but a list
of th«* |»rinci|»nl references to the species.

Aflrr the synonymy follows an indication of the location
,T..i ..rJ.r;,, of the type s{)ecimens when known, succeeded by para-
_ .. ^ : aline with the history, distribution, habits, and external
iip|Hrnmnce.

Next comes a short description of the skull. The principal
dimensions of the crania brought home by the 'Southern Cross' are
compnn'd with those of the specimens procured by the staff of the
' Ilfhjira ' and with those in the British Museum.

TlitTe are general remarks on any character which seems

.lo^Tving of si»ecial notice, a short list of the distincfuishinji

r.icteristies for the guidance of the zoologists accompanying the

new British expedition, and a summary of what is known of the

habits and di.stribution.

Any att«'mi>t at a detailed description of either skulls or

skins has l)een purjiosely avoided. In the case of the skins of

*fini(hnn Trnts ' collection I have had no opportunity of

''u<: them (with the exception of one or two examples) in a

" >i> which it would have been possible to describe them.

MonH.ver. I believe that descriptions and dimensions of Seals, to be
of vahie, shouM l>e taken from the animals when in the flesh.

As reganks the skulls, there is not one of which I know the sex,

and only a few of which I know the skin appertaining to them. It

w..uld, in my oj.iiiion. be of little value to enter into details regarding

- i' • n«». the labels of which have perished from want of care on

•t of those entrusted with their preservation. Moreover,

- '• the death of Mr. Hanson, and the absence of his notes, the

-e work will have to be performed again from the collections

prrHMin-.! by the various expeditions which started in 1901.

Mammalia. i y

LEPTONYCHOTES.

Leptonyx, J. E. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. i. p. 582, 1837, nee
Leptonyx, Wm. Swainson, Zoological Illustrations, ser. 2, vol. iii. pi. 117,
1832 -oo = Hylaetes (see Catalogue of Birds, vol. xv. p. 34'J, 1890), nee
Leptonyx, Wm. Swainson in Lardner's Cyclopajdia, vol. xcviii. ; Animals in
Menageries, p. 314, 1838 = Coryphospiza (see Catalogue of Birds, vol. xiii.
p. 765, 1890) Type L. ivedddli

Leptonyehotes, Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 70, 1872.

Poecilophoea, R. Lydekker, in Flower and Lydekker's Study of Mammals
p. 605, 1891.

1. LEPTONYCHOTES WEDDELLL— Weddell's Seal, or The False

Sea-Leopard.

Leopardine Seal, Jameson in Weddell's Voyage towards the South Pole, vol. i.
pp. 22, 24, & 134, with a plate (not correct).

Sea Leopard, or Leopard Seal. Weddeli, op. cit. pp. 22 & 134.

Otaria weddellii, K. P. Lesson, in Ferussac's Bull. Sei. Nat. vol. vii. jip. 437-

438, 1826.

Leptonyx weddelli, J, E. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. i. p. 582, 1873 ;
Voy. H.M.S. ' Erebus ' and ' Terror; Zool. p. 7, pis. 5 & 6, 1844 ; Cat. Bones of
Mammalia, p. 142, 1862 ; Car. Seals and Whales, pp. 11 to 13, 1866 ; Hand.-
List of Seals, Morses, Sea-Lions, and Sea-Bears, p. 14, 1874; T. Gill, Prodrome
of a Monograph of the Pinnipeds, Comm. Essex Institute, p. 6, July 1866.

Stenorhynchus weddellii, R. P. Lesson, Manuel de Mammalogie, p. 200, 1827 ;
Sir Richard Owen in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xii. pp. 331-332, 1843.

Leptonyehotes weddeli (ur weddelli), T. Gill, Arrangement of the Families
of Mammals, p. 70, November 1872; J. A. Allen, History of North American
Pinnipedes, p. 467 (sec also pp. 214, 418, 419, 421, 446, 450, 451, 452, 453,
4(53), 1880; Sir Wilii;im Turner, Report on the Seals collected during the
Voyage of H.M.S. ' Challenger' in the years 1873-76, pp. 20 to 28 & 65, 1888 ;
E. G. Racovitza, La Vie des Animaux et des Plautes dans I'Antarctique,
pp. 30, 52, 1900; Cook, First Antarctic Night, p. 264 (1901, ph()togra[)h) ;
Barrett-Hamilton, Antarctic Manual, p. 218 (1901) ; Bernacchi, To the South
Polar Regions, pp. 73, 165, 235, 240, 245 (photo.), 274 (1901) ; Albert, Pinip.
Chile, p. 10 (1901, Juan Fernandez).

Weddellii (Lobodon carcinophaga), Borchgrcvinck, First on the Antarctic Continent,

p. 81 (1901, photo.).
A Weddellii Seal, id. t. c. p. 109 (photo.).
Weddellii, id. t. c. pp. 236, 237 (photo.), 260, 286.

Sea Leopard (Stenorynchus leptonyx. Gray), H. N. Moseley, Notes by a
Naturalist. An account of observations made during the Voyage of H.M.S.
' Challenger' found the World in the years 1872-76, &c. London, 1879.

Tyjje. — The original specimen of the "Leopardine Seal" of
Jameson and Otaria weddellii of Lesson was presented to the old
Museum of Edinburgh University in that city in 1821-22, and is
now in the Museum of Science and Art. Dr. E. H, Traquair,
Keeper of the Natural History collections, to whom I am indebted

c

|8

Southcni Cross.

r.,r Ih.^ .ni....nalion. has kin.lly sent me a sketch of the teeth of
il,i^ — . inu«n, which places its identity heyond (luestion.

, ym//-This calls for but little notice. The generic terms
/^;^..„vr ftud'.SV.«orAy«c/u/-s being preoccupied, must be succeeded by
/. <./f.< which is nearly twenty years older than Pofci%?7wca.

//,^/<»rv ami J fistribu Hon.— The first examples of this Seal seem
to have iKjen brought home by Captain James Weddell from the
Jv.uth Orkneys, where several of them were killed on the loth of
January, 1S23 (pp. 22 and 24). As already stated, a specimen was
d..,-.>ifld in the oM Museum of the Edinburgh University, and
w. ^niscd by Professor Jameson as representing a new species

-III \h' n'ferred to the division Stenorhinque of F. Cuvier," but

KKMAI.K AND YOUNO OF WEDDELl.'s SEAL,
( liy fiermUtion vj Sir George Ifewnes, Hart.)

Willi thi' teeth not ipiite in agreement " with those of his Phoqne

" •■•nyx (s-ir), n(»r with those of Sir E. Home, figured in pi. xxix.

Philosophical Transactions for 1822." Aijain, in writinrj of

h Shellands, WeddcU states (p. 124), that " some Sea-Leopards

o U'fn seen." At page 24 of the same work is printed a

brief «le.scription of the new Seal by Professor Jameson, who, however,

not apply to it a Latin name, but contented himseK with styling

'• " IwiiMinline seal." The description is in many respects vague.

'h are m-itlier figured nor described, and the sketch, "drawn

••■n-" by Wuddell him.self, is extremely fanciful. It is not

• :. ...;iU5ing that U'.s.son, who saw an opportunity of describing

li..- new 8|Kx-ie.s under the name of Olaria ivcdddlii, should have

U-vn completely deceived as to its true nature. Lesson's description

Maniinalia. 19

is, in fact, highly incorrect, and would in many respects apply rather
to the True Leopard-Seal (OamorJiimis leptonyx) than to the present
species. Mystified by this and by the use of the name Sea-Leopard,
Dr. J. E. Gray, although at first recognising the distinctness of the
new species, was afterwards for a time induced to believe that
the name Otaria iveddellii had actually been applied to a specimen
of Ogmorhinus leptonyx. He subsequently convinced himself by an
examination of the teeth of the type specimen that this opinion was
not correct. I am fortunately able to support Gray in his second
opinion.

Tor the first intelligible description of Weddell's Seal, science
is indebted to Gray. This was based upon two specimens (skins,
with skulls) sent home by Captain Fitzroy, E.N., from the
river Santa Cruz, in about latitude 50° South, on the east coast of
Patagonia. Mr. Albert has recently recorded a specimen from Juan
Fernandez. Later a skin and two skulls were brought home by the
Antarctic Expedition of 1839-1843, which (although not precisely
lalielled) were doubtless obtained on the Antarctic pack-ice. The
skull of another specimen, shot at Betsy Cove, Kerguelen, on the
9th of January, 1874, by the members of the ' Challenger ' * Expedition,
formed the subject of an elaborate account by Sir W. Turner, and is
now in the Anatomical Museum of the University of Edinburgh.
The bones of this Seal were found abundantly by the members of
the expedition, together with those of the Elephant-Seal, on the
sandy beach of Heard Island. The species for long remained so
poorly represented in collections, that an imperfect skull, brought
home by a sealing ship, and presented by Mr. E. M. Martin in 1897,
of which the exact origin is unknown, only brought the number of
the specimens in the Natural History Museum to four.

The specimens brought home by the ' Bclgica ' and ' Southern Cross '
were therefore very welcome additions to our list. The species was
found by the former expedition, both on the pack-ice as well as in
the Straits of Gerlache in the Palmer Archipelago ; by the latter in
many places in Victoria Land.

Although so little known, Weddell's Seal is probably of wide
distribution, and, except where its numbers have been reduced by the
sealers, of frequent occurrence. It is not quite certain whether the
herd of four hundred alluded to by Moseley as occupying a station
at Swain's Island, a small outlier of Kerguelen, belonged to this
species or to the True Leopard-Seal, especially as he mentions having

^ See narrative of the Vuyage of the ' Challenger,^ pp. 355 and 373.

c 2

20

Soiitlicyn Cross.

■: "one iiuu-li lar>;er in lloyal Sound." ^ At all events, the
. u which the • CiMllaujcr' brought home has proved to be a

,..y jihotfji.

In \\\» voyajjf on the ' Balacna,' Mr. Bruce saw only al)out four
of thi.s spt'cie^s altogether, and these singly ; Dr. Donald, however,
inut witli gn-ater numbers. Two were quite young, and one of these
ho attempted unsuccessfully to bring on board alive.

('..ntrary t« this experience, we learn from Mr. Borchgrevink
(p. 23r.) that WeddeU's Seal was, next to Lohodon, the ''best repre-
- '.mI" Seal met with during the passage of the ' Southern Cross'
w,. ugh the pack-ice.' Its numbers increased considerably as the
ship proceeded southwards, and in the vicinity of Coulman Island
and Cafw Constance in Lady Newnes Bay as many as three
hundred were seen together. It was found breeding in Eobertson
Ikiy, and wcurred throughout the winter.

If(il>i(s. — Pnictically nothing is known of the habits of WeddeU's
^ ' Like the Crab-eating Seal, it feeds, when on the pack-ice,

I ding to Dr. IJacovitza, on Eupliausia, and the young, which
. aihle little plump and hairy Bears, are born in September.
L'lilike Lofxxhn, it does not show its teeth on being approached,
but executes a manoeuvre which is described by Eacovitza in the
fi»Ilowing words: *' II ouvre une large gueule rose et d'ordinaire se
renverse .sur le dos eu relevant en meme temps sa tete et I'arriere
tniin, 8e courbant ainsi en arc. C'est une simple manoeuvre pour
rennemi as.sez naif pour se laisser prendre." It seems to
\>< u 'locrve the epithets "silly" and "lazy." Moseley's Kerguelcn
Island .s|»ecimcn " .showed no fight at all, and never snarled or
slntwrd its teeth." It was killed with a stone and a huntinii knife.

Kj^trnml appearance. — This species seems to be recognisaljle
mlher by its negative than its positive characters. Although

■te<l, it is not so distinctly or abundantly so as the True Leopard-

S,-al. .•*4» that it is, in this respect, intermediate between that

iind lto.ss's Seal. Moseley describeil ^ the specimen whicli

ni.tl at Kerguelen Island as " very like the common British

'.n'" It is spotted yellowish-white and dark grey on

Ml :i T tl M* I r-i 1

H. N. M-Hit-lcyV ' NoU'8 l.y a Naturalist: an account of Observations made

I'f II M.S." C'W/.-«(^rr" round the world in the years 1872-187G,'

^••w" i-dition, \\. 171, I8i»2.

'^'■-■'' V ni.ido the very pardonable error of alluding to bis

^ttiiorhi/iirlnis hptomjx, Gray)" since such errors are

t.Ta<licated. Moseley's description is, for instance,

... , ., . '•'<• '''r'lc Leoi)ard-Seal ou p. 143 of vol. ii. of the

»j >Ktunii iliRtory.

Mammalia.

21

1-5 S
< "5

CO ^

H
Q
Q

o

P3
H

O P
« §_

;>>

a;

g

^

•^

22 Soiitlicni Cross.

„,, i.KK ,„.■ ^...■.■. .-"vfeoe boins of a general yellowish colour
I.r lincovUm cl,an.ct..ris„s it ns bci«S " & pd^Se gns-fer mouche
o, ,.1,., nm,le, .le cclour .iauuo." Of the specimens brougM

home by the < Brh,ica: the youn.er (No. 891), )s slaty grey above,
with the u.ulcr .si.k. both of the body and of the fln3pers dir y wl.t.
Tlu. colour of the back and belly is separated by a fairly distinct hue
of don.ura.tion. which runs from the base of the hind- to that of the
fon...nii.iH.n.. and thence to the nose, the upper hp being w iite like
the under surface. A number of dirty-white spots running obliquely
from fn.nt to rear on the flanks are arranged almost m rows, and
uive the impression of being discontinuous streaks.

Tlie un.ler si.le of an older specimen (No. 893) is far yellower.
It is, however, so soiled that the mixture of various tints of dirty
yelh.w which it presents to the view are well-nigh indescribable. A
mixture of lUrty yellow and slate-grey colouring is so arranged on
the chest a.s t« pro-luce a pattern which may be described as mottled.
The un<k>r side of the jaw is without spots.

In build this Seal is, judging from the photographs of Dr. Cook
and Dr. llaccnitza, more slender than Lobodon. The last-named
naturalist states that it is larger than Lobodon, and in that case the
head shoul.l be proportionately smaller. It is relatively longer and
more slender, and lacks the blunt nose of Lobodon.

JHMiui/uishijuf cJi a ract eristics of shilL— Both the skull and
' ' ■ II of Weddell's Seal have been described in detail by Sir

\' ..lu Turner in his report on the Seals collected by the ' Challenger'

iTiMditi..n (j.p. 20-28). The skull has neither great size nor remark-

. ih to murk it off at a glance from those of the other Seals of

the Antarctic seas. Yet Lobodon, which is of very similar size, is

the only form with which it could possibly be confused. Even here,

h«)wever, thoro are several obvious points of difference, and Lep-

•''•.« (ai)art from its simple teeth) may be at once distinguished

i',> iitj pr<tjM»rtionately greater breadth of its brain-case and the high

■"■■» " irr->w anterior portion of the skull, as well as by the shorter

Thi- uniler jaws of the two animals are also characteristic,

that of hihmlon being far deeper, stronger, and more massive, than

that of I^ptonjichotes.

— W<' know next to nothing as regards any difference that may
oJ ■ • ween the sexes. The only skull labelled as that of a female

« iiu u 1 nave examined, is No. 895 of the ' BeUjica ' collection. In this
the canines are smaller than are those of the males of the same col-
Ii'r*i..ii 11, ,1 if tlii.s distinction be borne out by a series of specimens,
iS in tlio P.iitisl, ATii'^eum will prove to be, as I have

Mammalia. 23

provisionally labelled them, those of males. It should be noted,
however, that the dimensions of one specimen (No. 44, 4, 6, 1), are
somewhat intermediate in character.

Age. — Three of the skulls brought home by the ' Belgica' Nos. 893,
900 and 895 are those of particularly fine animals. But, although
they obviously belonged to adults, the development of the sagittal
crest is imperceptible.

The cheek-teeth do not seem to be subject in any marked degree
to the processes of wearing down. The effect of use appears more
conspicuously in the case of the canines and incisors, perhaps as a
consequence of lighting.

Tcctli: — The simple teeth and their uses have already been
discussed (see pp. 14-15). There seems to be a tendency, variously
exhibited in the different individuals, but most marked in No. 893 of
the ' Belgica ' collection, to show a distinct space between the two
last cheek-teeth of the upper jaw in a manner somewhat reminiscent
of the corresponding teeth of Otaria {Eumetojyias) stelleri.

As already stated, the skeleton has been described in detail by
Sir William Turner (see Table I, p. 24).

OGMORHINUS.

St^norhinque, F. Cuvier, "De quelqiies Especes de Phoqnes et des groupes
generi([ucs entre lesquels elles se partagent," M^m. du Museum, t. xi.
Stenorhynqae (plate), p. 190, pi. 13, tig. 2, a, 1824.

Stenorhinehus (sic), F. Cuvier, Diet. Sci. Nat. xxxix. p. 549, 1826 (preoccupied by
Stenorhsnachus, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. des i^nimaux Sans Vertebres, &c.,
tome XV. p. 23f;, July, 1818).

Stenorhynehus (nee Lamarck), K. P. Lesson, Manuel de Mammalogie, p. 199, 1827.

Stenorhincus, Hamilton Smith in Jardine's Naturalist's Library, p. 258 (1845-
184(5).

Ogmorhinus, W. Peters, Monatsb. K. Akad., Beiliii, p. 393, footnt>te (1875).
Barrett-Hamilton, Antarctic Manual, p. 219 (1901) Type 0. leptonyx

1. OGMORHINUS LEPTONYX. The Lkopard-Seal or True

Sea-Leopard.

" Phoque a petits ongles, Phoea leptonyx," de Blainville, Journ.de Physique, &c.,
t. xci. i)p. 288-289, and 297-298, Oct. 1820; Desmarest, Mammalogie, i)t. i.
}ip. 247-248 (see also footnote to p. 243), 1820; Cuvier, Ossements Fossiles,
pp. 207 and 208, pi. xviii. tig. 2 (skull (Jig. mala) 1823) ; J. K. Gray in
Griffith's Animal Kingdom, v. p. 128, 1827; ^de Blainville, Osteographie, ii.
pi. V. and ix. (figures of skull and teeth of specimen in Paris iNluseum) 1840.

^ For the date of this work see Mr. C. Davies Sherborn's paper in the ' Annals
and Magazine of Natural History,' scr. 7, vol. ii., July 1898.

24

Southern Cross.

■

7-5

3c;

2

2

•&3

c

u

c*

c! t;

— -— «

tt,' (^^

<f.

5 5 o

-*-9

1.1

■'- -t-»

O.

su

el 41

11

o &

d

^ >.

^ >.

-T -"^ t

ft - X

^ 2

.c *-■

— £—»--

-►J ?

■** eS

H H S

U 1.

t i

■X. I

Sm '

^ - - ; .

r >.^f

•«

m m >n
r- 00 c-i

to m n
■ • •

«0 « — C5
W <N ■>" <N

g S 5 g

»« « -O -K

» «o ■* «

hi

'^ n % ■■

r l.'i

I.
« o

00

o

t^

£

00

K « 5 CI

If

■^

to

^

1

1-

CO

"-0

'^

■a
a

50

=5 C

00

"i 2

o

CO
C4

to

<D

U>

X>

-<J

a.

R

%

>,

>»

■^

v

bt

r-.

•f^

X>

OQ

■i^

■B

^

y

Eh

lO

•o

t^

o

l-H

J.t

in

to

!N

i."^

o

in

S i

• be >,

" 5 eg

o

CO

- t

I

o
tt,

6

> a

9 "O

•-« a

•d o

I I

— to

£-5 2 r-

** ."^

0-3 p C'M

CO '- s: w

^ <> I 'i

O S"*! C

c«

00
Ti

■ c

CS»-5

Sec

« o o _,

o a;

QJ >, . o

•d.S.o —

^ o *: c

eS O s 32

^ * o

ceo *J
• H

a t^ ^
5 -*^

«■ a

' a

I

00 o

= (^

;2i

^•5
p— I c
>> ^ 9

O =0 o

•:: o

c; S o
— .SB

■^ ^S

C ■» OD

s §s

^ oD c:

&^'S 2

IS <I)

^7: iC P-

■2.S o^

0 r^ +^ -*^

> ^ _aj o
" c "£,0

1 11^

> 2. o O

O - *^""

.« « O) S

£ «-a OS
S^ -^ C-'
:2 *-■ >% c
' a "^ -^

o

ci

o ^ a ^

c 3 +^ 'o
ti ci ^ . ,

a,

o ^

CS S'

r*

&,

rl

ti

>1>

0

&

C^

31

>.

a S
o .a

«> 3

5 a

Mammalia. 25

Seal from New Georgia, Home, Phil. Trans., pp. 239-240, pi. 29 (skull figured),
1822.

"Phoque nomme Leptonsrx," F. Cuvier, Dents ties Mammiferes, pp. 118 and 119,
pi. 38a, 1825.

Stenorhinehus leptonyx, F. Cuvier, Diet. Sci. Nat., xxxix. p. 549, 1826.

Stenorhjrachus leptonyx. Lesson, Manuel de Mammalogie, p. 199, 1827;
S. Nilsson, Syst. Einth. der Phokeu (translation by W. Peters), Arch, fiir
Naturg., ]ip. 307, 1841; Owen in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xii. pp. 331,
332, 1843 ; Catalogue of the Osteological Series, Mus. College of Surgeons,
vol. ii. pp. 642-643, 1833; J. E. Gray, Zool. Voy. 'Erebus' and ' Terror; p. 6,
pis. 3 and 4, 1844; Cat. I'ones of Mammalia, p. 141, 1862; Cat. Seals and
Whales, Brit. Miis., pp. 16, 17, 1866 ; Hand-List of Seals, etc., Brit. Mus.,
p. 11, 1874; Gervais, Hist. Nat. Mam., ii. 302; Jacq. and Pucher., Voy. Pole
Sud, Zoologie iii. Mammiferes et Oiseaux, p. 27, 1853 ; good figures of animal
and skull, pi. 9' of Atlas, 1844; Gill, Prodrome Monogr. Pinnipcdes, Com-
munications Essex Institute, vol. v. July 1866, p. 6; Moseley, Naturalist on
the ' Challenger; p. 200 (1879) ; Flower and Garson, Cat. Osteology of Verte-
brated Animals Mus. College of Surgeons, Pt, ii. pp. 211-213,1884; Bruce,
Proc. Phys. Soc. Ediu., vol. xii., 1892-1894, p. 380, 1894; Report Sixty-third
Meeting of the British Assoc, Nottingham, September, 1893, p. 807 (1894) ;
Borchgrevinck, First on the Antarctic Continent, pp. 170, 230 (photo.) (1901) ;
Bernacchi, To the South Polar Regions, p. 235 (1901),

Stenorhincus leptonyx, the Small-nailed Seal, Hamilton Smith in Jardine's
Naturalist's Library, vol. xv. p. 258, 1845-1846.

Ogmorhinus leptonyx, Peters, Monatsb. K. Akad., Berlin, 1875, \). 393 ; Allen,
Hist. N. Amcr. Pinnipeds, p. 466 (see also pp. 440, 441, 445, 446, 450 and
457), 1880; Turner, Report on the Seals collected duriug the Voyage of
H.M.S. ' Cliallenger; p. 64, 1888 ; Trouessart, Catalogue Mammallium I.,
p. 380, 1897 ; Cook, First Antarctic Night, pp. 257, 280 (1891, photos.) ;
Barrett-Hamilton, Antarctic Manual, p. 209 (1901).

Phoea homei, R. P. Lesson, Diet. Class, N. H. xiii. p. 417 (Jan. 1828).

Ogmorhynus leptonyx, Racovitza, La vie des Animaux et des Plantes dans
I'Antarctique, p. 33, 1900.

Sea Leopard, Borchgrevink, First on the Antarctic Continent, p. 237 (1901 :
Bernacchi, To the South Polar Regions, p. 235 (1901).

Types. — The two skulls examined by De Blainville are stated to
be, one in the musenm of the Eoyal College of Surgeons of England,
London, and the other in the Paris Museum. The former is
probably that now numbered 1091 (vide infra). As to the latter
I have written to the authorities of the Paris Museum, but have
received no reply to my communication.

Synonymy. — The original generic name of this Seal has appeared
under several different forms, viz., Steoiorhinchus (Cuvier), Steno-
rhynchus (Lesson), Stenorhincus (Hamilton Smith) and Stenorynchus
(Moseley). Each of these antedates Peters' Ogmorliinus — a matter
of importance to those naturalists who regard a name when once
published as not subject to alteration. For them Stenorhinehus of

' For date of this plate see p. 35 (under Lohodoii).

26

Soiff/icrn Cross.

Cuvier is not preoccui.ied l»y Stcnorhyncliua of Lamarck, and the
• nam.' of this animal will, no doubt, some day stand as
.-„>.■■,/, inrJniji Irptonjix, V. Cuvier !

//w/fw//.— The two earliest descriptions of the Leopard Seal
—the ..no by do Hlainville, the other by Desmarest— appeared in the
voar IS'JO Till' latter was a meagre extract from the MS. notes of
the fonner naturalist, whose own description, published under the
WMwv of " r. a iH^tits ongles. Thoca leptonyx," was based on two

■:>^-

Si-'-i/t

I.KOrAltn SKAL RASKING IN THE SUN.
{Ily iier mission oj Sir George Newnes, Bart.')

sjifcimens, the one a skull in the museum of the Royal College of
Sui^'tHtus, the other a skin and skull from the Falklands, then in the
colK-i-lictn of Mtmsieur Ilauville at Havre. According to Gray, the
f"' Kiill wjus that ligured by Sir E. Home in the 'Philosophical

T •■ ' 1H22, which specimen the latter writer states to have

I" .. , . ..U'd to the Jloyal College of Surgeons " by Mr. Chevalier:
ihi.H j.rovfs to have lieen brought by Mr. Kearn, in a whaler, from
New C;corgia, near the ice towards the South Pole." G. Cuvier^
that M. llaiiville's specimen found its way to the Paris

-IL I. I*

-tcl:itf«l by n,/<lruy;/a, Gistel, Nat. Thierw., p. xi., 1848,
"T (■..• T,f<»|i:inl-Si':il slunild probably be Ilydrurgn leptonyx.

pt. I., p. 'JOT, 1825.

Mammalia. 27

Museum. It formed the subject of the inaccurate figure in the
' Ossemens Fossiles ' which was afterwards copied in Hamilton's
work on Seals.

On referring to the Catalogue of the specimens in the museum of
the Eoyal College of Surgeons, I found that, whereas a mutilated
skull, No. 1096 (of the history of which no details are given) is
stated to have been " presented by Thomas Chevalier, Esq., 1814,"
another skull, No. 1091, "from the Island of New Georgia" and
" presented by William Kearn, Esq.," is described as " the original
of Mr. Clift's figure, published in Home's paper . . . and in his
' Lectures on Comparative Anatomy,' vol. iv., pi. 20." There seemed
therefore to be room for some doubt as to the exact identity of the
type or typical specimens, a doubt to which Allen's statement
(p. 441) that de Blainville's descriptions of the species were " both
based on specimens in the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons
of London " may probably be attributed.

It is gratifying to find that the matter can now be cleared up.
Professor Stewart, to whom I wrote for information on the subject,
tells me that " the skull 1091 is without doubt that figured in the
Phil. Trans, for 1822." In the copy of these ' Transactions ' kept at
the museum of the Eoyal College of Surgeons there are two
marginal notes, written in pencil, signed W. C, and, according to
Professor Stewart, in Clift's handwriting. These are to the effect
that Mr. Chevalier did not know whence came the specimen
No. 1096 : it was the other skull. No. 1091, which was brought by
Mr. Kearn. It is evident that the information given with the figure
in the ' Transactions ' is inaccurate, being a mixture of the history of
the two specimens.

These two skulls for long remained the sole representatives of
their species in museums, but most of the later explorers in the
Antarctic seem to have met with the Leopard- Seal, and several
skulls have reached this country. It is, at the present time,
probably the best known species inhabiting Antarctic waters.

Distribution. — There can be no doubt that the True Leopard-Seal
is widely distributed in the South Polar regions. It has, moreover,
been found in more northern regions than either of the remaining
three species. Besides the localities (New Georgia and the Falkland
Islands) whence came the type specimens, there is an example in the
British Museum from Lord Howe Island, another in the Anatomical
Museum of the University of Edinburgh, presented by Sir James
Hector, from Wellington Harbour, New Zealand (c/. Turner, p. 20) ;
while the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons contains

Soiif/icnt Cross.

a:

D

o .3

Mammalia. 29

specimens from New Zealand (1858), the Falkland Islands (1867 and
1880), and Tasmania (1871). One was brought home from the shore
south-east of Cape Horn by the French Antarctic Expedition of 1837-
1840, and Gray alludes to others from the North Shore, Newcastle,
New South Wales, and from Port Nicholson, New Zealand. It
occurs, no doubt, on the coast of Patagonia. On the other hand,
although it probably frequents numerous islands, it is not quite safe
to accept Moseley's note of a herd, estimated at four hundred in
number, which occupied a small outlier of Kerguelen as being of
this species. Moseley's information was derived from sealers, and
although he states that he had seen examples of Seals larger than the
Weddell's Sea Leopard which he brought home under this name, he
evidently did not at the time distinguish the two species. Moseley
also states that a beach at Herald Island, which lies about three
hundred miles south of Kerguelen, " was strewed with bones of the
Sea-Elephant and Sea-Leopard, those of the former being most
abundant."

On the pack ice this species has been found in some numbers,
notably by Mr. Bruce, near Graham Land, and by the ' Southern Cross.'
According to Mr. Borchgrevink, it was one of the two "best repre-
sented " Seals in the pack ice near Victoria Land, and it breeds at
Eobertson Bay (pp. 2.36, 237). Further it is probably this species
which, on the same authority, remained at Eobertson Bay and Cape
Adare nearly all the winter. It was also found by the ' Behjica ' on
the pack ice, but in what numbers is not stated by Dr. Eacovitza.

Habits. — The first notice of the habits of the Leopard-Seal was
that sent to Gray by Dr. Frederick Knox, and accompanied the
skeleton and part of the viscera of a specimen stated to have been
shot and captured in Evans Bay, Port Nicholson, New Zealand, in
November, 1843. The stomach is recorded to have "contained
numerous fish-bones, a few feathers (gulls'), and some considerable
portions of a pale green, broad-leaved, marine fucus : thousands of
a small, hard, round, white worm (parasitical) pervaded all parts
of the intestines." Some details are added as to the appearance
of the animal and the dimensions of its viscera. Dr. Knox called
it the " Sea-Bear," an error to which Gray thinks is due the in-
clusion of the true Otaria (Callotaria) ursina in the New Zealand
Fauna.

Other observers have referred to a predilection on the part of the
Leopard-Seal for birds' flesh. On this subject Dr. Eacovitza
remarks that all he can say is that he once saw two of these Seals
quarrelling over the carcase of an Emperor Penguin which had been

^o Soiitiicni Cross.

uirMwu ..^ crlnanl rn.iu tlu; ' Ikhjka! Mr. Bruce too states that " the

r.ii-iiin i-* also .Mcjisioiially the victim of the Seal, and I have

r ■ihI m4.iu',s ill their stomachs. These stones are probably part of the

,il i-ollcction which the penguins arc accustomed to carry

,t with t In-Ill. Nemat<Kh3 worms were almost invariably present
in the sloninclis."

Tlu'fv ran Ih' little iloubt that the formidable dental armature of
ill is finds its use, as I have already suggested, in the capture

of |.r. . Ml ;i stouter character than that which suits the more
iiu»i»T.4l4* appetite <if Lohotlon. and Ommatoi^hoca.

Mr. Bruce stales that while " all the Seals were obtained from
the i»ack-ice, in bluest and clearest water," the Leopard-Seal
frw|Ufnti'<l " the outermost streams, and was most frequently found

Iv, hut .sometimes in pairs or threes, on one piece of ice." That
it occasionally occurs on the pack-ice in very great numbers is

'••nt from the statement of Mr. Bruce that " on the last day of

itig we were among a great host of the larger Sea-Leopards, and
... .\- v>. ••'•■• returning to the sliip they were moaning loudly,"

L '/ appearand. —The Leopard-Seal justly deserves its

name, since it bears more spots upon its body than any other

HiM-cies of Seal. In the single specimen brought liome by the

^ (hrrn Cross ' the spots extend all over the body, and Dr. llacovitza

that the colour of the coat is " gris fence, mouchete de taches

JiiUll'

'liie animal Is, moreover, readily distinguishaljle by tlie great
sijte of its elongated body. The longest measured by Mr. Bruce
att.iin.'d i4» a length of over 13 feet (= 3900 millimetres) and the
.;aiiie<l the name of *' serpent " from the sailors.

Tlie niiiglo siKicinuMi brought home by the ' Southern Gross ' was
immature. The <limensions of the flat skin were as follows : —

ft. iu. ""•'"-

•!• 1 1 t 1 i- metres.

IiiUl Iciiv'tli na'ai4iir«i«l from tip of nose to end of tail (J 0 ur 1800

:..-lii|.|KTs . . . . 0 5 „ 125

}• l-^TH iiiwiMircd along outer ctlge , 1 1 „ 400
.a-iiilii>fr» 111. asurwl along cetitre to

' 0 'J-5 „ 247

HipiHrrs were in each case completely clothed with hair.

pro] .ortionately narrower and longer than those
••: •r.ntr ui uie other Antarctic species. There are live claws

"" " ''^"" "" I '""1*^ And only one rudimentary claw.

^^ in regard t<.. ihe number and size of the

Mainnialia. 31

claws, the liind-flippers may show some variation, as this species
is not, like Lcptonychotcs and Omriiatoplioca, one of those to which
attention has been directed as lacking hind claws on its hind-
flippers.

As regards the sexes Mr, Bruce makes the interesting and
unexpected statement that " Dr. Donald also noted that the females
of the larger species were larger than the males " — a statement to
which I would draw the attention of future explorers as well worthy
of confirmation.

Skull.

The tabular record given below corresponds to that given in the
case of Lcptonychotes.

Distinguishinr) characteristics. — The skull of the Leopard-Seal
needs no description. It is well known, and has been described by
Owen in the Catalogue of the Osteological Museum of the Eoyal
College of Surgeons of London (see Nos. 3938 to 3941). It is at
once distinguishable by two characters from the skull of any other
living Seal. These characters are — (1) the great length and size of
the skull, and (2) the powerful teeth which are recognisable at all
ages by their large proportions, and the peculiar arrangement of the
cusps. Of these there are three, placed one after the other in a line
running parallel to the long axis of the jaw. The apices of the
two smaller and outer cusps usually incline towards the larger
central cusp, which itself bears a recurved apex. In addition, it
should be noticed that in no Seal of the Antarctic are the
lambdoid and sagittal crests so prominently developed as in this
species.

Sex. — The young male brought home by the Belgian Expedition
is the only one of which the sex has been definitely ascertained.
This is regrettable, since very considerable differences of size and
proportions occur amongst the skulls of this species. I had supposed
that these must represent sexual characters, and I further believed
that the larger specimens with stronger canines, enormous develop-
ment of the lambdoid, and, in some cases, of the sagittal crests, would
prove to be males. Quite upsetting this supposition is the observa-
tion of Dr. Donald, as reported by Mr. Bruce, that in this species the
females are larger than the males — a statement which, if not based
upon some error, is of considerable interest, since it is, so far as I
am aware, not applicable to any other species of the Pinni-
pedia. At all events, until the point be finally settled by further

32

Soitflicrn Cross.

.5

CO •S

« "Tj

£|

X

n

to—

-^-2

CO -• O

*■ .X "^

w 0 »^

— fl^

tcsr^

*

1 iS'Ht^^'

5'sLc::lii

C5

= 2i^^-^

r^

1 ill! Hi

lO

1^

|i5.S.i

m

->o

^H

^ V = £ «

0)

:S 2-5^8

■a L. •

«

- - - 5 X ^

^

5 a 5 .

1

?vS =2 s

r-

Ji = 3-

oo

■ .3 I .

« 3 t 3

•f5

11-=^

F^

55 1

ll-l

00

'C-3 N

—

X 4 «

IP
* e.2!

>»

f

piH

■3 -a

If

-t<

cc

OS

1

OJ

1

CI

—•

oj

<i\

x-

6

/5

"o

1

lightly
agittal

-4^

■ga

t>D3

•^
1

e:

^3

2

1 5

•3 s

o3

-^2

<n 0

u

If

5

a)
0

1

0 -s

•g-s

3 W)

1

8

0

0

13

t

£-2

H

H

H

H

S

§>

§

10

10

-•»

r^

P»S

CO

.0

CO

-t<

t-

•1-

1-H

r^

1-H

rH

1

t^

«:

OS

CO

10

J

T-H

'8

rH

1— t

1-^

K

00

*S

OS

OS

10

l-H

^

r^

rH

1-H

^ -

rO

»c:

0

ii

1^

^

«». ,

U5

J;

CO

(N

t- E g<

CO

0
t3

CO

CO

^a^

c

10

10

r-^

Tt<

rH

0

■5

00

"^

rH

1—1

Oi

0

I-H

'8

53

—

1

«r5

a

0

»i

«

0

^

•w

00

1—*

0

0

t _

*&•

I— 1

t-H

r-(

••
a

S

0

£:

S

t>

^H

CO

•*<»

00

00

0

0

1.

1-

I-l

i-H

?-H

a.

,s

rSi

fel

w

•2

(N

(N

!M

CO

■*i

CO

CO

CO

.u

i-H

?*

i-<

T^

1-H

"o»

«*

<*<d

cq -

0

V.

10

«
•<

0

(M

0

(M

■*<^

1-H

IM

CJ

■^

1— 1

—

-s^

(M

(N

(M

a

0

s

"St

CO

•5*

C4

CO

00

.S>

10

00

t^

C3

j»

r-t

§>

1-H

1-H

1-H

05 -

J^

■»

•^ri

CC

<M

0

(N

"^

00

1^

OS

eo

OS
CO

00

CO

1

•

1

01

1 1

Ti *?

^

3"^ ceo

0 jr

'^'S^

00

i-H

,5 02

0

^

*

d

■si

0

2*^

hH ,

IS e

^w

.0 £i^

CO" -S

0 s. .

1

>

10 >H

CO ^^

III

22

3

H

. ^

00 a g

Ci3

•0

Oi

00

CD *- Jj

0

2

^co

2 °S

«^1

^

d"^^

..-^ 00

0 — 00

kT OD
Q r*- 1-H

;zi

^

;!

Mammalia.

33

t

if- cj

OS

S s »

a.;; o

P D

■" f" ^ o3
OJ fH O -S
a, ^- -1^ -w

a:

P. a

, ,_^ . , , . =w 3

pi; '7^ Dm O
H -S J^ rO

O (S O ffi C4
t2!

fe G

" a,

I— I

Ci a: c3

CO

I

^ -^
o ^

1? fc.
^ o

is

s a

p g

!* ITS

<D

O

a 03

bo
bo

:S

b£)
eS

o .
>. bo

s a

6Dc3

a 5P

OS

^o
3

so

02

a

OJ

(I

03

O

03

CO

S » S

0,2 £

9 f "^

" n> <"

III
OO = .

^ 03 -S

H

& «

O >

a ^

r-l "^

« so

i«

iO

lO

lO

•

o

00

o

05

■*

O)

1— 1

rH

r-i

rH

rH

r-l

lO

lO

.

»o

Oi

r>

00

'SI

Oi

rH

rH

rH

J-l

i-t

r-l

lO

lO

o

05

rH

05

05

'^

CO

Oi

(N

1— (

(M

rH

r^

03

rH

I— 1

lO

>o

i

to

lO

CD

r-

eo

-H

p

o

m

to

c<:

eo

eo

CO

eo

CO

•c

•

-H

00

00

00

>*

l-

•

CD

05

05

05

00

c»

•c

T-H

00

oc

00

00

lO

CO

o

05

05

Ci

OS

00

00

1—1

:

'•

;

eo

o

:

:

:

•6

S

lO

CO

a

eo

05

<M

lO

CO

CO

CO

eo

0<l

CO

eo

I— 1

rH

rH

a

T-<

r-l

r-t

r-l

m

•O

GO

r^

t^

eo

CO

<M

tn

CO

00

o

o

(M

00

l^

l>

o

1— (

oi

M

IM

rH

r^

rH

r-l

■a

CO

iM

eo

00

za

t~-

CO

rH

«3

«5

to

<x>

-

iO

■*

cc

1— (

rH

1^

'"

o3

Q

rH

I— 1

rH

(N

05

00

o

o

o

lO

o

00

1^

CO

CO

CO

-tt

IM

eo

CO

eo

CO

eo

eo

CO

CO

3 o CO a

^ on (D

p 2 'M Oh

^o a o «

c3 _ to

"O ?^

<M

Si ~s

§:?.

CO Ph Jh • ■

v~x ;t .t; <»-

C-I

OS >~.

HI

rT' ^ ,

- o -S Ci —
-ti •.;3 a -r H <"

o ^ 5 ^ S .i

P

e

UO
CM

CO

CO

6

.2 a o

^ ^ O)

>4 cn

^00
H

I

c3

O Ci

— CO

00

Oi

m 1 .

eo ^ . '^
(^Phc2^

O r^

© ra

P

^a

'-' en
03

.2 a

lO "^ 03
IM '«

CO P

■*- i-H

Q C pq

Is bO

f^.a

rH O

eS ■ !.

^ *H <i>

ro rH •h:H

lO ^
IM

<^ .r/j

• pi^.

^ 03 hiH

cc P c

• oS>^

^25

9,i

+3 -

P rH l'^ '

^Pt^co

>-. rH

2 So

prs P g

-M 03 oj g

OS -1^1-5 .2

a s .-s

C^ CO .^ ^

■9 gc» «

C:ri
id
IM .
CO 03

o

cc a s

o

S-i

P

(M

CO

<M

■*i

OS

d

D

34 Sonf/icni Cross.

invpsti^mtions, it is unsafe to attempt to guess the sex of any skull
(if this St«al.

Wli.'ilicr, hnwevcr, the larger skulls be those of males or of
fomalcH, theix! are, as in tlie case of Lohodon, so many specimens of
intorme<lintc proportions that the detenniiiation of the sex they
n-pn-si-nt must always be a matter of difficulty. It can only be
supjMist'd that, as in tlie case of the male of Otaria ursina and
(KjuJiatti, the size and development of the larger sex of the Leopard
S«'al are exceedingly variable characters.

Aijc. — As might have been expected, the cheek-teeth of this
species show, in a far more marked degree than those of the other
thn'o Antarctic Seals, the effects of use and wear. But although
there is a very great difference between the clean and unworn teeth
of .some specimens, and tlie worn teeth of others, it is strange that
tljose of the largest specimens which I have examined are clean
and unworn. In young individuals the cheek-teeth are much
cniwdetl.

Ill some specimens the sagittal crest is prominently developed :
the largest which I have measured reached a height of twelve milli-
metres. In all the lambdoid crest is lame.

Iiulinthud variation. — Conspicuous individual variations in the
skulls of tliis species seem to be rare. It may be worth placing on
re«nnl that the posterior margin of the palate of No. 325c? of the
British Museum Collection is formed as a crescent and not as
a Y as in all the other specimens. This variation is said to be
lanillelcd in the case of a single specimen (No. 1095), which
forms part of the collection in the Pioyal College of Surgeons of
London.

T"**///.— The massive teeth and prominent crests at once stamp
inr Ix'oi)ard-Seal as distinct from the other three Antarctic species,
and .k-monstrate, as I liave already aj-gued, that the dentition is
a.!:iM.-d to a different kind of food.

, /o«._The skeleton has been fully described by Sir William
I urner, who used it for comparison in his detailed description of that
of Uptunijdiotcs (sec Table II, pp. 32, 33).

Manunalia. 35

LOBODON.

Leptorhynchus, J. E. Gray, (by misquotation of Owen's Stenorhynchus).

Lobodon, Gray, Zool. Voy. ' Erehus ' and ' Terror,'' vol. i. Mammalia, pp. 5 & 6,
]ils. 1 & 2, 1844; Barrett Hamilton, Antarctic Manual, p. 220 (1001). Type
L. carcinophagus.

3. LOBODON CARCINOPHAGUS,^ Antarctic White or

Crab-Eating Seal.

Phoca careinophaga, Jacq. & Pucher. Zoological Atlas Voy. Pole Siul^; no
description ; plates 10 (animal) and 10a (skull) good, 1842-1853 (prior to 1844).

Lobodon careinophaga, J. E. Gray, Zool. Voy. ' Erehus ' and ' Terror^ p. 5, 1844 ;
Jacq. & Puclier. Voy. Pole Sud, Zoologie iii. Mammiteres et Oiseaux, pp. 27
to 31, 1853; J. E. Gray, Cat. Bones of Mammalia Brit. Mus. p. 141, 1862;
Cat. of Seals and Whales Brit. Mus. p. 10, 1866; Hand-List, of Seals Brit.
Mus. p. 13, 1874; Gill, Prodrome of a Monograph of the Pinnipedes, Comm.
Essex Institute, v. p. 6, July 1866; Allen, Hist. N. Amer. Pinnifedes, p. 466
(see also pp. 413, 414, 416, 419, 420 & 463), 1880; W. S. Bruce, Report Sixty-
third Meeting Brit. Ass. Nottingliam, September 1893, p. 807, 1894 ; E. G.
Pacovitza, La Vie des Animaux et des Plantes dans I'Antarctique, p. 29, 1900 ;
Cook, Fiist Antarctic Night, pp. 257, 280 (photo.); Bernacchi, To the South
Polar Regions, pp. 37, 44, 274 (1901).

Stenorhynchus serridens, Owen, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 332, 1843; Cat.
of Osteological series Mus. College of Surgeons, pp. 641 & 642, 1853.

Leptorhynchus serridens, J. E. Gray (misquoting Owen), Zool. Voy. 'Erehus''
and ' Terror,'' p. 5, 1844.

Stenorhynchus carcinophagus. Flower & Garson, Cat. Osteology Vertebr.
Aniin. Mus. College of Surgeons, part. iii. p. 213, 1884.

Ogmorhinus carcinophagus, Turner, Rep. Seals Voy. ' Challenger,' p. 64, 1888.

Stenorhjmchus careinophaga, Bruce, Proc. H. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. xii.

1892-94, p. 350, 1894.
Lobodon carcinophagus, C. Berg, Com. Mus. Buenos Aires, i. p. 15, 1898.
Stenorhynchus vetus, Leidy, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. vi. p. 377, 1853.
White Seal, Borchgrevinck, First on the Antarctic Continent, p. 81, 1901 (photo.).

Weddellii, Borchgr., t. c, p. 103 (figures of skull, upper and lowor aspect, wrongly
identified as that of the Leopard Seal).

^ Halichcerus antarctiea, Peale, described in Cassin's edition of 'The
United States Explormg Expedition during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842,
under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Mammalogy and Ornitliology,'
1858, is sometimes referred to Lobodon carcinophagus, but Gill, who examined
the type in the Smithsonian Institution at Washhigtou, found it to be a skull of a
species of Phoca, inhabiting the coast of Oregon and Califoinia, and renamed it
P, pealei. See Prodiome of a Monograph of the^Pinnipedes, Comm, Essex Institute,
vol. V. pp. 4 & 6, footnotes, July 1866.

2 The exact date of publication of these plates is unknown. It was at all
events prior to 1844, for they are alluded to by Gray in ' The Zoology of the
Voyage of H.M.S. "Erebus" and " Terror."'

J) 2

-;6 Soutliani Cross.

Ti/i^^A.—yo notual specimen was indicated by the describers of
,hi- 1,,. , i..s. One of the specimens brought home by the French
An- KxptMlili.Mi is in tlie University Museum of Zoology at

It is a skull numbered 807, and was presented to the
inusc'un. bv rr.)fess.)r .1. W. Chirk. Dr. S. F. Harmer has been good
t-nnti^'h lo infcrm me that this specimen, together with a skull of
< ^ " ■ nhmifx (l>c Blainville), was purchased in Paris in 1853

,.j M. Iniimirticr. by whom they had been obtained, and "who had
accompanied MM. Quoy and (Jaimard on board the 'Astrolabe.' "

Si/iioui/mi/ and /nWory.— The tooth figured by Leidy under the
name of S(cnorhi/nrhti.<i vctvs bears such a remarkably close resem-
blance to those of Lohodon carcinopliagus that I provisionally
r.-;ml the two species as identical. Without an actual examina-
tion of the tooth it is impossible to come to any final decision in
ivjanl to it. It is possible that there may have been some mistake
a> to its origin, wliich is stated to lie the Cretaceous Greensand of
New Jersey.

( )wen's description of StcnorhyncJius serridens was taken from a
skeleton presented by Dr. McCormick, the Surgeon of H.M.S. 'Terror'
t«» the museum of the Koyal College of Surgeons of England. It had
U'cn obtained during Sir James Eoss' expedition in a high latitude
in the Australian seas.

'Flic Crab-eating or Antarctic White Seal was first made known to
- ionce by the two good plates, the one of the animal, the other of
■il.r skull, which were published in the "Zoological Atlas" of the
Fn-nch Voyage to the South Pole. The exact year of publication of
i!.<sf plates is doubtful, since the series bears only the vague date of
1S42 to 1853. All we know for certain is that the written descrip-
tion of the animal did not make its appearance until after Gray had
(U'soribed the skins and skulls brought home by Sir James Eoss.
Ciiy, however, could not but recognise his specimens as belonging to
' ■ ies as that already figured; he therefore, w^hile insti-
ucw genus Lohodon, felt bound to accept the specific name
./rt, a compliment which the French naturalists returned
pling the generic term proposed by the Englishman. The
iin»i sjKjrimens were captured on the South Polar ice, between the
of the Sandwich and Powel group, at a distance of 150 leagues
)i-n» «;iilnT. The siKJcific name had its origin in the food of the
h is stated to have consisted principally of shrimps
;. as a result of eating which their excrement was

stated, this species was met with by Sir James Eoss,

Maniinalia. 37

but no exact locality is attached to the specimens which he brought
Iiome, apart from that mentioned in the statement appended to the
type of Owen's Stcnorhynclivs scrridcns.

The species, although often reported and no doubt frequently
killed by sealers, has been hitherto very poorly represented in
museums. Xo scientific account of its haljits has yet been written.

Distribution. — Most of the later expeditions, whether to the
neighbourhood of Victoria or Graham Land, have met with Lohodoii.
It is, therefore, probable that it is also found on the pack-ice of the
intermediate localities all round the circle. That it may sometimes
stray to quite a distance from the Antarctic pack-ice is shown by the
record by Mr. C. Berg of the capture of a specimen, now in the
La Plata Museum, near San Sidro, north of Buenos Aires, in latitude
34° 28' South.

Habits. — Until quite recent years, our only information regarding
the liabits of this Seal was that conveyed by its specific name, namely
that it feeds on crustaceans of some sort.

Mr. Bruce seems to have missed a great opportunity of dis-
tinguishing the various Antarctic Seals by their habits, but his notes
can only be read as applying to all four, with the single exception of
his remark that the "creamy white seals," as he calls this species,
were, witli what he supposed to be Ross's Seal, in greatest abundance ;
there lay four, five, or even ten on a single piece of pack-ice ; the
greatest number he saw on one piece of ice at a time was forty-seven.

Most interesting is the graphic, although short, account of
Dr. IJacovits^a, who states (thus corroborating Mr. Bruce), that
the Belgian Expedition found Lohodoii the most frequent species
on the pack-ice. It was also present with Lcptonychotcs in tlie
Straits of Gerlache, in the Palmer Archipelago. On being approached
it showed a great anxiety to make its visitors acquainted with its
dental armature, displaying its teeth, and, in the words of Dr.
Racovitza, " en soufiiant violemment par les narines." The young,
which when born are already of a considerable size, make their
appearance on the pack-ice in September. Their first coat is thicker
than that of their parents. The mother suckles her offspring for
some days, and afterwards leaves it to look out for itself.

Dr. Ptacovitza's most interesting account of the feeding of this
seal has already been quoted,^ as well as my suggestion as to the
supposed use of the extraordinarily cusped teeth.

Based upon specimens from a quite different region, Mr. Nicolai

^ See page 14.

^B Soutlicni Cross.

ll.ins^Mis notes on ilu- ^iM-cies sluniUl have been of considerable

^,,1„, irtlly ns he was instructed, at the "special request" of

Mr. 1 \ ink, to make " a.s j^'ood a study of this interesting species

.„ X- lU'ns, and oppr.rtunity allowed." This ^Mr. Hanson

.,, |,jive done, according to tlie verbal testimony of his
..f the scientific stalf of the ' South cm Cross' ; but the
sol., inf.innnlinn i-elating to the animal brought lionie by the Expedi-
tion is the slnU-ment by Mr. I'.orcligrevink that it was found in
;jn»j«tor ninnK'rs tlian in IS94, and that it was not so well represented
o-s WrddelTs St-al. Mr. Borchgrcvink had expected to find the White
S«>al l.pH'ding in llobertson 15ay, but this was not the case, altliough
Ix.tli the leopard-Seal and Weddell's Seal bred in that locality.^
Avoiding to Mr. I'lull,' this Seal is particularly afflicted with tlie
- whicli liave been alluded to above.

Krternal appearance. — Externally the Crab-eating Seal would

npi»ear to be the most conspicuous Antarctic species, as the names

applied to it by the various explorers indicate. Thus ^Mr. Bruce

chills it "the Creamv White Seal," Mr. Borchgrevink stvles it "the

cliaracteristic white seal of the Antarctic," and Mr. Bull writes of it

a* ■■ the wliitisli-yellow or light grey Seal which goes under the name

ii'- White Antarctic Seal, though it is never found of such

whiteness that it cannot readily be distinguished on the ice-floes"

{op. cit. p, 139). Yet, beyond the fact that it is, at all ages, of far

lighter colomtion than any of the other tliree species, we are as yet

in some doubt as to its exact hues and their arrangement — a doubt

\v1itcli can (»nly U^ dispelled when a detailed description of the animal,

II from specimens still in the flesh by a competent naturalist,

Hhnll be forthcoming. Meanwhile, it may be well to compare the

variou.s descriptions wjiieh have reached us. The original was as

f«»llows:— " IVlage l)run olive, parseme 9a et la, en dessus, aussi bieu

• !■ "U.S. de grandes i»la(|ues de couleur jaunatre," a description

u by the plate (Xo. 10), in which, however, the animal is

• 1 as having the nose white. ^Ir. Bruce, on the other

■^ "f " a darker dorsal stripe," contrasted with the "creamy

^1 body colour. The skins of all ages, collected by the

'.' are nearly white, with only indistinct traces of mottling.

In lite they were, once more to ([uote Dr. liacovitza, " d'un blanc

1 ux a reflet verdatre." Lastly, the skins brought home

"thrni Crosn' show, as far as I could ascertain from an

evammuLiun of them while in salt, a considerable indication of

' OtiMjraphical Journal, October 1900, p. 403.
* O/-. cil. u. I.JO.

Mainuialia. 39

indistinct spots or mottling, a cliaracter which is quite borne out by
the specimens in the British Museum. Immature skins exhibit a
considerable amount of mottling, and I strongly suspect that the
Crab-Eating Seal is one of those species, the young of which shows
traces of spots, which are gradually lost as the animal grows older.^

Dr. Cook's photographs seem to show us in Lobodon an animal
somewliat intermediate in its proportions between Leptonychotes and
Onwiatophoca. Botli head and body are thicker and Ijlunter than in
the former, Ijut not so thick and blunt as in the latter form. The
long flat anterior portion of the skull has a distinct effect on the
physiognomy. The total length of the flat skins (in salt) reaches
from G to 7 feet (2000 millimetres) when measured from the tip of
the nose to the end of the tail. The thick and hairy tail itself reaches
a length of from 3^ to 4 inches (100 millimetres). All the flippers
are clothed with hair throughout their extent. The fore-flippers reach
a length of about 14 inches (350 millimetres) and have a greatest
breadth of 5^ inches (137 millimetres). They are provided with 5 nails.
The bilobed hind-flippers are provided with 3 rudimentary nails.
They are somewhat constricted at the base, where their width is only
about 7 inches (175 millimetres), but gradually expand posteriorly until
at about their centre their width is about 11 inches (265 millimetres),
and at their termination about 13 inches (325 millimetres), measured
from the extreme tip of one lobe to that of the other. Along their
outer edge, from the base to the tip of either lobe, their length is
about 16 inches (400 millimetres), measured along the centre, from
their base to the bifurcation of the lobes they reach about 10 inches
(250 millimetres). The lobes therefore extend posteriorly for a distance
of about 6 inches (150 millimetres) beyond the remainder of the flipper.
The details above may be taken as the average of the skins brought
home by the 'Southern Cross.' An immature specimen, evidently
moulting, since its back is smooth, whereas its flanks and flippers
are still woolly, supplies the following dimensions : total length of
skin (from tip of nose to tip of tail) 3 feet 6 inches (1050 millimetres),
length and greatest width of fore-flipper 9 inches X 5 inches
(225 millimetres x 125 millimetres), greatest lengtli and width at
centre of hind flippers 10 inches X 6 inches (250 millimetres X 150
millimetres).

^ See Dr. Wilson's notes, infra, pp. 74, 75. — R. B. S.

^o Soittlicni Cross.

SkI'LLS.

Ill till' Uilmliir rt'i-onl.s will I'c found the ja-incipal dimensions of
tin? skull.e l»rnnj,'lit Imnu- Ity the 'Southern Cross,' to which are added
for piiriMisos of coiiii»aiisoii siinihir details of tliose collected by the
' I.'f'/irti' as well as of thesiieciinens contained in the collection of the
I'.ritish Museum. 'I'hc only sjiccimens, of which we know the sex
from examinations made in the flesh, are those collected l)y the
llelj^ian exiHjdition. These are therefore arranged according to
Ihuir sex, the males first, and each sex in order of size from largest
to smallest. The British Museum specimens are arranged simply in
onler of size, as are also those brought home by the ' Southern Cross.'
The numbers attached to the latter are simply those which were
Itlaeiil upon them in order to prevent confusion when first received.
Tliey have no other significance, but a knowledge of these facts will
probably be tif interest to the authorities of the various museums into
whose hands they may find their way.^

LlUtinguishing characteristics. — The skull of this species is well
known, so that a detailed description is uncalled for. Although not
|)o.ssessing the enormous dimensions of that of Ogmorhinus, it may
bo at once distinguished at all ages from that of any other species by
the peculiar cheek-teeth. These are both large and remarkable for
the eomplicated arrangement of their cusps. As in Ogmorliinus,
there is a principal central cusp, but this is supported, not by two
others, one anterior, the other posterior, but by one quite small cusp
in front, and by from one to tliree behind. The central cusp is far
lai^'er tiian the remainder, and its apex is usually bulbous ; all
have ft tendency to ])oint backwards. In addition to these dental
rharaeters, the skull of this si)ecies differs from that of Lcptonychotes,
whi.h it api»roximately equals in size, in its longer palate, and
lon^'er. bntader, anterior portion, as well as in the shape of the lower
jaw. This is in Lohodon far deeper, stronger, and more massively
built than in Lfptonijckotcs.

>V-/-.— An attempt has been made in the "Table" of dimensions

I" determine the sex of each specimen, both in the case of the

Crois' and the l?ritish Museum collections, from the data

-wi.j.i,. .. by tho.se collected by the members of the Belgian expedi-

• Iv.nl.ilo-, all the sjwciniens collected by Mr. Hanson were fully described iu
iild Lave been identified, if these notes had been prupc-rly cared for

MaJiimalia. 41

tion. This cannot, however, be regarded as having been very suc-
cessful. It seems certain that those specimens which possess the
largest canine teeth are males, while those with the smallest are
females. But between the two extremes there are so many indi-
viduals in which these characters are intermediate that my deter-
minations can only be regarded as quite hypothetical. As far as
the evidence presented by the skull goes, there is no very marked
sexual difference. The differences of size would, however, I suspect,
arrange themselves more definitely about a mean, were it possible
to collate the specimens exactly by their sexes.

Age. — Here again, except in the case of the specimens brought
home by the ' Belgica,' the remarks in the first column of my " Taljle "
must be regarded as purely hypothetical, although certainly resting
upon a securer foundation than in the case of sex. Both the basilar
and sphenoidal sutures close completely before the animal becomes
very old, in contradiction to what occurs in the case of Ovimatophoca
and Ogmorhinus, in which the sphenoidal suture seems to remain
open throughout life. As in Ommatophoca, the development of the
sagittal crest is very slightly marked, and the lambdoid crest is
even weaker than in that species. Similarly the nearest approach to
!:he formation of the former crest is to be found along the parieto-
frontal junction, near the middle line.

The extraordinary cheek-teeth, although apparently so liable to
suffer from wear and tear, yet seem to preserve their form in a very
remarkable manner. They wear away, in fact, at a far less rapid
rate than do the massive canines and incisors. Such damacje as
makes its appearance is for the most part confined to the anterior
teeth and to the anterior portions of these. In contradistinction to
the cheek-teeth, the canines and incisors may be broken and cut
as if by use in fighting.

The skeleton has been described in detail by Sir Kichard Owen in
the catalogue of the Osteological Museum of the Pioyal College of
Surgeons of London (p. 642), and also in the ' Annals and Magazine
of Natural History ' for 1843 (p. 331).

(See Table III, pp. 42-4.5.)

42

SoufJicru Cross.

Ki

w

5 I

5.1

11

■^

i

X

•i • _ c_

■- = 5

II

J % ?

-I c

■3^

it ».

.ri

■f. m

c • -

u

r »: «

«• t. -^

h. —

£ "-5

^'^-

««•=

E.= ?

V S V

S «

C

■3|

si

C 3

CO

^■M

<k^

^^ w

^- -iJ

^^

^'1

? -

eS C

0 -ti

5 c

is

2 c

y.

>:/^.

. eS

/^ »

/.

« 3

"» '5

-c —

■y'o

"to -5

05 "73 M

'm

"**■*-» "T2

c ^

c— >

■J2 -^

.*^ s

c p

F—

^ P

^

^n^

~ "a.

o

.^1

0

0

:= L"-^

-«^

g « a

S*

o

§ s

0) rr

s-^'-

0

§ £ 55

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

IC

1 - _

Irt

^

«2

*

■M

-*<

CO

2

1.1

re

M

>o

-

5 JriS

r - it 3 =

C4

O
64

O

r4

'.'5

o

£B

cs

(>4

03

J =

^

•^i

'ri

*o

/.

1-

0

0

*1

rj

*«

G^

0

^

•

4-*

a

•

.

c

-

.

.

.^-N

&

/->

Nm'

a

^w/

■<

o»

c

c^'d

^-N

•

^>5

Tl

o»

•

1

(N_g

CO

_^

. a

0 —

0

0

?:

y.

^

00

6

10
ri

o

M
I

^

i

cs

•«

t^

.^^

10
0

00

05

CO

«o

i

—

u

k

X

00

l^

I-

I-

t^

t-

t^

*

^

^

10

c :

-

s

i.

•«♦<

M

10

^

X

e^

f-

05

_S

-

l>

•*

^

^

X

X

X

t^

X

l^

X

1^

l^

■5-? •

-

tc

•

10

•0

^

5

__

^^

_i

to

t^

■^

.

"**

3

•"

X

!■*

l^

l^

t^

•0

»

t^

eo

O
(M

0

z

CO

:

•

:

•

•

\

■^

^■^

0

1 I^

1

^

X

1-^

2

ri

CO

CO
I— 1

5<

I— 1

0

CO

CO

•N

CD

(N

©
CO
0^

CO

O

a

I ^

CO o

;z;

^t

^1

CO

-*j ;

lU fl

<D

a) o)

%t

;h

o

»

o

o o

■Ec§ J

o3

'So

31

be (D

S 2 =J

o

03

O

03 *-

o -g

^ CO

O!

^^

03

. e3

. o3

^ W .*

r-1

-S
g

=*^ 3 oj

CvH 03

fl")

Vh o

■s^s

^ ^

^ &.

O

+3

+3 "a,

§J^' «

3^«2

o

Cl

S->2

H

H

H

H

lO

Maniinalia. 43

"So <» .3 S ."tS jl ^ oJ be

.0 ^ >;="-H - so -d " be a

cc a -u be ^ u

-4 •^- rl "t^ Gj C* ^ w* — ^

PHi— I 9®^'^. Or/) Dco-

J ^2S ^2-^1*. -^a g-i'i^

o

OJ £; 03
■tf o

«.Sc^ 2:S-3a-S5 -§-3 IS "g^^

ev.

Of ot

rR <u S * ai S X S > £ S 56.x;

'75'^ — ' y J
a O O < <
e

1— II— (r-li— I '"Hr-lT— ( 1— I

«3

lO §

Q

o3 e303Or^S o3c3

a a ,_l^-^.^r_aJ ^„

'i '^ .gg :5 .9 9 'Spq ^ C.

10

to CO (M rS '-": o (N If; 00

1— II— 11— I o'"''^ ^H^^l— I

05

C5'tiCO(M SOI> OQOCO

I— II— II— IIM «i!Nt— I (Ml— 11— 1

t>t>OtO Ki-l(M OiCOCO
« - —

OOCOiC -SioiM i-iCOt>

o 00 eo CO ?o

^ot^eo .•Si>co c^tDco

« t- o I- re

a,
lo-^oeo H-#o eoc^iio

.i! fM t> t^ -H O

QOOOOlO 'S^MOO 00—1

O O '.'5 ■*! , t> "O t> t^ O

iM IM ^1 C-4 ^ IM <M <M <N (M

S

^ ^ ^a

•^

-M

04-0

a

a

TJ

g

« t>

a

o3

a "S

a

p^

03 <I>

<i

-<

•

•

CH-

CH-

1

1

(M i3

t^

T— 1

05 _

Oi

0

CO g

»

05

.ri4

0

0

0 "

?^

1^

;^

44

SotitJicrii Cross.

Y

I . t vi

i

t£

6

■K
3

«

* c«

8^ .

■iVj •-

•^ £

^Eg-

u o :•

u * •;

.£ w «^

t 11

?!

- t .=,

••

o

^

<s*

■»

^^

o

u

1*

u

2

O

u

«

►c;

1-1

"««

^.

^

t.

^w

'■"5

>;

©

"r?.

X

e

5p

i

00

y.

X

3 _:

be -

O "

a .^

35*

CO

X

«-^

R

^-^

00

■^

^^

<v

-n

»

CJ

CS

s

o

s

ci

■

cS

o

C3

■^

-"

~t->

^

— '

tCl

^

-J

M

a

eo.

CO

o

X

00

O i

!«g

"a

ti m^

CB »-■

V a

Bs-«

«co

c

tc .

a^

a ki

= o

6C—

O c3

— 'ZL

<u

1^

tc

>o

o
l^

l^

^ ^ _ S

:i

— o

? 5

£

3

f^

*«

6 >

<£ —

■*

' t

1 £

i

;i

o>

;r

jr.

•2 i:

2 »

<o

;j -: -

II

I'-

c

"5^

^ X

= ^

y.

_^ o

'So'"

X

• c H ^^

^ .2
;? S B u

_• ^* I— • -

00

eo

3

5 '^

S

-:: o '^:

B '^(M

»-t 00 o -f^

O B
.^ '-S -< M

« S. '^^

e

CS
OI

'^» CO

T^ to

C I— (
B

cS aa

o

CO

>»o

f

u

<t!

CO

.a

r)

.^

X

a

<5

1-^

l-H

o

o
^

i«

B

B

'fi

o

o

•^

43-2 3 CD

S . * d

" n

50 "S

S 03

"« B

to 2

5 -S P ^ fl

<5Ph

•A
JO c.

Its

to

B

as

CO CM-

«3

H.2 '3

c "

Maiuiualia.

45

o

ts 3 be

> -u

C CO

p

« J s «>

13

o

^3 O

a

crest,
much
ight a

II

r—

>>o

G -^

I-i .. Sh

3 to

"-S a

:3:^

r-l -»^ P CD

-7 --

■^•--S-^

-^

* rs

OJ tc E o

-4J

^S^'^^

eeth
sagi

lieek
No
you
and

H

O

H

is
o

P 0)

_^ 03

<u -5-

u be

o o

Q

67i

r-H

ZZ 00

■^%

^

^§

fl

«M

■•0 >-.

, \

•rt .«-

o

^ (11

bO

rowded
ng sku]

lower j
A. quit

03

" s

CD

s

n3

"^

CD

S .

03^3

k-te
quit

.2

upper

crowde

skull.

a

^-1

<3

O

<q

!M

O

fl

ID

03

. 0+

M

"A

lO

CO

lO

o

o

1—1

CO

1-i

l-H

CO
1— (

(M

l-H

l-H

CO

l-H

»0

lO

CO

rH

1— 1
l-H

l-H

CO

l-H

CO

l-H

l-H

05

IM
IM

Ci

1^

o

1X1

«3

f^.2 a CO

CO

f- .2 » CO .13 <D

g q IK X fl ,j3 "O

a,-<s5 CO rij
^ «=«-< fl'*^

^^ • tn rt CD o "^^

"O Of 5i o j3 c« ■

rt a .y -ti -- o

l-H 2 "-• 'g >>_x _»

?o ■

CO

d

S r. ^ ^^ ;S 5 S

5^ Of 2 - 3 fl

00 rt 2 O 4i g

£ S .2 5 ^ 02 ""1

-O

CD J£.

... fl

fl"^'

rrt •" =<-l
O^ O,

_2 CO

fl

^ 05 S S^ -^ -S

" fl CD S ^ tH ^

l»

IM

CO

o5

o fl

03

<D CD S H
»3 be £ .3
- 03 5r o

_^- ijj . uj J— gj -^ _.

:;^ 03 >:^ 0^ bo >,^ §

>, tn 5*- o o ^

"S a - -^"S-^

P-.S .5 fl'^S
'^ * S CD fl

—.1 P ^ ^-^ ^

%< .^''^■
a .«= 1* .3 ^ -:
'" « S J "^ ^
§wS^.2^

CD
IM
CO

a;

^

o

3

o

-tJ

p

fl

fl

M

0^

a

c3

-1-3

>->

^■^

,j3

o *

-o

'-' t-1

^

^ c3

. CD

r.^;

CO fl

CO

fl

CO

6-a

o

"A

??;

CO

»f5

s

CO

I-

CO
CO

CO

»o

»o

l>

CO

^

CO

t^
t-

o

CO

CO

(M

CO
CM

1—1

cc

l-H

r— t

I-H

l-H

I>

l-H

l-H

1*

l-H

I-

1— t
l-H

CO
pH

CO
l-H

118

CJI
l-H
l-H

:

:

CO
1—1
l-H

139

'•

114

CM

I-H
1— 1

:

l-H
l-H
l-H

o

o

o

CO
IM

(M

l-H

(M

o

CM

'•

I-H

^.2 p CO

>-2 O

t^

£ * a S-' .§ §
g "3 -5 c«5 'fl

^ I <i ^ '^

03 O fl 'ti

1^ Of to rfl o CO

" Sfl^'J-^
. ;:i ho .t: -o cc /^

3 _H a^ g

ci CD rfl a

fl CD O in C_l O

§ X -^ ph 'i r>

•-0

CO

03 .S

a X'

o

^6 Southern Cross.

OMMATOPHOCA.

Omi — hoca, .1. K. Grnv, Z.k.1. Voy. ' Erchii^' and ' Terror^ p. 7, 1844 ; Barretf-

, AnUircti.- Manual, ]». li'-M (litOl). Type Ommatnphocn rossi.
Omtnntophora (misprint for Ommatophoca), Turner, P. Zool. Soc, 1848, p. 88.

OMMATOPHOCA ROSSI.— Ross's Seal.

Ommatophoca rossii, .1. K. (Jray, Zoul. Voy. 'Erebus' aud 'Terror,' ]>i\ 7-8,

1. «. vii. »V viii. 1SJ4; Cat. of IJones of Mammalia, Brit. Mus. p. 142, 1862; Cat.

S lis, Brit. Mus. j.p. m to lo, ISGO; List of tlic Seals, &c. Brit. Mus.

\: l.">, IHH; T. CJili, rrcKlromc of a Monograph of the I'innipedes, Conim.

KsM'x InsJitute, p. 0, July 18(36: Allen, Hist. N. Amer. Pinnijx^ds, p. 467

' . pp. 4i:?, 414, 416, 419, 420, 449, 451, 453, 458, 450 Sc 463), 18.S0;

Wry. Sells, Vov. ' Chalh'iiger' iu the years 1873-76, pi>. 65-66, 1888;

1 . 1*. /. S. lS'.t2, f.p. 106-7 to 114-15, 1894, pp. 237-238 ; VV. Kiikentlial,

i r. Medic. Natur. Gesellscli. Jena, iii. p. 443, 1893, & Jenaisclieu

ft. xxviii. IM. N. P. xxi. p. 115, 1893; E. H. Racovitza, La Vie des

, ( t des I'laiites dans I'Antarctique, p. 30, 1900 ; Bernacchi, To the

.- "lar Hi-gions, pp. 44, 45, 1901 (photo.).

" New (Speciw of) Seal discovered January 21, 1899 " (with figure). Sir George
.W'vvncs, Slrau'l Magazine, !^eptember 1899, pp. 283 & 284; Bcrcbgrevink,
O'm-//-. Journ. October 1900, p. 403.

" liossii." IWchgrevink, First on the Antarctic Continent, pp. 74, 103, 1901
-. of skull, upi^er and lower aspect).

Ti/j'c.—'So. 43.11.25.4 (324a) of the British Museum collection.

The si/noni/mi/ of this species presents no difficulties.

I/i.stnri/. — Fur the first description of this Seal, as also of Lobodon
ami Lrptonychotoi, we are indebted to Dr. J. E. Gray. Until the return
of tlie ' Jkltjica ' from her imprisonment in the Antarctic pack-ice our
kno\vle(lj,'e of Koss's Seal was of the most slender description. The
Ur< known .specimens were those brouoht home by Sir James Pioss
fr-Mii an unknown locality in the South Polar regions. These, a
-I- ill and two skulls, for many years remained the unique representa-

^ nf their nice in Europe, if not in the world. I am indebted to
rr»if<->-"r I)*Arcy W. Thompson for the information that a skin and
skull of thi.s rare species were presented to the Town Museum of
Ihimlec, hut that the skull seems to have been lost, and its where-

ita cannot he traced. No specimens, therefore, of those brought
uuiuL' by the ' Jkhfica' and 'Southern Cross' could exceed in value
ihosi' of Uos-s's Seal.

The first naturali.st to lay claim to the rediscovery of Boss's Seal

Mr. W. S. I'.ruce, who states that the " Mottled Grey Seal," as he

- it. wan with the Crab-Eating Seal "in greatest abundance" on
' " They were usually associated with the Creamy-White

S-.ih ^/ ) on the pack, and 1 found many to be with young."

Mainiiialia, 47

It is, however, questionable whether Mr. Bruce's identification was
correct {vide infra, p. 49).

Following Mr. Bruce, came the Belgian Antarctic Expedition,
which, however, found this Seal but rarely. According to Dr.
Eacovitza, it was encountered on only thirteen occasions during the
sojourn of the ' Belgica ' in the ice. To this expedition we owe the
first photographs ever taken of this rare Mammal, and our interest in
it is but heightened by Dr. Eacovitza's vivid description of its
peculiar appearance and strange voice.

So little known, in fact, was Eoss's Seal that the members of
the ' Southern Cross ' Expedition did not at first recognise it.
The result was the announcement in the Strand Magazine of tlie
discovery of a new species of Seal on January 27th, 1899. Illus-
trations taken from photographs were also published, from a glance
at which Dr. Eacovitza was able to surmise that the supposed
new Seal was in reality the present species.^

Like the ' Belgica' the ' Southern Cross ' found this species " very
poorly represented." Only four specimens were secured, all in the
pack; of these one only was a female. These, no doubt, represent
the four skins and skulls which have been examined by me, and two
of which are now in the collection of the British Museum.

Distrihution. — Although probably poorer in numbers than the
other three species, Eoss's Seal is thus shown to have a fairly wide
distribution, having been found (excluding Eoss's own specimens, the
locality for which is uncertain), so far as we know, in all cases on
the pack-ice in the neighbourhood of Joinville Island and Louis
Philippe Land (Bruce), west of Alexander Land (^Belgica '), and in
the neighbourhood of Victoria Land {'Soutliern Cross ').

Habits. — Of the habits of Eoss's Seal practically nothing was
known until the publication of Dr. Eacovitza's interesting notes.
As has been already stated, that naturalist found it, like Weddell's
Seal, the White Seal and the Leopard-Seal, an inhabitant of the
pack-ice, where it feeds exclusively on large Cephalopods.

The most novel observation, however, is that which has regard to
its voice, which is said to be very curious. The sounds which it
emits are very varied. " Son larynx fortement gonfle constitue une
caisse de resonance, et le voile du palais tres developpe, distendu par
de I'air, constitue a I'animal une sorte de cornemuse. On entend
d'abord, chez la bete irritee, une sorte de roucoulement de tourterelle
enrouee, auquel succede le gloussement d'une poule aflblee de terreur,

^ Mr. Hanson, as I leavn from the other officers of the scientific staff on the
' Southern Cross,' always maintained that the supposed new Seal was nothing but
Boss's Seal. See also Bernacchi (tx. pp. 44, 45). — K. B. S.

48

SoiifJicni Cross.

pt 1ft fiiiftlo cost un n-niflemcnt sans harmonie produit par I'air
vioK'inmont cxpiilsc par los narincs."

hUtnnal appearance— Ai^ in tlie case of the other species, the
.'xact di'tails of the coloration of Om mctfophoca ore still very imperfectly
known. (Jray's phite tells us very little. In his written description
of the tyiH^-siH^cimeii he stated that the colonr was " gi-eenish-yellow,
with close itl>li<[ue yellow stripes on the side, pale beneath." The
|.m«!ent coloration of the skin I should describe as being as nearly as
jMis-sible olive above, shading gradually into tawny-olive beneath,
with regions of ligliter yellowish shades on the breast and neck.

1

i

1

j^

i

W

^1

iL—^

i

Ml!. NICOLAI n.\XSON, WITH ROSS'S SEAL.
(% iiermission of ifessrs. Jlurst tC- BlacJcett.)

Tliere is no very distinct line of demarcation between the colours of
the upper and under surfaces; neither are there many spots. The
" stripes" described by Gray are, however, present at about the place
when' a line of demarcation might be expected to occur. On the
llunk.s they occur as streaks of the colour of the under surface, having
a hrcatlth of about a ([uarter of an inch, which running obliquely
-■ ids invade the colour of the upper surface. Occasionnlly in

1 -where the streaks are interrupted a spot or two is formed.

()the^wi,^o the creature is spotless.

Mr. IJruce in his very brief allusion to the coloration of this
silica makes no mention of these streaks, but merely compares it
with the Crab-eating Seal, adding that its coat is " somewhat sleeker

Mammalia. 49

of a beautiful pale mottled grey colour, darker on the back and lighter
on the belly, and varying in intensity in different individuals." The
streaks are so well represented in the reproductions of Dr. Cook's
photograplis published both in his own book and in Dr. Eacovitza's
paper, that I cannot help regarding them as highly characteristic
of the species. Mr. Bruce compares Oinmatoj)hoca with Lohodon,
to which, he states, " in form and size " it is " very like." This
remark about an animal which has been described by Dr. Eacovitza
in such vivid language as so highly distinct from all the other
species makes me suspect that Mr. Bruce may have been mistaken
in his identification of Boss's Seal.

Unfortunately no skins of OmmatapJioca were entrusted to me
for examination by Dr. Eacovitza. The skins secured by Mr. Hanson
were in salt, and not in a condition suitable for description.

From the account of Dr. Eacovitza, Onimatophoca would appear
to be of very remarkable form. It is, he says, "le plus
phoque des phoques, car chez lui toute forme de quadrupede a
disparu. Son corps n'est plus qu'un sac fusiforme pourvu de
membres tres reduits " — a description completely borne out by
Dr. Cook's photographs, as well as by Mr. Borchgrevink's note
(op. & loc. cit.), that the body of the first specimen of his supposed
new species " was not unlike that of the ordinary Seal, but the neck
was of more than ordinary thickness, and under the chin it extended
to a great round muscular purse. The head was short and broad, the
eyes large and protruding, and the mouth short. The eyes were
somewhat slanting. It had six front teeth in the upper jaw, two in
the under jaw, but no back teeth." ^ The four skins brought home by
the ' Bclgica ' are those of an animal distinctly smaller than the other
three species. Their total length, measured from the tip of the nose
to that of the tail, reaches only from 4 feet 4 inches to 4 feet
10 inches (1400 millimetres). The thick and hairy tail presents no
characteristic features, having a length of about 4 inches (100 milli-
metres). The flippers, as in the other species, are completely
covered with hair. They are decidedly smaller than those oi Lohodoji
or Lcptonychoics. The fore-flippers carry five, the hind two to five,
in the latter case rudimentary, claws. The greatest length is, for
the fore-flippers 9 to 12 inches (300 millimetres), for the hind 10 to
VI inches (300 millimetres). It is due to those who have worked
only at the type skin to say that, like them, in examining it, T have
completely failed to find any traces of claws on the hind-flippers.

" See Mr. Hanson's accouut of tlie capture of this specimen, as recorded in his
l>rivate ' Diary ' {infra, pp. 8Vt). — R. B. S.

£

:^0 Soitflicni Cyoss.

Skulls.

In tlie sjK'ciinens lirouj^lit Isoine by the 'Southern Cross ' the numbers
are th«»o usod l>y Mr. Hiinson. Of these four, one (No. 1) is the
snmlh'staihilt, another (N<». 2) the largest known, the latter exceeding
.sli"htlv in size No. Hl»7 of the ' Belfjica ' collection, which considerably
excecils thi' largest of Koss's own specimens (No. 43, 11, 25, 4).

Jfustiin/uishiiiff characteristics. — The skull of Koss's Seal cannot
iHJSsibly be oonft»unded with that of any other living Pinniped. As
re«^»rds general a]>pearance, its nearest resemblances lie with Cysto-
nhora cri.stata, Er.xleben, of Arctic waters. In size it about equals
that of Lrptonychotis, and is slightly smaller than that of Lohodoa.
Here tlu' resemblance ceases: the feeble dentition, l)road inter-
zvgoujatie and short naso-palatal regions, together with the vertical
inclination of the nares, at once mark its distinctness.

The cranial characters of Ommatophoca are exceedingly puzzling.
"Were it not for the differences of dental formulae (Ommatophoca
jiossessing one more incisor on each side of the lower jaw than
Cyslophora), we should have very strong grounds for including it in
the Cystoplwriuae. Indeed, its resemblances to CyslophorcL are very
remarkable. As pointed out by Sir W. Turner, the two skulls
approach each other in the vertical inclination of the anterior nares,
in their relation to the infraorbital foramina, in the great width of
the orl»its and interzygomatic regions, and in the length of the
ascending portions of the premaxillae. These are so short as to
leave a definite part of the anterior nares bounded by the superior
maxillae. He might have added the feebleness of the post-canine
dentition. They differ, however (besides the dental formula), in
the greater length of the nasals of Ommatophoca, in which also the
sup<irior maxilhie articulate with their outer border as far as the tip,
and do not leave tlie anterior part of their border free. Further, the
palati! plates of the palatal bones are shorter in Ommatophoca — a
character eviilently connected with the resonant vocal powers of the
animal — the upper incisors are immensely more feeble, and the shape
of the crowns of the cheek-teeth is quite distinct.

Mo.st of these characters are peculiar to Ommatophoca and are not
i nd in any other genus, but, in addition to its dental formula,
wiiirh allie.s it to the Straorhynchinae, it finds a connection with
ili.a family through Lohodun, in which genus I find to a lesser degree
a similar conformation of the pre-maxillae.

An at;count of the teeth will be given below. They do not help

MaDimalia, 51

lis to discover the relationships of this strange form, but are as
distinct from any other genus of Stenorhynchinae as each of them is
in this respect from the rest.

Altogether, I can only regard Oinmatoplioca as a most interesting
generalised form, an annectant genus, showing affinity ])oth to the
Stcnorhynchinac and the Cijstophorinae, to both of wliicli it stands in
a, (piasi-ancestral relationship. I think it more convenient that it
should remain included in the Stenorlnjnchinae than tliat it should
form the type of a new family or sulj-family.

To come to individual differences (apart from the teeth) I find
little variation in the eight skulls before me. The most variable
character in the cranium appears to be the amount of the superior
maxillae which enters into the boundary of the superior nares. The
length of this section of the boundary varies in the different specimens
from 5 to 17 millimetres.

As in Lohodon and LeiHonycliotcs there is practically no develop-
ment of the sagittal crest. The lambdoid crest is, however, well
developed.

Sex. — The sex of Eoss's specimens is unknown. One skull of
those collected by the ' Bclyica ' was that of an adult female, the other
that of a young male. Since one of the known females is the largest
skull of the four and there are no apparent differences in the size
of the teeth, I see no way of telling the sex of the two unknown
skulls. Neither can the one unknown female amongst the skulls
brought home by the ' Soutkern Cross ' be certainly indicated — unless,
indeed, it be No. 1, which, although distinctly adult, is the smallest
skull of the eight known. All things considered, it is evident that
there can be no striking differences between the sexes of this Seal,
and it is as likely as not that differences of size represent age and
not sex.

Aye. — There is little to be said on this point. In many of the
skulls, even the larger examples, the teeth are fresh or but slightly
worn. Yet, in the smallest skull of all (No. 1 of the ' Southern Cross '
collection) not only have the cheek-teeth completely disappeared
from both jaws, but in some cases hardly a trace of the alveoli is
discernible.

Dentition. — Undoubtedly a great deal of the interest aroused by
OmmatojjJuxM centres in its dentition. The first striking point in
this connection is the remarkable feebleness of the teeth. Thus, with
a skull attaining to more than double the size of that of Phoca
yroenlandica or P. vitulina, the teeth are about equal in size to
those of the former, and actually inferior to those of the latter

E 2

52

Soiitlicrti ( ^oss.

sixTJcs. The »»iilv s«»ntlieni St';il wiiich ;it all nearly apimiaclies
(h,niut(<>p/i»cu ill tlio size "I" tin- irvXU is Lcploni/cholcii ; but here
a^niin llu- cjinines of the latter species aiv many times larger than
thijso of the former, while the cheek-teeth are also krger and of a
ililTen'nt shape. In ( hnmatophuca the cheek-teeth are provided with
throe rusp-s, the central one being the largest. In Lcptoaijchotes
the rudiment-s df po.sterior or anterior cusps, even when jjresent,
art' obsnuvil by the jjruminence of the central cusp. In spite
of their feebleness, the teeth of young specimens of Ommatophoca
may, as i.s usual with other Pinnipeds, be so crowded in the jaw as
to overlap one another. With the lengthening of the bone in which
their nxits an; embedded, the space between them increases, and the
|H)sitiou of their long axis becomes parallel to that of the jaw itself.

The second \n>\\\i in connection with the teeth of Eoss's Seal is
the ivmarkalde instance of variation with which they present us.
This had attracted attention even when the species was represented
in collections only by the two skulls brouglit home by Eoss, and
formed the subject of discussion by Mr. Bateson ^ and Dr. Kiiken-
tlial.^ The dilticulties and interest of the subject have been doubly
increased by the specimens brought home by the 'BcUjica ' and the
' Soutfuni Cross.' Before dealing with these it will be well to describe
the pocidiarities of the teeth of Eoss's specimens.

In one of these skulls (No. 4o . 11 . 25 .4) the single-rooted first post-
cJinine is followed on each side of either jaw' by three double-rooted pre-
molars and one true molar, that is to say, if, taking the analogy from

other Seal.-., we regard the dental formula as p.m. — ^— m.

4x4 1x1'

This dentition has been supposed by Mr. Bateson to represent the

normal arrangement in the animal. In No. 324&, on the contrary,

the uj.iKir jaw is provided with six cheek-teeth on the left side, the

first two of which are smaller, and it is reasonable to suppose that

they repre.sent the fii-st cheek-tooth of No. 43.11.25.4, since the

c<irre.siM.nding tooth on the right side, although single, is in-ovided

with two distinct crowns, and looks, when in situ, exactly like two

teeth united in a single cavity. Presumably then, although the

first cheek-tooth of the left side is represented by two distinct

U-eth, these have apparently originated from some kind of splitting

\>t^>cem, since on the right side this process has been imperfectly

carrietl out, leaving an organ which is exactly half-way between

03«' y."^ ^- ^®^-' ^1'- 10G-10« ; iilso ' Materials for Study of Variation,' pp. 237-
/eiucbr. (*.'), xxviii. pp. 70-118, pi. 111., IV. 1893.

Manunalia. 53

one and two teeth, being in fact a single root with two crowns.
The remaining teeth differ markedly from the corresponding teeth of
No. 43.11.25.4 in that only one of them is distinctly double-
rooted. The bifurcation of the root is represented in the remainder
merely by a slight basal notch, most prominent in the last tooth on
the left side, and by a central groove which, passing up each side of
the root and being deeper externally, evidently represents the double-
rooting of the cheek-teeth of No. 43.11.25.4. The groove is so
prominent in the last tooth on the right side that this tooth is
double-rooted, although not so prominently so as is the corresponding
toothof No. 43.11.25.4.

The teeth of the lower jaw in 324& represent in various degrees
the steps between single- and double-rooted teeth. Each of the first
pre-molars is double-crowned, but single-rooted, like the first tooth
on the right side of the upper jaw. The second and third teeth
on each side possess a broad, compressed, single root, divided by a
rather deep, central, longitudinal groove on each side. The fourth
and fifth are distinctly double-rooted, but not so prominently as
are the corresponding teeth of No. 43 . 11 . 25 . 4.

Of the two ' Belgica ' skulls, No. 897 agrees, in the number of its
cheek-teeth and the character of their roots, with No. 43, 11, 25, 4.
The teeth, however, especially the lower incisors, are rather small.
No. 700, on the other hand, presents us with an entirely new
combination. In this head there are six teeth on either side of the
upper jaw, but here, if we are to apply the same hypothesis as
before, the splitting process has apparently taken place not at the
anterior, but at the posterior, end of the series. Thus the two last
teeth on either side are much smaller than the remainder, and
may be taken to represent the fifth tooth of a normal head. The
first of the pair is in each case double-rooted ; the second is single-
rooted on the left and imperfectly provided with two roots on the
right. The remaining teeth of the upper jaw are similar to those of
No. 43, 11, 25, 4, except only that the double root of number two is
very feebly developed and the small basal notch runs up the tooth as
a groove as in No. 324&. In the teeth of the lower jaw we have
every gradation, from the tapering single-rooted number one,
through the flattened and grooved number two, and the slightly
double-rooted number three, to numbers four and five, both double-
rooted, and with, in the latter case, widely separated fangs.

The four specimens brought home by the 'Southern Gross' are
invaluable as presenting us with further modifications of the same
type of variation. All are adult, but not one of them agrees with

-^ So/i/Iicni C^ross.

lliu nornml lorinulu Un- --tlicr Seals. In skull N... 4 the Inniiula for
the ohei'k-toHh is pni. ;.ii.l m. '.' ^ .'. In tliu case of the iipper juw

the lesser size ("f the hist two teeth .suji,i,'ests that, as in skull No. TOO
(• Brhjira '), they are the representatives of the typical fifth grinder.
<»n the ri^lit si(h' an«l on the left side each is provided with double
nwts. The rmiaining teeth resemble those of No. 43.11.25.4,
Unnj; all. with one exception, more or less provided with double
nniU The sin<,'le exception is the first, which, as in every other
known instance, is single rooted.

In No. :*. the formula is again p.m. and m. , where, if we

5X5

still apply Mr. P>ateson's hypothesis, it appears to be the last tooth

whirh has undergone redu])lication. The supposed " daughter " teeth ^

an', however, remarkable in two ways. In the first place they are

not small teeth as is the case in the two instances already described

(Xos. 7<»» and 4). On the contrary, one of them (the anterior one),

is, like all the teeth of this particular specimen, uncommonly robust,

and probably larger than any single fifth tooth of any known skull

of this species. The posterior one is smaller than its comrade ; but

still not small when measured by the standard of the " daughter "

toeth of other specimens. Secondly, these teeth are unique, amongst

four similar instances, in being l)oth single-rooted. Opposite to these

teeth in the lower jaw we have a tooth which is again unique of its

kind, being the only absolutely single rooted m. — in the whole

series. It looks as if the development of the teeth of one jaw had

had some influence on those of the other. All the cheek-teeth of

the left upper side are single-rooted, the roots of the third, fourth,

un«l fifth being Itroad and grooved. Those of the right upper side,

with the excej)tion of the first, second, and last, are double-rooted.

In the low.M- jaw all are double-rooted except the first and last. Of

1 2

thrxc i..m. iind " are crowded and slightly overlap each other.

Tlnr whoh" head is remarkable for the great size of the teeth. These
are an remarkable for their unusually large, as are those of No. 897,
for their unusually small size.

No. 2 pre.sents us with a fourth instance where the formula is

JUjain jun. and m. -L^ _'. In this case each supposed " daughter "
trwiih is fidly pn.vid.Ml with doulde roots, those of lit.' List forming

I Lurrnw (),;-- I, .,-,11 tVniii Mr. H.-itcson.

Mammalia. 55

a particularly wide angle. They are slightly smaller than the
remainder of the series. All the teetli of this specimen, except the
first premolars, both npper and lower, possess well-developed double

roots. P.m. -J is a remarkable tooth. Its crown is, for Ommatophoca,

particularly well formed and carries three cusps. The central cusp
is far more prominent than either of the others, and is partially split
into two by a groove. This seems to me to afford an exact parallel
to the " cloven " cusp of a specimen of Plioca groenlandica, as
described and figured by Mr. Bateson at p. 239 of his work. But
in this instance the " cloven " tooth is not opposite to a reduplicated
tooth on the corresponding side of the same jaw, as in the case of
Ommatophoca. Dr. Forsyth Major has been good enough to draw
my attention to a similar occurrence in Diddphys marsupialis. In a
specimen of this species (No. 93.12.24.1) in the British Museum,

3

i. — on the left side is an exceptionally well-developed tooth, and

is cloven in an exactly similar manner.

In No. 1 we come to a completely new phase of the question.
This specimen, which, although fully adult and the smallest known
example of the species, is, as regards its post-canine dentition,
absolutely toothless. Not only have all the cheek-teeth dis-
appeared, but even the alveoli have partially or wholly vanished
with them.

We have then in Ommatophoca a highly remarkable instance of
variation in the teeth — an instance which, I believe, is unique
amongst the mammalia. It may be, perhaps, well to summarise
the main points : —

(I.) Disregarding the toothless skull (No, 1) we have seven

specimens. Of these only two (Nos. 43. 11. 25. 4 and 897) have

5x5

the normal Phocid formula of p.m. and m. ^ p. For four of the

^ 0X5

remainder the formula is p.m. and m. -p r-, and for one (No. 324&)

D X O

1 6x5

p.m. and m. ^ p.

" 5x5

(11.) In all cases where six cheek-teeth occur in the upper jaw,

two adjoining individuals of the series are smaller than the

remainder, and are sometimes also so closely associated, that it may

reasonably be supposed (as in the case of the original specimens)

that they represent a corresponding single tooth of an individual

possessing only five upper cheek-teeth. In one case only (No. 3)

56

Soil f /icy fi ( yoss.

are tlie "<la\ii;lit»-r " t^ftli alimtst i5<|Uiil in size to the remaining
imliviiluuls i)f the suric*.

(III.) In f«»«ir of these five eases, on the above reasoning, the

extra totith is aj'^arently the prochict of m. --. In one only

(Xo. 324^') is it apparently the product of p.m. — .

(IV.) In athlition t<. the above, there occur several instances of
wlmt, following the above suppositions, can only be regarded as
iilKirtive or incomplete division or ri-dnplieation of teeth. Such
aliortive reduplication may be of two kinds.

(V.'i Kiiher it occurs (n) as if by some kind of sympathy in a
tooth closely related io an individual supposed to have undergone
rotlui>lic^»ti«>n, either on the opposite side of the same jaw or in the
opiK>sit.' i.aw. Thus in No. 3246 (a highly interesting specimen, since

tl pre>cni.s the only instance of reduplication in p.m. — , — the only

instance of complete reduplication on one side accompanied by only
alwrtive reduplication on the other — also the only instance of, in addi-
tion to the alMive, abortive variation in m. — — in which the formula

i.s p.m. and m. '-^), all the first premolars being halfway along

the road to division. Each, although singly rooted, is provided with
two, in most cases (piite distinct and perfect, crowns, and is grooved
along the most probable line of division into two teeth.

(VI.) (ir (b) it may occur independently, as has happened in the

cHMi of m. -^ of the same head (No. 3246), or in p.m. — , of No. 2.

4

(\II.) In addition to the supposed reduplication or splitting a

vi-ry wide range of variation is observable in regard to the rooting

10 teeth. Almost any of these, except the first premolars,

may aj.iwar either with two ijcrfect roots or with a single root

only.

(VI II J l;ut between these forms there are many gradations

^' *'*'• by llaltened single root.s — ilattened single roots grooved

«i •> ...>• plane where a ili vision into two roots would occur— flattened
Mnglf rw.tH in which incii»ient division is indicated 1)V a terminal
notch and all .sUiges of development of this terminal notch, until it
>H-« ft rh.ft dc.pjy dividing the pillars of a fully developed
-luublc nM.t. The.st. gnidations are most ea.sily seen in the teeth of a
'•■ h.-ad. such .IS the lower mohirs of No. .S246 or of No. TOO;

Mammalia. 57

they occur, however, with much completeness in certain teeth taken

2
througliout the series, such as premolar— of either jaw, and I have

nut the slightest doubt that in a series of sufficient size they would
be exhibited in every cheek-tooth.

(IX.) It seems fair to regard this variability of the rooting as
closely connected with the actual reduplication of the teeth, so
that a tooth with double roots would, perhaps, in this species, be
regarded as no less on the way to reduplication than a tooth witli
double crowns. At all events this possiliility is strongly sug-
gested by tlie numerous intermediate steps which occur between
a tooth with a single columnar root and a fully double-rooted
tooth.

(X.) This variability in respect to the roots is not confined to the
original teeth, but may occur also in the supposed " daughter " teeth.
A pair of these may occur in any of the following combinations : —
(a) both single-rooted ; (/3) both double-rooted ; (7) ^ one double-
rooted and the other single-rooted ; or (8) one fully, and the other
only partially double-rooted. Further, a single-rooted pair of
" daughter " teeth on one side of the jaw may 1 )e represented by a
double-rooted pair on the other side, as in No. 4.

(XI.) The variability in respect to the roots is greater in some
teeth than in others. Thus (although one or both of the " daughter "

teeth of m. — • may be single-rooted), in no head except No. 3

does this tooth itself, if unreduplicated, possess less than two roots.
Where reduplication is supposed to have occurred, one or both of the
" daughter " teeth may be single-rooted. It is remarkable that the

only instance of a single-rooted m, — - is due, apparently, to a case

of "sympathy." This occurs in No. 3, a head in which both

,,1 4

"daughter " teeth of m. — are single-rooted. Similarly, p.m. — , although

very variable in the nature and development of the two roots, only
once appears (in No. 324^), with a single flattened and grooved

root, while p.m. -j- is never single -rooted. P.m. — and -^ appear

2
each once single-rooted (both again in No. 324&). P.m. — and -^

each appear twice, with single roots, and to these exceptions No, 324&
* Cases y and S occur opposite to each other in the same jaw.

^8 Soiitlieni Cross.

ngnin rontril»ules larj,'t'ly. On the contrary, there is no instance of a

douMc-roottMl p.jn. . :m.l <.l" ]..ni. - it may he said that in all

tiunes when» this t(H)th was lonnd hi situ, it also was single-rooted.
In n single c-aso (Xo. 4). where all the teoth had been removed from
the skull, and could not be certainly identified, I suspect it to have
lnH'n ijttubh'-riioted.

(Xll.) Besides variation in numl)er and shape there is also
variation in size. The teeth of No. 807 are abnormally small; those
of Xo. W abnormally massive, and crowded together in the jaw.

(XIII.) Further, the size of the incisors is conspicuously variable.
Its exhibited by the large incisors of Xo. 324& and the small ones
of Xo. SOT.

Having thus described the variations to which the teeth of the
known S|)ecinien3 of Ommatophoca are subject, it is time to turn to
what has l)een written on the subject by Mr. Bateson and Dr.
Kukenthal. In fairness to these writers it should be at once stated
lliat Mr. Hateson's remarks were based upon an examination of only
two skulls — those brought home by Ross, — while, so far as 1 know,
l)r. Kukentlial never had an opportunity of seeing the actual
s|>e«iiuen9, hut based his conclusions on mere descriptions and upon
Mr. Hateson's arguments. It will not then appear surprising, if I
find myself, after the advantages of examining no less than eight
.skulls, unal»le to agi*ee with all that has been written on the subject.

To dwd fii-st with Mr. Bateson. That naturalist has found in the
variations of skull Xo. ?>2Ah the material for a highly ingenious
l>ai»er, wherein he has used them in conjunction with other like
variations as a ram wherewith to batter the prevailing views on the
homologies (»f mammalian teeth.

Am tlie result of an examination of great numbers of skulls of the
Trimatcs. Carnivora and Marsupialia, he finds that in many
oxuiuples of various genera and species " reduplication of teeth may
ocrur in such a way that a tooth which is usually single may be
n'pn-.>*ent«'d by two teeth, and that the two teeth thus formed may
either (I) both take place in the ordinary .scries, or (2) may stand
iilly and intenially re.sj»ectively."

ine prevailing hypothesis, as Mr. Bateson points out, necessarily
" involves a definite conception of the mode in which variation
works." and, further, that " in variation the individuality of each
inomlHT <»r the series is resjKJcted."

r.ut. a.H in the case also with other multiple parts, such as digits
and phalanges, the .litlieulty in applying this principle and" in

Mainiiialia. 59

following tlie individual history of each tooth is notorious. Espe-
cially is this the case because "though variation may sometimes
respect the individual homologies, yet this is by no means a universal
rule ; and, as a matter of fact, in all cases of Multiple Parts, as to
the variation of which any considerable body of evidence has been
collected, there are numerous instances of new forms arising in
which what may be called the stereotyped or traditional individuality
of the members has been superseded."

Judged by the ordinary rules of morphological criticism, this
[original] specimen [of Ommatophoca rossii\ shows one or both of two
things : —

(1) The first premolar of Onimatoylioca may in itself represent
two premolars of an ancestor ;

Or (2) in the descendants of Oinmatoplioca- the single first
premolar 7nay be represented by two distinct and separated pre-
molars.

One or both of these propositions may be true. If the division
of the other three first premolars were as complete as that of the left

p.m. — , there would be no indication of their origin. But if it is

possible for a premolar to represent or to be represented by two
premolars, without any visible indication of its double nature, may
not the same be true of the premolars of other forms ? may it not be
true of teeth generally ? And if it is true, how are the homologies
of teeth to be determined ?

Mr. Bateson's arguments carrv with them all the virtues and
vices of brilliant destructive criticism. He has seized a tempting
opportunity to attempt the downfall of, or at least to heap discredit
upon, the theory of homology, a theory which, like all other human
theories, is but a working hypothesis, and as such no more unsatis-
factory or satisfactory than others of its kind. Without the theory
of homology, much of the l)est biological work of the past century
would be barren and meaningless. Eegarded by its light, a good
deal of it seems to tend towards tlie same goal. To brand our
system as " imperfect " is to tell us what we already knew. To
discredit that system is to retard rather than to advance knowledge
— unless the objector can produce another system better and more
workable in its stead.

This Mr. Bateson, like many other destructive critics, con-
spicuously fails to do. In fact he does not e^'en attempt a task
which he probably regards as impossible. The weakness of his
position is best demonstrated by his concluding paragraph, wherein

6o SoiifJirrn Cross.

he ronfoAses that "the jdosent system of homology must probably
lie rvtninwl as a basis of ni)tati(»n, imperfect though it is, and
nlthough it is fouiuletl on a misconception of essential facts."

It is unnecessary, in the present connection, to deal further with
Mr. Ilateson's arguments. He has certainly indicated the difhculties
of nwling homologies ; he has not necessarily proved the impossi-
bility.

As a critic of Mr. i'.ateson, Dr. Kiikenthal acknowledges the
pmbabK? existence of numerous instances of (to use Mr. Bateson's
term) mbiplication in teetli, and believes that such reduplication or
s)»litting may in certain ca.ses occur in any cheek-tooth. But, since
all intermediate stages of the phenomenon may be found, there is
nothing to jirevent the reading of the homologies. Thus in the ca.se
»>f skull No. ?y'l\h, he finds no difficulty in believing that at tlie
anterior end of the series two teeth on the left are homologous with
one on the right, and, that being so, there is nothing to prevent us
from n'gsirding each of the remainder, starting from the last two, as
homologous — a supi)osition which is, indeed, not denied by Mr.
Bnteson.

Continuing, J)r. Kiikenthal thinks that, since in some cases each
of a pair of these reduplicated teeth may attain to the same size as
the remainder of the series, there may in this way arise a permanent
increa,st' in number and the formation of a new species possessing
six cheek-teeth.

The more often the new six-toothed form alone occurs, the
le-Hs frequent will Ite intermediates, and the more difficult, although
not imj)o.s.sible, will it be to follow the phylogeny. Even were the
original five-toothed forms entirely ousted, and the new six-toothed
fonns predominant, thctre would still occasionally occur five-toothed
inclividuals to indicate the origin of the former. Difficulties in
rejiding lutmologius might increase; impossibility would not exist.

Turning to another form of variation in Mammalian teeth, the
api»earance of extra teeth, as in Halichcerui^,^ in which the upper
jaw may pos.se8s six instead of \\\q cheek-teeth. Dr. Kiikenthal
n"niark» that in this case the new teeth are always at the same place
nl the jMisterior end of the jaw. They are not the result of redupli-
l)Ut re])resent an entirely new factor. Here again homology
.- -.ul |MMi.sible and even ca.sy, the five teeth of a typical skull corre-
»l».,ri,lifv. to the lirst five of a six-toothed skull, and the sixth tooth
"f >'r l)eing .something new.

• S« A. Nfhriog, U.-bcr Oel.isR iiiid Skcllett vnii JI,tHch;rus m-inma. Zonl.
Anmger, p. fiio, 1873. ■ '

Miruimalia. 6i

Kiikeiithars opinion seems to be that the increase of teeth
amongst the Pinnipedia, whether by reduplication or by the addition
of new teeth, is due to a tendency to lengthen the jaw amongst a
group of animals whose development is still going on, and to whom
in the execution of their main object in life, namely the capture of
fish, such a lengthening would be useful.

He finds a parallel between the reduplication of the teeth of
Ommatophoca and the development of teeth in young Whalebone
Whales, in which his studies have shown that, while the rudimentary
cheek-teeth of the youngest embryos are many-cusped, those of older
embryos are single-cusped, and occasionally reduplicated.

With the earlier portion of Dr. Kiikenthal's remarks few, no
doubt, will be found to disagree. The suggestion that a new tootli
may arise either as an offshoot of one already in existence or as a
new and independent organ is indeed not without probability.
When, however, he comes to deal with increase of the teeth amongst
the Pinnipedia, he gives vent to suggestions which, however probable
they may have appeared at the time when they were written,
certainly do not apply to Ommatophoca as we now know it in the
light of Dr. Kacovitza's description. According to that naturalist,
the animal never catches fish ; its jaw is extremely short and feeble,
and there is no evidence whatsoever to justify us in supposing that
a lengthening of the jaw would be either useful or probable in the
future. Whatever applications Dr. Kiikenthal's remarks may bear
to other Pinnipeds they can have no meaning whatsoever as applied
to Ommatophoca.

To consider the specimens once more, the most striking charac-
teristic of the series is, to my mind, not any possible increase or
reduction of the teeth, but the exceeding variation which they
exhibit. The most noticeable feature of tliis variation is certainly
its quantity : its quality (for a knowledge of which we are so largely
indebted to Mr. Bateson) may be found exhibited in numerous other
instances amongst the Mammalia. As compared with this variation,
questions of increase or decrease of teeth are evidently, in this case,
even if proved, subsidiary. The one thing obvious is that we have
in Ommato2')hoca an animal in which the dentition is, whether in
number of teeth, in their size or form, vastly more variable than it
is in any other known Heterodont Mammal.

Kecent investigation has shown that teeth, like every other
character, are subject to variation. They are not the entirely stable
organs they were at one time believed to be. Yet no instance of
instability so remarkable as that of Ommatophoca has, I believe, been

62 Soiitlic)')i Cross,

(li'srrilHtl— an iiistain-"' in wliiili, of ciijlit known examples, only two
rw<enil>k' catli otIuT.

The first ju-obleni then which eunfronts us is tlie explanation of
such varialiilily. It can be no more meaningless than is, as a rule,
the ri'inarkal>ly delinite form and condition of Mammalian dentition.
The une^tion is — can we ])ossibly find the meaning ?

To mv mind there is one point wliidi stands out most clearly in
ruiiartl to a case like the present. The animal whose teeth are
subject lo such variation can have no use for a stable dentition.
Just as the highly specialised complications of the crowns of the
cheek-teeth of Lohodon must have arisen through some very special
nee«l of the animal — some very specialised manner of feeding for
which the i)articular form of tooth must bean advantage — so it seems
clear that (hainatopkoca must be an animal, the capture and ingestion
of whose food is not aft'ected by changes in its dentition. I go
further e\"en than this, since I believe that, as already explained, the
animal is in the course of losing its teeth. The dentition shows a
condition of extreme weakness. The teeth are small and feeble, and
it is to this very feebleness that I feel inclined to attribute the
variability as regards the roots. It seems to me, in fact, as if the
strength to form a completely double-rooted tooth is frequently

absent. I would suggest then that except for ]xm. — and ^ the

doul'le -rooted tooth must be the normal, the single-rooted a variation.
My sui)positiou gains strength from the fact that in all the eight
skulls there is no instance of a double-rooted first premolar — a
variation which should assuredly, one would tlunk, occur, were
variations towanls. strength and not towards weakness the rule.
Taking the renuiining cheek-teeth of the left side, of sixty teeth
41» or over 8U per cent, are more or less double-toothed, while of the
remainder many are small, imperfectly formed, or mere "daughter"
toeih of one of the supi)osed cases of reduplications. It seems
impu.s8ible to doul)t then that, following the analogy of other Seals,
the i^jsterior cheek-teeth of Oinmatopkuca aie normally double-
r«x)led.

Liistly comes the (piestiou of the supposed redui)lication of teeth,
a iK>int upon whicli I have, in the earlier part of this article, followed
the nomenclature and suggestions of previous writers. Viewed in
the light .if my jirevious suggestion.s, the possibility of reduplication
or the reverse loses much of its importance, since it is probable that,
where variation is so rife, it may take the form either of increase or
ofiUrrea.se in the nund.er of the teeth. In the former case the new

MiDnnialia. 63

teeth, as is actually the case, would not be so strong as those of the
original series. Yet it is necessary to consider the matter, especially
in view of what has already been written concerning it.

And first it is advisable to consider what is the normal cheek-
dentition of Ommatophoca. As long as only two skulls were known,
I think there could be no doubt that it was necessary to regard it as

4x4 1x1

(following the analogy of other Seals) p.m. ^ m. This

view was certainly not shaken by the arrival of the two specimens
brought home by the ' Belgica,' since this dental formula w^as then
represented on both sides of two skulls and on one side of a third, as

against only one skull with a complete dentition of pm. and m.

Now, however, that the ' Southern Cross ' specimens are added to the
series, we may divide the skulls before us into the following
classes : —

(I.) Those with p.m. , . m. , (nos. 43.11.25.4 and ^

4x41x1 > -

700). j

(11.) One with practically the same dentition, but with an extra\

tooth, apparently as a ' daughter ' of p.m. — on the left! -.

side and the remaining premolars ai5j)arently in a state!
of semi-reduplication (no. 324&.)

(III.) Those with p.m. and m. „ — in each case at first]

5x5 '

sight by reduplication of m. —(nos. 700, 4, 3 and 2).

— a result in the face of which it clearly behoves us to reconsider oui'
opinions as to what must be properly regarded as the normal dentition
of Ommatoi^ilioca.

In view of the probable capture in the near future of further
examples of this most interesting Seal, it is not safe to venture on
positive assertions as to the intricacies of its dentition. It is
impossible, however, to avoid the suspicion that the four skulls of
Class III. are those of individuals in which a normal complement of
two upper molars is in process of reduction, that those of Class I.
are skulls of individuals in which such a reduction has taken place,
and that No. 3246 is an altogether abnormal and unusual variation —
an example, in fact, of quite a different class of variation.

Coupled with the feebleness of dentition, which I have already
pointed out, nothing could be more natural than reduction of the
teeth. This is, as is so well shown in the short-jawed races of the
human species, first manifested by a lessening in size of the last

54 Soiif/icni Cross.

inc»Iur. .us su wrll parallclcl in Oiniiwtophnca in the case of the last
iwo lui.hirs. K(.r in n ir of tlic instances «.f sujiposed reduplica-

lion ..f ni. ' arc either ol the " daughter " teeth so well formed or

nK»ted na llie remainder of the series.

This process of roihiction is admirably in keeping with the
anatomy of an animal whose teeth are I'eeble, jaws short, and whose
prey RMiuires neitlier hokling nor much mastication.

Further, the fact that, except in the case of No. 3245, the supposed

cases of rcihiplication were in each case in connection with m. -- and

never in the Uiwer jaw, does not point to a meaningless reduplication
of any tooth of the series.

Lastly, it seems hardly advisable or possible to take as
normal any condition other than that of the majority, in this case

n III ■* ^ "^ ,n. " ^ ". Nor could we indeed attempt to do so were
'■'4x4' 1x1

it not for the existence of No. 324&. This skull is undoubtedly the

most curious of the whole series. I look on it as one of those quite

abnormal specimens which must in all cases be eliminated from

([uestions of the present kind. It seems to be a skull in which both

Induction and reduplication of the teeth have occurred — the former in

2 1

regaixl to m. — , the latter in regard to p.m. — .

I believe, then, that until the accumulation of more specimens
proves the contrary, we must regard Ommatoijhoca as having
»>rigiually possessed two upper molars, one of which it is now in
process of losing — a supposition which, if borne out, may have far-
reaching results, and may even turn the scale in favour of the
forinati(jn of a new family for the sole reception of Ommatojjhoca.

A distinct parallel to such a state of things occurs in Ilalichcerus,
AA luis lieen shown by Professor Nehring. No other species
of Pkrless Se;d jK)Ssesses a similar dental formula, l)ut Omma-
tuphiKti is just that cranially generalised species in which we
should exj)ect such a type of dentition to occur — a dentition which,
perhaps, suggests an interesting bridge between the Phocidae and
Strnorhijiwhimu-.

In my previous remarks I have not attempted to discuss the
causes of reduplication in teeth, nor alluded to those hypotheses
which view with favour the rise of the Cetacean dentition by means
of a wholesiile process of this kind. As to the former matter, the
exari niusf.s of such reduplication hardly lend themselves to

Mammalia. 65

discussion — unless such discussion be based upon minute histo-
logical, physiological, or embryonical research. Why two teeth may
occasionally grow where it appears to us that there should be one, is
as yet — and perhaps always will remain — a mystery. That the
phenomenon does occur we may regard as proved ; no other hypo-
thesis will account for the instances collected by Mr. Bateson, nor,
as I think, for the vagaries exhibited by skull No. 324&. Further, it
seems certain that in the cited instances of the occurrence of " cloven "
teeth, this condition is due to what I may call a process of incomplete
or abortive reduplication — a process of reduplication which has com-
menced, but never reached completion. But here again the cause is
at present beyond conjecture.

As to the second point, the possible origin of the Cetacean
dentition by some wholesale process of reduplication, this may or
may not have happened. There is, I believe, no real evidence one
way or the other. I cannot help thinking, however, that those who
rack their brains for complicated theories in explanation of Cetacean
dentition, have overlooked the simplest explanation of all. For, if it
be admitted, as I think has already been suggested, by Mr. Bateson
— a not very difficult or unreasonable concession — that the power of
forming teeth is distributed along the whole length of the jaw, what
is more easy than the formation of many teeth in a long jaw, of
fewer teeth in a shorter jaw ? The exact size of such teeth, like
the size of an Amoeba, would be governed primarily by mechanical
reasons of unknown scope, secondarily by Natural Selection. Their
shape would fall easily under tiie influence of the latter force. (See
Table IV, p. ^(^i?^

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

To Illustrate the Variation iv the cheek-teeth of the known
Skulls of Ommatophoca rossi.

1 (upper) and 1' (lower), teeth of skull numbered 324a (43.11.25.4), collected by
Sir James Ross's Antarctic Expedition. ■

2 and 2' ditto of skull numbered 324i3, with same history as No: 324a.

3 and 3' ditto of skull numbered 700, obtained by the ' Belgica.'

4 and 4' ditto of skull numbered 897, with same history as No 700.

5 and 5' ditto of skull numbered 4, obtained by the ' Southern Cross.'

6 and 6' ditto of skull numbered 3, obtained by the ' Southern Cross.''

7 and 7' ditto of skull numbered 2, obtained by the ' Southern Cross. '

66

Soiitlicrii Cross.

^

'< >

^ I - .-

I
o

c. ^

< 2.-= - - -J -

00

f

= s o S-g

- C 9 3

CO

Ci I r- I- 00
^ (S .- cs «

a 1 = 2-5
•2 Si-is

05 C C:

X

£ ; * c Sr

"C

i

lO

- i • - f -

^ = -= a fc o

^w

— cc -^ o

g — -M -M

o ■" "■ ~

a

*n

00

00 00

sit

X

11

■

Jl

?

o
cc

^.

-•

*!

M

<N

(N

a

,

»

a

s

'

^

■*«

•

•

n

n

tf

.

,

b

cS

^-^

€*-.

cv.

v-/

■**•

^-\

H

>3

•o

O*

M

"^^

^

>— ■

1

<

<

1

c

1

ri

jS-1"

ec

c

" c

o

c

>^

^

IZ

&:

o

5?

B

c

s

o

^

■f

^

- if o -^ "

O •" (B "

O I-

a.

i'- lO

00

B -^ 00

S 1-1

a ^ '

■= Ifi O ■*!

-S -i

a,

05

CO

c

oq —

J ^

C5 "

o

(M

I

13
03

Of ^

<^ — S
oo ~ p

6 « c
S5 !25

tJ

—

OS

^

CO

".f

O

a

^ £

03

13

c

1

c

3

f

^

>,

yj

J3

IC

■^

^

5?

HI

03

-♦J

O CO

s

8

■2

s

I

I

o

o

o

CO

i; CJ C -.

s a

«-:H'^

C^ CH-

cc^.

;2;

— . 9 "" ■" a

. cs.S o a c

O CO O o3 00

c

«.2

?H 3

Tc

5

cS

a

aj

o

O

c

^

Sf

C

•

^^

u

c

5

o

^

•73

o

p

-tj

m

^

a*

o

H

'*

>o

•

X

t»

lO

00

00

ao

Hi «

CO

C4

C4

CO tXi C "H 01 •♦^ 3

'X ;r .? P C-— I-:*

2iN

=» a

n 3

3

a s

go e

OS'S M

-o of-s
n ., ^

CO £ -^
■ 3 2

2;

67

II.

NOTES ON ANTAKCTIC SEALS.

COLLECTED DURING THE EXPEDITION OF
THE 'SOUTHERN CROSS:

By EDWARD A. WILSON, M.B., F.Z.S/

(Platks II.-VI.)

Owing to the death of Mr. Nicolai Hanson (the zoologist best
qualified to have written an account of the i^ntarctic Seals), the task
of describing his specimens has devolved upon one, who though at
present unacquainted with these animals in a state of nature, has
nevertheless a great interest in the work, from the fact that he shortly
hopes to cover the same ground in search of the still (unfortunately)
hidden treasures of knowledge concerning the Seals of the Antarctic

^ Dr, Wilson has sailed as the naturalist on board the ' Discovery.^ Berore he
left for the Antarctic, he made a special study of the animals known to inhabit the
southern seas, and, shortly before his departure, he forwarded to Professor Ray
Lankester the notes now published on the Pinnipedia, accompanied by coloured
drawings of the Seals taken from the newly-mounted specimens presented by Sir
George Newnes to the British Museum. These notes are supplementary to the
memoir prepared by Captain Barrett-Hamilton, which is an excellent resume of our
knowledge of the Seals of the Antarctic. The enforced departure of the latter
naturalist for South Africa took place before Sir George Newnes' specimens of the
Antarctic Seals had been mounted in the Museum, and he was only able to
determine the species of Seals brought home by the 'Southern Cross'' from the
skins roughly preserved in brine. A few leaden labels were attached to some of
the specimens, but these had perished in nearly every case, and the two or three
which remained on the skins no one was able to decipher. Dr. Wilson managed
to identify the characters stamped by Mr. Hanson on the labels which were
attached to one or two of the skins, and he was thus able to connect a few of the
skulls with the actual specimens to which they belonged. He examined the types
of Antarctic Seals in our Museum, and compared with them the specimens brought
home by the ' Southern Cross.'' The pictures which form the subject of the plates
in the present volume have been lithographed by Mr. H. Gronvold from Dr. Wilson's
paintings, and Mr, Bernacchi's photographs of the Seals in life were of great
assistance in determining the natural form of the animals. To Dr. Wilson's notes
have been added the accounts given by Mr. Bernacchi in his work ' To the South
Polar Regions ' (pp. 318-320), which give us a good idea of the habits and distribu-
tion of the species of Seals met with by the ' Southern Cross'' ; and many interesting;
records will be found in the private Diary of the late Mr. Nicolai Hanson, printed
below (pp. 79-105.)— E. R. L.

F 2

68 Soutlicru Cross.

roirioii'*. A hunentaUle succession of accidents has succeeded in
rol.l.in^' the colk-ction of the 'Southern Cross' of a very considerable
iiart of its value. Throu.<,dj the death of Mr. Hanson most of the
deUils as to tlie preservation of the animals and the labelling of the
skins have been lost. Thus the possibility of properly attaching the
skulls to their own several skins, and of correctly determining the
sexes of the latter, has also vanished. That he was extremely
careful in recording these details may be gathered by a perusal of
his private diary and from the verbal testimony of his surviving
c(»lleagui'.s of the scientific staff of the expedition.

Fn only a few cases has it been possible to connect certain skins
with the zoological notes incidentally included in his private journal,
but we are deeply indebted to his near relations for the care and
trouble with whicli they have sought out and given for our use these
very valuable extracts.

I am also personally deeply grateful to ]\lr. Bernacchi, the
Meteorologist on the ' Sotcthern Cross,' for his information respecting
the life-history of the Seals, and for the use of his very excellent
photographs, which demonstrate how different is the appearance of
the living Seals from any illustrations which have hitherto appeared.
Seals of five species are represented in the collection. Of these,
four only were taken in the Antarctic regions, all of which were
already known to science as examples of the Earless Phocidcr. The
fifth was an immature Eared-Seal, one of the Otariidcr, which was
apparently captured by Captain Jensen on Campbell Island, and can-
not ]>roperly Ijc included among the Seals of the Antarctic collection.
The four Antarctic Seals have been named thus : The Crab-eating
Seal {Lohodon carcinophajns) ; Weddell's Seal {Leptonychotes ueddelli) ;
the Leopard-Seal {Oymorhinus leptonyx); Eoss' Seal {Ommatoplioca
roasi).

The (lucstiun of right in these four Seals to generic distinction
must be left to others to determine. The name Lcptonycliotes for
Weill lull's Seal has been preferred in this paper to connect it
suiK5rficially, more than really, with Oymorhinus leptonyx. There
is pnjbably no more real connection between these two Seals than
Ijetween any other two of the series, and even the superficial
resemblance between them is far more obvious in the tanned skin
than in the living animal. Mr. Bernacchi states that there is no
I'ossibility of confu.siug a living Oymorhinus with a living Lep-
i-'in/cliutcf, the former having a speed and energy, strength and
ferucity, which makes it as different from Weddell's Seal, as the skull
and dentition of the one are different from those of the other.

Notes on Antarctic Seals. 69

1. LEPTONYCHOTES WEDDELLI. Weddell's Seal.

(Plate II.)

Weddell's Seal is found in great numbers on the coast of South
Victoria Land, and is the species most commonly met with in Boss's
Sea. At almost the farthest southern point reached by the Southern
Gross Expedition these Seals were numerous, and even in a piece of
water south of the edge of the Great Barrier, which apparently com-
municated under ice with the sea, a number of them were found
(c/. Borchgrevink, ' First on the Antarctic Continent,' p. 286).^

Kot a single Weddell's Seal was met with in the pack-ice by the
' Southern Cross,' and the numbers which were found on landing at
Cape Adare are mentioned by Mr. Hanson as belonging to a species
not liefore met with by him (c/. infra, p. 93).

Weddell's Seal is therefore a shore Seal, and it remained through-
out the winter with the party which was landed at Cape Adare.

Mr. Bruce confirms this view of the distribution of the two
Sea-Leopards when he says that they were the most rare species in the
pack-ice about Louis Phillipe Land : and since, in speaking of Boss's
Seal there can be little doubt that Mr. Bruce is describing the new
coat of the Crab-eater (Lohodon), the former species may, without
doubt, be added to the two Leopard-Seals, and all three classed as
rare in the pack-ice. The only common Seal in the pack is the
White Crab-eater {Lohodon), and the only common Seal on the
coast-line of the Antarctic regions is Leptonychotes weddelli.

Weddell's Seal was the only species found breeding in any con-
siderable numbers by the ' Southern Cross ' Expedition. Some dead
young Seals were found buried in guano at Camp Eidley on Cape
Adare, but apparently no Weddell's Seals breed there now, though in
Ptobertson Bay, close by, a large number of them were breeding, and
many young v/ere born. Three fcetal Seals of this species were
brought home in spirits by the ' Southern Cross ' with the membranes
and placenta more or less intact.

Two quite small specimens were taken from the mothers on
March 25th and March 29th. Both were females and measured but
28 centimetres in length. The third specimen was taken from the
mother on May oth and measured 45 centimetres in length. This
was a male, and it showed the typical marking of Leptonychotes,
though no hairs were visible to the naked eye, save on the face and

' Although many examples of this Seal were killed by the members of the
expeditiou, and several presei-ved, only a single specimen has reached the British
Museum. — R. B. S.

yo SoiitJicni Cross.

muzzle. The former was covered witli fine and silky hairs, the hitter
tarried numerou.s fine Idaek bristles.

Mr. i'.crnacehi (ji. oIH) writes as follows: "Weddell's Seal
{Lrploniichotoi v'eihhlH) is found in great numbers along the coasts
of the Antnretic lands, but rarely in the pack-ice. As many as two
jjundrt'd of these Seals were seen together by the ' Southern Cross'
Kxpodition, even at the farthest point south reached by the ship.
In the depths of winter it is still to be found near open pools of
water around large icebergs, which are kept open by the movements
of the bergs. In appearance it is the most rounded of all the
Antarctic Seals, with a bullet-like head, and large and prominent
dark-brown eyes, which appear bloodshot and protruding, though
always full of expression and pathos. It is slow, quiet, and very
inoffensive. The staple food of this Seal is crustaceous matter and
small fish. In colour the back and sides are dark grey, shading off
into a tawny orange colour underneath. It was found breeding in
consiilerable numbers in Robertson Bay during the spring of 1899,
the first young aj)pearing early in September.

In the latter month Mr. Bernacchi says that a common red
crustacean and a small tish like an anchovy, form the principal food
of the species, and on February 17th Mr. Hanson notes that the
stomach ofaLcptoiii/chotcsv^'dS quite full of a small fish like a whiting
{infra, p. 93).

Perhaps the most characteristic point in the colour of the skin
of this Seal is the absence of vivid black amongst its many splashes
and spots of grey. The back and sides are dark grey, darker, as
usual, mid-dorsally, and shading off into a tawny-orange colour under-
neath, which is streaked in a very liberal fashion from head to tail
with grey of a varying depth, but not with black. Again, on the
upper i)arts, where the ground colour is dark grey, shading off down
the sides into tawny orange, there are also longitudinal streaks and
8pl;i8he.s of i»ale tawny colour, often very pale, but none of black as are
found in the Of/morhinns. There is considerable difference apparently
in the ruddine.ss of the under parts of the two Leopard-Seals— the
True and the False. In Ogmorhinus the colour is more fulvous;
whcreius in Wcddell's Seal the tawny colour exhibits almost a greenish
lin;;e by the free admixture of grey markings of varied intensity.

Mr. liorchgrevink {tx. p. 236) mentions Weddell's Seal as the
•Mwat represented" species in the pack.^ which, however, was not
the case ; l)Ut he does not seem to be well acquainted with the Seals

• Mr. lk;rnacclii (p. 73) Kays that not one Weddell's Seal was luei wiih iu the

Notes on Antarctic Seals. 71

obtained by bis expedition, as he also figures the skull of a Lohodon
(t.c. p. 103), and calls it " Weddellii"

In his account of the ' Southern Cross ' expedition, he mentions the
present species as being met with on his winter sledge journey
(p. 159), near Coulman Island and near Cape Constance, where about
three hundred were seen together (p. 237), as well as in Lady Newnes
Bay, on the 4th of February (p. 260), and again in a bay in the ice-
barrier (p. 286). He writes : " Towards the south some Seals were
basking on the ice. I sent a boat to the end of the bay after them,
and found that they were WeddcUii. A party of ski-runners which
I despatched to the west came upon a large number of Seals in a lake,
or large deep basin, formed in the plateau of the barrier. Although
the plateau at that place fell with a gentle slope, it evidently reached
the level of the sea, as the Seals shot up through blow-holes in the
ice at the water's edge."

Mr. Bernacchi mentions the species as occurring on one of the
Possession Islands (p. 235), He further describes the finding of
Weddell's Seal on the ice-barrier : " Eound this Cape [Constance] we
found low land, or, I should say, the edge of the great ice-cap at this
spot was low. Steaming along the edge of the ice-barrier, we
discovered a kind of inlet or ' arm ' running into the glacier for a
distance of about three miles, with perfectly smooth ice between, and
fastened to the walls of the glacier. This spot was well sheltered
from winds, and the great inland ice-cap was easily accessible. A
rookery of Seals, some hundreds in number, could be seen lying on
the ice at the bottom end of the arm, and two Emperors and one
Adelia Penguin were observed. These Seals proved to be Leptony-
chotes weddellii. They were lying alongside a crack in the ice, most
of them asleep ; they were totally unconcerned at our presence, and
evinced not the slightest interest in us," He also gives (p. 274) an
account of the Seal rookery in the ice-barrier.

2. OGMORHINUS LEPTONYX. Leopard-SeaL

(Plate III)

The Leopard-Seal was nowhere, and at no time, common. Two
young ones were captured in the pack-ice on January 3rd. A male
was killed at Cape Adare on December 22nd, and another was seen
and successfully photographed by Mr. Bernacchi, also at Cape Adare,

7 2 Southern Cross.

Tlu'V are therefore obviously rare at all times, tliougli widely

ilistrilmtftl.

A ftMiiale of the Leopard-Seal was found on Septemlier Utli m
KolxM-tson l'.ay. contjiininj,' a young male ready for birth. As
September is also the month when AVeddell's Seal gives birth to its
vouni:. then; ran be no doubt that the Leopard-Seal had come to the
C(.ast""f()r the same purpose. The food of this Seal, the most active,
powerful, and ferocious of all the southern Seals, and the most truly
carnivorous in its dentition, consists mainly of fish, though it is stated
by Dr. IJacovit/a that Penguins were accepted as food when thrown
overlioard by him from the ' Bclgica.'

Sir .Tames Eoss found in the stomach of one of these animals no
less than 28 lbs. of fish, including Spht/rccnia of 28 inches length, and
Xotnthenia of H^ inches. The stomachs of the two young Leopard-
Seals killed in the pack-ice contained the remains of Octopus.

>[r. liernacchi (p. 319) gives the following note : " The Leopard-
Seal {Oijmorhinus Icptonyx) is readily distinguished by the great size
of its elongated body, by its large, flat square head, with small fierce
slit-like eyes set sloping inwards, and by a greater number of spots
upon its body than any of the other species. It is not a common
Seal, for only three or four specimens were secured by the ' Southern
Cross ' P^pedition. It is the largest and fiercest of all the Seals, not
hesitatin" to attack a man on being molested. It is a most voracious
animal, and feeds upon fish and Penguins. I have seen one near
I'ossession Island give chase to a Penguin in the water ; the latter
apjKiared to have little chance against such a determined andrapidly-
monng foe. In colour the back is of a dark hue, but the most
characteristic point seems to be the presence of black as well as tawny
sjK>ts on the grey of the upper part of the sides. The young of this
Seal is born during the month of September."

These Seals are easily recognised by their activity and strength,
and are tlie largest of all the species of the Antarctic regions.
Sir .Tames Ross gives 850 lbs. as the weight of one of these Seals,
measuring 12 feet from nose to the tip of the tail, and 6 feet round
the bcwly.

The largest skin of the Otjmorhmus brought home l)y the
• tSoitthtni Cross ' mea.sured nearly 11 feet from nose to tail.

When lying on the ice, as is well seen in Mr. Bernacchi's excellent
j>huto;,n-a]»hs of this Seal, the sides bulge and the whole animal is
lliiltene«l out, much as a Lizard spreads itself to catch the full rays of
a hot sun.

The " Tnie Sea-leopard," as this species is sometimes called, is

Notes on Antarctic Seals. 73

distinguished from the "False Sea-leopard" orWeddell's Seal, mainly,
so far as the skin is concerned, by the length of the fore limbs, and
the presence of vivid black spots in addition to the tawny spots
encroaching upon the dark grisly-grey of the back and sides. The
line of division between this grey colour, which deepens to grisly-
black on the mid-dorsal line, and the tawny orange of the belly and
lower part of the sides, is very distinct, though broken by a number
of irregular mottlings of black and dark grey. These dark irregular
markings are most plentiful on the orange colour of the shoulders and
flanks, where they are almost confluent ; on the sides they are less
frequent, and, though plentiful on the sides of the face and jaw and
under the chin, there is a large space of almost unspotted orange skin
under the throat and neck, and another immediately behind the
spotted shoulder. Tlie hind-flippers are richly marked with black
and orange spots and splashes, very much more so than on the fore-
flippers ; and whereas the ends of the digits of the hind limbs are
black, those of the fore limbs are of a rich orange colour. Nails are
discoverable on all the flippers, and the same may be said of the nails
in every one of the four species of southern Seals. They are perhaps
least conspicuous in Ommatoj)lioca rossii. In the fore limbs of the
Leopard-Seal they are very long and well formed. But in colouring,
the most characteristic point seems to be the presence of black, as
well as pale tawny, spots on the grey of the upper part of the sides.

Mr. Borchgrevink (p. 65) first mentions the species in the pack-
ice early in January, when two young ones were obtained, and he
also speaks of a " large sea-leopard " in whose stomach was found
remains of an octopus. He also says that it bred in Kobertson Bay
(p. 237), and that young were frequently found on the sledge journeys.
It is a pity that more specimens were not brought home. Mr.
Borchgrevink also writes (p. 170) on Sept. 11th: " I killed a female
Seal near the edge of Dugdale glacier. It was a Leopard (Stcno-
rhynchus leptonyj). When I had skinned it, I cut it open, and, to
my surprise, found a nearly full-grown male young one alive in her.
As I had freed him, he seemed quite happy as he rolled about on
the ice in his soft smooth coat. I put him on my sledge, and drove
him to the stone hut, where we kept him alive on condensed milk,
until we were later on able to send him by sledge to Camp Eidley,
where Dr. Klovstad fed him from a bottle ! " The arrival of this
living Seal at the Camp is not mentioned in Mr. Hanson's Diary.

•^ Southern Cross.

LOBODON CARCINOPHAGUS. White Seal.

(I'latks IV.-V.)

The White .Seal, or Orab-eater, is the common Seal of the pack
ice, at any rate during the months of Antarctic summer. It is,
however, not confined to this belt of ice, but is also to be found
s|.arinj,dy as far south as the great Ice Barrier, in company with
Weddelis Seal, which is the most common Seal of Eoss's Sea and of
South Victoria Land. Of the breeding habits of the Crab-eater
l>i-actically nothing is known.

Its food is said by Dr. Eacovitza to consist of Eupliaiisia, and
in this connection may be quoted the interesting suggestions of
Capt. Barrett-Hamilton^ " that the teeth of Lohodon may possibly
serve the animal as a sieve whereby to rid its mouth of the water
taken in with the EiqihciHsia, somewhat after the manner of baleen
in the Balanida. For this purpose the teeth seem to be exactly
suited. They do not fit closely, but alternate with those of the
opposite jaw, so that the cusps form a perfect sieve." The teeth
show no evidence of mastication.

It is worthy of notice that in the pack-ice the stomachs of all
the Wliite Seals were quite empty. This was in the summer months,
when the moult was in progress, and probably points to the fact
that, while the new hair is still thin, the Seals, like the Penguins,
object strongly to entering the water, even for food.

The moult starts in the first week of January, and is often far
advanced by the 16th of that month. It always begins with a line
down the middle of the back and on the flippers, both hind and fore,
spreading from these points till only a few patches of old hair remain
upon the sides. {Of. also Borchgrevink, 'First on the Antarctic
Continent,' p. 382.)

In life, the shape of the Crab-eater is less rounded than that
of Weddell's Seal, but when lying on the ice flattens out less than
Kiiss's SeJil and the Leopard Seal.

The colnuring of this Seal shows great variation. It is known
lus the " Wliite " Seal from the creamy whiteness of its old winter coat.
This is changed during the summer for a very beautiful silky
greyisli-brown coat, with more or less richly-marked mottling on the
shoulders, Hanks, and sides of the head, and on the dark-brown
flil)pers. I have given illustrations (Plate V.) of the old winter
coat (Fig. 1), the coat in change (Fig. 2), and the new summer

Notes on Antarctic Seals. 75

coat (Fig. 3). So much does the coat of this Seal vary in colour
and marking with age, sex, and season, that much confusion has
arisen in the description of its skin. There is now in the Museum
a fairly complete series of skins, preserved by Mr. Hanson, showing
how this Seal changes from a creamy-white, faintly mottled with a
pale rusty colour on the flanks, shoulders, and sides of the head, to
the very beautiful and characteristically silky coat of warm
brownish grey, darker mid-dorsally, silvery white ventrally, mottled
as before, but now witli a very rich warm brown, instead of the
hardly perceptible rusty colour.

That these are merely seasonal changes is evident from the
fact that in the creamy -white skins can nearly always be found
a mid-dorsal line of the new and darker hair appearing ; whereas in
the more handsomely mottled dark skins, a few belated patches
of the old white fur can still be found attached to the sides of the
animal. The largest, and presumably the oldest, of the Seals,
probably males, still in their creamy white coat, show no trace of
mottling anywhere ; but on the flippers, both hind- and fore-, where
the moult first takes effect, there appears, without exception, the
rich and beautiful dark brown mottling of the new coat, with its
characteristic silky gloss. The flippers share in the change. From
being covered with a rusty or creamy-white hair to the end of each
digit, they moult to a very rich brown colour, in some cases very
dark, marbled with silky pale-grey spots.

Mr. Bernacchi observes : — " One of the first Seals to be met with
on entering the pack-ice is the Crab-eating or White Seal {Lohodon
carcinoijhagus), which is a Seal common during the summer months in
the pack-ice, and even seen far south towards the Great Ice Barrier,
but rarely met with near the shores of the Antarctic lands. In appear-
ance this Seal varies somewhat ; or, more correctly speaking, its colour
varies according to the seasons of the year, and also according to the age
and sex of the animal. The long old winter coat is creamy- white,
hiding almost completely the mottlings on the shoulders and flanks
and sides of the head. During the early part of January the Seal
commences to moult, discards its old coat, and by the end of the
month emerges with a beautiful silky-grey brown skin, with richly-
marked mottlings. The body of this Seal is not rounded like the
Weddell seal, but is rather slim and slightly flattened out when lying
on the ice. It is somewhat solitary, pugnacious when disturbed,
and feeds principally on Utcphausia."

" The only young of this Seal ]n'ocured by the ' Southern Cross '
Expedition was the specimen killed near its mother in Eobertson

76 SoutJicrn Cross.

\\\\y on the 'J'.lth of November, 1899. It was the only one we saw
(iiiriiif? tljf fourteen months we spent within the Antarctic Circle.
It was l»y no means so far developed as the young of Weddell's Seal,
wliich were quite common, the following are the dimensions of the
calf of this White Seal :—

Length, 4 feet 11 inches;

Girth round flippers, 2 feet 5 inclies;

Girth round hips, 1 foot 0 inches."

.Mr. llorchLjrevink, in his narrative of the ' SovthcrR Cross'
Kxpudition (p. 65), mentions the occurrence of the White Seal in
the pack early in January, 1899. By the 5th of that month ten
specimens had been preserved, and on that day Mr. Hanson's diary
records the capture of another kind of Seal, like the White Seals in
appearance, but having a different cranium {vide, infra, p. 86). Mr.
I>orehgrevink also seems to have been aware of the circumstance
(p. 65), l)ut no further attempt at identification apparently took
l»lace. In the south-east part of Eobertson Bay he also found two
of this species (p. 234). On page 102 of Mr. Borchgrevink's book,
the skull of the Crab-eating Seal is figured, but under the name of
' WcddcllH:

The mummies of most of the Seals found buried in the guano
on Cape Adare were those of the White Seal. j\Ir. Borchgrevink
(p. 237) suggests that they were all undoubtedly of this species, and
adds that some of them were quite young. It will be seen {infra,
p. 95), that Mr. Xicolai Hanson includes some Lcptonycliotes
vrdddli in his list, and does not mention any young ones, beyond
the two embryos which he found inside the females.

Mr. Bernacchi in his book (p. 37) gives an account of an
encounter between one of these Seals and Mr. Hanson, showing that
the animals can be very fierce on occasion. [See also Hanson's
account of the adventure {infra, p. 84).J He also (p. 274) describes
a meeting with a solitary White Seal, far to the south, on the Ice
r.arrier in company with a number of Weddell's Seals.

OMMATOPHOCA ROSSI. Eoss's Seal.

(Plate \'I.)

Koss's Seal is nowhere common. From Mr. Hanson's private
diary we leara, however, that no less than four specimens of this
Seiil were captured in the pack-ice : it was not seen elsewhere.

Notes on Antarctic Seals. 77

Of its breeding habits nothing is known. Three beautiful skins of
this Seal now rest in the British Museum, unci two skulls, one having
no molar teeth whatever, the other having six molars on each side in
tlie upper jaw, and five on each side in the lower. The latter skull
was that of a female, belonging to one of the steel-grey skins,
whereas the former was the skull of a male which belonged to the
brOwnish-grey individual.

The food of this species consists of Octopus and vegetable stuff or
sea-weeds, as was proved in three cases by Mr. Hanson from an
examination of the contents of the stomach {vide infra, pp. 89, 90, 92).

The vocal powers of this Seal have been well described by
Dr. Eacovitza, and, apart from this remarkable characteristic, the
thickness of its neck and the enormous protrusion of the chin and
throat are peculiarities of the species.

The colour of this species is either of a pure steel-grey or of a
greyish-brown colour, deepening considerably in tone towards the
middle line of the back, and becoming almost white on the under
surface. Starting from the npper lip, which is nearly white, a broad
band of pale grey extends backwards on the neck to be lost in the
grey of the shoulder. Just below this, starting from the lower lip
and the chin, which are nearly black, a broad dark grey band passes
backwards and fades into the lighter colour on the chest and
shoulders. These two bands are in perfect harmony both in colom-,
tone, and direction, with a somewhat limited number of indistinct
pale and narrow markings whicli streak and line the sides of the
animal from the shoulder almost to the tail. These parallel stripes,
some inches in length in the region of the shoulder, are somewhat
broken into splashes and spots towards the sides and flanks of the
animal. Nails are present on both hind and fore-limbs, but are
small on the latter and still smaller on the former. The dark colour
of the back is continued on to the dorsal digit of the hind limb, the
other digits and the ventral aspect of the limb being pale.

Mr. Bernacchi gives the following note : — " The least known
of all the Antarctic Seals is the Eoss's Seal {Ommatophoca rossi).
Only a few specimens of it have ever been procured, four of
them by the ' Southern Cross ' Expedition. Of its breeding habits
nothing is known. It, however, has a very wide distribution,
having been found on the pack-ice in the neighbourhood of
Victoria Land (' Southern Cross '), Alexander Land (' Belgica '), and
by Dr. Bruce near Joinville Island and Louis Philippe Land.^ In

^ As before mentioned, however, the Seals identified by Mr. Bruce as Omma-
tophoca were probably White Seals in summer coat.

jS Southern Cross.

colour the back is greyish-brown, and under the belly silver-grey,
with lighter spots in tlie division. A specimen I saw soon after it had
been sliot ajipeared to me to be distinctly slaty-colour ; this specimen
measured nearly eleven feet in length. The eyes were very large,
and underneath the chin was a most extraordinary protuberance or
.^^aek, which is evidently inflated when the animal is angered. The
greatest interest centres in the skull, which is quite different to that
of any other known Seal. The dentition is exceedingly feeble ; of
two of the skulls i)rocured by the ' Southern Cross,' one had no molar
teeth whatever, and the other six molars on each side in the upper
jaw, and five on each side in the lower.

" The food of this Seal is much the same as that of Weddell's and
the White Seals. The remains of Octopus were found in the stomach
examined by Mr. Hanson."

An interesting account of the capture of the first Eoss's Seal will
be found in Mr. Nicolai Hanson's private diary {infra, p. 89). See
also Mr. r>orchgrevink's book (p. 74).

79

III.

EXTRACTS FROM THE PRIVATE DIARY

OF THE LATE

NICOLAI HANSON.'

\_PuhUshed hy permission of Mrs. Nicolai Banson, and translated from the
Norivegian hy his father, Mr. Anton Hanson, of Christiansund.']

September 15th, 1898. — In the forenoon I observed a shoal of fish,
apparently Bonitoes, and a few Flying-fish. A number of Petrels
(Puffinus) followed the fish, among them a Frigate-bird. In the afternoon
some small whales, like Bottle-noses, approached the ship. I fired two
shots with explosive shells at two of them, but killed none, though one
was hit pretty hard.

October 5th. — [Nicolai had been dangerously ill from September 15th
until to-day.— A. H.] Have seen my first Albatros. It is strange how
very few birds there are here ; for the last few days I have only seen
some little Petrels. Yesterday I saw five birds, like Terns, which were
fishing a short distance away from us.

' This excellent young naturalist and collector was appointed to the post of
Zoologist on the ' Southern Cross,' on the recommendation of Professor Robert
Collett, of Christiania University. A better appointment could not have been made.
As to the esteem in which Hanson was held, nothing need be added to the tribute
paid to his memory by Mr. Beruacchi in his book ' To the South Polar Regions '
(pp. 184 -190), and this appreciation of the dead naturalist has been personally con-
firmed to me by his colleagues of the scientific staff, Dr. Klovstad, Lieut. Colbeck,
Mr. Hugh Evans, and Mr. Anton Fougner.

His notebooks were handed to the Commander of the Expedition by the dying
naturalist (Bernacchi, t.c. p. 185) on the 14th of October, 1899. Mr. Borchgrevink
has published some observations from one of these books in his " Appendix "
(pp. 320-324), and he has handed to me one other book, which contains a mere list
of the Procellariidae collected during the voyage out, and the details are also to be
found on the labels attached to the specimens themselves.

Knowing, however, from personal experience, and from the verbal testimony of
his colleagues, that Mr. Hanson was in the habit of making careful notes on every
natural history fact that came under his observation, I wrote to Mrs. Nicolai
Hanson, to ask whether she had in her possession any private letters from her late
husband, which contained natural history notes. In return she kindly placed her
husband's private diary at my disposal, and the notes which Nicolai Hanson wrote
for his wife's information are here reproduced, having been translated by his father,
Mr. Anton Hanson, of Christiansund. I think that, in the absence of the official
note-books, Zoologists throughout the world will rejoice that, by means of these
private records, written without any idea of their subsequent publication, and
merely for the amusement and instruction of his young wife, some details of the
strenuous work done by Mr. Hanson during the expedition of the ' Southern Cross '
have been rescued from oblivion. — R. B. S.

8o

Soiitlicyti Cyoss.

CAPTIVE EMPEROB PENGUIN ON BOAED THE ' SOUTHERN CROSS.'
(By pemission of Messrs. Burst & Slacken.)

&

Extracts from Diary of Nicolai Hanson. 8i

Octoher Qfh. — To-day we have had a visit from the fii'st Cape Pigeon.
It was a pretty little bird, with grey back, grey neck and white belly ;
very tame, often coming close under our stern [see October 8].

October 7th. — Have seen some Petrels and an Albatros to-day.

Octoher 8th. — More birds have been noticed than on any previous
day. Two Albatroses and a great number of the Peti'el I observed
the day before yesterday, whiclt I then took to be the Cape Pigeon,
but I was wrong. To-day I have seen the first Cape Pigeons, very
pretty birds, a little larger than a Tern, with black head, white belly,
grey back and wings with white spots. They have more rounded wings
than the other Petrels I have seen, but do not fly with less speed on
that account.

Octoher dth. — Shot two Cape Pigeons to-day, but did not get them,
though I tried to fire when they were over the ship. A large number of
birds noticed, of five difierent kinds.

Octoher lOth. — Have seen the same kinds of birds to-day as yesterday,
and probably also a kind of Albatros I have not observed before. It
was very dark on the back.

Octoher 12th. — There have been a great number of birds round the
ship to-day. We have tried to snare some of them, but caught none.
Borchgrevink went out in a boat to shoot, and killed three Albatroses of
two different kinds (not of the large species) and also two Petrels of the
size of a Pigeon. The dogs would not eat the flesh of the Albatroses.

Octoher I3th. Lat. 33^ 37' S., Long. 9^ 54' IT.— A number of birds
round the ship to-day. I snared two Albatroses {Diomedea melanophrys).
The doctor killed them with chloroform, which was quickly and neatly
done. Saw a shoal of Dolphins and some Whales. [Gymodroma melano-
gastra has put in an appearance. N. H. in Borchgr. App., p. 321.]

Octoher IWi. — Have prepared the skins of the two Albatroses killed
yesterday.

Octoher 15th. — Caught and prepared two Cape Pigeons to-day.

Octoher IQth. Lat. 38" 29' S., Long. 5^ 51' W. — Rose early and began
catching Cape Pigeons with a line and hook. Caught six during the day.
Have seen two new species of birds to-day, one a white-headed Petrel,
and a Lestris.

Octoher 17th. — Saw a new kind of Petrel to-day (Prion).

Octoher 18(h. Lat. 40' 27' -S^., Long. 0° 21' ^.— A number of birds
about the ship. I caught (with hook and line) one Mollymawk and
seven Cape Pigeons.^

October 1 2th. Lat. 39° 55' -S., Long. 3' 1 6' E.—A number of birds about
the ship. I have caught seven Cape Pigeons and two Pulfinits (Kiihli f).^
This is ashy-grey on the back, but for the rest exactly like Pujinus major.

Octoher -lOth. Lat. 40° 27' S., Long. 5° 22' iJ.— Caught" a Puffi'nus.
Have seen a large number of this species to-day.

[October 'list. Lat. 41° 14' S., Long. 8° 44' iJ. -Two Petrels, Prion
desolatus and P. vittatus, have been seen for the first time to-day. N. H.
in Bcrchgr. App., p. 322.]

[October 22nd. Lat. 41° 20' S., Long. 13° 1' E.—We saw some

' " Most of the birds caught up to date have recently started moulting." — N. H.
in Borchgrevink's book, Ap^o. p. 321.

'' These proved to be Priofinus cinereus. — R. B. S.

G

82 SoutJicni Cross.

specimens of Dloni'^den fuligitiosa, the first of this kind we have seen on
the vovftge, t. c, p. 323.]

Ortnhrr 23r^. Lot. I2M' .S^., Lorn/. 20' 32' E.— Caught a Cape Pigeon.
I" It had ni.t started moulting." N. H. App. to Borchgrevink, p. 322.]

October 24//». Lat. 42^ 23' S., Long. 20' 32' E.— This morning, as
mK)n as I camo on dock, I caught a large Albatros and two other Diomedese
with Mai-k-and-yellow bills.^ In the afternoon we shot some birds. The
Ktmiishiiu'ii shot from a boat sixteen birds. I shot sixteen birds from
tlie .ship and eleven from the boat. Saw two nearly white birds to-day
al»out the size of a Kittiwake (Larus tridactijlm).

October 11 th. — Have to-day prepared the last of the birds we killed on
the 24th. I have now forty-one skins and eight skeletons.^ I hope we
may soon get a calm again, so that I can get some more work. Numbers
of birds follow the ship every day.

October '29th. Lat. 44" 26' S., Long. 37" iJ.— This morning I caught a
large Albatros. It is a little darker than the first, and perhaps a year
younger. The number of Albatroses about the ship increases every day.
Last night I observed at one time eight large ones.

October 30th. — Saw a white bird as large as a Mollymawk. Short ;
high bill ; a few dark spots under the belly and wings ; wings narrow ;
tail straight across. On the 24th I observed two similar birds, but
smaller (of the size of a Pajfiniis).

November Ist. — Passed the Crozet Islands, ten miles off, but out of
sight. Saw some Penguins.

November 2nd. — Caught this evening thi-ee Cape Pigeons, two Alba-
troses with black-and-yellow bills, and one Sooty Albatros. Saw a
Giant Petrel this afternoon (I am, however, not quite sure of it). This
was the last time I observed Cape Pigeons in flocks before we came to
Tasmania. Saw a small Whale while I was busy catching birds ; it was
like a " Bottle-nose."

November Qth. Lat. 44' 20' S., Long. 68' 28' iJ.— Numbers of birds
about the ship. Have caught four black-billed^ and two Yellow-billed
Mollymawks.^

November 7th. — Caught six Mollymawks (two Yellow-billed) and four
Cape-hens.*

November Sth. — Caught a yellow-billed Mollymawk.^ This afternoon
Bernacchi, Evans and I went out in a boat shooting. Bernacchi shot
two birds, I shot one Yellow-billed Mollymawk and four Cape-hens.
Colbeck .shot a Sooty Albatros from the ship.

November 9//*. — Caught two grey-headed Mollymawks with entirely
black bills, probably young bii'ds.^

November \Oth. — ^This evening Colbeck caught two Sooty Albatroses
and one black-billed Mollymawk.^ I caught three of the latter species.

November I'Sth to ISth. — During these days I have caught four ^Molly-
mawks (three with black bills) and a Puffiuus, but I have skinned none of
them, as at present we have no more room for storing the skins. The
Ca|H^ Pigeons have now left us entirely, and the birds which are usually
seen about the ship are : The large Albatros, the Sooty Albatros, Molly-

• Tluilassogcron cnlmhudtis. Vide infra, p. 82.— R. B. S.
* No skeletons of birds were received by the British Museum.— R. B. S.
Tlialassogcron culminatiis, juv.— R. B. S. ♦ Majaquciis acfiuinoctialis.—B. B. S.
^ Diomedea 7nela)wphrys.—R. B. S.

Extracts from Diary of Nicolai Hanson. 83

mawks (with black and with yellow bills), also Cape-hens, Giant Petrels,
Prion, JPuJfinus, Whale-birds, and two small Storm Petrels. This evening
(the 18th) I saw a ilock of Mollymawks resting on the sea.

November 25th. — More of the large Albatros are seen now. A white-
headed Petrel has been tolerably numerous this week, also a black bird,
whose flight is like that of the Swift, but more than double the size of
this bird. Cape-hens, Cape Pigeons, and Shear-waters have now nearly all
left us. Caught a large Albatros.

November 2(ith. — I have forgotten to put down that on the 17th inst. I
caught four Mollymawks (two with yellow ^ and two with black bills ^) and
a Puffijius. Two of the Mollymawks were again set at liberty with a zinc
label tied to their necks with the ship's name and date inscribed thereon.

November 27th. — In sight of Tasmania. With the proximity of land
came also some birds I have not seen before. The short-tailed Albatros,
Mutton-birds, Gannets, Sula australis ; also two Gulls, one like Larus
marinus, and the other one very much like Larus tridactylus, but with red
legs and bill. The next moi-niiig (at anchor in Adventure Bay) I observed
a number of Cormorants and some Gulls.

December 17th. — Left Hol^art at 2.30 p.m. Anchored in Adventure Bay.

December 18th. — Have been on the shore to-day collecting on the
beach and have made a good collection of Molluscs and Marine Plants.
Shot also some birds. Visited Penguin Island and saw there a large
number of Parrots. Saw a white-headed Sea-Eagle catch a big fish.
Observed several black Oyster-Catchers.

December 20th (At sea). — Have seen some Mutton-birds, Petrels and
Albatroses to-day.

December 21st. — Few birds seen, and only the same species as yesterday,
also a yellow-billed Mollymawk.

December 23rd. — Saw some Albatroses, Petrels and Prion ; no Mutton-
birds.

December 24:th.- — Same kind of birds to-day as yesterday ; also some
white-headed Petrels, Sooty Albatroses and yellow-billed Mollymawks, which
are quite common now. Caught two Sooty Albatroses and a Mollymawk,
which were set at liberty again after we had attached tin labels to them.

December 25th. — Same birds as before. No large Albatroses, but a
Lestris was seen to-day. •*

December 2Qth. — No black Petrels seen. Same kind of birds as yester-
day, and a couple of Mollymawks with black bills,^ and some Penguins.

December 27th. — A number of Penguins were seen this forenoon.
They played like porpoises before the bows of the ship.

December 28th. — Besides the usual species of birds we have seen lately,
I observed a large Albatros and a Giant Petrel, which have followed us
to-day. A small Storm Petrel with white belly, some Mutton-birds, and
a couple of Sooty Albatroses have also l)een about the ship.

December 22th. — Saw some Mutton-birds this morning. This afternoon
we are followed only by the Yellow-billed Mollymawk ^ and Prion vittatus
We are now past the 60th degree of S. Latitude.

December '30th (In the ice). — With the ice have also come three new
species of birds, two light and one dark coloured, of the size of Daption

' Diotnedea melanophrys. — R. B. S. * Thalassogeron culminatus, juv. — R. B. S.

^ Doubtless Megalcstris cmtarcticus. — R. B. S.

G 2

8^ SoiitJiern Cross.

,avr,iKi>t. Our olfl ftcquaintance, the Dapfion, has also appeared again.
Hrsich's the,so four kinds of Ijinls, I have also to-day observed six different
sj>ocies : Ditmrden fnHijiuosa, D. mclamqyhrijs, Cjimtdnnna tiralJaria, Fre(ietfa
uirl'innfjnutcr, Oren'iiih'8 ocenniciis, (Estrelata lessoni and Prion vittatus.^ The
last imined species is the only one which has followed us in among the ice ;
the others left us Ijefore we sighted it. Have seen some Whales to-day.
One imnif-nse fellow we saw after we got in among the ice. Some ice-
floes were of a yellow colour, which I at first thought to be caused by
mineral dust, but afterwards I found it to be Algse.

December 31*</. — I was called at 3 a.m. by Borchgre^^nk, who came
down to fetch a gun and cartridges, as a White Seal was lying on an ice-
floe close to the ship. I hurried up on deck, but he had disappeared before
I came up. We saw, however, a Brown Seal in the water, but the gun
missed tire, and at the same moment he dived, and we saw him no more.
Borchgrevink, who had been on deck all night, went l^elow, but requested
me to look out for Seals so that we could get some food for the dogs. I
stayed, therefore, on the bridge till 5 a.m. without seeing any Seal, when I
wont below, after having ordered the second mate to call me in case he saw
any animals. I had barely covered myself up in my bunk, when one of
the Finns came down calling out, " Hanson, there is a Seal on the ice ! " I
Jumped fiut of my bed and got my trousers and slippers on, and ran on
deck. In my hurry I took only an old needle-ritle with copper cartridges
and a seal-pick with me. With two men in the boat I set off from the
ship and pulled towards the Seal under cover of a hummock on the
ice-floe on which it was lying. I came close up to it, and saw that
it was a large male of the White Seal. He was lying on a tolerably large
floe, and when I landed on this, I could approach him under shelter of a
piece of ice. My rifle came quickly to my shoulder, but it missed tire
with the Ave cartridges I had brought with me, and as the Seal now
began to move, I threw away the rifle and rushed on him with my seal-
pick. The Seal tried to escape, but I gave him a blow with the pick.
It glanced off" his .skull, and he immediately turned on me and rose
up from the ice as if to get on the top of me ; and as I had sunk in the
snow above my knees, I could not get away from him. I therefore again
dealt him a blow with the pick. This blow fell on his neck, but did not
manage to stun him. I had now, however, so strong a hold on him that
J could keep him away from me, and as I soon extricated myself from the
snow, I juuiped on to his back ; and now began a fight worse than the
first, for he turned himself round and rolled over me, but luckily without
getting hold of me with his teeth, for I had still the pick firmly fixed in
his neck. We rolled over again, and at last I staggered to my feet and
gave him another blow on the skull, and as one of the sailors in the boat
now came to my as.sistance and dealt him some blows on the nose with
a l)oat-hook, he was soon killed. I have not felt well all day after
this fight, for it is not the most healthy occupation to haA'e a big Seal
dancing about on one's chest. After I had again been in my bunk for
half an hour, I was called up by the cry, " Seal on a floe ! " This time I
t«K.k my shot-gun and cartridges with explosive bullets. This new Seal
wa.s even bigger than the fii-st, and measured 10 feet 7 inches in length.
It was a female Leopard-Seal. By the way she behaved, it was evident

' This list appears in Mr. Borchgrevink's book (p. 54).

Extracts from Diary of Nicolai Hanson. 85

she had never before met her master, for when I landed on the floe, she
merely lifted her head and stared at me. Evidently she took me for a
Penguin or some other inferior being, for she soon settled down to rest
again. A ball from my gun finished her. We pulled the whole carcase
into the boat, which was quite loaded up with such a big Seal. Later
in the day Borchgrevink shot from the ship a White Seal which was lying
on a floe we passed. This last one was much smaller than the two I had
killed. In the evening the ship was stopped by the closure of the ice. I
therefore took one of the small canvas boats and pulled about in the lanes
to shoot birds. I bagged twenty-eight birds in thirty-three shots. They
were mostly Cape Pigeons and Ice Petrels, and two species I have not
seen before, one like the Fulmar {Fulmarus glacialis) we have at home,^
and a new one, with brown back and head and a brown band over the
neck, and a white band length- ways over the wings, as well as a white
belly. ^ Besides these birds I also saw to-day Oceanites oceanicus.

Neio Yearns Day, 1899. — This afternoon I was out on the ice and shot
seventeen birds : fifteen Ice Petrels, one Cape Pigeon and one 0. oceanicus.
I saw two Whales. One of the firemen who was with me found a small
herring-like fish on an ice-floe. Some of the crew took a long trip on " Shi "
over the ice, and brought back to me a number of shrimps, one inch and
a half long, which they had found on the ice. I noticed some Medusse ;
some were oblong, but one was round, of a blue colour, with four round
brown eyes, like the stinging Medusa, and with long brown tendrils.

January 2nd. — At 5 a.m. to-day I was called by the second mate to
come and shoot a Penguin. When I came on deck the bird stood on a
floe about 100 yards from the ship, but when I stepped down on the ice
he jumped into the water and dived. I thought that he was frightened,
and T should see him no more, but a few moments after he came up on a
floe about 100 feet away from the ship. It was a funny sight to see him
sitting there fanning himself with his flippers while he regarded the ship
and its inhabitants. The noise made by the dogs appeared to interest
him most, for now and again he uttered a grunting sound, as if in response
to their barking. His confidence cost him his life, for I killed him with
a shot from the ship. Later in the day I went up on the bridge to look
for Seal on the ice, as we now were lying fast in the pack. I soon espied
a large White Seal lying asleep on a floe about 500 yards distant. With
my double-barrelled gun, and two men to assist me, I set out for this
Seal. When I came within easy range I shouted out to him to " wake up,"
as I did not like to kill him asleep. An hour later Borchgrevink shot a
young Leopard-Seal on a floe upon which it had crawled to look at the
dogs. Of birds I shot only an Ice Petrel and an 0. oceanicus.

January 3rd. — My bag to-day was one White Seal, two Cape Pigeons
and five Ice Petrels.

January ith. — I was called up before breakfast, as the Captain
reported, from the mast-head, a Seal on a floe ahead of the ship. I took
one of the old needle-rifles and stood waiting on the forecastle-head till
the ship had come within range. When we were still about 200 yards
distant from him, he began to show signs of uneasiness and wanted to get
to the water. I therefore dared not wait any longer, but sent a ball

' Priocella glacialoides. — R. B. S.
* Thalassceca antarctica. — R. B. S.

86 SoufJicyn Cross.

tlirouj;h his ribs. This slopjicd liim, .-md to make quite suro of him T sent
two liull.'ts thniu^h his head. The sliip was steered towards him, and we
m»t hill) on Ixmrd. Tt was a line young Leopard-Seal. Like the one
Ut»rohgrpvink kiUed, his stomach was full of small shrimps. When the
CHptiiinrHiiifdown from (he mast-head, he told me that he had seen a Seal
lit s..me distanc-e from the ship. As the vessel was now lying fast in the ice
again, the Cai)tain, Fougner and I .set out on " Shi " for that Seal. Fougner
was armed with a seal-pick, and I with an old needle-gun. After looking
alM.iit for some time, we found the Seal near a large hummock, where I
"kilh'd him with two bullets. It was a large male of the White Seal. His
.stomach was quite empty. I have also to-day shot four Cape Pigeons and
sixteen Ice Petrels.

January ")//*. — I was called at 7.30 a.m. to kill a Seal, It was a large
specimen of the common White Seal. While I was on the ice later in the
day, I .saw a hirge white bird with a few black spots flying out of range.
It was presumably one of the .same kind that I saw at sea on the 30th of
October last year. Borchgrevink called it Procellaria giyantea. To-day
I bagged eight Ice-Petrels.

Jaiiiiarii GOi. — When we stopped to-day, four Seals were seen on the
ice. Boiciigrevink, Colbeck, Bernacchi and I went in one of the small
canvas boats tt) shoot two which were lying some distance off on the star-
IxKird side among some small hummocks. In order not to spoil the
cranium, which I wanted for the collection, I fired a shot into the ribs of
one of the Seals, but he appeared to be as lively as ever, so I had to give
him a ball in the neck, which settled him. The skin of this Seal was like
that of all the others I had shot as i-egards colour ; but when I skeleton-
i.sed the cranium, I found that the latter was quite different from those
we had caught before, and it may be that I have obtained a very rare
species. I cannot find a name for it in any of my books. Later in the
day I shot a Giant Petrel.

Jiinunni )<th. — Fougner and I went out on " Shi" to shoot an Emperor
Penguin, but he went into the water before 1 came within range. Saw
some Mutton-birds while I was away. At 3 P.M. the Captain came down
from the mast-head and told me that he had seen two Seals on the ice
al)Out a couple of English miles astern of the ship. I went with him up
t() the maintop to get the bearings of the place where the Seals lay. The
secoixl mate had also seen them from the mast-head, and he wanted to go
with me. We were in all seven men, who set out armed with seal-picks.
I was the only one who earned a gun. The ice was very bad, and we had
not gone far before the second mate fell through a hole and got soaked,
for he had no "Shi." We, who had " Shi," fared better, although in some
places we slid along only on a thick layer of snow-slush, so we had to move
quickly in order not to sink through. We had not gone far before I
thought that we were going in a wrong direction according to my bearings,
but thinking that the second mate had a better idea of the locality than
myself, I said nothing, ^\■hen, however, we were stopped by an open lane
of water, and as my three English companions were now fagged out and
wanUid to return to the ship, I set out on my own account to find the
S«'ftls. I had not gone far before I saw them lying by a lai'ge hummock.
^yhen I came within range I found that there were three large White
Seals, iiist<-ad (»f two. Three shots tired in as many seconds laid them low.

Extracts from Diary of Nicolai Hanson. 87

Three of the men who had accompanied me came and assisted me to skin
them and drag the skins on boai'd. AVe had a tough job to get the
heavy skins on the ship, as the ice was full of water-lanes and hummocks,
so that we had more than double the distance to traverse before we
reached the ship. On the way back tg the vessel I shot three small
Petrels and an Ice Peti-el. The Seals were of the common white species,
and their stomachs were quite empty. They were a male and two female
Seals, large, full-grown animals.

January IQtli. — Killed two young female Seals to-day. Stomachs
quite empty. One was of a new species, which I have not seen before.
Saw a Mutton-bird. The Brown-backed Petrel, which was so common in
the outer edge of the ice, I have not seen since the 6th of this month.

January lltli. — To-day I shot two Silver Petrels, one Cape Pigeon,
one Ice Petrel, and one 0. oceanicus.

January I2th. — While we were lying fast to-day in the ice, I went out
shooting and bagged one Emperor Penguin, eleven Silver Petrels, six
Ice Petrels, four Cape Pigeons, and three 0. oceanicus.

Jaunary 13th. — One of the crew shot two Penguins on a floe : other-
wise only the usual birds were seen. No Seals about. Took two good
casts with the large Plankton-net this evening. Saw a fish about six
inches long.

January lith. — I had just turned into my bunk this morning when
Borchgrevink came to fetch a rifle and cartridges to shoot a Seal. I went
on deck with him, as I wanted the skin for the collection. When the ship
had approached the Seal to within fifty yards, Borchgrevink fired five
shots at him, but only two hit him, one in the hind-quarters, the other in
the neck. Two of the crew went away to bring him on board, but, as he
still moved, they dared not lay hold of him, so I went to their assistance
and killed him. While we skinned the Seal on the floe, the ice slackened,
and we had to be fetched back by a boat. I went to bed again and slept
till noon, when Lieut. Colbeck came and called me, and told me that he
had killed a Seal of the same kind as the one I got on the 10th inst. It
was a fine specimen, and I preserved the skin and the cranium for the
collection.

January IQtJi. — To-day at noon I killed a Seal of the same kind as the
one Colbeck killed two days ago. The whole pack of dogs were with me
and they ate the flesh of the Seal as fast as I skinned the animal. It
was like working in the midst of a pack of wolves. The skin and
cranium went into the collection. It was a fine specimen of a female
Seal.

January I8th. — As to-day we moved into tolerably clear water I saw
some birds, more in fact than I have seen for many days past, and among
them was one of the Brown-backed Petrel, which was so common on the
outer edge of the pack. Just as we were sitting down to supper, it was
reported : " A large Penguin on the starboard bow ! " I ran up, armed
with a gun and a seal-pick; but we were still some distance from the
bird, which could be seen on a large ice-floe on which thei-e was a
hummock. Under the lee of this hummock, sheltered from the wind, the
big bird sat crouching. As we approached it, the colour of its plumage
became more and more strange in appearance, and I even thought that
we had met with a bird of an unknown species. Suddenly we discovered

88 Soitthcru Cross.

HiiotlHT Inrd (.f till- same kind, but of a darker colour, in our wake ; Vjut
this bird di.s.ii)i>car<'d sudd.'idy, arid all our attention was turned to the
..iM« on thr ll<.r. Tliis sat (luite still, undisturbed by the noise made by
tlM« sliip as it worked its way through the ice nearer to it. All at once
the Penguin, whirh we had seen in our wake, shot up out of the water and
on t«. the floe on which the first Penguin was sitting. When the two
binis nu't, tlu-y greed-d eacli other and opened a conversation, gesticu-
lating in a most funny manner. It was curious to observe the power of
location these birds possessed even under water, as shown by the fact
that this last comer could at once find the fioe where its mate was sitting.
Tlie distance it had to swim under water was about 200 yards, and, as
far as we sjiw, it was not above water once during its journey. When
we were about 200 yards distant the birds showed signs of fear, and I
fin'<l two shots at eacli of them from the forecastle-head; but both set
off" as if nothing was the matter with them. One of them — the one
fir.st .seen — broke down, however, before it reached the water and fell
tiead on the ice. Then, with a couple of men, I jumped on to the ice
to reclaim the dead bird, while the other bird dived and disappeared
among the pieces of ice. While the men brought the bird on board, I
insjiocted the place where it had been sitting. All over the floe, feathers
were thickly scattered, and round the ice-hummock, behind which the bird
Iiad been sitting, a path had been trodden, as the bird had apparently
shift('<l its position in order to be sheltered from the wind, for, as I found
afterwards, it was moulting, and for that reason was probably very
.sensitive to cold. These birds do not change their plumage like other
species, Ijut more in the way in which snakes cast their skins, the new
skin being ready before the old one is cast off. In the same way with
these birds. The quill of the old feather is connected with the top of
the new feather by a skin capsule ; the new feather begins to grow under
the quill of the old feather and pushes it before it until the new feather
is fully developed, when the old one loosens and drops oflP, together with
the capsule which connected the two feathers. The old feather is so
Utose that it drops off when stroked by the hand. During the moulting
the Pengin'ns apparently do not like to go into the water. How long this
bird had .stayed on the floe I could not judge, owing to the short time
which I had to make my observations.

As soon as this .specimen was brought on board, I observed the other
bird sitting ci-ouching with its head down between the shoulders, on a
piec(! of ice further ahead of us. The ship was steered in its direction,
and, as we appioached it, I could see the blood trickling down from a
wound iji its side. I again gave it two shots, and so added another
EiniMTur Penguin to my collection. This bird had finished its moulting,
and was vei-y pretty in its new plumage. The first bird was a female,
the .second a male.

Jnvuarii \[}th. — The animal life has been proportionally plentiful
around us to-day, as we have killed seven White Seals (of these five fell
to my ride and two to Borchgrevink's). We have also seen a couple of
^^ hales and some Penguins, and more of the birds we are accustomed to
se<- ever)- day. The Seals were all moulting and their stomachs were
quit« empty. Twice we found three together. The seventh jumped up
on the ice as the ship was passing through a long lane. To judge from

Extracts from Diary of Nicolai Hanson. 89

the teeth, the six Seals first killed were very old, as the teeth were very
dark and worn. Have preserved the two Emperor Penguins I shot
yesterday, and, on opening their stomachs, my conjecture as to the
moulting bird not having been in the water for some time was proved to
be true ; for in it were found only some beaks of Octopus, stones, and a
green substance, which in appearance was most like the brown vegetable
substance found underneath the ice-floes. The stomach of the other bird
was, on the contrary, quite full of different fishes, fragments of shi'imps,
and small stones. These last, I suppose, are meant to assist digestion,
although the stomach does not appear constructed for this kind of
assistance.

Jamiary 20th. — Another fact which goes to prove that we are far from
open water is, that the number of birds decreases from day to day. To-
day the bird-life about us has been very poor. I have, however, obtained
a new bird, a Skua-Gull. The body is somewhat bigger than that of our
Skua {Lestvis parasiticus) at home, but the tail is shorter, and the wings are
not so pointed. It has no claw on the hind toe ; on the wings there is a
white spot at the base of the spurious wing-feathers ; the two middle
tail-feathers are about f inch longer than the others. Besides this I shot
an 0. oceanicus.

I also killed three Seals to-day — the prettiest I have seen yet. One
was a female of the common White Seal, but the other two were of a
dark grey colour, with lighter spots and black flippei's. These two were
male and female. Both the females had tumours in their inner sexual
organs, which in the doctor's opinion had made them sterile. The milt
of the male was also diseased (tubercles ?). This, with the ovaries of the
females, I preserved in spirits.

January 2lst. — While the ship was going through the ice to-day I saw
numbers of Penguins of the small species (Pygoscelis adeliae). In the
largest flock I counted nine on one floe, but ordinarily they sat two and
two together. Saw one white-throated and one black-throated Penguin
sitting together. This is the first perfectly white-throated Penguin I
have seen as yet. The first I shot was nearly pure white under the
throat. About 1 p.m., I observed a large Penguin far away on a
large floe, and the ship was at once turned towards it and stopped. As
we were slowly passing along the edge of the floe, we saw a Seal scamper
away and hide between some large hummocks ; but I wanted to secure
the Penguin, which I considered of more value to me than the Seal.
After some racing, I added my third Emperor Penguin for the collection.
One of my companions brought the bird on board, while I went after the
Seal. I soon reached him behind the hummocks and came within range
of him ; but, just as I peeped out, he caught sight of me and made off" again
at a great speed, which is faster than a man can run, when there is a
little snow on the ice. But his speed availed him little, for a ball through
the neck settled him at once. If the Seal had been surprised on seeing
me, I was no less surprised when I came near to him, for a stranger animal
I had never' seen. The head was short and thick, with large eyes and a
terribly big lower jaw ; no molar teeth, and only two front teeth in the
lower jaw and six in the upper jaw. These teeth were sharp as awls, and
shaped like ordinary carnivorous cutting teeth. The tail was short and
narrow ; he had nails on all toes, before and behind, and his hind-flippers

90

SoutJicrn Cross.

wrn- vorv l.'iix'o, in |iri)j)uiti«>ii to liis foic-lliinicis. The colour was greyish-
lirowii MM till- l>.ick, under the Ix'lly silver-grey, with lighter spots on the
• livisiun. Tlie fur was much softer than the common Seal-fur, more like
Otter-skin. The dimensions were : Total length, 6 feet 10^ inches. Girth
iK'hind the ears, 'J' 10" ; behind the fore-flii)i.ei-.s, 4' 11"; ovex~the hips, 2' 1)1".
I>istaiiee from the foremost corner of the eye to the point of the nose,
0' 4" ; from the hinder corner of the eye to the point of the nose, 5i^" ;
l)ctweeii the eyes: forward, Gi" ; l)ehind, lOi". The Seal was photo-
graphed l>y Mr. Bernacchi, and ^Ir. Borchgrevink took a sketch of it.
The contents of the stomach consisted of sea-weed. In the intestines he
had an immense number of worms.

Jmiiiiirii '2'2}ifl.—Jn spite of the severe weather to-day, two of the crew
killed a NN'hite Seal close to the ship. Afterwards we killed four small
Penguins. The collection increases day by day, and will soon be too
large for the space we can at present spare for it.

Janunrij '23r(1. — To-day I have obtained one Seal, one Emperor
Penguin, three small Penguins, and one Prion vittatus, the first I have
seen this year.

Jajiitnrjf 24th.- — ^When we came out into a water-lane to-day we
oljserved an Emperor Penguin and two Seals on a floe, and these we at
once decided on capturing. As we steered for the Seals, two Whales came
before our bows, and as I was on the forecastle head, I quickly got the
harpoons into both guns, but the Whales became frightened by the ship
and disjippeared under the ice. The Seals, one white and one grey, I
managed to secure. Fougner and Bt)rchgrevink caught the Penguin. As
we went through the ice we observed se\eral Seals, one of the same kind
as the one 1 shot on the 21st, but he was lying too far out on the ice for
us to stop the ship. Several White Seals were seen on the ice, and in the
water, l)ut we could not stop for them. Soon after supper it was
reported from the mast-head that a Seal was on the ice, and as we came
nearer I saw that it was one of the rare kind, and this became No. 2 of
this species in my collection. It was a female. Colour : steel grey on
the back, lighter undeiiieath, with light irregular stripes along the sides.
This one has more teeth than the first, as it has six molars on each side
in the upper jaw, and five in the lower jaw, and six front teeth in each
jaw. The four middle teeth in the lower jaw were only slightly developed.
The most strange ))eculiarity connected with these teeth was that they
were all lo(».se, .so they could be moved with a finger. The contents of
the .stomach consisted of remains of Octopus and vegetable stuff. Have
.s<'en more Whales and S«>als to-day than at any other time since we
entered the ice. The birtls have also been very numerous, but were only
of the ordinary species.

Jaunmij 25///.— Still fast in the ice. Numerous Whales, Seals and
birds h.-ivc been round us to-day, but we have not got many of them, for
the ice is .so full of holes underneath the snow that it is nearly impossible
Ut travel about on it. I managed, however, to get away twice after
Seals. The first time I went after three, which were lying about two or
three miles away from us. Fougner and Colbeck went with me, and we
lirought with us (»ne of the small canvas-boats to assist us over the water-
lanoa, but when we came to the place where we had seen the Seals, they
were gone into the water, .so we had all (.ur trouble for nothing'. I had

'»•

Extracts from Diary of Nicolai Hanson. 91

barely returned on board when I again saw a Seal some distance astern of
us. I took one of the Finns with me, and in a quarter of an hour we had
it in the boat ; it was one of the common white ones. This forenoon we
caught three large Penguins on the floe near which we were lying. They
swam round the ship and we had a good opportunity to study their way
of moving in the water.

January 2^ih. — Killed three of the common Seals, and also two
Megalestris. Saw some Giant Petrels. These birds must have a very
keen sense of sight or smell, for no sooner is a Seal skinned on the ice
than they put in an appearance.

January 27th. — Last night, soon after I had turned in, I was called up
by the cry : ' ' Seal on the ice ! " and I scrambled up on deck as fast as I
could. There were two Seals lying not very far off. Some of the crew
were already on the ice, but when I made a jump on to it, I missed my
footing and fell into the sea. I soon hauled myself up, however, on the
edge of the ice and ran off after the others, who were now some distance
off. As soon as I had shot the two Seals, a third crawled up on the ice,
and I immediately killed this one also. It was rather a chilly pastime to
travel about on the ice wet thi'ough, clad only in shirt and trousers and
sea-boots, and without either a cap or stockings. We have seen no
Whales to-day, and birds have been very scarce.

January 28th. — About 4 p.m. a Seal was seen lying far in on an
immense floe, about two miles away fi'om the ship. Some of the crew went
with me to fetch it, and we had a splendid run on " Shi " over ice which
probably was several years old, as it was covered with large hummocks. The
Seal was a male of the rare, thick-necked species. He was shedding his
hair, and, to all appearance, he had been lying several days in the same
place where we found him, as there was a lot of hair and excrement
scattered round about on the ice, and, on opening the stomach, it was
found to be quite empty. Like the first I killed, the stomach and part of
the intestines was crowded with an immense number of worms. There
was hardly an inch thick of blubber on the skin. While three men
hauled the skin on board I took two men with me up to some adjacent
open water. The distance the Seal lay from the nearest open water was
not less than 1500 yards, and we walked along the lane towards the ship
to look for more Seals, but found none. Some Whales and White Seals
have been seen in the open lane. Few birds. Took the temperature of
the sea and found it to be + ^° Celsius at a depth of 1000 yards.

January 2'dth. — Some Whales and Seals about to-day, I saw twenty
or thirty small Penguins. The Black Petrels and Cape Pigeons have
disappeared.

January 30th. — This evening I shot four Silver Petrels and two Ice
Petrels. Some Whales and Seals have been seen, but none killed. At
3 A.M. when I came on deck to read off the thermometers, the watchman
told me he had seen five Seals close to the ship. One of them came up
with a fish about fifteen inches long. It was of a greyish colour and
shaped like a T0rsk (Brosmius vulgaris). All the birds I have seen to-day
are flying from S.W. to N.E. Are they migrating to softer climes?

January 31st. — Killed three Seals of the common species to-day, and an
Ice Petrel. Since I came on board, I have often heard it said by old
sealers that they have seen Seals jump on the ice after being skinned ;

92

Soiifhcru Cross.

I Imvo not put much f.iitli in tliis loport, but to-day I actually saw it
inysrlf. Tin- scatiid mate and 1 had this morning gone after a Seal. I
liml an explosive hullet into its head, so that the entire skull was
»niJtshe<l, unci, in consequence, there could be no question of life or con-
sriousnt'ss remaining in it. Yet, while the mate was skinning it, it kept
niovini,' all tlie time ; and, at la.st, when it was more than half skinned,
untl even the two fore-tlippers with their large arteries were cut off from
the ImkIv, it jumj)ed so high that it was perfectly clear off the ice.

Fchnuirtj '2ii'/. — No Penguins seen to-day and very few of any otlier
birds. The Doctor killed his first Seal to-day, and I killed two, all of the
common kind.

Fihntiirii 'Srd. — Still lying hard-and-fast in the ice. Fine weather. The
whole forencM»n I was away to the north, far away from the ship, looking
for Seals. I killed three. One was a male of the thick-necked species,

^»m^m

^

ADELIA PENGUINS ON THE ICE.
(liy jKfmitsion oj Sir George Neiones, Bart.)

which, like the last I killed, lay far out iu the middle of a large floe. He
had gut his new fur, and was the finest I have got as yet. The stomach
wius quite full of food, consisting solely of Octopus. After supper, I was
out in an opening in the ice and dragged with my Plankton-net, but got
ncjthing, neither animals nor plants.

FehriKiry G//t.— Caught the first young Penguin of the smaller species.
It was nearly full grown. Saw a number of Penguins to-day. This
afteinoon we caught one of the Emperors. !My bag to-day was two
common Seals, and two Silver Petrels. One of the Seals swam near the
ship. His stomach was full of shrimps. It was a young male.

F'hrnary 1th. — Before we left the place where we had been moored last
night, the .second mate and two f)f the crew killed a Seal and two small
I'enguins. These last wen; moulting, and were found in holes in a large
humm«»ck, where they had apparently sought refuge for some time. The
meu also found other holes, full of feathers and droppings, where Penguins

Extracts from Diary of Nicola i Hanson. 93

had been. While we were under way to-day I shot a Seal and an Ice
Petrel and caught an Emperor Penguin. 8aw some more Seals to-day,
besides the one I shot. Close by the ship I shot two more Seals, and it
was with difficulty I avoided a cold bath when I was on the ice after
them, for the ice was so rotten that it gave way under me at every step.
Saw many Whales and Mutton-birds.

February 8th. — Have seen a number of Seals to-day, once four on one
floe, but have only killed two, as we could not stop long enough to shoot
more. Saw three small Penguins in the holes of a large hummock, They
were moulting, and with my field-glass I could see the feathers they had
shed, lying round about them. Among the Seals I saw to-day there were
four which had not commenced moulting as yet.

February 9th. — Have seen only a few birds and Seals to-day. One of
the latter was a large Leopard-Seal, the first we have seen since the last
we shot. Have twice seen Ice Peti'els — three or four together — sitting
resting on the ice. Colbeck saw a little fish to-day about four or five
inches long.

February 10th. — While we were in this heavy ice I killed two large
glossy-coated White Seals, the largest of their kind I have yet seen.
Have seen three large Whales and one of the small Whales which were so
common in the ice. Of Seals we have seen very few. None of the
ordinaiy kinds of birds have been very numerous ; only once in a while a
single individual of the Brown-backed Petrel has been about. No
Penguins. Saw some small fish and some Jelly-fish with red spots.

February 11th. — On a point of the ice we passed to-day I observed
about a hundred Seals scattered over the floes. Some were large and
very dark, and appeared to be Leopard-Seals. A number of large Whales
have been about us. Of birds I have seen all my old acquaintances of the
ice-pack, except the Penguins and Giant Petrels, and of new birds a
species of Tern and a large white or greyish bird very like Larus glaucus.

February 12th. -(The ship was lying hove-to in a gale of wind). Of
birds I have seen some Sooty Albatroses, yellow-billed Mollymawks,
Prion, Cape Pigeons, Silver Petrels, and the Brown-backed Petrel.

February I'dth. — On an iceberg, which had capsized quite lately, a
number of the Brown-backed Petrel were sitting. In addition to the same
birds as I observed yesterday, I have to-day also noticed the black- and
yellow-billed Mollymawk, and a grey Petrel of the same size as the Ice
Petrel. No Whales.

February lith. — 69° 13' S. Lat. While we were in open water to-day
we were followed by a great many Sooty Albatrosses and yellow-billed
Mollymawks. A Dmnedea, apparently D. exulans, followed us also for some
time, and I believe that this is the first time that this bird has been
seen so far south. The little Penguin has been very numerous on the ice
and in the sea to-day. Just before we entered the ice again I observed
three grey l)irds like Terns : their cry was very like that of Sterna hirundo.
Some Whales and Seals also seen.

February 15th. — (Ship lying hove to, in a hurricane off Victoria
Land.) We have seen large numbers of the Brown-backed Petrel, as
many as a hundred birds in a flock. Ice Petrels and Cape Pigeons have
also been among them. Some few 0. oceanicus and small Penguins have
also been about.

94 Soiitlicyii Cross.

Fehiuari/ 10//*.— Have seen ;i number of the Brown-backed Petrel
t^Mlay, all tlvinu towards the east. Have also seen an Osslfraga gigantea
jiii<l a t,'n'v I'ctn-l.

Fehriiartj 17 fh {the daij we anchored at Cape Adare). — Borchgrevink
and the whole staff' landed. B. and I carried guns, as we intended
t^o sh»K>t simie Seals as fdod f<ir the dogs. T killed sixteen Seals of a kind
we had not seen h«'fore.^ The stomach of one Seal was opened, and I
found it <|uite full of a kind of small tish like Whitings. Of birds we saw
the little Penguiji ; 0. oceauicus ; Megalestris maccormichi, and 0. gigantea.
( )f this last we i)])S('rved four albinos. Borchgrevink shot four Megalestris.
Before we landed we saw hundieds of a small lin A\ hale. The majority
of the Penguins have left now ; those we saw were still in the moulting

stage.

March 'luJ.—W'e ha%e killed some Seals and Penguins to-day for food
for the dogs. Found an embryo, about 4.\ inch long, in one of the Seals.
Unfoitunately this was not preserved.

March 3rd. — I had some sport to-day. Borchgrevink asked me to
shoot some Skuas, as they do us a great deal of damage by eating
and carrying away the Seal- and Penguin-meat we have stored for the
dogs. I killed eighty-two in ninety-one shots, all on the wing. Colbeck
killed a large Seal to-day in which was found an embiyo about 5 inches
long. The stomach was full of remnants of fish and a large number of
intestinal worms.

March ith. — The bay in which the 'Southern Cross' was lying is now
tilled with heavy ice, so that, if the ship had still been here, she would
never have emerged again. The ice brought with it a number of Seals, so
that there would have been a good opportunity to lay in a considerable stock
of food for the dogs and as fuel, if we had had time to look after them. I
only killed one Seal to-day ; it was a tine specimen of Lohodon carcino-
phagitx, with uncommonly big teeth and a number of old scars on the skin.
In the stomach only sand and pebbles were found, and also some round
intestinal woims. All the other Seals seen to-day have been Leptony-
chotex trcddelli. Saw a Pagodroma nivea to-day.

March ^ith (Sundajj). — Have done a little work outside and inside,
putting things to-rights. We have also had some rifle practice.

Miirr/i ~ith. — The number of bii'ds is now rapidly decreasing since the
ice came, so there are now only a few left. Penguins {Pi/goscelis adeliie),
M'galextrin niaccormiclii, Ossifraga gigantea, and Oceanites oceanicus are
now only to be found singly. The Seals (Leptonychotes) are still as
numerous as liefore.

Miirrh dth. — Yesterday I observed an 0. oceanicus performing e\olu-
tions high uj. in the air, at a height of about 200-300 metres, like a Swift.
I have often observed these birds, both when I was on board the ship and
als«i afU'r we landed here, flying round the ship and the house in the
evenings after dark, hkv. Bats, which they very much resemble in their
Hight. Yesterday I oi)served a Penguin walking round the house as if
Haying " GcKMl-bye " to us. 'J'o-day none are observed, neither on land nor
on the sea.

Marrh \2th. in the birds there are now only a few left. Once
in a while ;, solitary individual is seen. Seals are proportionally more

' Liptonycliotes wcddctH.—U. B. S.

Extracts from Diary of Nicolai Hanson. 95

numerous now on the ice, which off and on fills the bay, than they were
on the drift-ice in which we lay with the ship. They have all, with few
exceptions, been Leptonycliotes, as far as I am able to judge. The females
we have killed these last fev/ days have all had embryos, from 4 to 7 inches
long. The contents of the stomach have, so far as there has been any,
consisted of remnants of fish. Generally there are also a lot of worms,
both round and flat, in the stomachs, and a great number adhering to the
sides of the latter. Yesterday I killed two Seals and three Megalestris
with a rifle. vSaw a blue oblong-shaped Jelly Fish. I shot fourteen
Megalestris to-night in fifteen shots.

March 17th. — During these last days I have captured twenty-six
Megalestris maccormicJci and two Ossifraga. The former can now be said
to be the only species remaining. Of other birds we only see one now
and again, and that not every day. If it had not been for the offal
from the Seals and Penguins which we have killed, I do not think that
even the Skuas would have stayed with us longer than when the Penguins
left us, for, when first we arrived here, it appeared as if the Penguins formed
the main part of their food ; but now they will be able to exist for a long
time on the offal from our slaughtering. The number of Seals appears
now to decrease every day. To-day, while taking a walk with Bernacchi
and Evans, we found a mummy of a White Seal (Lohodon carcinophagus).
One of these days I will examine these mummies to see if they will satisfy
my curiosity and give me a hint of what I may expect to find here when
spi'ing comes again. Perhaps this is the place where the Seal breeds 1

March I8th. — Went out for a walk this forenoon. My walk was not
without some result, as I found a solitary Penguin sitting in a hole. As
I thought he might be of some interest for a nearer examination and
study of his moulting, he had to accompany me back to the house in spite
of his energetic protests, and I have him now lodged in an empty box.
He has as yet not moulted one single feather, but all his old plumage sits
so loosely that it can hardly be touched without dropping off. I intend
to keep him captive to see how long the moulting lasts. This afternoon
I commenced digging out some Seal mummies. I found in all twelve of
them.

No. 1. Lohodon carcinojjhagus. Old male.

2. ,, „ Sex indeterminable.

3. ,, ,, Female.

4. Species indeterminable. Male.

5. Lohodon carcinojphagus. Old. Sex indeterminable.

6. Leptonychotes weddelU. Female with embryo.

7. Lohodon carcinophagus. ,, ,,

8. ,, ,, Sex indeterminable.

9. Uncertain. Young. Sex indeterminable.

10. Lohodon carcinophagus. Old.

11. Leptonychotes weddelli. Old. Male.

12. Lohodon carcinophagus. Old. Female.

What does this list tell us? Shall we here find a solution of the
Zoological problem : — Where do the Antarctic Seals bring forth their
young 1 It would be of great interest to get this problem solved, as the

96

Sou t J icy n Cross.

life and rosnit of the Seals durinf,' the breeding season is entirely
unknown.

Miinh L'lW (A liuniLaiie has been blowing for the last two days). —
The "ale has cariicd away my Penguin, from which I was to have
studied the moulting problem. The wind took tlie box with the bird in
it. and T presume that he is now sailing merrily along to New Zealand.

March '2'2ntL — Found two young Skuas, hardly able to tiy, at an
altitude of 1,050 feet, but some of the dogs, which followed us, killed
them .so they were of no use for the collection. Went out with the
l-'inns and killed three Seals, (me young female without embryo, and two
male.s, also young animals. The contents of their stomachs were
remnants of fish. Found Seal mummy, No. 13, to-day, a fuU-gi'own
Liifiodi'ii, sex indeterminable.

March 2:h-d. — Borchgre\ink and I shot some Skuas to-day. I killed

A WEDDELL S SEAL.
(By permission of Sir George Jfewnes, Bart.)

nine. No Seals observed to-day, neither in the sea nor on the ice, which
again tills the bay.

M'lnh '2^)(h. — The Finns and I were out Seal-hunting to-day. ^Ve
killeil four, three of which were males, the fourth a female with an
embryo 9 inches long. Seven Penguins visited us to-day and were killed.
Their tail-t'eatli(;rs were three-fourths developed.

March 20///. — The Finns and I went again Seal-hunting. We killed
one--an old male.

March 2\)th. — A couple of Seals {Leptonychotes iceddelli) have been
killed to-day. One was a female with an embryo nine inches long.
During these last few days the bay has been filled with ice which has been
in ince.ss}int motion. One of the Finns and myself had to run away three
times from a Seal we were skinnmg, only about 100 yards from the land.

Extracts from Diary of Nicolai Hanson. 97

owing to the violent swerving of the ice. At last we got through with our
work, and not a bit too soon, for half a minute afterwards the floe on
which we had lieen was swept out to sea. A few Megalestris are still
to be seen, but apparently the cold now becomes too much for them, so I
expect it will not be long before the last bird will have left us.

March 31s<. — No Seal has been seen or killed. Saw an Ossifraga
gigantea to-day. Borchgreviiik saw a Pagoclroma nivea to-night.

April 1st. — This morning I shot a Seal, a female of the Leptonychotes
weddelli, which is very common here. At the same time I observed iiine
other Seals swimming and playing among the ice. These were all White
Seals [Lohodon carcinuphagus). There appears to be a great deal of animal
life on the drift ice to-day, as I saw two large flights of Megalestris and
also some of the common Lepfonychotes, but too far out for me to reach
them. The one I killed had no embryo, but its stomach was filled with
remnants of fish. Among these I found a lower jaw, three inches
broad, with a construction of the teeth very much like that of the
T0rsk (Brosmius vulgaris).

April bfh. — Walked along the beach to-day with Fougner and Evans
to see if the sea had washed anything ashore of any value for my col-
lection during the last gale. Besides a number of Sand-skippers
of several different kinds, we also found a grey Holothurian and a
large brown Jelly-fish. Of birds we saw a Pagoclroma and some
Megalestris maccormicJci.

April Qth. — To-day I have assorted the small animals I gathered
yesterday. All in all, there seem to be eight diflerent species, all sea-
bottom forms.

Jj;n7 7th. — When the gale had moderated, Borchgrevink and I walked
along the beach to collect, and we had not gone far before we had
gathered so much that Borchgrevink had to return to the house to fetch
two knapsacks to carry our collection in. We found three different kinds
of PolyjMs, one yellow, one grey, and one white. Of the two first-
mentioned we found a large number. Besides these we obtained seven
beautiful Star-fish and two or three other species of Invertebrata.

Aptril 8th. — Walking along the beach this morning, all I found was
one little fish. I saw, however, large numbers of this fish, apparently
of the Cuttus scorpius kind, but I had no gear with me to catch them. T
also saw a large Jelly-fish, like the Stinging Medusa we have at home, but
the stinging threads on tliis one were thicker. Of Seals I saw only one
Lohodon in the sea, and two Leptonychotes, of which I killed one, a male,
perhaps the biggest I yet have seen of this species. In its stomach I
found a number of fish of three diflerent species.

April 13th. — The day before yestei-day we tried a cast with a sein-net
on the outside of the point to see if we could catch some fish. The only
results were wet clothes and frost-bitten fingers, but of fish we got none,
as the current and the cold were both too strong. While we were busy
with the sein, two dogs drifted out on an ice-floe, and Ole and I, who
were in the boat, had to pull away to save them. It was certainly not
with the most amiable feelings towards the animals that we pulled the
deserters into the boat, as we had more than 100 yards of drift-ice in
rapid motion to pass through in a canvas boat, without mittens — I had
left mine on shore — and the temperature at -2G° Fahr. My temper, too,

H

98

Soiif/icni Cross.

wan not imprit\»'«l liy the tli'ifs, wlio twici' jumped out of the l)()at, .s(» tli;it
\vf hail t<. witfh them again. I got some relief to my anger by thrashing
them souihIIv. I saw a numhvvoi Pw/odroma -axuX i-,omc Metjulestris. This
rtfterncHin Fougner and I went out on the ice to tish, with " pilk," and
I had the pleasure of catching the tirst six fishes taken here by our
Norwegian method. The largest were from six to eight inches long.
There were two diftei"ent .species, one grey and one brown, both bottom
sjM'cies. very nmch like the Wolf-ti.sh {Anarricliax), but with large scales
and not such strong teeth.

April 1 (■)///. -These last days the weatlier has been beautiful and
invigorating. Wind calm, with the temperature down to 0^ Fahr. ; but
we do not feel the, cold when there is no wind. Every day I have been
on the ice, lisliing. 1 am generally accom})anied by Fougner and the two
Finns when T indulge in this sport. All in all, we have caught fifty fish
<»f the same s])ecies as before. To-day Fougner caught fourteen, of which
one was a foot long. While we were on the ice to-clay, the dogs found a
Seal which they had nearly half eaten before Ole killed it. It was a
female without an eml)ryo. The Finns killed to-day a large Seal
(L>'j>ti>iiii('holcn). No birds seen to-day. Yesterday I saw some 3Je_7rtZes/r/«.

April iXfh. — The zoological results of this trip were two fishes and an
embryo, 18 inches lojig, which they took out of an old LeptonijcJiotes,
which they killed for food for their dogs. They brought also the head
of the Seal with them. On examination I found the teeth entirely worn
out, .so it must have been an uncommonly old animal. Yesterday and
to-day I have been very busy preparing the fishes we have caught till
now and photoi^raphing some of them. This forenoon Fougner was out
fishing and brought back to me four small white fishes. Is this perhaps
a new species?

April 20/h. — It has been rather cold to-day. The temperature was
this forenoon down to —10" Fahr., but to-night it has risen to —2^.
To-day I took observations of the dei>th of the sea and the temperature
and currents round the point. I was assisted by Fougner and Ole, and
worked for .some time on the north side of the Cape out towards the
lH)int, but the swerving of the ice tlrove us soon on shore again. It was
only small floes of ice we had to walk on, and for the most part they
were so small that they could barely carry us. It is not over pleasant to
l^> rlabbling in the water in a temperature such as we had to-day, and
we were not stiri-y to be driven on shore. Saw some Payodrovui while
Wf were out. No Metjalestris and no Seals have been seen these last
• lays Kvidently the Seals do not like the motion there has been
in the ice.

April 21«/. — Evans, Ole and I were out taking observations of the
temperature of the sea t(»-day ; at 300 and 400 yards from the land we
found the highest temperature + 28-S'" Fahr., lowest 4- 27-5^" Fahr. On
til.- south side all our observations were below + 28' Fahr.

.{jiri/ 24//j.~ A gale is blowing. Of zoological interest I can note
tli.u I sjiw a great nund)er of the Brown-backed Petrel {Tliahissoeca
nntarrtica), and the Ice Petrel {Paijidroma nivca), which fished in the
ma.shed up ice. We saw .some Seals in the ice, white and grey, and on
the beach I found washed up a brown thing, veiy nuuh like a Hag
{^Mijxine), about a f.Hit long, without fius.

Extracts from Diary of Nicolai Hanson. 99

Ajjril 'l^Hli. — Tlie doctor, Colbeck, and I took a walk this forenoon
round on the beach. We found three Heart Urchins ^ and a Sponge —
both species quite new to me. Some Seals and birds have been observed
to-day of the same species as yesterday.

April 26th. — Some birds have been seen to-day of the same species
as those of the last days. To-night, at 9 p.m., I heard just above my
head a bird cry four or five times. The note sounded like "Kaw-kaw."
It was too dark to see the bird ; but it was the cry of the Pagodroma.
I had heard it before on the 30th of last month.

April 28th. — I killed two Ice Petrels to-day while out for a walk.

April 29th. — Walked on the beach to-day. Found three animals like
Sand Worms four to six inches long.- They were transparent, with
brown stripes or bands, one millimeter in breadth, and a number of feet
like the Millipedes. Some Ice Petrels seen to-day.

April 30th. — Killed two male Leptonychotes and thi-ee Ice Petrels.

May 3rd. — This afternoon an Emperor Penguin came to us and was
immediately attacked and killed by our savage dogs and torn so badly
that the skin was of no use for the collection, but I preserved the
skeleton.^

May 5th. — The Finns killed two large female Seals on the ice to-day.
Only one had an embryo, 55 centimeters long. This had fully developed
light and dark spots on the skin, but no hair anywhere except on the
nose. It was preserved. Several other Seals were seen, amongst them a
Lohodon. Some birds of the species lately observed were again seen
to-day. Fougner and I were on the ice fishing, and we caught eleven
fishes.

May %th. — Evans and I took a walk along the beach. We brought a
gun with us in case a bird should happen to come near. As we walked
along we observed two large Penguins far away — about 1,000 yards — on
the ice. We went immediately out on the ice to take the shortest cut
towards them. The birds appeared to be restless, so we thought it
advisable to hurry on as fast as possible ; this we soon found to be
necessaiy, as some dogs which had followed the Finns, who were out on
the ice fishing, had also got a scent of the Penguins, and were already far
ahead of us before we saw these competitors. There was nothing else
for us to do but to launch out as fast as possible, but we were nevertheless
left behind in the race. The dogs reached the Penguins a good while
before us and had already spoilt one of them before we arrived and killed
the birds with two shots. Fougner came now to our assistance to bring
the birds into camp, where they were admired, photographed, weighed,
and at last preserved, I made one skin and one skeleton * of these our
unexpected winter visitors. They weighed respectively 64 and 71 lbs.
English. The layer of fat on their backs was one inch thick. The
contents of their stomachs were fish, but no stones. Soon after the
Finns also came in and brought with them upwards of twenty fish, which
we had for supper, and found to be excellent eating.

' Hemiaster. — P. J. B. '

2 Probably Vanadis antarctica.--¥. J. B.

^ This skeleton was not in the collection delivered to the British Museum. —
R. B. S.

* This second skeleton was also not brought to the Museum. — 11. B. S.

H 2

loo So/if lie rn Cross.

Mill/ '.'//i. -Ol*' ami T won* <»ii (1k' ice to-day lisliiiii,' and tautrlit fifty-
wvi-n li.sli. Twic«' Ole ;,'i)t twct tisli on the " jnlk ' at the same time, and
once oven three fish. On two occasions Seals came up in the ice-holes
ill whieh we were lishin^', and at last they fri<,'htened the fish away from
us. Saw a Pa( foil rum n nivra.

May lU//<.— To-day has been a very good day for my collection. Evans
and I went out this morninj,', and we were very fortunate, as we shot
twelve lee Petrels, and we also collected a <,Teat nundier of luvertehrata.
Aiuon;: others we had iive different species of Jelly-tish. We, moreover,
found hundreds of those worms which I discovered on the 29th of last
month. We also found some Fish-fry, nearly as transparent as water;
als4i a urey swimming thing, and some more small animals of .species and
forms we liave not .seen before. It was certainly not a very pleasant work to
Ih' dabliling with naked hands in the water with the temperature down to
— ')'' Fahr. Hut when our fingers tingle the most and are stiff and numbed
from the cold, we have this to comfort us, that we are suffering for the
cause of science, and that many zoologists are w^aiting for the results we
shall bring back and will thank us accordingly.

M(tii 1 ")///. — These last few days we have only now and then seen a
solitary Seal and two or three biids of those species we have been
accustomed to see. To-day also some Seals and an Ice Petrel have been
seen. In the forenoon I saw a troop of Seals, about a dozen, in the sea,
j)resunialjly Le/itont/chotes. This evening, just as I was going to turn in,
the three Englishmen came in and told me that they had seen and heard
a " Whistling" Seal out by the point, but they had not killed it, neither had
they .•iscertained to which species it belonged. I hurried into my clothes
again and in company with Fougner, Kolbein, and Evans as a guide, I set
off armed with a rifle and a lantern. Evans could not find the place
when' the Seal was lying, and we searched a long time in vain, but
at last one of the dogs began to bark a short distance off, and by
going up to the dog we at last found the Seal. The light from
tlie lantern made him lie still and stare without making any sign of
moving away. T poked him on the nose with the barrel of my rifle, and
then ln' gave vent to the before-mentioned "whistling" sound and also a
sharp smacking noise, which seemed to come from the bottom of his chest.
The whistling was (juite .shrill and clear, like the note of a canary-bird.
The Seal was a young female of Leptoiii/cfiotes wedd'Ui, the smallest we have
seen as yet. She was only five feet long; the skin and cranium we took
for the collection.

Jniiv S</j. -The Finns weie far away on the ice to-day to look for some
dogs. They found five Seals lying by a hole in the ice. As they had
nothing with them wherewith to "kill the animals, they stopped up the
hole, .so that we can find the Seals to-morrow. No birds of any kind

wen.

Jnui' [)iJ,. We did nut lind the Seals by the hole the Finns had
stopjied up, but, on following up their tiack, we found that they had
iiiove«l away to an icelierg about one kilometer away, where we discovered
th.it they had gone into a narrow water-lane which ran round the iceberg.
Near by we found on the ice a young Lrptaiii/rhotes, half killed by our
f«.ur-legged bandits. In the lane round the berg there were a number
"f S...ds, and what interested nie iiio.st was the fact that there were a large

Extracts from Diary of Nicola i Hanson. loi

number of the White Seal, Lohodon carcinophagus ; some of them were
immensely big animals. Here seemed a fine opportunity to get some good
skins for the collection. There were about three Lohodon to every
Leptoniicliotes. We walked about for a long time looking at the animals.
It was like looking into an immense aquarium, as they were not in the least
shy, and we might have touched them with our hands if we had wished.
On the ice close by the side of the lane we found a fish, very much like a
herring, five inches long. It was a new species for the collection, and
presumably it had been frightened out of the water by the Seals. But it
was of no use to us to be only looking at the Seals ; we had to secure a
couple of them before the twilight disappeared and darkness set in.
We had only one seal-pick, and with only this it was difficult, not to
.say impossible, for one man to drag these large animals up on the ice.
We had to shoot them first and drag them up with the pick afterwards.
A Seal, which was splashing in the water close by the edge of the ice, was
approached by us. I held my rifle in readiness and fired the ball into
his neck, and he was dead immediately ; Ole drove the pick into his neck,
but although we thought we had a good hold of the animal, the pick slipped,
and the Seal sank like a stone before we could get a new hold on him.
The next one was also a large White Seal, but this .sank so immediately
after the shot that it was impossible to get hold with the pick. Seals lay
blowing everywhere in the lane, but it took some time before any of them
came to the spot where we had shot the two : but as this was by far the
best place for hauling them up, we stayed there waiting for them to come
near. After a quarter of an hour three came up close to me, and Ole stood
ready with the pick, and soon the finest and biggest of the three lay dead
with a ball between the eyes ; but it took the strength of all five of us
to haul him up on the ice. It was a male Seal, more than eight feet long,
and very fat. I did not intend to shoot any more, but while I stood and
skinned the one I had shot, a large Seal came and laid himself nicely up
for a .shot. In the next second he had a ball crashing through his head.
When we got this Seal on the ice, I found it to be a female, and, to judge
by her circumference, with young, so I did not regret having killed her,
as I now could get the embryo from this Seal, and thereby the time
of pairing approximately fixed. It was now quite dark, so we had to
light our lanterns before we were half through with our work. We found
large quantities of the above-mentioned herring-like fish in the stomachs
of these two Seals, and these were so recently .swallowed that I took some
of them for the collection. The embryo was two feet k)ng, and had
just begun to get hair on its body. With the skin and flesh of one
Seal and the embryo on a sledge, we started for camp. The other Seal
we left behind to be fetched to-morrow or a following day. It was,
however, easier said than done to pull the heavily-laden sledge along in
the dark, as the ice was full of hummocks screwed up by the motion of the
ice. By heavy pulling, and by one of us going before with a lantern
to pick out the way, we had at last gone .so far that we thought the
worst of the job was over, when suddenly the sledge capsized on a little
hummock, and broke one of the runners. Dark as it was, there was
now nothing else for us to do than to let the sledge with the skin
and the fle.sh lie where it fell and proceed to camp with the rest of
the load. During the whole trip the temperature was down to — 32" Fahr.

I02 Soutlioni Cross.

llir skill w<- bruuiilit lioiiif nn-asui-fd ciLchl feet fivt- ;iii(l ;i li;ilf iiiclics
ill l.-n^'th ami six fci-t rouiid lifliiiul the fort- fliitpcrs.

.]»nc 1 I/A. Notliin/; to do and notliiiij,' done. Wt; intfnded to take
a irip t«» tin- i«clHTU wlicii' on tlio Otli saw so many Seals, to look
f(»r soinr ad<litioii to my rolhrtion ; l)ut the sky lias not liccn so rlcar
in till- middle of the day that we could ^'o without lanterns, and under
surh eireumstances the chances for collcH-tini,' anythini,' were very small.
We therefore decided to put oil' the trip to a more favourable day.
J hoiM- it will not lie for lonu, for the want of havinj,' soniethin.i,' to do often
iK'comc.'^ v«'ry depre.ssinir.

June \~ih. Colheck saw a PmjixJroma uivea this morning. It came
cl«»s<' to him when he was reading off the thermometers.

June 'l\th. — Four of us went for a walk on the ice lookiiig for Seal for
fiMMl f»»r the dogs. Fortune favoured us, and we killed three large
animals. The only thing of zoological interest on this trip was that we
oliserved an immense number of Lcptomjchotes. Those we killed were two
males and one female. Strangely enough this last had no embryo,
although it was a full-grown animal.

June 2!<th. — Went out for a walk and to look for Seals and specimens
f«ir the collection. Everywhere on the ice we found " blow-holes," but
the Seals were all driven into the water by the number of dogs which,
much against our wish, accompanied us and coui'sed all over the ice. I
can note ius a fact of zoological interest that we found several " Seal
caves" in the ice, where the Seal crawls in when the ice and weather
is such that they do not care to be exposed to it. By the iceberg where
I before killed the White Seal there were also now a number of Seals,
but they all kept under the ice, so I got none.

June '.iOth. — On the ice I found by the same hole I passed yesterday a
large Seal, and to judge by its circumference, it appeared to be worth
including in my collection ; when I returned to camp I therefore sent Ole
away to kill it. He brought me an embryo about two feet long, which
was well developed, and appeared to be more than half grown. To judge by
the embryos I have now collected, the pairing season should be February
and the breeding season Septendjer. The placenta, which in the Seals
lies like a belt round the embryo was, in the one I got to-day, seven inches
broad. The Seal was a Lcptoujiclintes wcddeUi.

July fyfli. To-day we killeil two large Weddell's Seals, male and
female, but there was no embryo in this last. They were uncommonly
fat, with five to six inches of l)lubber where it was thickest.

July l')th. — Alongside of this iceberg there was a large seal-hole
where we til)serve(l .some Seals, both Lobodon and Lfptonycliofes. Some of
them were very large animals. To judge from the different colouring of
the hair, I l)elieve I saw White Seals in three stages of fur. The ct)lour
varied mm greyish-brown, with darker spots on the fore and hind parts.
The apparently oldest of them was dazzling wliite, without spots. This
last, which was the only one of its colour in this hole, was an uncommonly
large animal.

July 17/A.— The Finns killed a large female Leptonycliotes, without
etnbryo.

July l.Wil. l-'rom his trip Borchgrevink brought back with him a
cranium of Lohudon. which they killed last night.

Extracts frojii Diary of Nicolai Hanson. 103

July 2bfh. — Ole killed ;in uncommonly handsome Lohodoii yesterday.
He was as white as an Ermine.

August 3rd. — ^The three Englishmen went out to look for Seal to-day.
They found none, but they observed a quite fresh track of a Penguin,
which Evans followed till it grew dark, when he had to leave it. He
took it to be that of a small Penguin. The open sea can certainly not be
far away when the Penguins are so near the land.

August Qth. — While walking on the ice, the Doctor found a dead
Emperor Penguin, probably killed by the dogs.

Augnst lOth. — By the iceberg they found two dead Emperor Penguins,
killed by the dogs. Last night Evans and Colbeck killed a large male
Weddell's Seal. He was very fat, with a layer of blubber six inches
thick.

August 20th. — It is strange that no Seal has been seen, neither in the

HERALDS OF SPBING-TIME.
(^By permission of Sir George Newnes, Bart.)

open sea nor on the ice. Perhaps they travel to other parts to breed. It
would be a great disappointment to me if this were the case, and leave a
great vacancy in my collection, not only of specimens, but also of notes.

August 2 IsL— Colbeck and Savio killed a large Weddell's Seal, female,
without an embryo. There was no milk in the breasts, so it was probably
sterile.

Augxist 2oth.- — The Doctor and Colbeck returned to-day, without having
found the other party. They had seen eight Seals, and of these three were
females, to all appearance without embryo. This is strange. Where are
the young 1 The Seals should have bred by now. They were all Weddell's
Seal. It is a pity I cannot get out and look for the Seal's breeding-place,
as it would be of gi'eat interest to know where it is.

August 27th. — Last night Bernacchi and Kolbein returned from Duke of

i,^ Sou t lien I Cross.

Yolk IsI.ukI. What iiilcn-.stcd iiic uklsI was lliat they had t'ouiul a
umiiJMT ..f S.'als, hut no yMiui-,', iirithor did thoy tind any fomalos with

enihrvos.

Au<i>ixl 20//».— Olc killrd yoKtorday two females of Woddcll's Seal, hut
without eiuhryos. One was a youiif,' animal, so this perhaps has had
Moni', l)ut the other was an old animal. I cannot understand where the

yi'uny are.

Si plnnher 'Wd. — To-day Itrought me a solution of the question, as to where
W't'ddfUs Seal Itreeds, as theyha\e found embryos, nearly ready for birth,
in a eouple of Seals of this .species which they killed, and also a young one,
whieh they had found on the ice. This appeared, however, not to be quite
fully born, as it had not the covering-hair, peculiar to the young vSeal. In
one" of the Seals they killed to-day, they found an embryo four feet long,
with fully-developed covering-hair. Among the content.? of the stomachs
ihev found only little tish, but in several were fragments of a red Cray-
fish, of whiih they brought me a tolerably well-preserved specimen. Every
time they a])proached one of these animals, especially the female.s, they gave
out an angry roar like that of a bull, which we never have heard before
here. Only in April we heard this roar now and again, when the animals
were in the sea. They saw not a single White Seal in their trip (to Duke
of York Island), so where this Seal now dwells is still a mystery. Perhaps
Kvans will tind it out when he starts on his next expedition. I am,
unfortunately, still unable to move about. Kolbein saw a brown-backed
Petrel {T. anfardica) outside the house last night.

Septemher '^th. — Yesterday and to-day I have been busy, drawing and
measuring the Cray-fish wliich E\ans and Fougner brought me, and
examining the embryos. The head of the young Seal w'hich Borchgre-
vink found, they also brought me, and, by its long woolly hair, it must
have beeix full-born, but probably killed by the dogs.

Septemher 10/Zf. — The Seals are beginning to return here again now
and to-morrow Fougner is going out to kill some for food.

Septemher \'Mh. — Yesterday they observed some Pagodroma nivea on
Duke of York Island. They kept about 1000 feet up in the mountain,
and when they Hew they played about in pairs, incessantly giving vent
t«> the l)efore-mentioned sound, " kaw-kaw," but they were perfectly .silent
when sitting on the rocks. They have also found a new species of fish,
and al.so the backbone of a very lai'ge fish and some beaks of Octopus in
the stomachs of some Weddell's Seals they had killed. Four of these
had full-grown embryos, which were fully capable of living after they
(Jiine on the ice. Even if we should get no other proofs, I think this
justifie.s me in putting the breeding-season for Weddell's Seal as September,
and this would agree with what I before have said about February being
the season of juiirini:. Besides the new fishes, they have also caught some
of the broad-headed bottom fishes which are common here. The temperature
in the sui-face of the sea where they fished was +28-6 Fahr.,and the new^
sjM-eies f)f fish was caught only about one-half fathom (three feet) below
the surface.

Septrmbcr 14//i. — To-day something of great zoological interest hap-
l>ened. Fougt\er found a male White Seal far up in the land (about
fiOO metres) under the mountain. As he was very savage and wanted to
Htt'ick Fougner when he approached him, he had to return to the hut
and cjill Evaus to come to his assistance with a rifle. They brought me

Extracts from Diary of Nicola i Hanson. 105

the skin and skull and part of the intestines for the collection. To judge
by the colour it was an exceedingly old animal — white as chalk — and he
had not a sound tooth in his jaws. In the skin there was a number of
large scai's, but all old. The peritoneum was full of innumerable small,
black, hard tumoui's, as big as shot of all sizes. What has brought this
old Seal on shore? To judge by his tracks he has stayed there several
days. He was presumably ill, as he was very lean — with only about
half an inch of fat. Perhaps this is a solution of the question, as to
where all the dead Seals come from, which I have found scattered about on
the point here, and in the guano. Perhaps this is a burial-place for old
Seals, and they crawl on land here to die. If this is so, my first suppo-
sition that all the Seal-mummies are due to its being a breeding-place
for the White Seal is thereby knocked on the head. But this does not
decrease the interest of my last conjecture — if there is anything in it.

September I6fh. — Yesterday, Fougner and Ole and Evans were away
to fetch a boat ; they found a dead White Seal which the dogs had
killed. The skin was torn and spoilt, so they brought only the head.
They had seen one Weddell's Seal, but did not kill it. To-day Evans
went out on the ice to look for White Seals, He was away for five hours,
but saw only one Leptunychotes, which he killed. It was a small male,
only six feet long ; the skin went into my collection. He also saw some
P. nivea. He found a little Penguin lying dead far in on the ice, killed by
the dogs.

September '2ith. — Evans was away after Seals and killed two White
Seals, but no sign of young, either born or unl)orn.

[Note hy Mr. Anton Hanson. — With the 24th September ends my son's
private Diary. Three weeks afterwards, on the 14th October, 1899,
he died. May he rest in Peace !]

P.S. — Four species of Seals brought home by the ' Southern Cross '
have been identified, but it would almost seem as if more than this
number were procured by Mr. Hanson. On the 31st of December and
on several subsequent days he speaks of the " White Seal." On the last-
named day he killed a " Leopard Seal," and again, on the 2nd and 4th of
January, specimens were procured of the latter species. On the 6th, he
procured a Seal like the others he had shot, but with a difierent cranium.

On the 10th of January he killed two young female seals, "one of a
new species which I have not seen before." On the 14th one of the
same kind was killed by Lieut. Colbeck, and another was obtained by
himself on the 16th; so that, up to this date, he would seem to have
obtained four species.

On the 21st he killed his first Ross's Seal, his second on the 24th, his
third on the 28th, and a fourth on the 3rd of February. Thus all the
four skins brought to the Museum are accounted for.

On February 9th and 11th Sea- Leopards were again procured.

On landing at Cape Adare, Hanson killed sixteen Seals of a kind not
seen before \_= L. iveddelli].

This apparently makes a total of six kinds of Seals recognised as
different by the zoologist to the expedition. — R.B.S,

io6 Soiithcvu Cross.

1 V. A V E S.

r.v i;. BOWDLEK SHAIIPE, L.L.I)., F.L.S., etc.

(riate.s VII., VIII., IX., X.)

Mh. Howard Saunders has contributed to the ' Antarctic Manual,'
published by the Eoyal Geographical Society, an admirable account
of the birds which occur \v'ithin the Antarctic regions. The list of
specimens obtained by the ' Southern Cross ' was placed at his disposal,
and I have had no hesitation in extracting from his memoir
above-mentioned such notes as seem to me of importance for the
present volume.

I have received from Mr. Borchgrevink only one note-book of the
late Nicolai Hanson, which consists merely of a list of the specimens
collected by the latter between October 13th. 1898, and January 19th,
1899. This list is of no actual importance, and adds nothing to
our knowledge, since Mr. Hanson, like the careful naturalist that he
was, has given exactly the same information on the labels attached
to the specimens. Of the Emperor Penguins (AjUenodi/tcs forsteri)
there is no record in the note-book which I received from the
commander of the ' Southern Cross ' expedition, and as there was only
a number pinned on to the breast of each specimen, with no corre-
sponding MS. notes handed over to me, the exact dates of the
cajtture of these birds cannot be recorded. The list of the specimens
delivered to the British Museum does not entirely correspond with
that given in Nicolai Hanson's note-book, and shows that several are
missing. No skeletons were received by the Museum, though
Mr. Hanson's private ' 1 )iary ' (mrfe supra, p. 99) expressly records
the preparation of at least two of those of the Emperor Penguin.
Eight skeletons are also mentioned by him on the 27th of October
{iiifrn, p. 82), but these also did not reach me.

In the official account of his expedition, Mr. Borchgrevink ('First
on the Antarctic Continent,' App. pp. 320-324), publishes in the
Appendix some "Zoological Notes by Mr. Nicolai Hau.sou," which,

Aves. 107

it will 1)6 seen, correspond to the records of the same dates in his
private ' Diary,' as written to his wife {vide, supra, pp. 80-83).

In Mr. Hanson's ' JJiary ' mention is made of tlie shooting of
numbers of specimens of birds in the pack-ice, few oi' which appear
to have reached the British Museum : this is especially the case
with the Adelia Penguins, and but for the series olitained by Mr. Hugh
Evans near Cape Adare, there would have been but a poor series of
this interesting species. Mr. Evans informs me that his notes on the
Penguins were handed over to Mr. Borchgrevink, but they appear to
have been lost or left behind at Hobart Town, and have not been
available for the present memoir. Such skins as have reached the
Museum were beautifully prepared : in fact, better specimens of
taxidermy than those preserved by Mr. Hanson and Mr. Evans have
never come under my notice.

Under the heading of each species I have given a list of the
specimens handed over to the- British Museum by Mr. Borchgrevink.
The first set has been presented to the nation by Sir George Newnes,
who has given such duplicates as remained to public institutions at
home and abroad.

I have done my best, in the unexpected aljsence of official note-
books, to afford some idea of the distribution and natural history of
the various species, by giving a reference to the works which contain
records of Antarctic zoology, as has been done by Captain Ban-ett
Hamilton with the Seals, and the jottings from the MS. in Mrs.
Mcolai Hanson's possession are not the least interesting of the obser-
vations on the zoology of the South Polar regions.

Dr. H. 0. Forbes gives a ' List of the Birds in the Derby
Museum collected in the Antarctic Eegions ' (Bull. Liverp. Mus. ii.
pp. 48-50), and records a Teal {Nettioii flavirostre), a Plover
{j^gialitis falklandica), and a Grebe {Podicipes calipareus). All three
species are said to have been obtained at Victoria Land. Without
affirming that this is impossible, it seems to me highly improbable.

io8

Soiit/icni Cross.

Aves. 109

Order SPHENISCIFORMES.
Family SPHENISCIDiE.

APTENODYTES, Foist.

1. Aptenodytes forsteri.

Aptenodytes forsteri. Gray, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist., XIII., p. 315 (18-14, S. lat.,
64° 77' S.) ; Sclater, Ihh, 1888, p. 325, figs. 2, 4 ; Donald, Pr. Eov. Soc,
Edink, XX., pp. 172, 174 (1894, ' Erebus' and ' Terror' Gulf, lat. 64- 20' S.) ;
id., Pr. Eoy. Phyb. Soc, Edinb., XII., p. 329 (1894); Scl., IhU, 1894, p. 499;
Ogilvie Grant, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XXVI., p. 626 (1898, lat. 64° S., Pack
Ice); Sharpe, Hand-list B., I., p. 117(1899); Forbes, Bull. Liverp. Mus., ii.
p. 49 (1899) ; Racovitza, "Vie des Animaux dans I'Antarctique, p. 22 (photo.,
1900); Borchgrevink, First on Antarctic Cont., p. 224 (1901); Bernacchi,
South Polar Regions, pp. 44, 47 (photo.), 192, 313 (1901) ; Howard Saunders,
Antarctic Manual, p. 234 (1901).

King Penguin, Bull, Cruise ^Antarctic,' p. 156, cum fig. (1896).

Aptenodytes forsterii, Borchgrevink, Antarctic Continent, pp. 66, 71, 213 (photo),

292 (1901).

Emperor Penguin, Borchgrevink, t. c. yi. 286 (1901); Bernncchi, South Polar
Regions, pp. 129, 225, 240 (1901) ; Hanson, antea, pp. 87-90 (1902).

Aptenodytes patachonica {nee Forst.), Coues, Pi-. Pliilad. Acad., 1872, p. 192;
Sharpe, Voy. ^Erebus' and ' Terror,' Birds, App., p. 38, pi. 31 (1875).

Royal Penguin, Cook, First Antarctic Night, pp. 193, 210, 229, 234, pL, to pp. 332,
334, 382 (1900).

No. 3.

Adult, apparently about to commence moulting.

No. 4.

Adult.

No. 5.

Adult.

No. 6.

Adult.

No. 7.

Adult

No. 8.

In nearly completed moult.

All these splendid birds were in full plumage, and had a number
pinned on the breast, but there were no further particulars attached to
them : the original labels have been removed, and there are no details
of the colours of the soft parts, or of the exact localities where the
specimens were procured. One of them is evidently the moulting
individual described by Mr. Nicolai Hanson in his ' Diary ' : this is a
most interesting specimen, and, in connection with it, Mr. De Winton's
papers on the moult of the King-Penguin {Aptenodytes peniianti)
should be studied (' P. Z. S.,' 1898, p. 900 ; 1899, pp. 980-981.)

^ Nos. 1 and 2 are missing from the collection, and none uf the specimens
had a label.

1 lO

Southern C ^ross.

Tlu- ilistriltution of the Kihiktoi- I'eiiguin is <.dveu by Mr. Howard
Saunders in the 'Antarctic Manual' (p. 227), as 'ranging longitu-
dinally to loT K. in Victoria Quadrant, through Eoss Quadrant, and
to about 50' W. in Weddell Quadrant." No authenticated egg of
this bird is known to exist; but Mr. Saunders mentions a large
I'enguin's egg in the possession of Mr. J. H. Walter, of Drayton
House, Norwich, said to have been procured in the "Antarctic
regions," j.rior to 185;'), which is bigger than any King Penguin's egg,
and inav well be that of an Emjjeror Penguin.

EMPEROR PENGUINS.
(fftl itermimtion of Sir George Netwes, Bart.')

Mr. Hull, in his ' Cruise of the "Antarctic,'" mentions meeting with
the large Penguin in the pack-ice in about 68° 21' S., 17G" 15' E., but
he calls it by mistake the ' King' Penguin, instead of the 'Emperor.*
Tlie latter is first recorded by Mr. Borchgrevink as having been met
with in the pack-ice on January 8th, and he chronicles the capture
of a pair on the 18th of the same month. His account of these birds
i.s practically the same as that in j\Ir. Hanson's private ' Diary '
(antca, p. 87), and need not be repeated here.

On ].. 224 of liis book, Mr. P.orehgrevink writes : " We saw com-
]>aratively few of the Emperor Pengiiins (A. forstcri), and were not
i'l'l'- ♦■• lin.l their nesting-places. AVe came across odd ones in the

Aves. 1 1 1

pack at intervals, and not before the Antarctic autumn of _1900 did
we see several together. At the end of November we saw more
than twenty (?) at a time. They were then walking slowly into
Robertson Bay. I secured ten of these, and kept them for some time
alive at Camp Eidley. They came in shoals, swimming just like the
small Penguins, with whom they, however, did not mix. Undoubtedly,
they were on their way to their old nesting-places, and some of them
had pretty large eggs inside them. Their stomachs generally con-
tained Crustacea, very small fish, and a quantity of pebbles." He also
records (p. 286) the occurrence of an Emperor Penguin, who " walked
philosophically up and down upon the ice towards the E.," as the
' Southern Cross ' entered the harbour in the ice barrier, the furthest
south reached by the ship. He likewise seems to have taken some
living specimens on board the ship, as we read that on March 4th,
1900, he "ordered the last live Penguin {A. forstervi) to be thrown
overboard, as he looked miserable, would not eat, and his spirits sank
with the rise of the temperature."

Mr. Bernacchi writes (p. 44) : — " We saw the large Emperor [in
the pack] rarely, and nearly always solitary. . . . On one occasion
three of these Penguins suddenly leapt up on a floe quite close to
the ship. . . . Two of these birds were procured one day that weighed
between seventy and eighty pounds. They were found on an ice-floe,
seeking shelter from the wind behind a hummock. One was
moulting, and, from the stained appearance of the ice upon which
he was resting, had been perched there some days. It took nearly
twenty minutes to asphyxiate them with chloroform. On dissecting
one, the contents of the stomach were examined, and found to hold
red crustaceous matter, small fish, some two to three inches in length,
some green matter like seaweed, and a few small rock-fragments.
Three of these fragments presented granitoid characters, and the
fourth was a greenish-grey lava-rock." [These are doubtless the
pair of birds whose capture is described by Mr. Nicolai Hanson in
his ' Diary' of Jan. 18th, 1899.]

About the end of May Mr. Bernacchi records the capture of a
very fine specimen on the ice-pack near Cape Adare, " a big, sad,
solitary bird, over four feet high." He remarks that the presence
of these birds so far south (late in the year) proves that they do
not migrate far north during the Antarctic winter. He also
mentions the species as occurring near Cape Adare about the middle
of November — " A large handsome Emperor Penguin suddenly shot
out of the water on to the ice within a few yards of us, and gazed
around in a quiet, dignified fashion, looking like a giant among the

I 12

Soiitlicru Cross.

siuallcT lines. Straii;4o to say, tl)e siiiiilltT Penguins were afraid of
him, and «,'aYo him a very wide l»erUi. "We endeavoured to get
between him and tlie water's edge, so as to capture him, but he was
much loo wise for us ; he perceived our little manceuvre, and quietly
took a header Ijack into the sea. Ten of these large Penguins were,
however, captured some days afterwards, and were incarcerated in a
stjuai-e made of boxes, but somehow they overturned the cases, and
ell'ected their escape." In the inlet of the ice barrier, at about the
southernmost puint reached by the ' Suuthern Cross,' Mr. Bernacchi
found a couple of Emperor Penguins, inhabiting the same ground as
a large rookery of Weddell's Seal. In tin; appendix to his book
(p. 3i:i), he says that "the species is rarely seen further north tlian
Lat. G3' 8., but some had been seen by the ' Southern Cross ' expedition
as far south as 78' S. At Cape Adare specimens were procured both
in summer and in winter. They were generally solitary, or in small
groups of five or six. Its food consists principally of crustaceans,
fireat pains were taken to find a clue to the breeding-place of the
Emperor Penguin, but unsuccessfully."

Dr. llacovitza, of the ' Bclgica,' gives an interesting account of the
species on the pack-ice {tx. p. 22), with an excellent photograph by Dr.
Cook. The latter also has many notes in his book, ' Through the First
Antarctic Night,' on the " Pioyal " Penguin, as he terms the species,
which was met with by the ' Bchjica ' in the pack-ice early in March.
He says : — "The Penguins we saw were stragglers which failed to go
to more congenial regions before the new ice formed : they remained
near icebergs, where they are sure to find new crevices in the next
few days, and to be deprived of food and water for a few days does
not seem to seriously disturb a Penguin. .Vbout the bergs we found
some small holes through the new ice, out of whicli there came a pull
of vapour with a hiss, at regular intervals. These were the breathing
lioles of the crab-eating Seals, who, like the stranded Penguins,
awaited a cliange in the movement of the ice, when new crevices,
with (i}»en spaces of water, will again appear." The Emperors also
oecurreil during the winter, as Dr. Cook observes that on the 14th of
.luly, though no life was visible, the tracks of both the Poyal and
the smaller Adelia Penguins were seen.

Aves. 113

PYGOSCELIS, Wagler.

PyGOSCELIS ADELINE.
(Plates VII., VIIL, X., figs. 4-6.)

Catarrhactes adeliae, Hombr. and Jacq., Ann. Sci. Nat. (2), p. 320 (1841,
Adelip Land).

Pygoscelis brevirostris, Gray, List B. Brit. Mus., l^art III., p. 154 (1844, Ice
off Louis Pliilippe Land, lat. 64° 72' S., long. 171° 6').

Aptenodytes longicaudata, Peale, U.S. ExpL Exped., Birds, p. 261 (1848,
]at. 64° 40' S., long. 103° 4' E.).

Eudyptes adeliae, Sharpe, Voy. ''Erelms'' and '■Terror^ App., pp. 38, pi. 28
(1875); Borcligrevink, First on Antarctic Cout., pp 198-217 (photos.), p. 257
(photo.. Possession Island), p. 286 (Ice barrier, Eobertson Bay).

Spheniseus adelias, Schl., Mus. Pays Bas, Urinat., p. 4 (1867, Adelie Land,

Victoria Land).

Dasyrhamplius adeliae, Donald, Proc. Roy. See, Edinb., XX., p. 170 (1894,
lat. 61° 14' S., long. 52° 27' VV., Danger Islands).

Pygoscelis adeliae, Coues, Proc. Ac. Philad., 1872, p. 196 ; Scl., Ihis, 1894,
]). 409; Ogilvie Gra-it, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., XXVI., p. 632 (1898); Forbes,
Bull. Liverp. Mus., IL, pp. 49 (1899) ; Piacovitza, Vie des Animaux, etc.,
pp. 23-27 (1900, with i)hotos.) ; Bernacchi, South Polar Piegions, ]ip. 44, 58,
190, 192, 314 (1901) ; Howard Saunders, Antarctic Manual, p. 235 (1901).

Eudyptes adaliea, Horchgrevink, First on Antarctic Continent, pp. 64, 102.

«. ? ad. Killed on the pack-ice, 64° 8' S.L., 16° 52' E.L., Jan.
5th, 1899.

" Iris dark brown ; eyelids white ; bill crimson and black ; feet
flesh-colour in front, dark blue-grey behind ; webs flesh-colour on
top, dark blue-grey underneath ; claws reddish." {H. B. Evans.)

h. ? ad. (in moult). Caught on pack-ice, 64° 43' S.L., 161° 6'
E.L., Jan. 7th, 1899.

" Iris dark brown ; eyelids white ; bill crimson and black ; feet
flesh-colour in front, dark blue-grey behind ; webs flesh-colour on
top, blue-green underneath ; claws reddish." {H. B. Evans.)

c. $ ad. Caught on the pack-ice, 66° 16' S.L., 166° 56' E.L,,
Jan. 22nd, 1899.

" Iris dark brown ; eyelids white ; bill crimson and black ; feet
flesh-colour in front, dark blue-grey behind ; webs flesh-colour on
top, dark blue-grey underneath ; claws reddish-black." (H. B. Evans.)

d. ? ad. In the pack-ice. Feb. 5th, 1899.

e. $ ad. (in moult).^ In the pack-ice. Feb. 7th, 1899.

' This is one of the two specimens mentioned in Mr. Hanson's private ' Diary '
{vide supra, p. 92). The other one did not reach the Museum.

I

•'4

ScvithcFU Cross.

Aves.

T15

/•
h.

i.
h.

<? ad Cape Adare. Oct. 14th, 189'J.

$ ad. Cape Adare. Nov. 21st, 1899.

$ pull. I Cape Adare. Dec. 12th, 1899.
pull. I Cape Adare. Dec. 12th, 1899.

I. m. (J p. ? pull. Cape Adare. Dec. 29th, 1899.
%. 0. ^ 9 pull. Cape Adare. Jan. 4th, 1900.
p. S imm. Cape Adare. Jan. 18th, 1900.
q. 9 pull. Cape Adare. Jan. 22nd, 1900.
r. ? pull. Cape Adare. Jan. 24th, 1900.

The nestlings of this Penguin, obtained in December, are pretty
little creatures, covered with silvery-grey down, with a black head and
face; the throat also is shaded with sooty-black. Even in the nestling

"1

ADELIA PENGUINS AND YOUNG.
{By permission of Sir George Newnes, Bart.)

stage there is considerable difference in the colour of the down, for
one specimen is sooty-brown all over, excepting on the head, which is
blackish, though not in very strong contrast to the back. As the
bird increases in size the silvery-grey appearance gives place to sooty
down, and a little black spot shows the position of the tail. A
nearly full-grown young bird, killed on the 24th of January, is
entirely clothed in sooty-grey down and has lost the black head, but
the stiffened tail-feathers are fairly developed and have flat and
glossy black shafts. The thighs are beginning to show white
plumes.

I 2

ii6

So/ff/icrn Cross.

In another, a female, ]»rocured on the 22nd of January, tlic
tlii«,'hs are entirely white, and the grey down is being shed, so that
on the lower hack the l)lue plumage is already visible. On the
brca.st, however, the grey down is changing to an isabelline colour,
which forms the downy top to the true feathers, these being deve-
loped from ohlifjne traiusvcrsc rows.

Two white- throated birds were obtained, one on the 22nd of
danuary. ISD'J, and another on the 18th of January, 1900. They
are in pale and bleached plumage, and have, as Mr. Ogilvie Crrant
has ]iointed out, no black patch at the end of the flipper. This

ADELIA PENGUIN FEEDING ITS YOUNG.
(«»/ iwmissiim. of Sir Gwrge Neivnes, Bart.)

character, however, varies in extent in adult birds, and is not of any
great importance. It thus appears that some of the young birds of
the previous year come back in the next breeding season without
having moulted into the adult livery.

The nestlings were obtained in the middle of December, and by
the end of January were nearly of full size, though still clothed in
down. The old birds, or at least some of them, must commence to
moult early in January, and one bird killed on the 7th of February
has almost completed its change. Another female, obtained on the
5th of February, is in excellent feather, with the exception of the
tail, wh)ch is still undeveloped,

A'ves.

117

P^^

-rJV'?

. >\*^.;■'-^f<»'

li;:!^

Ph

«

o

EH

o
o

o

Ph

S

1 1 8 Southern Cross.

A iimle killed on the 21st of November has a curious patch of
white feathers on the nape.

The Adelia Tengnin apparently does not extend its range far to
the north of the Antarctic Circle, and the exact habitat is given by
Mr. Howard Saunders as follows: — "This is the black-headed species
found in ituniense ' rookeries ' on Victoria Land and Adelie Land, as
well as in the area round Louis Philippe and Graham Lands, nnd at
the South Shetland Islands." Mr, Borchgrevink says that the species
was seen soon after entering the pack-ice (p. 67). On landing at
Cape Adare on the ITtli of February, 1899, only a few Penguins were
left (p. 80), and all had departed by the 14th of March (p. 105).
Mr. Ijorchgrevink mentions the 14th of October (the day of Mr.
Hanson's death) as the day on which the first Penguin returned
(p. 190), and on the 19th many arrived: "some stood at their old
nests, which they occasionally left to pick up pebbles, arranging them
about their nests (p. 190). The first eggs were gathered on the
3rd of November (p. 198). Mr. Borchgrevink [p. 247] says that the
young Penguins during the stay of his expedition at Cape Adare were
not so far advanced as when he first landed there (wdth Mr, Bull ')
on the 2:3rd of January, 1894 \sic\. On Possession Islands on the
:3rd of February very few Penguins were left (p. 257). Near Mount
I^Ielbourue, " a small Penguin colony was thriving, and, as the young
ones were not so far advanced as those few which were still left at
Cape Adare when we departed, they did not seem to have any
iunnediate intentions of leaving their breeding-place. At all events
they were evidently well protected by the cone of Mount Melbourne
from the south " (p, 262). On Franklin Island " there were very
many Penguins on the peninsula, many more than were left at Cape
Adare when we said farewell to Camp Pddley " (p. 208). At the
foot of Mount Terror, " a large Penguin colony seemed to flourish "
(p, 270), a pair were seen in the harbour in the ice-barrier (lat. 80° S.),
"who discussed our boldness with the utmost interest" (p. 286).
On p. 291, Mr. Borchgi'evink speaks of the " hoarse scream " of the
Penguin. He devotes an interesting chapter to the habits of the
bird (pp. 198-224).

Mr. Bernacchi's work also contains numerous references to
J'l/ffoscdis adelia:, part of which I have quoted. It was "very
coniuKm " in the ice-pack. " Once a party, headed by Lieutenant
Colbeck, set out across the ice to hunt some small Penguins. At
abcjut the same time the Penguins set out for the party, in order

■ Sec IJull's ' Cruise of the ''Antarctic,"' \\ 180, where the first landiug on the
Antarctic routiiieut is said to liave taken place at 1 a.m. on the 24th of January, 1895,

Aves. 119

to investigate the strange animals coming towards them ; for their
curiosity was astonishing. Along the floes they came waddling from
side to side, and raising and lowering their flippers in a most ludicrous
fashion. At last they came right up to the men, walked round, and
surveyed them critically in a most comical manner " (p. 44). " On
the morning of the Gth of Feljruary, we passed an ice-floe upon which
there was quite a small colony of Penguins : some were moulting
and had made themselves small cavities in the ice where they stood,
until, apparently, the period of moulting was over " (p. 58). Of the
landing at Cape Adare Mr. Bernacchi writes (p. 66) : " We had not

THE " SECLUDED AND MELANCHOLY INHABITANTS."
(Jiy permission of Messrs. Burst & Blackett.)

walked far before we met the secluded and melancholy inhabitants
of that St)uth Polar land ; these were the Penguins scattered about in
groups of a hundred and more. They extended us but cold courtesy
and gravely regarded us from a distance ; but on our approaching
closer they evinced more interest, and commenced talking loquaciously
together in their own particular vernacular. They had evidently
discovered that there was something unusual about our appearance,
and some were commissioned to investigate matters. These, with
perfect sang-froid, slowly marched right up to our feet and ogled up
at us in most ludicrous fashion. Having finished this scrutiny, they
returned to their fellows as sedately as they had come, and thence-

120

SoiitJic)']i Cross.

H
P3
■<

a

d 2

-1*. "^

•^

J

S3

H

>^

O

g

3

o

w

&4

O

^
^

a:

Aves. 1 2 1

forth took no more notice of us. What impressed us was the general
appearance of sadness prevailing among them: they seemed to be
under the shadow of some great trouble. It is no small matter that
will arouse them from their stolidity. There were many young birds
among them, and no doubt most of the older ones had already
migrated northwards, it being late in the year for them. The
effluvium from the guano was very powerful. The strong ammoniacal
odour at first gave us a sensation of nausea, but we soon got used to
it, and never afterwards suffered from any unpleasantness. There
was, however, no large accumulation of guano of any commercial
value, for in no place was it deeper than from three to four inches,
and this only in very small patches of only a few feet in extent.
The powerful winds prevent any extensive formation by sweeping all
accumulations into the sea." On the beach at Cape Adare " bleached
remains of thousands of Penguins were scattered all over the plat-
form, mostly young birds that had succumbed to the severity of the
climate" (p. 73). On the climb to the top of Cape Adare, on
February 17th, Mr. Bernacchi saw a few Penguins, and even at the
top (950 feet by aneroid) there were traces of them.

On the journey south after the return of the ' Southern Cross '
to Cape Adare, he records numbers of Penguins as being
observed on the Possession Islands on the 3rd of February, 1900
(p. 234), and on the inlet in the ice-barrier one of these birds was
seen on the 4th (p. 240). They were again met with in Wood's Bay
at the foot of Mount Melbourne (p. 244). The pebbly beach on
Franklin Island, "similar to the one in Wood's Bay and at Cape
Adare, was occupied by thousands of Penguins. The young birds
were not in so advanced a state of development as those at Cape
Adare and the Possession Islands (p. 252). On p. 260 he writes :
"Even stranger than the absence of snow on Mount Terror is the
existence of an exceedingly large Penguin rookery at the foot of the
mountain, and near Cape Crozier. This rookery was occupied by
millions of Penguins, and was far and away larger than any we had
previously seen. The brown discolouration caused by these birds
can be seen some miles off."

The earliest date of the return of the Penguins to the neighbour-
hood of Cape Adare seems to have been the 16th of September, when
Mr. Evans found one " lying dead far in on the ice, killed by the
dogs " (vide Mr. Nicolai Hanson's ' Diary,' antea, p. 105). Specimen /.
of my list was the one brought in to Mr. Hanson half-an-hour before
he died (October 14th, 1899) ((/. Borchgrevink, ' Antarctic Continent,'

122 Soiitlicni Cross.

p. li)S). In November Mr. Bernacchi Avrites (p. 222) :— " Flocks of
tljousiuuls of Peii-^Miins now toddled to and fro between the shore and
the water, those arrivinj,' grimy and sordid in appearance, and those
returning' neat, clean, and glossy. Thousands were standing along
the edgtTof the ice, ready to take their plunge into the brine, l>ut
hesitathig like children. As soon as one plunged in, all followed in
rai)id succession. Others, again, were sporting about in the water,
enjoying themselves immensely— racing along and leaping out like
I )nlpliins ; by the uninitiated they might have been easily mistaken for

ARRIVAL OF THE ADELIA PEKGUINS IN THE SPRING.
{^lUj i^trmiisian of Sir George Newnes, Bart.')

such. As soon as they tired of their frolics, they all leapt up again on to
the ice, and then no amount of persuasion would induce them to enter
again. In this respect, as indeed in all, they were most obstinate."

Mr. lUill in the ' Antarctic ' landed on the Possession Islands on the
l«»th of diinuary, 1895 (.svf ' Cruise of the ''Antarctic," ' p. 172). He
writtis : — " Tliousands of Penguins could be seen from the deck to
occu])y nearly the whole extent of one of the islands. We found the
colony as it no doubt appeared in 1840 to Sir James Pioss and ]iis party,
the foundation ccmsisting of an extensive heap of guano mixed with
jicbbles and bones of Penguins, carried oil' by a natural or a violent
deatlj, chiefly the latter, as the numerous predatory Skua-Gulls look

Aves.

123

upon the colony as a private and inexhaustible larder, from which
they draw their supplies in the form of young Penguins, with the
utmost insolence and contempt for parental feelings. The myriads
of colonists are drilled to the same degree of perfection whicli
excited our w^onder in other Penguin's rookeries. In spite of their
bewildering numliers, all their functions of life ashore are carried out
with a perfect absence of confusion ; the only scenes of disorder are
caused by an occasional attack from Skua-Gulls, when the old ones
are ' played ' by some of the robbers, whilst others quietly haul away

ADELIA PENGUINS NESTING ON CAPE ADARE.
(^By permission of Sir George Newnes, Bart.)

and despatch the screaming youngsters with a few savage pecks from
their powerful bills." Mr. Bull also mentions having seen another
colony on a beach off Cape Hallett (p. 175),

Mr. Bull (p. 181) describes the landing of himself, with the
captain and second mate of the 'Antarctic,' and Mr. Borchgrevink, on
the pebbly beach at Cape Adare in 1895. He writes (p. 181) : — " The
sensation of being the first men who had set foot on the real Antarctic
mainland was both strange and pleasurable. ... To commemorate
our landing, a pole was erected, carrying a box on which was painted
the Norwegian colours, the date, and the vessel's name. . . .

" Our surroundings and our hosts were as strange and unique as

124 SojitJicni Cross.

our lei'liiiL,'s. Tlii- latter— myriads of renguins— fairly covered the
Hat promontory, many acres in extent, jutting out into tlie bay
between Cape Adare and a more westerly headland; they furtlier
lined all accessible projections of the rocks to an altitude of 800 or
900 feet. The youngsters were now almost full-grown. In their
thick, wo(dly, and grey down they exliibited a most remarkable and
comical appearance. At a distance the confused din and screaming
emanating from parents and children resemljled the uproar of an
e.xcited Iniman assembly, thousands in number.

" Our })resence was not much appreciated, considering tlie millions
of years whicli must have elapsed since the last visit by pre-
historic man or monkey — before the glacial period. Our sea-boots
were liravely attacked as we passed along their ranks. The space
covered by the colony was practically free from snow ; but the layer
of guano was too thin, and mixed with too many pebbles, to be of
commercial value in these days of cheap phosphates. Unless the
guano has been carried out to sea from time to time by rains and
melting snow, tlie thinness of the layers, compared with the massive-
ness of similar deposits in other climes, would indicate that South
Victoria land has only during comparatively recent ages been made
use of by the Penguins during their breeding season. From this
(assumed) fact, interesting inferences may again be drawn regarding
changes in the climate of Antarctica during recent times ; but men
of science must weigh the pros and cons of this theory, and the most
permissilde deductions to be made.

" The mortality in the colony must be frightful, judging by the
number of .skeletons and dead birds lying about in all directions. A
rajtloriai (Skua) CJull was present here, as everywhere in the neighbour-
hood of Penguin nurseries, and was busily occupied with its mission
in life — viz., i)revention of over-population in the colony. The
]»atience and endurance of the Penguins are beyond praise, when it is
considered that thousands of them have to scale ridges hundreds of
feet in height to reach their nests, although their mode of locomotion
ashore is painfully awkward and slow. Like so many other Polar
animals, the full-grown bird is aljle to subsist on its own fat for long
j>eriods ; Itut the young birds recpiire fre(|uent and regular feeding, as
in all other cases of animal life. The capacity of most Polar inhabi-
tants for stowing away incredible quantities of food at one meal, anil
bringing it up again at will, explains no doubt how the young can be
fed with fair regularity, although the parents may go for days without
an oiiportunity of eating."

Aves. 1 25

From the ' Southern Cross ' Expedition, I have received the series
of specimens recorded above, but no notes of any kind, beyond the
record of the soft parts on the labels. The entire series seems to
liave been preserved by Mr. Evans, and no notes by Mr. Hanson
have reached me. That he must have devoted some study to the
species is certain, as he was always most interested in the moulting
and changes of plumage in l)ird — witness his beautiful series of Eider
Ducks {Somateria mollissima) and Black Guillemots (Cepphus f/rylle)
procured off the Norwegian coasts, and now in tlie British Museum,
He also kept a living Adelia Penguin in a box (see his ' Diary,' supra,
p. 95), in order to study the moult. Mr. Borchgrevink also writes :
" Half an hour before he died, the first Penguin came back. Enthu-
siastic as he had always been in his calling, he asked to see the bird,
and, on its being brought to him, he was delighted to examine it."
Dr. Klovstad told me that Hanson had been much interested in the
changes of plumage undergone iDy the Penguin, and, on examining
the tail-feathers of the above-mentioned specimen, he pronounced it
to be an " old bird." Whether the development of the tail or the
black throat were the points which Hanson was indicating, we cannot
now determine, without his note-books. In his private ' Diary ' there
are not many observations concerning the Adelia Penguins, and it is
possible that his account of the species was in one of the missing
note-books.

Mr. Hugh Evans tells me that his own note-books were delivered
up to the commander, when the ship arrived at Stewart Island on the
return voyage. He gave special attention to the habits of the species,
and hoped that I should find his account of some interest. No note-
books have been submitted to me ; but, in answer to some of my
inquiries, Mr. Evans has been kind enough to write me a letter, with
some remarks about the Penguins, which are deserving of quotation :
" Your letter is rather a difficult one to answer, from the scanty data
I have in my possession. Eeferring to the first question you ask me
concerning the time the Adelia Penguin takes to get its full plumage,
it only takes one year for the great majority of them ; for we only
came across a few isolated instances of birds having come to Cape
Adare with the crowd, still with their throats not quite covered with
black feathers, which seems to be the last stage of their change from
young to adult plumage. The birds I took on January 15-22, 1900,
were all that season's young. There was a great difference of time
between the hatching of the first and last young birds ; the first
being hatched out on the 9th of December, and the last ones not until

126

SoutJicyn Cross.

Jamiiiry, the period ol' incubation lasting from tliirty-oue to thirty-
fonr «lays. When we left Cape Adare, on the 2nd of February,
although most of the young birds had completely lost their down, and
had tlicir full feathers, with the exception of the black ones on the
throat, there were still very many young and tiny ones, only aljout a
fortniglit old. Tliey seem to vary a good deal in the time they
Uike to develop ; for, even wlien we left Cape Adare, there were still
some of the previous year's birds with white or partly white throats,
and I took some on board with me, but was unable to skin them.

ADELIA PENGUINS ON THEIR NESTS.
(/iy jiermifsimi (if Sir Geurge Newncs, Barl.)

The young l)irds seem to grow very rapidly, and, when once they
start casting their down, tliey have it all oft" in a few days' time."

From Mr. liorchgrevink's account of the species I extract the
I'ullowing notes : —

" Although the Tenguin colony seemed to fill the very ground of
the peninsula, new arrivals continued even after the Penguins which
aniveil first had been .«itting on their eggs for a fortnight. The
IVnguin rookery at the Peninsula of Camp Pidley, at Cape Adare,
was the same as when I visited it in 1804. The Penguins literally
covered the ground ; their nests lying on the top of the guano
deposits and consisting of small pebbles. I remembered I often

Aves.

127

wondered, after my first visit, how the Penguins managed to get the
material for their nests, and I presumed that they brought it from
the sea-shore. This, however, they seldom did. The pebble supply
generally came down to the Peninsula from the top of the Cape,
driven by the furious gales, and I could not but recollect the old
proverb which runs : ' It's an ill wind that blows nobody good,' and
the Penguins usually had a very busy time after one of those very
strong gales, which we, however, did not appreciate. Those Penguins
{Eudjj'ptes adelice) which we met on tlie outward voyage have nearly
all of them black throats, and so have the myriads on the peninsula
at Cape Adare in the early spring. However, I was enabled to solve

ADELIA PENGUINS PAIRED.
{By permission of Sir George Newnes, Bart.)

the question whether the black-throated Penguin is of the same
species as the white-throated one or not, later in the season, when
the young ones were nearly full-grown. The full-grown young ones
had more or less white throats, and no doubt at my first visit to
Camp Eidley in 1894, when I found the Penguin colony consisted
almost entirely of white-throated birds, they were evidently well
advanced young ones. The absence of the black-throated Penguin at
that time is easily explained by the fact that the old ones, uncharit-
able as it may seem, leave their young ones and go to sea towards
the time their offspring should be able to look after themselves.
Hence I believe that it had been a somewhat more favourable season
for the Penguin colony at the time of my first visit to Cape Adare, as

128 Southcni Cross.

tlie (lat«' (if that visit was much earlier in the season than when the
old lVn'4uins K?ft their young ones in l'.»00. 1 noticed that the
young birds generally found their mothers whenever they wanted
food, and soon began to pay visits to their neighbours and mix
amongst them ; but a mutual understanding seemed to have been
arrived at by the old Penguins not to quarrel as much as at the time
of love-making. They seemed to realise the necessity of falling into
each other's ])eculiarities as much as possible. When the old
Tenguins left, the young ones, being able, like the rest of their kind, to
live for a long while without food, remained on shore until starvation
forced them to work for their own living, then they too went to sea
and left their birthplaces until the next short summer."

Mr. Bernacchi (p. 192) also gives an excellent account of the
habits of the Adelia Penguin, from which the following extracts have
V)een made : —

" The arrival of the small Penguins at Cape Adare presented a
most curious appearance. When w-alking on the rough ice they
struttle along upright, but as soon as they reach ice upon which
there is some snow, they drop down on their breasts and glide along
toboggan fashion, making use of flippers as well as feet. They all
travelled along the same path, which soon became bloodstained from
their bleeding feet cut by the projecting pieces of ice. They came
from the north and must have travelled at least twenty miles over
very rough ice. Some landed upon the pebbly shore at Cape Adare
and nearly all at the same spot, but others continued to journey
.southwards towards the bottom of Piobertson Bay, where there was
another rookery. It was like an immense army. For fourteen days
they came in an absolute unbroken continuation. One day we
witnessed the black meandering line of Penguins from the summit of
Cape Adare, and could trace it for quite two miles out towards the
northern horizon.

" They did not in the least hurry themselves, but trudged along
steadily in their own phlegmatic way. Their pace was, perhaps, one
mile an hour. When approached by anyone they stop and make no
attempt to get out of the way, l)ut they shorten their necks and lower
their beaks until they assume the appearance of looking down their
noses; then they slowly stretch their necks and raise their beaks
until they point upwards towards the sky, making at the same time
a droll raucous cry, all this with a most ludicrous aspect of indigna-
tion, a.s no <loubt they were — jirofoundly indignant. Sometimes one
or more of the most audacious would rush out from among their

Aves.

129

'?^^??^

^^^^

e

^

d

"S

K

CO

M

J^

>
l-l

%

P3

JQ

«I

CO

OB

M
^

^

M

"^

tl

c5

1

W

Ph

•?^

K

I30

SoutJicni ( ross.

companions and attack you luriously; on presenting the sole of the

font, 1 to.l of course, they peck at it viciously and with such vigour

as to leave marks upon the hard frozen leather. They do not give
wav an inch of ground, hut stand up hefore you erect and deter-
mined.

"As to their general hahits. On landing they made straiglit for
a certain si)Ot; some to the summit of the Cape, up the snow slope
of which they climh with great facility, some to the base of the
mountain, and <ithers scattered over the shore. They congregate

ADELIA PENGUINS AND YOUNG.
{By jierviUsion of Metsrs. Burst <(■ lilachelt.)

togethi^r in communities or social coteries of tifty and upwards. On
reaching the spot they immediately start to build their nests, in
wliich work the male as well as the female participates. The nests
are crude affairs ; the first operation consists of scratching a small
depression in the old guano, then pebbles are carried to it in their
bills and piled around, and as .soon as it is completed, which takes a
day or so, the female sits in it and the male commences his courtship.
It wa.s hiuddv amusing to watch their love antics. Some are
industrious and pile around many hundreds of small pebbles, others —
the lazv ones — were quite proud and delighted with only half-a-

Aves.

131

dozen. On approaching the former nests, the occupants generally
modestly retreated before the intruder, but on approaching the
latter — the lazy ones with absolutely nothing to boast about — they
made an enormous fuss and rushed at you to bluff you away with
their own prowess ! It was laughable to watch how they pilfered
stones from each other's nests ; they are most shameless thieves.
The thief slowly approaches the one he wishes to rob with a most
creditable air of nonchalance and disinterestedness, and if, on getting
close the other looks at him suspiciously, he will immediately gaze
around most childlike and bland, and appear to be admiring the
scenery. The assumption of innocence is perfect ; but no sooner
does the other look in a different direction, than he will dart down
upon one of the pebbles of its nest and scamper away with it in his
beak as fast as his little legs will bear his fat body. If the theft is
discovered, the injured party will give chase ; then all the kind and
sympathetic neighbours rush in and rob to their heart's desire !

" Woe to the foolish Penguin that rambles about in a restless
fashion among the community ; before making his escape outside the
circle he will have left behind a large quantity of his plumage, with
which the others will feather their nests ; he must either have a
home, i.e., a nest, or keep quiet on the outside of the circle if he
wishes to be left alone ; that is a sine qua non among them. The
females generally fought whilst sitting in the nest by stretching out
their necks and pecking at each other's tongues ; but the males
fought in the orthodox and picturesque human fashion, with their
arms, that is to say, their flippers, and their teeth, that is to say,
their beaks. The pugilists stand erect and deal each other resound-
ing blows with their flippers, first one and then, the other, with
astonishing rapidity. When one is knocked down the beak of his
opponent is brought into play with no slight effect. The females
rise from their nests and try to intervene and separate them,
repeatedly getting between the combatants and moving their heads
rapidly from side to side in protestation. I have seen the females
drive the least attractive fighter right out of the circle, but, quite
unabashed, he would at once rush back to his antagonist, and the
fray would commence again. These fights lasted as long as a quarter
of an hour, in fact, they were not terminated until one was com-
pletely conquered. The vanquished bird generally presented a
pitiful appearance, being covered with gore and devoid of much of
his plumage, and it took him some days to recover his equilibrium.
The din that those thousands of Penguins made was deafening, and
was like the roar of a vast multitude of people.

K 2

132

Soiitlicni ( ^ross.

"Tlic Aiitaictic Skua-Oull {Majalf atria maccor micki) avrWed on the
siinif (lay as tin- I'cn.u'uin.s, sin;^'ly at first; a few days alter in f,'reaL
n>inil>rrs. They arc of a light brown coloui' and measure nearly five
feet from tij» to li]* of the winf^s. Being of a most i»redatory nature,
they played great havoe among tlic eggs and young of tlie renguin.
Indi-ed, "they may be said to live entirely u})on them during tlie
bn-eding season, for, whenever there are Tenguins, the Skua-Gulls are
not far away. On November the 2nd the Penguins commenced to
lav their ef»"S. Two is the numlter laid, and an interval of three
days elapses between the laying of (he first and second egg. They

COLLECTING THE EGGS OF THE ADELIA PENGUIN IN THE SPRING.
(By jiermission nf Sir Ocirge Xeivncs, Bart.)

are white, and average from two to more than three inches in length,
and from one and a half to two inches in breadth ; some are almost
si)herical in shajje. The shell is thick, and the inside has a greenish
tint ; the yolk is comparatively small, the contents of the shell
being mostly albumen. "We collected some 4,000 of these eggs for
dietary purposes and i)acked them in salt. They were a luxurious
adflition to our larder; being utterly devoid of any strong flavour,
they were greatly relished. Tlie i)oor Penguins, when robbed, looked
extremely disconsolate ; however, there was some consolation to be
derived from the fact that we were not the only thieves, for the
nipacions Skua-Gull would walk up to a Penguin in the most

Aves.

133

barefaced manner and extract the egg from underneath it. The eggs
took exactly thiity-one days to incubate, the temperature beneath
the bird being between 70° and 80° Fahr. An actual observation
with a thermometer placed alongside the eggs gave 72° Fahr.

" During the period of incubation absolutely no food of any kind
was taken, but it was observed that large quantities of snow were
frequently consumed. The first young appeared on December 9th.
They were quaint little creatures, of a dark slatey colour, darkest
towards tlie head, and with dark feet, and a dark rim around the eye,
which, subsequentl}^ changed into the spotless white circle of the

ADELIA PENGUINS TURNING THEIR EGGS.
(^Rij jKrnnssii})! of Sir George \eiimes, Bart.")

parent bird ; they grew very rapidly, the dark legs at birth becoming,
in a few days, quite pink. What a spirit of homeliness, peace and
industry existed among them. There were no fights now. Indeed,
the paterfamilias was much too engrossed to think of fighting ;
family responsibilities rested heavily upon him. Poor fellow, he was
really to be pitied ; he had to work so hard to satisfy the insatiable
appetites of the family. Thousands and thousands of 'bread-
winners ' went fishing each day in the lanes of open water ; when
filled with Crustacea, they return and disgorge into the open mouth
of the youngster. This method of feeding the young was interesting.
The baby places its head into the open mouth of the parent and

134 Soitf/icni Cross.

devours the food forced up into the throat. By January ISth nearly
all the young birds had discarded their downy coat, and been seduced
to the water's ed<:,'e and tau<,dit how to swim by their ever-attentive
parents. Strange to say, all the young birds, unlike the older, had
wiiite throats ; evidently, they do not acquire the dark throat until
the first or second year."

The account given by Dr. IJacovitza (tx.) is also very entertaining.
lie writes (p. 24): — "As often happens with people of small size,
this bird is nervous, lively in its movements and passionate. Its
little personality, moreover, is full of an extravagant curiosity. As
soon as it perceived us appearing on the pack-ice, it approached with
the utmost celerity of which it was capable, and on arriving within
two or three paces, it regarded us with a curious eye, agitating its
wings, and uttering some interrogative interjections. Under ordinary
conditions our relations were extremely friendly, but what a change
took place when we laid hands on his back ! Cries and violent
protestations, and blows from his beak and wings fell like hail.

"When it is not disturbed or annoyed, this Penguin walks on
its two feet, inclining its body alternatively to the right and to the
left, but when it wishes to advance quickly, it lies on its stomach
and jmshes itself with its feet and wings. Seen from a distance, it
resembles a small up-to-date motor-car going at full speed.

" At the ap])roacli of winter, these sensible beasts change their
garments. The uld dress, which has undergone the vicissitudes of the
wear and tear of a year, can no longer serve as a protection against
the snow-storms and colds of winter, so at the end of February they
have begun to moult. It is a bad time for them to pass through !
They cannot go into the water, because their old feathers have fallen
off in patches, and the new ones are still too little developed.
During the two weeks that the moult lasts the bird is an outcast,
and lives on its provision of fat. Moreover, they suffer from the
moulting-fever, as babies sufler in cutting their teeth. So to keep
company together and for mutual consolaticm, they assemble in small
companies of thirty or forty behind a hummock so as to shelter
themselves frum the winds, and there they wait, their heads sunk
between their shoulders, morose and peexish, till the old plumes take
themselves off, and the new ones attain their required length. All
this time everything that comes into the neighbourhood of their
retreat, be it Bird or be it Seal, is violently cursed and loaded Mith
fierce invectives. I was obliged to admit that we were ourselves not
spared in the least, notwithstanding the exalted ])Osition which we
ai-e sujiposed to hold in the animal scale."

Aves. 135

Mr. Burn-Murdoch, in his book, ' From Edinburgh to the
Antarctic,' has also some notes on the Adelia Penguins. He tells of
how a school of Grampuses came down from the northward when
they were in the ice off Mount Haddington : — ■" Whales and Penguins
fled before them, the Penguins leaping like shoals of Mackerel, and
the Pinners blowing along in great fright. The Penguins got on to
the first ice for safety, and toddled into the centre as fast as their
little legs would carry them. To-day we found another black Seal
full of fish and Penguins. It is a wonder these birds continue to
exist with such powerful and numerous enemies " (pp. 2G7, 268).
On the 1st of January to the north-east of the Danger Islets he met
with a " regiment " of Penguins standing at attention at the top of
a dome-shaped ice-island in the open sea (p. 272). All this colony
were sacrified for the larder. Mr. Burn-Murdoch says that the jumps
the Penguins gave out of the water were astonishingly high ; three
feet seemed to be an easy jump, but he often saw them fail at
higher attempts (pp. 272, 273). On the 31st of January, 1893, he
writes : — " Still blowing hard ; but we are in splendid shelter behind
a long ridge that was piled up last night. It is some thirty feet
high — the liighest j3ack that we have seen. The currents and wind
have collected it between them ; they have piled block upon block,
and the new snow has rounded off the points and angles with a
smooth white sheet, so that it does not look as if it had only been
formed last ni^ht. It is amusino' to watch the row of Penguins
standing on the slope. The wind is driving the falling snow past
them, and then blotting them out of sight, but they do not seem to
mind in the least, but preeu their thin, wiry feathers, apparently in
perfect content" (pp. 314, 315).

\ Dr. Donald, who was on board the Dundee whaling-ship ' Active'
in the Erebus and Terror Gulf, has written an account of the
Penguins observed during the voyage (Proc. Eoy. Soc, Edinb. xx.,
pp. 170-176). He writes : — " This bird was met with on making
the ice, in the latitude of the S. Shetland s, and about thirty miles off
the land (lat. 61° 14' S., long. 52° 27' W.) ; about a dozen or so were
seen at a time sitting or lying in twos and threes on the floating
cakes of 'pan-ice.' Passing further to the southward, and nearing
the Danger Islands immediately to the east of Joinville Land, the
birds increased greatly in number, and were seen in the water in
small schools, or sitting on the ice by tens and twenties. We had
ample opportunities of watcliing the peculiar gait and attitudes of
the bird, which he shows in common with all his tribe, and which,
indeed, liave often been described before. Standing absolutely erect,

136 SoiitJicrn Cross.

he siipiH.rts himself on the tripod feet and tail ; as he waddles along,
with his feet, as it were, tied to«,'ether, and trying to balance himself
V)y vigorous movements of his fiipi)ers, his tail cuts a deep furrow in
the snow, broken at intervals as he half loses his balance and sways
forwards; hurrying on, he soon loses his balance altogether and
topples forward on his breast, in which attitude he progresses at an
even more rapid pace, the flippers being used alternately as paddles,
and the feet pushing behind, the tail in this posture not touching the
ground. In the water his modes of progression are also two : usually
he is seen to swim under water in a prolonged dive, broken at
intervals of about thirty yards, as he rises for breath, leaping clean
out of the water to the height of perhaps a foot, and immediately
disappearing with scarcely a ripple, after clearing a space of 2 to
2i feet. Swimming in this way, the feet remain motionless, and only
the nippers act as powerful paddles ; in this manner the bird shoots
along with great rapidity. The other mode of swimming develops
but a slow pace ; floating on the surface like a Cormorant, he swims
in the ordinary way by means of his webbed feet, his wings remain-
ing idle. On leaving the water for the ice, he shoots straight up
from below the surface, and lands in an erect position ; in this way
he can jump on to a piece of ice as much as 2i feet above the
water-line.

" In Lieutenant Spry's notes on the voyage of the ' Challenger'
he states, as the result of an experiment, that a Penguin perished on
being held under the water for the space of one and a half minutes.
To test this statement I repeated the experiment, and held a Penguin
below the surface for the space of six minutes. At the end of two
minutes, among other violent struggles, convulsive pumping move-
ments of the chest occurred ; these were repeated at the end of four
and a half minutes, and again immediately before I released the bird.
Though considerably exhausted, it recovered satisfactorily, and was
set at liberty half an hour afterwards. To account for this dis-
crepancy in the two results, I may say that I carefully excluded
water from the lungs by compressing the trachea, whereas in
Lieutenant Spry's experiment the bird was simply lowered below
tlie surface in a lobster creel.

" On one occasion (January 5th), in the north of the Erebus and
Terror ( Julf, we had an opportunity of seeing the birds swimming in
large schools of from 20U to 3(i0, the movements of the school being
controlled by a single individual which followed in the rear, and
which appeared to be of larger size, though we could not approach
close enough to determinate its characters. When first seen, at a

Aves. 1 37

distance of about 2000 yards, the school nearest the ship were leaping
and diving noisily ; on a croak from the leader this noisy sport
instantly ceased, and the whole school swam quietly along for several
minutes ; in response to another and slightly altered croak, the
leaping and diving recommenced ; and on a third croak, the whole
school disappeared in a prolonged dive.

" On the evening of the same day we saw on a piece of ice, some
eio-ht or ten miles to the south-east, about forty black-throated
Penguins grouped round a pair of large Penguins of a different
species, possibly identical with those that had directed the schools.
One of these was preserved, and is an Emperor Penguin in young
plumage. On the same piece of ice was a Cliionis and a Seal. It
was found over and over again, from inspection of the Seal's stomach,
that the Penguins form the main portion of their diet, but at the
same time the Penguins while on the ice show no fear of the Seals ;
and it is, therefore, probable that they are captured while in the
water or during the night. The Seals mostly come upon the ice
about nine o'clock in the morning, and leave it to feed about seven
in the evening.

" Three Penguin rookeries were seen in Joinville Land. Two of
these were not visited ; the other, a very large one, belonged to this
species, and was situated on the north shore of the new inlet named
by Captain Eobertson the Firth of Tay, in lat. 63° 16' S., long. 55° 53' W.

1 had not the good fortune to land upon this rookery. According to
the boat's crew who did so, the birds were in countless multitudes ;
the nests were crowded together in blocks formed by pathways
running nearly at right angles to one another, and the birds were
uniformly of the same species. Two eggs from the rookery measured

2 • 5 by 2 inches, and 2*6 by 2-1 inches.

" The cry is seldom heard, and mostly at night or when the birds
are disturbed ; it is a short, rather harsh ' quaugk,' Among them-
selves, when undisturbed, they make a gentle crooning sound. Their
food consists mainly of a rather large red shrimp, or rather Schizopod,
of the genus Euphausia, and the stomachs frequently contained a
number of pebbles.

" The black-throated Penguin was seen as far south as lat. 64° 50',
and I have no doubt extended much farther. Within thirty miles of
the land they were fairly numerous, but at a greater distance from
shore, even in the midst of abundant ice of the same character, they
became scarce, and only very few were seen ninety miles from the
land."

The eggs of the Adelia Penguin are of a chalky nature, white

138 Southern Cross.

with a tiuge of green. The ground-colour of the egg beneath the
chalky surface seems to be a pale bluish-green. As incubation
proceeds, the eggs become stained and smeared with green and with
brown. The shape varies from almost perfectly round to a lengthened
and biconicul form. The dimensions, therefore, vary considerably,
the e.xtrt'mes in a series of fourteen clutches being 2-2 x 2-35 and
8'2 X 2 "So inches.

MEGADYPTES, Milne-Edwards.
Megadyptes antipodum.

Catarrhactes antipodes, Ilonibr. and Jacq., Ann. Sci. Nat. (2), XVI., p. 320
(1841, Auckland Islands).

Eudyptes antipodes, Gray, Voy. '^ Er elms'' and ^Terror,' p. 17 (1845, Auckland
ami Caiiiplifll Islands, New Zealand).

Aptenodytes flavilarvata, Peale, U.S. Expl. Exped., p. 2G0 (1848, Auckland
islands).

Eudyptes antipodum, Bailor, B. N. Zeal., p. 34G (1873, South Isl., X.Z.) ; Sharjie,
Vuy. 'Litbus' and ' Ttrror; App., p. 35, pi. 27 (1875); Bullcr, 1'.. N. Z.,
2nd ed., II., p. 294, pi. 46, fig. 1 (1888) ; ScL, P Z. S. (1891), p. 121 (New
Zealand).

Megadyptes antipodum, Ogilvie Ciraut, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., XXVI., p G44
(IMts, \e\v Zealand, Auckland and Campbell Islands).

Nos. 7, «, (J , Campbell Island, June 18th, 1S99.
No. 9, 9, ad., „ „ June 19th, 1899.

No. 10, i , jnr., „ „ June 20th, 1899.

These birds were obtained by Captain Jensen during the cruise
of the ship during the winter, when the 'Southern Cross' was absent
from Cape Adave.

The old female seems to resemble the male in every respect,
excepting that the yellow on the head and nape is paler, and the
sides of the face are browner with very little yellow. The light
brown throat-mark is ])aler and not so strongly pronounced.

In the yoinig bird the throat is entirelv white, and there is a
little yi'lhtw nil the cheeks and on the eyebrow, but no (Complete
circle round the nape.

Aves. 139

Order PROCELLARIIFORMES
OCEANITIS, Keys. u. Bias.

OCEANITES OCEA.NICUS.

Procellaria oceanica, KiiliL, Beitr., j). 136 (1820), ex Banks's Icon., no. 12.

Oeeanites oceanieus, Sharpe, Phil. Trans., CLXVIII. (extra vol.), p. 132 (1879,
Louis Philippe Island, Royal Sound, Kerguelen Island) ; Kacovitza, Vie des
Aniuiaux, p. 42 (1900) ; Borohgrevink, First on Antarctic Continent, p. 54
(1901, lat. 61° 56' S., long. 153° 53' E.), p. 64 (in the pack-ice, Jan. 3, 1899),
p. 218 (Victoria Land, breeding, Nov.), p. 231 (eggs obtained, Robertson Bay,
Dec. 10) ; Bernacclii, South Polar Regions, p. 204 (1901, South Victoria Land),
p. 315 (Cape Adare) ; Howard Saunders, Antarctic Manual, p. 235 (1901) ;
Hanson, antea, pp. 85-88.

No. 64, L. ? ad. Killed on the pack-ice, 63° 41' S.L., 160° 16'
E.L., Jan. 2nd, 1899.

Iris dark brown ; bill black ; feet black ; webs yellow \yide
swpra, p. 85].

No. Q^, L. $ ad. Killed on the pack-ice, 63° 43' S.L., 161° 6'
E.L., Jan. 8th, 1899.

Soft parts as above [vide supra, p. 86].

Nos. 78, 79, L. ? ad. Killed on the pack-ice, 65° 3' S.L., 161°

Soft parts as above [vide supra, p. 87].

No. 81, L. ? . Killed on the pack-ice, 66° 4^' S.L., 166° 51' E.L.,
Jan. 19th, 1899 [vide supra, p. 88].

a. b. c. d. e. $ ad. Cape Adare. Dec. 13th, 1889. {H. B. Evans.)

/. ? ad.

As Mr. Howard Saunders points out, the breeding-place of
Wilson's Petrel is undoubtedly in the southern area of the globe,
and the occurrences of the species in higher latitudes take place after
the nesting -season when the bird migrates in the direction of the
equator, and occurs sometimes off the coasts of Great Britain and
North America. I copy the following from Mr. Saunders' article in
the ' Antarctic Manual ' : — " This bird is not much larger than our
familiar ' Mother Carey's Chicken,' from which, as from any other
of the small blackish Petrels, it can be distinguished by its unusually
long legs, and the bright yellow colour of the webs between the toes.
It was observed by Dr. McCormick hovering, like a Swallow or
Martin, over the mast-heads of the 'Erebus' when in the pack ; and,
on the third attempt to go southwards, examples (now in the British
Museum) were obtained off Louis Philippe Land in January, 1843.

i^o Soiithcni Cross.

These liirds were evidently incubating at no great distance, as their
hreasts were bare of feathers. Surgeon Webster, of H.M.S. ' Chan-
ticleer' ri'fers to the abundance of this species at Deception Island, one
of the South Shetlands ; and I venture to surmise that this may be
the small IVtrel which the German exjiedition found breeding at the
end of ])ecember, 1882, on South Georgia, and which is called
(>. iiir/(t)i(>i/astn- by Steinen. The ' BcUj'ica' obtained specimens in
Gorlache Strait in January, 1898, as well as in the pack at about
7(r S. and 87' AV. in January, 1899. The ' Challenger' Expedition
secured several off the ice-barrier in February, 1874, and examples
were obtained on the ' Southern Cross ' Expedition lietween G3° —
66° S. and 1G1° - 1GG° E. The first breeding-place definitely made
known, however, in Kerguelen Island, where the bird was discovered
by the Kev. A. E. Eaton, the naturalist to the ' Transit of Venus '
Expedition in 1874-5. He found the single egg belonging to each
pair of birds, laid in January or February, in some crevice or hole
among shattered rocks or large boulders ; the egg, as usual with the
I'etrels, being of a dull white colour, with minute purplish-red spots
tending to form a zone at the broader end ; measurements, 1 • 3 by
0 • 9 in. Subsequently, Mr. E. Hall has contributed some interesting
details on the breeding of this, as well as other species, on Kerguelen.
Both sexes, he says, take turns at incubation, and about 8 p.m. the
' night shift ' comes in from the sea to go on duty, when the relief is
marked by loud croakings ; and few birds are to be seen over the
land in the day-time. After the breeding-season, Wilson's Petrel
wanders widelv, and, owing to the fact that it has been often
observed on the coasts of Western Europe, including the British
Islands, as well as on those of America up to Labrador, some
ornithologists have assumed that it bred on the islands of the North
Atlantic. Of this there is not the slightest proof; on the contrary,
some of the birds obtained between the spring and autumn of our
Northern Heinisjihere are in moult."

In Mr. Hanson's ' Diary' he records the present species as occur-
ring on the 5th of October, 1898, when the 'Southern Cross' was in
I^t. 27' 27' S., Long. 23" 33' W. He mentions Black Petrels again
nil the voyage out, but some of these may have been Frer/ctta
viclanof/ostcr. Wilson's Petrel was met with on reaching the ice-
pack on December 30th, 1898 (Lat. GF 56' S., Long. 153° 53' E.),
ami again on the 31st, as well as on various dates in January, 1899.
After the 3()th he does not seem to have noticed the species till the
.shiji aj)]tr<»ached N'ictoria Land, on the 15th of February. I'y the 7tli
of March it was getting scarce, and was only seen singly. On the 9th

Aves. 141

of March he makes the interesting note respecting Wilson's Petrel
flying round the house like a Swift, as he had observed it doing round
the ship on the voyage out {vide siipra, p. 94).

As will hQ seen by the list of specimens, the species was observed
l)y Mr. Evans near Cape Adare on the loth of December, 1899, and
half a dozen were preserved.

Mr. Borchgrevink likewise records the curious haliit of Wilson's
I'etrel " flying round the vessel several times, sometimes straight into
the rigging " (p. 54), as noticed by Mr. Hanson {supra, p. 94). He
writes (p. 218) : " The Oceanites oceanicns also hatched on Victoria
Land. I found their nests in the cracks of the rocks, under stones
and boulders. Although we secured eggs from them, we got no live
young ones ; but from the multitude of the dead young ones in their
old nests, I should say that very many perish every year. Like the
rest of the Petrels, they always spat out the yellow, evil-smelling oil
from their beaks when in danger. I caught several of them on their
nests, and found that they behaved very much like the Pagodroma
nivea, the elegant White Petrel, the life of which interested me even
more than that of the Penguins." It is to be regretted that no eggs
of Wilson's Petrel were brought home by the ' Southern Cross,' nor
have any of the " very valuable photos of these birds on their nests "
{cf. p. 231) been reproduced in Mr. Borchgrevink's liook, or been
submitted to me.

Mr. Bernacchi (p. 315) says that the present species was found
nearly as far south as the Great Ice Barrier, and it bred high up on
the mountain sides of South Victoria Land. He adds : " The eggs
w^ere very large for the size of the bird, and, strange to say, as many
as five were found in the same nest. Mr. Evans, who had found the
e^gs of these birds on Kerguelen Island, assured us that this Petrel
never laid more than one egg, so how five eggs came to be in the
same nest is not very olivious, I may add, however, that the eggs
were not all fresh when found."

FREGETTA, Bp.

Ekegetta melanogaster.

Thalassidroma melanogaster, Gould, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., XIIF., p. 367

(1844, South Pacific and Indian Oceans) ; id. B. Austr., VII., pi, 62 (1847,
Cape Lagullas).

Fregetta melanogaster, Gigl., Faun. Vert. Oceano, p. 38 (1870) ; Salvin, P. Z. S.,
1878, p. 736 (Betsy Cove, Kerguelen) ; iSaunders, P. Z. S., 1880, p. 164
(lat. 36° 57' S., long. 40° 41' E.) ; BuUer, B. N. Zeal., 2nd ed., II., p. 249

142 Soiithcni Cross.

(IH8H); Winlcsw., Al.li. K. Z(««I. Mu.s., Dicsd., 18;i2, No. 6, j.. 7!t: Sharjie,
ll:in«l-IiRt B.. I., p. r_-J(lHlti»).
Ocennitis tropica ((imild); Slmrix-, I'liil. 'I'rans. CLXVllI. (extra v<il.),
|.. l.'.o ( isT'.t).

Cymodroma melanogaster, Salvin, Cat. H. I'.rit. Muk., XXV., p. .%4 (18'J6) ;
Hanwii in Horclisr., Fir.st on Antarctic Cont., App., p. .Slil (IDOl).

Cymodromn grallaria, Ilansun, supnt, \\. Ho ; Uorclijir., First cm Antarctic

( 'nllt., p. .M.

X(.. 3:? F, 9 a<l. 3"), i ad. [Cape Seas] 42" -23' S.L., 20^ 32'
K.I... Oct. 24th, 1.S98.

Iris (lark brown ; bill, feet, and webs black. {N. Hanson.)

The first specimens of this species were observed on the 13th of
October, 1898, and five were obtained on the 24th of that month, the
day when Mr. Hanson and the other officers of the ' Southern Cross '
shot a large number of Petrels (vide supra, p. 81). These five
specimens are recorded in Mr. Hanson's private list given over to
me liy Mr. Borchgrevink, as two males and three females, but a single
pair alone has reached me.

The species is again mentioned l)y Mr. Hanson as having been
noticed on the 30th of December, when the ' Southern Cross ' reached
the ice-pack, but he says that it left the ship before they sighted the
ice. Mr. Borchgrevink (p. 54) gives a list of the birds observed on
this date, whicli not only agrees with that in Mr. Hanson's ' Diary,'
but includes the present species, whicli is wrongly named Cijmo-
ilrnmn fjrallaria, in both instances.

PRIOFINUS, Hombr. and .Tacq.

PltlOFINUS CINEKEUS.

Procellaria cinerea, Gm., Syst. Nat., I., p. 50;', (ITSS) ; Milne Edwards and
(irandid, Mist. Madaj;. Ois., p. 671 (1885).

Prioflnus cinereus, (ii<;l.. Faun. Vert, (^ceano, p. 34 (1870); Baird, Brewer and
l{i.l;;\vay. Water Birds, N. Anier., II., p. ."^7;") (1884); Salv., ("at. B. Brit. Mus.,
X.W , p .•!;tO (18«t(;); Sl.ar].e, Hand-list 15., !., p. IL'4 (18<t't).

Adamaator cinereus, Salvin, 1'. Z. S., 1878, p. 7;;7 (South racitic); Saunders,
1'. /. S., 1880, p. in I (lat. 3.5^ L'O' S., Inner. -t° 43' E.); Buller, B. N. Zeal.,
•Jnd (nI., 11., p. '_'41 (1888).

PufflnuB, Hiinson in, Borchgr., First on Antarctic Continent, p. 321 (li)Ol).

Xn.s. 21, 22, 9 ad. 39° 55' S.L., 3^ IG' E.L. [Cape Seasl Oct.
19th, 1898.

Iris dark lirown ; bill horn-colour, yellowish on upper mandible,
from nostiils to tip ; feet, including webs, giey. (.V. Hanson.)

Aves. 1 43

Nos. 23, 24, i . 25, ? nd. 42° 23' S.L., 20° 32' E.L., Oct. 24tli,
181)8. {N. H.)

All the five specimens recorded above have been examined by me.
Two were caught on the 19th of October, 1898, and Mr. Hanson
thonght that he had procured Pvjfinus hiihli {vide supra, p. 81). He
says that the Pvffi.nus {P. kvMi ?) captured on this date were
" ashy-grey on the body, but for the rest exactly like Pujflnus
major!'

Three more specimens were obtained on the 24th of October with
the mass of Petrels of different kinds obtained on that day. On the
25th they were " about in hundreds " (see Hanson App. to Borch-
grevink's book, p. 321) {vide supra, p. 81).

THALASSCECA, Eeichenb.
Thalassceca antaectica.

Procellaria antarctica, Gm., Syst. Nat., I., p. 565 (1788).

Thalassceca antarctica, Cones, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci,, Philad., 1866, pp, 31, 192 ;
Salv., P. Z. S., 1878, p. 737 (Ice Barrier, Jan.) ; Buller, B. N. Zeal., 2nd ed.,
p. 229 (1888) ; Scl., '7ks,' 1894, p. 498 (Antarctic ice- barrier, Feb.); l^alvin,
Cat. B. Brit. Mus., XXV., p. 392 (1896); Sharpe, Hand-list B., I., p. 125
(1899) ; Racovitza, Vie des Animaux Antarct., p. 18 (1900) ; Saunders,
Antarctic Manual, Birds, pp. 229, 236 (1901) ; Bernacchi, S. Polar Regions,
pp. 62, 315 (1901).

Priocella antarctica, Sharpe, A^oy. 'Erebus' and 'Terror; App., p. 37, pi. 33
(1875).

Brown-backed Petrel, Borchgrcvink, First Antarctic Cont., pp. 55, 64, 120, 220,
226 (1901); Hanson, antm, pp. 84, 86, 87, 93, 94, 95, 98, 104.

49 I. i ad. Pack-ice, 62° 52' S.L., 159° 29' E.L., Dec. 31st,
1898.

Iris dark brown ; bill brown ; feet and webs light grey.

50 I. $ ad. Ditto ditto. {H. B. Evans)

51 I. $ ad. Ditto ditto. {N. Hanson.)
a. $ ad. Cape Adare. April 27th, 1899.

The last specimen is much darker than the other three, especially
on tlie throat, where the colour is dark brown, even on to the sides of
the fore-neck.

Of the range of the Antarctic Petrel, Mr. Howard Saunders gives
the following account :— " It was found by the ' Erebus ' and ' Terror '
Expedition as far as Lat. 77° 49' S. in Long. 181° 10' E. It seems to
occur along the ice-border, but I cannot find any definite account of

144 SoiitlicFii Cross.

its hrefdiii^'-jiliicfs. This species, wliith seems to be the " Aglet " or
'• Ka<,'let " of Wotldell aiul early explorers, has the upper surface lirown,
and has twelve tail-feathers."

TIic first specinu-ns met with by the 'Southern Cross' were
(ibserved l>y Mr. Hanson on the oOth of December, 181>8, when the
sliip entered the ice-pack ; it is the " dark-coloured " bird mentioned
by him (supra, p. 83). On Jan. Idth (sujjra, p. 86), he records
that the " brown-backed bird," whicli was so common on the outer
edne of the ice, liad not been seen since the Gth of this month. The
'Southern Cross' was then fast in the ice-pack; but on the 18th of
January, when the ship " moved into tolerably clear water," he saw
some birds, more, in fact, than he had seen for many days past, and
amonji them was one of the Brown -backed Petrels. On Feb. 10 he
writes : " None of the ordinary kinds of birds have been very
numerous ; only once in a while a single individual of the Brown-
V)acked Petrel has been about. No Penguins " (p. 93). At this date
the ' Southern Cross,' after having been forty days in the pack (see
Bernacchi, p. 61), was heading northward for the open sea again, in
order to enter the pack further to the eastward. On the 12th and
13th of February, when the ship had regained the open sea, the
Brown-backed Petrel was again observed in Lat. 65' 33' S., Long.
165" 48' E. Hanson says that a number of them were seen on an
icel)erg, wliich had lately capsized. On the 14th the ship re-entered
the pack, which was then traversed in sLx hours (rf. Bernacchi, p. 61),
and on the 15th, when there was a hurricane, and the ship was hove to
off Victoria Land, Hanson records having seen " large numbers of the
Brown-backed Petrel, as many as a hundred birds in a flock " {supra,
p. 93). The species was again noticed on the 24th of April, off Cape
Adare, when numbers were seen fishing in the mashed-up ice {svpra,
p. 98) ; one was shot on the 27th, The l»ird was once more seen on
the 3rd of September, outside the house at Cape Adare (supra, p. 1U4).
Mr. Bernacchi (p. 315) says that T.aniarciica was found as far south
as Ijit. 78° S. At Cape Adare they were seen early in November,
flying in large flocks towards the soutli. Mr. Borchgrevink also
states that he saw one of these birds on the 5th of May (p. 120). His
notes on the species are as follows : — " The Brown-backed Petrel,
with white borders on the wings, was also evidently nesting on
Victoria Land, Imt we never found it on its nest. AVhen we first
a]i]»roached Cape Adare, dense flocks of them sailed about in the gales.
During the summer we saw few of them, but in the autumn they
again sailed about in the air, at great heights, while during the gales

Aves. 145

they swept low over the peninsula like a cloud. Although I never
found them on Geikie Land, I believe that they have their nests in
that vicinity." On the 25th November, 1899, he says that a heavy
gale started from the S.E. . . . and that large flocks of Brown-backed
Petrels pierced the air (p. 226).

Dr. Eacovitza (p. 18) says that this species was a rare visitor to
the 'BeUjica.^

PRIOCELLA, Hombr. and Jacq.

PeIOCELLA CtLACIALOIDES.

Proeellaria glacialoides, Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. Aves., pi. 51 (1840); Gould,
B. Austr., yil., pi. 48 (1848); BuUer, B. N. Zeal., p. 301 (1873); Moseley,
Notes Nat. ' Challenger,' p. 134 (1879, Tristan da Cunha).

Thalassoeea glacialoides, Coues, Proc. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1866, p. 393 ; Gigl.,
Faun. Vert. Oceano, p. 47 (1870) ; Salvin, P. Z. S., 1878 (ice-barrier, Feb.) ;
Moseley, Notes Nat. Chall., p. 253 (1879, edge of pack ice); Buller, B. N.
Zeal., 2nd ed., II., p. 228 (1888) ; Bernacchi, S. Polar Eegions, p. 315 (1901) ;
Saunders, Antarctic Manual, pp. 230, 236 (1901).

Thalassoeea tenuinostris, Sharpe, Phil. Trans. CLXVIIF. (extra vol.), p. 123
(1879, Kerguelen Isl).

Priocella glacialoides, Baird, Brewer, and Eidgw., Water Birds, N. Amer., II.,
p. 373 (1884); Salvin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., XXV., p. 393 (1896); Sharpe,
Hand-list B., J., p. 125 (1899).

Tagalassoica glacialoides, Borchgrevink, First on Antarctic Cont., pp. 65, 66
(1901).

Silver Petrel, Hanson, 1. s. c, pp. 86, 87, 90, 92, 93.

Nos. 52, 54 K. 9 ad. Shot on the pack-ice, 62° 52' S.L.,
159" 25' E.L. 53 K. ^ ad. Dec. 31st, 1898.

Iris brown ; bill flesh-colour, tip and nostrils grey ; feet pale
grey, webs flesh-colour.

No. 62 K. <J ad. Shot on the pack-ice, 63° 40' S.L., 160° 36'
E.L., Jan. 4th, 1899.

Nos. 73, 74, 75 K. <J . 72, 76, 77 K. 9 ad. Shot on the pack-
ice, 65" 3' S.L., 161° 42' E.L., Jan. 12th, 1899.

a. ^ ad. Sliot on the pack-ice, Eeb. 6th, 1899.

Of this Silver-grey Petrel, Mr. Howard Saunders writes as follows
C Antarctic Manual,' p. 230) : — " The range of this species extends
along the Pacific coast of America, occasionally as far north as
Washington Territory, and also to the Cape Seas ; while Kerguelen
Island seems to be a breeding-place, although I am not aware of any
authenticated eggs. It reaches the ice-barrier, and a specimen was

L

146 Son f her II Cross.

ohUiined l»y the ' BcUjica' just before her escape from tlie pack-ice, on
:\Iar(h 14th, 1899, in Lat. 70° 40' S., and Long. 102^ W. ; while the
' Challciujer ' brought back one example, taken on the edge of the
l)ack, in about GG° S. Lat., on the Uth of February, 1874."

This species is doubtless one of the " three new species of birds "
wliich met the ' Southern Cross,' when the ship entered the pack-ice
oil the 3(ith of December {s^ipra, p. 83). On the 31st {siqyra, p. 84)
^Ir. Hanson shot several specimens of the Silver Petrel, which, as
he truly observes, is very like the Fulmar {Fulmarus glacialis) of the
northern seas. "While laying fast in the ice, he shot a number of
specimens on the 11th and 12th of January (sujjra, pp. 86, 87), and
again on the 30th (p. 91). Two were shot by Mm on the 6th of
February (p. 92) ; and he saw the species again on the 12th of that
month, when the ' Southern Cross ' returned to the open sea, before
making a second endeavour to get through the pack-ice.

Mv. Borchgrevink (p. 65) speaks of this species as being, next to
Pcujodroma, the best represented in the pack-ice. " They were always
seen swimming about in the open spaces in the ice, seeking food,
which mainly consisted of Crustacea. Only in a few instances a very
small fish, like a Herring in shape, has been found in them."

MAJAQUEUS, Eeichenb.

MaJAQUEUS iEQUINOCTIALIS.

Procellaria aequinoctialis, Liim., Syst. Nat., I., p. 213 (1760); Moselej', Notes
Nat. Chall., \>. 137 (1W7U, Tristan da Cuiiha) ; Milue-Edwards and Grand.,
Hist. :Madag. Ois., p. 671 (1«85).

Procellaria conspicillata, Gould, B. Austr., VII., pi. 4G (1848).

Majaqueus sequixioctialis, Coues, Proc. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1804, pp. 118, 142;
Gigl., Faun. Vert. Uceauo, p. 35 (1870) ; Salvin, in Rowley's l>rn. Misc., I.,
p. 232 (1870); Sharpe, Phil. Trans., CLXVIII. (extra vol.), p. 119 (1879,
Royal Sound, Kerguelen) ; Moseley, Notes Nat. Chall., p. 208 (1879,
Kerguelen), p. 254 (edge of pack ice) ; Saunders, P. Z. S., 1880, p. 104
(lat. 29° 45'— 34° 39' S., long. 8° 51' E.); Sharpe, P. Z. S., 1881, p. 12
(ValiKiraiso); Salvin, Cat. B. Brit. Mas., XXV., p. 395 (1890); Sharpe, Haud-
Vm n.. I., p. 125 (1899).

Majaqueus conspicillatus, Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1864, pp. 118,
14-J; Gould, iiaudb. B. Austr., II., p. 445 (1865); Gigl., Faun. Vert. Oceano,
p. 36 (1870;.

CnjMj lieu. liansoD, /. s. c, pp. 81, 82.

26 C. S ad. 42° 23' S.L., 20° 32' E.L., Oct. 24th, 1898.
Iris dark brown; bill yellow; feet and webs black. This
spt'ciniiii lias a patch of wliite feathei's in the middle of the abdomen.

Aves. 147

37, 38 C. (? ? ad. 44° 23' S.L., 72° 5' E.L., Nov. 7tli, 1898.
40 C. ? ad. 44° 23' S.L., 72° 5' E.L. Soft parts as above.

This large Petrel was first obtained in the Cape Seas on the 24th
of October, 1898 ; and, on the voyage to Hobart Town, as many as
eight specimens were obtained on Nov. 7th and 8th in Lat. 44° 23'
S., Long. 72° 5' E. ; of these, three appear to have been preserved
{swpra, p. 82). Mr. Hanson also records the species as having been
seen about the ship from Nov. 13th to the 18th ; but by the 25th of
that month he remarks that they had nearly all disappeared (p. 82).

CE ST RE LAT A, Bp.

(ESTRELATA MOLLIS.

Procellaria mollis, Gould, Ann, and Mag, N, H,, XIII,, p, 363 (1844); id.,
B, Austr., VII., pi. 50 (1848); Layard, Ihis, 1862, p. 98 (lat. 44° S„
long, 138° E,), 1872, p, 337 Hat, 8° 40' N., long, 34° 31' W,); Newton, Ills,
1863, p, 186 (Madeira), 1868, p. 340.

.ffistrelata mollis, Coues, Froc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1866, pp. 150, 170;
Gould, Handb. B, Austr,, II., p. 453 (1865); Gigl, Faun. Vert, Oceano, p, 42
(1870).

CEstrelata mollis, Salvin, Ihis, 1877, p. 480; id., P. Z, S., 1878, p. 738
(Nightingale Island); ttharpe, Phil, Trans., CLXVIII., p, 128(1879); E, L.
and L. C. Layard, His, 1882, p. 539 (New Caledonia, Feb., breeding);
Dalgleish, Ihis, 1890, p. 386 (Porto Santo); Salvin, Cat, B, Brit. Mus., XXV.,
p. 406 (1896),

CEstrelata philippi, Saunders (nee Gray), P. Z, S., 1880, p, 164 (South Trinidad
Island).

No, 36 G. ? ad. 42° 23' S.L., 20° 32' E.L., Oct. 24th, 1898.
Iris dark brown ; bill black ; feet and web grey.

The single specimen obtained forms part of the great capture of
Petrels of Oct. 24th, 1898, all of which Mr. Hanson had prepared by
the 27th of the month (swpra, pp. 81, 82). This was probably the
species which followed the ship on Oct. 6th and 16th {supra, p. 81).

^ After leaving Hobart Town, Mr. Hanson {supra, p. 83) records some " white-
headed Petrels " as seen on the 24th of December, and it is doubtless this bird
which he calls CEstrelata lessoni, on December 30th. The latter species, he says,
left them on their approach to the ice-pack. Mr. Borchgrevink has a similar
record (p. 54). No specimen of CB. lessoni appears to have been secured.

L 2

14$ Southern Cross.

(ESTRELATA BREVIROSTRIS.

Procellaria brevirostris. Less., Traits d'Orn., p, Gil (1828).

CEstrelata brevirostris, Salvin, in Howley's Oni. Misc., I., \\ 235 (187G); i.l.,
r. Z. S., IrtTS, \K T.'.S; SlKirjH;, Phil. 'J rang., CLXVllI. (extra vol.), p. 124
(18/9, Koyal Souiul, Kergiielen) ; Salv., V oy. 'Challem/er; II,, Birds, p. 145
(1S81): id., Cat. 15. Brit. Mus., XXV., p. 409 (18!»G); Shari)e, Hand-list V,.,
1., p. 120 (l'^'-»;»).

No. 27 J). 9 . 42° 23' S.L., 20" 32' E.L., Oct. 24tli, 1898.
Iris dark ItroMii ; bill grey; feet and webs black.

Only one specimen was obtained, in the Cape seas on the 24th of
October, the day when the officers of the ' Southern Cross ' captured
so many Petrels of diifL-reut kinds.

PAGODROMA, Bp.

Pagodroma nivea.

(Plate X., fi.2s. 1-3.)

Procellaria nivea, Gm., Syst. Nat., I., p. 562 (1788); Cassin, U.S. Expl. Exjied.,
p. 415, pi. 42 (1858, lat. G4° S., long. 104° W.).

Pagodroma nivea. Cones, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad.. 1866, jip. 160, 171 ;
Shari)e, Voy. * Erebus ' and ' Terror,'' App., p. 37, pi. 34 (1875) ; Salvin, P. Z. S.,
1878, p. 737 (ice-barrier); Moseley, Notes Nat. 'Challenger: p. 253 (1870,
Antarctic ice-pack) ; Salvin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., XXV., p. 410 (1896) ; Forbes,
Bull. Liverp. Mus., II., j)p. 48-50 (1^99); Bacovit/.a, Vie des Aniniaux
Antarct., p. 17 (1900); Saunders, Antarctic IManual, p. 229 (1901); Borch-
grevink. First on Antarct. Cont., pp. 64, 219, 223, 226, 230, 239; Bemacchi,
S. Polar Regions, \k 226 (1901) ; Hanson, antea, pp. 84, 85, 86, 91, 92, 93,
94, 96, 9S, 99, 100, 102, 10).

45 II. i ad. Pack-ice, 62° 52' S.L., 159° 25' E.L., Dec. 31st,
1898. {N. Hamon.) Wing 11-8.

Iris dark l)rown ; bill black ; feet and webs grey.

47 II. i ad. Pack-ice, 62° 52' S.L., 159° 25' E.L., Dec. 31st,
1898. Wing 11-6.

48 II. i . Pack-ice, 62° 52' S.L., 159" 25' E.L., Dec. 31st,

1898. Wing 10-3.

57 H. i ad. Pack-ice, 63^ 27' S.L., 160° 6' E.L., Jan. 1st, 1899.
Wing 11 -s.

59 II. 9 ad. Pack-ice, 63° 27' S.L., 160° 6' E.L., Jan. 1st,

1899. Wing 11-8.

63 II. ^ ad. Pack-ice, 64° 8' S.L., 160° 52' E.L., Jan. 5, 1899.
Wing 11 '5.

Aves. 149

08 H. ? ad. Pack-ice, 65^ 3' S.L., 161° 42' E.L., Jan. 12th,
1899. {N.Hanson) Wing 11-8.

rr. ? ad. Cape Adare, April 27th, 1899. Wing 10- G.
h. ? ad. Cape Adare, April 28th, 1899. Wing 9-9.

c. $ ad. Cape Adare, April 29, 1899. Wing 10-6.

d. ? ad. Cape Adare, April 30th. {H. B. Evans.) Wing 9-8.

e. ? ad. Cape Adare, Dec. 13th, 1899. {H. B. Evans.) Wing 10 • 6.
/. [J. $ ad. Dec. 13th, 1899. {H. B. Evans.) Wing 10-1.

The difference in size between specimens of the Ice Petrel is
somewhat remarkable, and at first I thought that there must be two
species of Pagodroma, as the size of the bill is so much less in
certain individuals, and the length of the wing varies also. I have
therefore given the dimensions of the latter in the series of specimens
brought home by the ' Southern Gross' and it will be seen that this
variation in the length of wing is not due to any difference of sex,
as in the males it ranges from 10 '1 to 11*8 inches, and in the
females from 9*8 to 11-8 inches.

The eggs are white, and measure : — Axis 2*01 to 2'38 ; diameter
1-35 to 1-67.

Mr. Howard Saunders gives the following concise account of the
range of this species : — " This bird has been obtained as far north as
the Falkland Islands, but it does not occur in any numbers until
Lat. 60° S. is passed, whence it can be traced as far southward as
man has penetrated. Every expedition has noticed it. Eoss found
it laying its bluish-white egg, measuring 2*2 by 1*6 inches, among
the crevices of the cliffs at Cockburn Island ; Surgeon Webster, of
H.M.S. ' Chantideer,' met with the bird from January to March on
Deception Island, South Shetlands ; and the German expedition
found it nesting at the end of December on South Georgia. From
the Enderby Quadrant it has not yet been recorded."

The Ice Petrel was first seen by Mr. Hanson {supra, p. 84) on the
31st of December, 1898, directly the ship got into the pack-ice, and
four specimens were preserved on that day. On the 1st of January,
1899, no less than fifteen of these birds were killed, and some were
preserved. On most days in this month he seems to have noticed
the species {supra, pp. 85, 86). On the 30th and 31st, when the
' Southern Cross ' was still in the pack-ice, Mr. Hanson procured some
more specimens (p. 91). On the way north towards the open sea, he
records having seen a few Ice Petrels sitting resting on the ice on
the 9th of February, but they do not appear to have been seen after
leaving the pack (p. 93). They were again found off Victoria Land

150 Soil t /icy n Cross.

on the 15th of February among the large flocks of Thalassmca
anfarctica (p, 93), but they were not often seen near ("ape Adare
wlien tlie party first hmded. One is recorded on the 4th of March,
and another on the 31st (pp. 94, 96). On the 13th of April, liowever,
a number were seen by Mr. Hanson (p. 97), and several were
obtained by himself and Mr. Evans near Cape Adare towards the
end of the month (see list of specimens).

On the 24th of April, Mr. Hanson says that a gale was blowing
and he saw a number of Ice Petrels fishing in the mashed-up ice
(p. 98), and again on the 26th lie writes : — " To-night, at 9 P.M., I
heard, just above my head, a bird cry four or five times. The note
sounded like ' kaw-kaw.' It was too dark to see the bird, but it
was the cry of the Pagodroma. I had heard it before on the 30tli of
last month " (p. 98). Twelve specimens were procured on the 10th
of May by Mr. Hanson and ]\lr. Evans (p. 99). The species was
now apparently more scarce, as a single specimen is recorded as
having been seen on May 15th (p. 100), and again on June 17th
(p. 102). !Mr. Hanson's last note is on the 13tli of September,
1899 : — " Yesterday they observed some Parjodroma nivea on Uuke
of York Island. They kept about 1,000 feet up in the mountain,
and when they flew, they played al)out in pairs, incessantly giving
vent to the before-mentioned sound ' kaw-kaw,' but they were
perfectly silent when sitting on the rocks " (p. 104).

Mr. Borchgrevink writes (p. 64) : — " Since we entered the ice,
we were met by quite a different bird-life to that we had seen in
the open sea. Pafjodroma nivea and Tcujalassoica [lege Thalassceca]
glacialoidcs were best represented. They were always seen swimming
about in the open spaces in the ice, seeking food which mainly
consisted of Crustacea. Only in a few instances a very small fish,
like a herring in shape, has been found in them." He noticed the
sjjecies from time to time soaring about the peninsula at Cape Adare
(p. 124) during a very heavy gale. Again he writes (p. 200) on the
9th of November : — " I travelled to the eastward of Cape Adare
amongst veiy heavy screw-ice. Many Pagodroma nivea were resting
among the rocks ; they kept up a continual noise during the night."
He continues on p. 219 :— " From the time we first entered the icy
regions they had soared around the vessel. They were difficult to
<listinguish against the pure white snow. Spotless and white, this
bird, with its large black eyes, black beak, and black, webbed feet,
is perhajjs the most striking l)ird of the Antarctic regions. It seemed
almost transparent as it sailed swiftly along in the rays. The couple
are greatly attached to one another, and the courage of the male bird

Aves.

151

to help his mate when in danger is marked. It builds its nest in
cavities of the rocks, or cracks in the mountain side, and lays but
one egg." On the 15th of November (p. 222) he writes: — "How
different it was to travel on those bright nights, instead of having to
work in the darkness as we did in the winter-time."

" Many of the Tcujodroma nivea were about " (p. 222), " and the
air sounded with their original and remarkable half- whistling, half-
shrieking voices. They did not seem to have immediate intentions
of settling down to the quiet family life of the season ; they were
still seen to flirt about in pairs in the air, though some of them began

ICE PETREL IN ITS NESTING-PLACE.
{By permission of Sir George Newnes, Bart.)

to repair their old nesting-places in cavities of the rocks. Their
nests were still in many instances filled with snow, and the bird was
gradually thawing a hollow downwards towards the rock by sitting
at the place from time to time. They were, however, very restless,
and I expected that still a fortnight would go before they would
begin to lay their eggs.

" On the 20th November I discovered a fine Pagodroma on its
nest some 300 feet above my tent, I at once set to work, and
managed to mine a hole through the roof of the cave in which it was
resting, so that the light could come in for photographic purposes.

152 SoittJicni Cross.

We wort! unaltle to {j;et a i>h(»to of tlie nest as it was, on account of
the duptli ami darkness of the cave. Rut Mr. liirnacchi managed
to get some very tine i)hotos, showing the cliaracteristic stratifica-
tions of the rocks."

On the 10th of Decemlier, 1899, Mr. Jiurciigrevink startud on
his hist .sledge journey into Iiobertson Bay, " ])rin(ii)ally for the
])uri)ose of .securing eggs of the different birds." He ".secured
Vmjodroma eggs," and says that the hunt was " arduous, and at
times involved difficult climbing" (p. 231).

Mr. Bernacchi gives the following note (p. 226) : — " Towards the
end of Noveml)er a short sledge journey was undertaken to the end
of Kobertson Bay, for the purpose of collecting eggs of the Snow
Petrels. Travelling on the surface of the bay ice, which had already
commenced to break up, and was traversed by huge cracks and open
lanes, was difficult work. The surface snow, too, was soft and
slushy. A large number of eggs, however, were gathered." On
p. 204 he writes : — " The Snow Petrel {Parjodroma nivea) nests high
up on the mountain sides of South Victoria Land, in long tunnel-like
holes imder the large slabs of rock, some being as much as six feet
in depth, others only a foot or two. The actual nest is as crude as
that of the Skua-Gull. The female sits on the nest long before she
lays her single egg; when the bird is approached in its nest it
e.vpectorates a reddish fluid towards the intruder. This fluid has a
most obnoxious fishy odour, and no doubt is a very effective means
of defence. They are able to eject it to a distance of eight feet, and,
if it catches the garments, the smell clings to them for many days
after. I Ijelieve this method of defence is common to most Petrels.
Some dozens of small white eggs were gathered at a height of 800
feet above the sea."

During the voyage of the ' Belgica,' Ur. Pacovitza says (p. 17):
" Tile most faithful of our winged companions was the White or
Snow I'etrel. Ii is one of the most graceful Utile birds possible to
see. Its jilumage is of a satiny white, purer even than the white of
the snow itself. Its eyes are of jet, its bill and feet are black, and its
flight is rai)id and graceful. It .seeks its food, which consists of small
marine animals, when skimming over the cracks and channels in
the ice. With a sudden jilunge it seizes its prey, scarcely ruffling the
water as it does so. Between whiles it makes long excui-sions
over the ice, and nothing can be more pleasing than to see these
little white woolly-looking objects disporting themselves over the
while pack-ice.

" But it is better not to nuike too intimate uu acquaintance

Aves. 153

with these lily-white beings, for thus one is saved from some cruel
disillusions. Its voice is shrill and disagreeable, and its ways are
deplorably low caste. It possesses the faculty of being sea-sick at
will ; and when one attempts to seize it, it discharges full in one's
face the oily contents of its chest. I can affirm, from personal
experience, that one does not come off with the perfume of the rose.
One must add, however, to do strict justice, that it merits extenuating
circumstances ; for this unpleasant habit of the bird serves as a pro-
tection for its feeble person, and that is a reason of a certain value."

Genus OSSIFRAGA, Hombr. and Jacq.

OSSIFRAGA GIGANTEA.

Procellaria gigantea, Gm., Syst. Nat., I., p. 563 (1788); Gould, B. Aust., VI I.,

p. 45 (1848).

Ossifraga gigantea, GigL, Faun. Vert. Oceano, }>. 48 (1870); Sharpe, Phil.
Trans., CLXVIII. (extra vol.), p. 142 (1871», Kerguelen Isl.); Salvin, P. Z. S.,
1S78, p. 737; Moseley, Notes Nat. 'Challenger^ p. 134 (1879, Tristan da
Cunha), pji. 180, 183 (JCrozet Islands), p. 205 (Kerguelen Is].), p. 254 (edge of
pack-ice); Puller, P. N. Zeal., 2nd ed., II., p. 225 (1888); Salvin, Cat. P.
Brit. Mus., XXV., p. 422 (189<)); Racovitza, Vie des Animaux Antarct., p. 18
(1900); Porchorevink, First on Antarctic Cont., p. 64 (1901); Saunders,
Antarctic Manual, p. 231 (1901); Pernacchi, S. Polar Regions, pp. 73, 316
(1901) ; Hanson, antea, pp. 86, 93, 94, 96.

Giant Bird, Borchgrevink, t. c. p. 54 (1901).

Gigantic Petrel, Borchgrevink, t. c. p. 220 (1901).

Giant Petrel, Bruce in Burn Murdoch, Edinb. to Antarctic, p. 363 (1894, Danger
Isl.); Cook., First Antarctic Night, p. 229 (1900); Hanson, antea, pp. 82, 83,
86, 90.

Nelly, Burn-Murdoch, Edinb. to Antarctic, p. 315 (1894).

No. 80 M. ? ad. Pack-ice, 65" 43' S.L. 164° 9i, E.L., Jan. 16th,
1899. {Nicolai Hanson.)

Iris brown ; bill dirty yellow ; feet sooty brown ; webs black.

No. 2 $ alb. Campbell Island, May 28th, 1899. {Captain
Jensen.)

a. h. $ 9 inim. Cape A dare, Jan. 2nd, 1900. {Hugh Evans.)

c. ? semi-alb. Cape Adare, Jan. 13th, 1900. {High Evans.)

The Campbell Island bird is pure white, excepting for a few
leaden grey feathers scattered over the back and breast.

I take the following note on the distribution of this great Petrel
from Mr. Howard Saunders's essay in the Antarctic Manual '
(pp. 230, 231) :—

154 Southern Cross.

"The Giant Petrel {Ossifraga gigantea), which approaches the
larger species of Alhatros in size, was observed by Dr. McCormick
soaring over Possession Island, Victoria Land, and the ' Bclgica found
it a constant attendant in the ice-pack. The ' iSTelly,' as sealers
call it, is, in fact, the Vulture of the sea, visiting every spot where
carcases and refuse of Seals and Penguins, or any other means of
subsistence, can be found. Its breeding and habits on Marion and
iverguelen Islands have been described by Moseley and others, and
the bird probably nests on Heard Island ; Webster found it on
Deception Island, South Shetlands, from January to March; and,
as regards South Georgia, where the eggs are laid in the beginning
of November, the practical Weddell remarks that these are inferior in
taste to those of other species. The beak of this voracious bird is
very powerful, and assertions have often been made by sailors that
it will attack a drowning man and accelerate his death. Dr.
McCormick states that when, after leaving Kerguelen, the boatswain
of the ' Erebus ' fell overboard and could not be saved, the Giant
Petrels swooped at him as he struggled to keep afloat, and it is
doubtful if they did not actually strike him with their bills ; while
Mr. Arthur G. Guillemard states that a sailor, who was picked up,
had his arms badly lacerated in defending his head from the attacks
of an ' Albatros,' which may well have been this Giant Petrel."

The first specimen recorded by Mr. Hanson was on October
30th, 1898 {antea, p. 82), when the ' Southern Cross ' was nearing the
Crozet Islands, and the species was again observed as the ship
approached Tasmania, being noticed nearly every day. On December
28th, when nearing the ice-pack, the Ossifraga is again recorded
{antea, p. 83), and it was seen on several occasions in the ice in
January {antea, pp. 86, 90). On the 26th, Mr. Hanson writes:
" Saw some Giant Petrels. These birds must have a very keen sense
of sight or smell, for no sooner is a Seal skinned on the ice than they
put in an appearance " {antea, p. 90). When the ' Southern Cross ' was
retracing its steps after its long imprisonment in the ice, he remarks
(p. 93), under date of February 11th : " Of birds, I have seen all my
old acquaintances of the ice-pack, except the Penguins and Giant
Petrels." The latter species, however, reappeared when the ship was
hove to off Victoria Land, on the 16th and 17th of February {antea,
p. 93). By the 7th of March it was getting scarcer near Cape Adare,
and was only to be found singly {antea, p. 94), but he captured two
specimens in the middle of March {antea, p. 94), and the last one
recorded was seen on the 31st of that month {antea, p. 96).

Mr. Bernacchi (p. 316) says that during the summer the Giant

Aves. 155

Petrel was frequently seen at Cape Adare, and down near the Great
Ice Barrier.

Mr. Borchgreviuk's account of the species is as follow^s (p. 220) : —
" The Gigantic Petrels also visited Camp Eidley. They were very
scarce during the summer, but we saw several of them during the
autumn. We did not find one of their nests, and their visits to
the peninsula were always short and interrupted ; and, to a great
extent, I ascribe their visits to Eobertson Bay and our peninsula to
strong gales at sea, which drove them in towards shore for shelter.
In fact, during the strongest gale we had in the autumn, they arrived
at Camp Eidley the day before the gale commenced, and left imme-
diately after it was over. So I, at least, came to look upon their
arrival as the sign of an approaching gale. These large birds, which
in their flight much resemble the Albatros, vary somewhat in colour
— perhaps as much as the Lestris — from dark brown to light faded
brown ; and albinos are occasionally seen. I secured one of these
latter, and Captain Jensen secured another. We had both of us great
difficulty in obtaining a specimen ; a noble, rare bird as he is, he
seemed to soar about higher and more lonely than the rest, and
remarkable was it that an albino — although of exactly the same
species as the dark one — was seldom or never seen in its company.
Whether this is because the others combine against him and hunt
him because of his whiteness, or because he, in modest ignorance of
his value, seeks his own sphere I do not know, but certain is it that
he, willingly or compulsorily, soared about in higher regions than the
rest."

Mr. Burn-Murdoch, who was on the ' Balaena,^ gives the following
note on the species (p. 315) : —

" A number of Nellies or Giant Petrels come circling over us as
we slowly drift from our shelter to leeward. They gorge themselves
with the * cran ' (scraps of Seals' flesh cut off the blubber : this name
is also given to the carcase of the Seal when its skin and blubber has
been stripped oft), that is constantly being thrown over our sides, then
fly back to the snow and sit down beside their Penguin friends.
Strange, ugly birds they are, the apparent coarseness of their build,
and their grey -green clumsy beaks and rough brown feathers, give the
impression that Nature has turned them out in a very wholesale
fashion. Some of them are partly white, and a few, of the same kind
of bird I believe, perhaps one in twenty, are pure white, all but one
or two brown feathers. The different stages of colouring are rather
like those of the Gannet. We call them ' Scavengers.' They appear
to be on a friendly footing with the living Penguins, and when one

156 Southern Cross.

(•(' the- latter dies the Nellie swallows it, and the relations of the
deceased do not seem to mind. Two I'enguins that were shot the
other day were gobbled up before there was time to row the boat
round a j)iece of ice to pick them up."

Dr. Racovitza's account is as follows : —

"The Giant Petrel is a hideous and repulsive bird. The size is
that of a Goose, and the extent of wing in the males, which are larger
than the females, exceeds two metres. Some are entirely white, and
others entirely l)rown, but the colour often consists of a mixture of
cliocolate brown, white and grey, which imparts a generally dirty
aspect to the bird. Add to this a formidable hooked bill of a flesh
colour, and large webbed feet, and you have an ensenible which would
never gain a prize in any beauty show started by the feathered races.
For the rest, its vile employment is on a par with its vile appearance.
The Giant Petrel performs on the pack-ice the role of the Vultures.
It is a knacker of repute, who knows how, in the course of his
imal manceuvres, to discover the corpses of Seals and birds out
on the pack-ice. Constantly in motion, it traverses immense dis-
tances in search of its food. When tlie object is detected, it descends
to its meal at once, gorging itself with blubber and meat, more or
less decomposed, to such an extent that it is not able to fly. Do not
believe that this is a good time to approach it ! The Giant Petrel
has the same faculty as the Snow Petrel for ridding itself of an
enemy. AVith a vigour equalled by its size, it discharges the contents
of its digestive canal, and, in a twinkling, you are covered with bits
of blubber and partially-eaten meat, together with the oil from its
stomach. If the projectile of the Snow Petrel is not otto of roses,
the bomb fired by the Giant Petrel spreads around a smell calculated
to astound even a zoologist, who during his experiences has to see, or
rather suifer from, all sorts of queer effects."

DAPTION, Steph.
Daption capensis.

Procellaria capensis, Linn., Syst. Nat. I., p. 21o (17GG); Milne-Edwards &
Gran.lid., Mist. Madag. Ois., p. 671 (1885).

Daption capensis, Gould, B. Austr., VII., pi. 53 (1847) ; Gigl., Faun. Voit.
Omiuo, p. ■](] (1870); Sharpe, Phil. Trans., CLXVllI. (extra vol.), ].. 118
(18711, off Kerguelen Isl.) ; Mo-<eley, Notes Nat. ' Challenger; p. 134 (1879,
Tristan da Gun ha), p. 183 (Crozet Islands), p. 229 (Heard Island); Salvin,

Aves. 157

Cat, B. Brit. Mus., XXV., p. 428 (1896) ; Borcligrevink, First on Antarctic
Cont., pp. 54, 64, 66 (1901) ; Saunders, Antarctic Manual, p. 230 (1901).

Cape PigeoDK, Burn-Murdoch, Edinb. to Antarctic, p. 28 L (1894) ; Bemacchi,
S. Polar Regions, pp. 15, 315 (1901); Hanson, antea, pp. 81, 82, 84, 85, 86,
87, 91, 93. "

No. 2, A. ^ ad. 37° 31' S.L., 8" 51' W.L, Oct. 15th, 1898.

Iris dark brown ; bill black ; feet black with a little grey on the
inside, webs grey.

Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, A. ? ^ ad. 38° 29' S.L., 5° 5' W.L., Oct. IGth,
1898.

Soft parts as above,

Nos. 8, 9, 10, 13, A. (J ad, 12 9 ad, 47° 27' S.L., 0° 21' E.L.,
Oct. 18, 1898.

Nos. 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, A. ? ad. 15 A. ^ ad. 39° 55' S.L., 3° 16'
E.L., Oct. 19th, 1898.

No. 20, A. ? ad. 44° 52' S.L., 57° 32' E.L., Nov. 2nd, 1898.

Nos. 41, 42, A. 9 (J ad. 62° 52' S.L., 159° 25' E.L, Dec. 31st,
1898.

No. 56, A. 9 ad. Shot on the pack-ice. 63° 27' S.L,, 160° 6'
E.L., Jan. 1st, 1899,

No, 60, A. $ ad. Shot on the pack-ice. 63° 41' S.L., 160° 16'
E.L., Jan. 2nd, 1899.

No. 61, A. i ad. Shot on the pack-ice. 63° 40' S.L., 160° 36'
E.L., Jan. 4th, 1899.

No. 66, A. <J ad. Shot on the pack-ice. 65° 3' S.L., 161° 42'
E.L., Jan. 11, 1899.

No. 69, A, ^ ad,, 70, 71, A. J9 ad. Shot on the pack-ice, 65° 3'
S.L, 161° 42' EX., Jan. 12th, 1899.

A. 9 ad. Shot on the pack-ice. Feb. 3rd, 1899.

In the ' Antarctic Manual,' Mr, Howard Saunders observes : —
" The well-known Cape Petrel, or ' Cape Pigeon ' {Daption capensis),
is another of the medium-sized species which has hitherto succeeded
in concealing its eggs from the gaze of naturalists, although the bird
has been found in burrows with its young on Kerguelen, and there
can be no doubt that it breeds on South Georgia, as well as other
suitable localities in the Antarctic regions. It occurs throughout
the Southern seas, and has even been obtained on one occasion off
Ceylon, At long intervals individuals have been taken in the North
Atlantic, from the United States to the British Islands ; but among
the numerous birds captured at sea many are known to have been

158 SontJiern Cross.

carried Imiulreds of miles before their eventual liberation, and this
may account for occurrences so far beyond the usual liuiits."

The first Cape Pigeons are recorded in Mr. Hanson's diary as
having been noticed by him on the 8tli of October, when between
St. Vincent and the Cape, and many were snared by him between
the 8th and 29tli of that month {cmtea, p. 81). The 2ud of
November was the last time that he observed Cape Pigeons in ilocks
before reaching Tasmania (p. 82). By the 25tli of November, when
Hearing Tasmania, they had nearly all left the ship {antea, p. 82) :
but he notes that when the latter entered the ice-pack on the 30th of
December, " our old acquaintance, the Cape Pigeon, also appeared
again " (p. 83). He procured specimens in the pack from the 1st to
the 12th of January, 1899. On the 29th he notices that the birds
disappeared, so that up to that time they must have been generally
observed in the pack (p. 91), On the 12th of February, when
the ship had escaped from the ice and regained the open sea, Cape
Pigeons were again observed, and they were also seen during the
hurricane off Victoria Land on the loth of February (p. 93).

Mr. Borchgrevink mentions his having seen Dcfption ccqjensis in
the ice-pack, especially on the 12th of January, when they were
"swimming about in the open water catching Crustacea" (p. 08).
He also speaks of the species as moulting at the end of December,
" and flying with some difficulty " (p. 54:)}

Mr. Bernacchi writes : — " A general favourite among seamen is
the Cape Pigeon, a pretty, busy little sea bird about the size of a
dove, but plumper, with a black head and an elaborate pattern in
black, grey, and white upon its wings. Around the stern of any
passing ship large numbers of fluttering \'isitors hover continually,
their shrill cries and unweary manoeuvres contrasting pleasantly with
the deep monotone made by the driving keel through the foaming
sea. In common with most Southern sea-birds havins; hooked beaks,
they are easily caught with hook and line, but will not live in
captivity. Thoughtless passengers often amuse themselves by
shooting these graceful wanderers, although what satisfaction may
be found in reducing a beautiful living thing to a useless morsel of
draggled carrion is not easy to see."

» Cf. Hanson's Diary for October 18th, 1898 (aniea, p. 81).

Aves. 1 59

PRION, Lacep.
Prion banski.^

Prion banksi, Gould, Ann. and Mag. N. H., XIII., p. 36G (1844); id., Handb.
B. Austr., IF., p. 474 (1865); Gigl., Faun. Vert. Oceano, p. 44 (1870); Salvin,
P. Z. S., 1878, p. 739 (Marion Island and at sea near Crozets) ; Buller, B. N.
Zeal., 2nd ed., II., p. 211 (1888); Salvin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., XXV., p. 434
(1896).

Nos. 28, 29, E. <J ad. [Cape Seas], 42° 23' S.L., 20^ 32' E.L.,
Oct. 24th, 1898.

Only one specimen of Prion was in the collection, and this is
undoubtedly P. lanksi.

Mutton Bird, Borchgrevink, First on Antarctic Cont., pp 52,54(1901); Hanson,
antea, pp. 83, 86, 92.

P.S. — The "Mutton Bird" of Australia is Puffinus tenuirostris
(Temm.), which is Puffinus hrevicaudus of Gould's ' Handbook ' (II.,
p. 549). No specimen was procured by the 'Southern Cross' expedition,
so that I can only conjecture that this is the species intended by Mr.
Borchgrevink and Mr. Hanson in their notes. It was noticed at sea
on nearing Tasmania {antea, p. 83), and on several occasions on the
voyage from Hobart to the pack-ice. Some were even noticed in the
ice-pack itself from the 6th to the 10th of January {antea, p. 86),
and many were seen in the open sea on the return of the ship, after
its long imprisonment, on the 7th of February (p. 92). On the 13th
of February, Mr. Hanson also speaks of a ' Grey Petrel,' which was
again seen off Victoria Land on the 16th of the same month (p. 93).

^ Whether it was this species which is recorded as Prion vittatus by-
Mr. Hanson and Mr. Borchgrevink, I have no means of judging, as specimens do not
seem to have been obtained. The former {antea, p, 82) noticed a species of Prion
round the ship from November 13th to 18th on the voyage to Tasmania, and when
approaching the last-named island. On leaving Hobart it seems to have been again
noticed, and Mr. Hanson states that, on nearing the ice-pack, " Prion vittatus "
appeared, after the ' Southern Cross ' had passed the 60th degree of south latitude
{antea, p. 82). He says that it was the only species which followed them in
among the ice, the others having left before they sighted it. On the 23rd of
January, 1899, Mr. Hanson states {antea, p. 90) that he obtained a specimen of
Prion vittatus, the first he had seen that year, when the ship was in the ice-pack,
but the skin of this bird, which would have been so interesting for the identification
of the species, was not in the collection brought to the Museum. A species of
Prion was again noticed when the open water was reached after the ' Southern
Cross' came out of the ice-pack, before entering it for the second time {antea,ix 93).
Mr. Borchgrevink's first notice of " Prion vittatus " is on the 20th of December,
1898, and again on the 21st. After leaving Tasmania (p. 53) on the 29th, " Prion
vittatus " appeared in far greater quantities than he had ever seen them before
(p. 54). On the 30th he mentions the species again among other kinds of Petrels,
as recorded also by Mr. Hanson {antea, p. 83). He further says that it followed
the ship for some distance into the pack, but it left long before the latter came to
the dense pack.

i6o Southern Cross.

DIOMEDEA, Linn.

1. DiOMEDEA EXULANS.

Diomodea exulans, Linn., S^st. Nat., I., \\ 21i (17GG); Gould, B. Austr., VII.,
pl. .'{S (1,S44): ki. Handh., II., p. 427 (18G5) ; Gigl. Faun. Vert. Oceano, p. 49
(1S70) ; Sharpe, Pliil. Trans., CLXVIII. (extra vol.), p. 14") (1870, Kerguelcn) ;
Moseley, Notes Nat. ' ChaJUnfjer,' p. 134 (1879, Tristan da Cunlia, breeding),
ji. 17l'(Marion Island), p. 180 (Crozet Islands); Salvin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.
X.W., p. 441 (1>'^''<''): Hanson in Borchgr. Antarctic Cont. App., p. 322 (1901).

No. 1 A. $. 42° 23' S.L., 20° 32' E.L., Oct. 24th, 1899.
Iris brown, the eyelids bluish grey ; l)ill bluish livid, the tip
white ; feet light bluish red, with the webs of the same colour.
No. 2 A. 9 . 44° 26' S.L., 37° E.L., Oct. 29th, 1898.
Soft parts as above.

Neither bird is completely adult, though the male has the
secondaries for the most part white, "svith brown frecklings ; on the
crown are the remains of a brown patch. In the younger female
the crown is dull brown, and the entire wing is blackish, as pointed
out by Mr. Salvin.

No. 1 is the specimen mentioned by Mr. Hanson (antea, p. 81) on
the 24th of October, 1898. " This morning, as soon as I came on
deck, I caught a large Albatros." And again on the 29th he says : —
" Caught a large Albatros. It is a little darker than the first, and
perhaps a year younger. The number of Albatroses about the ship
increases every day. Last night I observed at one time eight large
ones " (p. 82). Previous entries in his diary record the occurrence
of the species on the voyage south to the Cape seas. Nearing
Tasmania, towards the end of November, Albatroses were noticed,
and one was caught on the 25th, but was apparently not preserved.
These may have been Diomedea regia, and not D. cxidaiis, as may
also have been the Albatros recorded by Mr. Borchgrevink as
" plentiful " on December 20th, the day after the ' Soiithern Cross '
left Hobart. He saw some more on the 23rd (p. 53).

Mr. Hanson observes (antea, p. 93) on the 14th of February : —
" A Diomedea, apparently D. exulans, followed us also for some time,
and I believe that this is the first time that this bird has been seen
so far south (69° 13' S. Lat.)," but the species seen may have been
IJ. rcyia. It was noticed when the ' Southern Cross ' had left the
ice-pack and was in the open sea again.

Aves. i6i

2. DiOMEDEA EEGIA.

Diomedea regia, Bnller, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., XXITL, ]>. 230 (1891) ; Salviii,
Cat. B. Brit. Mus. XXV., p. 443 (1896).

No. 11, imm., Campbell Island, Oct. 4tli, 1899. {Ca'pt. Jensen.)
No. 12, juv., Campbell Island, Oct. 5th, 1899.
No. 13, juv., Campbell Island, Oct. 6th, 1899.
No. 14, juv., Campbell Island, Oct. 7th, 1899.
No. 19, ad., Campbell Island, Oct. 7th, 1899.

Three specimens carry a great deal of nestling down. One is full-
grown, with white back and white breast, but still bears nestling
down round the neck and on the breast. The only one which has no
down on the plumage has the wings black, with white margins to the
wing-coverts ; the scapulars also are for the most part black, with white
bases and fringes, but showing a tendency to become more entirely
white.

The other whitish bird was procured on the 13th of January, 1900.
It is more grey than white, and seems to be in an intermediate stage
of some kind. The other birds are in the dark brown young
plumage, with the throat rather lighter brown.

3. Diomedea melanophkys.

Diomedea melanophrys, Boie in Temm., PI. Col. V., pi. 456 (1828) ; Gould,
B. Austr. VII., pi. 43 (1884) ; id., Handb. II., p. 438 (1865) ; Salvin, P. Z. S.,
1878, p. 740 (Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen) ; Sharpe, Phil. Trans. CLXVIII.
(extra vol.), p. 146 (1879) ; Moseley, Notes Nat. * Challenger,' p. 254 (1879) ;
MiLae-Ed wards and Grandid., Hist. Madag. Ois., p. 669 (1881) ; Baird, Brewer
and Ridgw., Water B. N. Amer., II., p. 357 (1884); BuUer, B. N. Zeal.,
2nd ed., II., p. 198 (1888) ; Salvin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., XXV., p. 447 (1896) ;
Borchgrevink, First on Antarctic Cont., pp. 53, 54 (1901) ; Hanson, antea,
pp. 81, 83 ; Hanson in Borchgr. Ant. Cont. App., pp. 321, 324 (1901).

Thalassarche melanophrys, Gigl. Faun. Vert. Oceano, p. 57 (1870).

Yellow-billed Mollymawk, Hanson, antea, pp. 82, 83.

No. 4 B, <J ad. 33° 37' S.L., 9° 54' E.L., Oct. 13th, 1898.

Iris greyish-brown ; bill yellow, tip red ; feet fleshy-red, the webs
of the same colour.

No. 3 B, <J ad. 33° 37' S.L., 9° 54' E.L., Oct. 13th, 1898. Soft
parts as above.

No. 13 B, 9 ad. 44° 20 S.L., 68° 28' E.L., Nov. 6th, 1898. Soft
parts as above.

M

1 62 SoutJicru Cross.

No. 20 1'., 9 a.l. 44" 2?.' S.L., 72° 5' E.L., Nov. 7th, 1898. Soft
parts a.s above.

No. 22 B, <J a.l. 44° 23' S.L., 72^ 5' E.L., Nov. 7th, 1898. Soft
parts a.s above.

Althuu^h Mr. Hanson has f(iven the colour of the bill as the same
in all the specimens, there is a good deal of l)lack near the tip. In
some the general colour of the back is rather browner, and the white
head and neck are shaded with grey ; all these points I believe to be
characteristic of the immature bird.

The first specimens captured by Mr. Hanson were those of
October 13th, 1898, which he prepared on the following day {antea,
p. 81). The species is also recorded as the " Yellow-billed Molly-
mawk " on November 6th and 7th (p. 82) ; and he again mentions it
by tliis name as noticed after leaving Hobart, on the 21st and 24th
of December. It was one of the species which accompanied the ship
to the ice-pack, but left before it entered the ice on the 30th of
December (p. 83). On emerging from the pack in February, the
Yellow-billed Mollymawk was again seen (p. 93). Mr. Borchgre-
vink observed the species on the same days recorded above by Mr.
Hanson. He also records " Diomeda chlororhyncha " [sicj, as having
been noticed by him on the 26th of December, six days after leaving
Hobart, but the species is not mentioned by Mr. Hanson.

The latter states {an tea, p. 13) that the "Short-tailed" Albatros
was also seen on nearing Tasmania, on the 27th of November. Mr.
Borchgrevink also says that on leaving Tasmania " the Short-tailed
Albatros followed the ship, until the 20th December, wlien no more
were to be seen" (pp. 52, 53). Which species of Albatros is here
intended I cannot determine, but it cannot have been the Short-tailed
Albatros (Diomedea brachyura) of Gould's ' Handbook ' (II., p. 433),
which is the northern I), albatrus of Pallas [cf. Salvin, Cat. B. Brit.
Mus. XXV., p. 444].

THALASSOGERON, Ridgw.

1. TlIALASSOGERON CULMINATUS.

Diomedea ciilminata, Gould, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., XIII., p. 361 (1H44,
South Paci6c and Atlantic Oceans); id., B. Austr., VII., pi. 41 (1H48); id.,
Mandb. B. Austr., II., p. 43() (1865); Sharpe, Phil. Trans., CLXVIII. (extra
vol.), p. 147 (I87it); Moseley, Notes Nat. 'Challenger; p. 1*211 (IHTU, Tristan
da Cunha), p. 183 (Crozet Islands) ; Hanson in Borchgr. Ant. I'out. App.,
pp. 3'_"_', H33 (1901).

Aves. 163

Thalassarehe culminata, Gigl., Faun, Vert. Oceano, p. 59 (1870).

Thalassogeron culminatus, Baiid, Brewer and Eidgw., Water Birds N. Amer.,
II., p. 358 (1884) ; Salvin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., XXV., p. 451 (1896) ; Sharpe,
Hand-list B., I., p. 129 (1899).

Black-and-yellow-billed Mollymawk, Hanson, antea, pp. 81, 82, 93.

Black-billed Mollymawk, Hanson, antea, pp. 82, 83, 93.

No. 56, a, $ 42" 2.3' S.L., 20° 32' E.L., Oct. 24th, 1898.

Iris light brown ; bill black, with yellow edge above and below,
the tip red; feet and webs fleshy grey.

Nos. 9, 10, 14, 15, G, 12 B, $ ad. 44° 20' S.L., 68° 28' E.L.,
Nov. 6, 1898.

No. 17, C, ? ad. 44° 23' S.L., 72° 5' E.L., Nov. 7th, 1898.

Nos. 18, 19, C, (J 9 imm. 45° 9' S.L., 77° 13' E.L., Nov. 9th,
1898.

Bill black, the tip yellow.

The younger birds are recognised by their black bill and browner
plumage, the whole head and sides of face being leaden grey, and the
throat paler grey. There is no trace of the yellow band along the
culm en, but a slightly paler appearance at the base of the lower
mandible; otherwise the bill is black. In the youngest example
there are indications of lighter brown edges to the feathers of the
mantle. The white head and throat are only gradually assumed and
are evidently the signs of very old birds. In the majority of
specimens these parts are of a beautiful dove-grey.

This species is of wide distribution in the Southern oceans. Mr.
Hanson records the first capture of the Albatros, with " black-and-
yellow bill," on the 24th of October, 1898 {antea, p. 81). Two more
were caught on the 2nd of November (p. 82), but were apparently
not preserved, and on the 6th of the same month four " black-billed "
specimens were obtained. This Albatros followed the ship to
Tasmania, and is recorded nearly every day in Mr. Hanson's Diary.
After leaving Tasmania, it was seen on the 26th of December {antea,
p. 83) and is again recorded as occurring in the open sea, after the
ship emerged from the ice-pack in February (p. 93).

PHCEBETRIA; Keichenb.
Phcebetkia fuliginosa.

Diomedea fuliginosa, Gm. Syst. Nat. I., p. 568 (1788) ; Gould, B. Aust., VII.,
pi. 44 (1848); Salvin, P. Z. S., 1878, p. 740 (Ice Barrier); Sharpe, Phil.
Trans. CLXVIII. (extra vol.), p. 148 (1879, Royal Sound, Kerguelen) ;

M 2

164 SoutJicrn Cross.

Moselcv, Notes, Nat. ' ChnUenyer; i.].. 180, 183 (1879, Crozet Islan.ls), p. 254
(margin t.f tlie jwick ice); Saunders, P. Z. S., 18H0, ]i. 165 (lat. 37° 59' S.,
Icng. '-'9° 18' K.); Scl. Ibis, 1894, \\ 498 (edge of pack ice); Hanson in
Hmvlipr. Ant. Omt. App., p. 322 <1901.)

Phoebetria fuliginosa, Gould, llandb. B. Austr., II., ji. 441 (186.5); Coues, Proc.
Acml. Nat. Sci., 1866, pp. 186, 188 ; Gigl., Faun. Vert. Oceano, p. 60 (1870);
I5aird. Hrewer .-ind Ridgw., Water Birds, N .Amer., II., p. 359 (1884);
S:\lvin, Cat. 15. Hrit. Mus., XXVI., ]). 453 (1896); Saunders, Antarctic Manual,
p. 230 (1901); Bernacchi, S. Polar Regions, p. 316 (1901).

Diomeda fuliginosa, Borchgrevink, First on Antarctic Cont., pp. 53, 54 (1901).

Sooty Albatros, Ilansou, aji^eo, pp. 82, 83, 93; id. in Borcbgr. Ant. Cont. App.,
p. 324.

No. 7, D, <J . 42° 23' S.L., 20° 32' E.L., Oct. 24th, 1898.
Iris dark brown ; bill black, with a white streak on either side of
the lower mandible ; feet and webs greyish brown.
No. 23, D, 9 ad. Nov. 8th, 1898.
Iris dark brown ; a blue edge along the under mandible.
No. 24, D, $ ad. 45° 9' S.L., 77° 30', Nov. 9th, 1898.
No. 25, D, 9 ad. 45 9' S.L., 77° 30', Nov. 10th, 1898.

The Sooty Albatros has also a wide range over the Southern
oceans, and extends to the edge of the ice-pack, where a specimen
was obtained by the ' Challenger ' on the 10th of February, 1874.
Mr. Hanson's diary records many observations of the species, and
his first specimen was obtained in the Cape seas on the 24th of
October, 1898. On the voyage to Tasmania it was seen on the 2nd
of November, and thence nearly all the way thither (p. 82). On the
24th and 28th of December the Sooty Albatros was seen on the
voyage from Hobart to the ice-pack, but it was last seen on the 30th
when nearing the latter, which it did not enter. When the * Southern
Cross ' left the ice-pack for its second attempt to penetrate to Cape
A dare, this Albatros was observed directly the ship regained the
open sea (p. 93).

Mr. Bernacchi (p. 316) states that the Sooty Albatros actually
entered the ice-pack, and was occasionally seen during the month of
January, 1899, but I think that the Ossifraga must have been
mistaken for the present species, as it seems almost certain that
Hanson would have recorded the fact.

Aves. 165

Order LARIFORMES.

STERNA, Linn.

1. Stekna vittata.

sterna vittata, Gm., Syst. Nat., I., p. 606 (1788) ; Pelzeln, Reise Novara, Vog.,
p. 152 (1865, St. Paul's Island) ; Saunders, P. Z. S., 1876, p. 647, 1877, p. 795
(Inaccessible Island, Tristan da Cunha) ; Sharpe, Phil. Trans., CLXVIII.
(extra vol.), p. 113 (1879, Kerguelen Island); Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.,
XXV., p. 51 (1896) ; id., Antarctic Manual, p. 233 (1901).

No. 15, 9 ad. Campbell Island, Oct. 15th, 1899. {Caft. Jensen.)

On this species Mr. Howard Saunders gives the following note : —
" There is ample evidence that Terns are found in large numbers
in the South Polar Regions, and even within the Antarctic circle, for
Bellingshausen, of the Russian ship ' Wostok,' has recorded Terns on
the 18th February, 1820, 68° S., while McCormick saw one in 76°
52' S., and 178° W., said he had previously observed ' flocks ' on
the ice between 65° 66' S., and in about 158° W. On the third
attempt of the ' Erebus,' McCormick noticed Terns breeding on
Cockburn Island. Webster found birds of this family in the South
Shetlands, and the Dundee whalers brought back specimens from
that neighbourhood, which are referable to a well-known South
American species. Sterna hirundinacea, akin to our own common
Tern, though quite distinct. This distribution might be expected,
and it may be reasonably assumed that all the Terns found to the
southward of America are of this species. But the species found off
Victoria Land has still to be identified, and all that can be said is
that, inasmuch as the ' Southern Cross ' expedition obtained at Camp-
bell Island an adult of Sterna vittata, there is a probability that this
species may go as far as Victoria Land."

2. Lakus scopulinus.

Larus scopulinus, Gray in Dieffenb. Trav. N. Zeal., II. App., p. 200 (1843:
i\ew Zealand); Buller, B.N. Zeal., 2nd ed., II. p. 55, pi. XXIX. (1888);
Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., XXV., p. 238 (1896).

No. 1, imm. Campbell Island, May 2nd, 1899. {Capt. Jensen.)
Nos. 16, 17, i 9 ad. Campbell Island, Oct. 16th, 1899. (Capt.
Jensen.)

1 66 SoufJicru Cross.

Two .sj)eri('s of true Gulls occur witliin the Antarctic area.
KM\Q. of these is the Southern Black-backed Gull {Larus dominicanus),
which was found by Dr. McCorniick breeding on Cockburn Island,
and it was also met with by Capt. Fairweather of the ' Balacna ' in
T.at. G4° 18' 8. (r/. Saunders, ' Antarctic Manual,' p. 232). The
same observer olttained a specimen of Larus scoresbii in Lat. 64° 55' S.,
■ in the vicinity of the South Shetland Islands (cf. Saunders, I.e.). It
was probably Gahiamts ^mci/?cw.5, which Mr. Hanson noticed off the
coast of Tasmania {cf. antea, p. 83) as very like L. marinus.

MEGALESTRIS, Bp.

1. Megalestkis maccokmicki.

(Plate IX.)

Lestris, apparently a new species, McCormick, Voy. Discov. Antarctic, 1., ]>. 154 ;

Possession Islands, off Victoria Land (71° 56' S.L., 171° 15', E.L.)
Stercorarius antareticus, (nee Less.), Saunders, P. Z. S., 1S76, p. 322 ; id. Joiirn.

Linn. Soc. Zool., XA^, p. 393 (1878).
Stercorarius maccormicki, Saunders, Bull., B. 0. C, IIL, p. 12 (Dec. 1893,

Possession Islands).
Megalestris maccormicki, Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., XXV., ]>. 321, pi. 1

(1896); Sharpe, lIand-1. B. I., p. 141 (1899); Saunders, Antarctic Manual,

pp. 231, 237 (1901); Bernacchi, S. Polar Regions, pp. 74, 317 (1901);

Hanson, antea, p. 94, 96, 97, 98.
Megalestris antarctica {nee Less.), Pacovitza, Vie des aniniaux dans

I'Antarctique, y. 39 (1900).
Skua-Gulls, Borchgrevink, First on Antarctic Cont., i.]). 105, 193, 216, 218, 223,

226, 242, 257, 2G2, 291 (1901) ; Bernacchi, t. c, pp. 236, 244 (1901) ; Hanson,

antea, pp. 89, 94, 95, 96.

No. 3, B, ^ ad. Pack-ice, 66° 4' S.L., 166° 50' E.L., Jan. 20th,
1899.

Tris dark brown ; bill slaty black ; feet and webs black.
(iV. Hanson.)

No. 4, 5, B, ^ 9 ad. Pack-ice, 66° 34' S.L., 166° 5' E.L.,
Jan. 26th, 1899. {N. Hanson.)

Soft parts as above.

a. h. f^ 9 juv. Cape Adare, Feb. 19th, 1899. {N. Jlavson.)
ad. Cape Adare, Oct. 29th, 1899. (//. Jl Evans.)

'/. 9 ad. Cape Adare, Nov. 6th, 1899. (/A. B. Evans.)

'. i ad. Cape Adare, Nov. 20th, 1899. {If. B. Evans.)

il. i ad. Cape Adare, Nov. 29th, 1899. (//. B. Evans.)

r. (J pull. Cape Adare, Dec. 29th, 1899. (//. B. Evans.)

About three days old.

Aves. 167

/. 9 pull. Cape Adare, Jan. 8th, 1900. {E. B. Evans.)
fj. h. ^ pull. Cape Adare, Jan. 9th, 1900. {H. B. Evans.)
i. k. (? 9 ad. Cape Adare, Jan. 14th, 1900. {H. B. Evans.)
I. 9 juv. Mount Melbourne, Feb. 6th, 1900. (//. B. Evans.)

Nestling (about two days old). Covered with greyish-white down,
with a pinkish-brown tinge on the interscapular region and on the
rudimentary wings.

As the nestling grows older, the brown tinge becomes more
prevalent.

The full-grown young birds, killed in February, are much darker
than the adults, and are sooty grey, with edgings of lighter sooty
grey to the feathers of the upper surface. Two of these young
birds have a lighter grey hind neck, and are paler grey below, while
the third has no lighter area in the hind neck, and is everywhere
darker and somewhat melanistic.

The sign of an old bird is undoubtedly the yellow on the hind
neck and throat, and this becomes more and more bleached, like the
rest of the plumage.

The eggs of this Skua are plentifully varied in colour. There are
at least three distinct types of ground-colour — an olive brown, more
or less dark, an olive-grey stone-colour, and a pale green. The
latter are not so plentifully spotted as the rest of the series, having
faint brown spots and lines, with nearly obsolete underlying spots
and blotches of purplish grey. The series measures : — Axis, 2 * 58-
3-09; diameter, 1-86-2 '08.

The brown eggs have the underlying marks very distinct, but not
so prominent or so dark as the overlying spots and blotches, which
take a variety of shapes, and are sometimes confluent near the larger
end of the egg, so as to form a large irregular patch. Of this species,
Mr. Howard Saunders writes in the ' Antarctic Manual ' : —

" After the Penguins and some of the Petrels, the most prominent
species within the Antarctic circle is a predacious and aggressive
Gull, McCormick's Skua, named after its virtual discoverer. It was
first obtained at Possession Island, Victoria Land, where a pair had
taken up their residence in the midst of a colony of the Adelie
Penguins, and subsequently examples were obtained or seen nearly
as far south as 78°, while Long. 178° W. was the furthest record in
the direction of America. The ' Bclgica ' brought back four examples,
from lat. 82° and 86° W., in the ice-pack. The 'Southern Cross'
obtained a fine series, from the downy plumage upwards ; these young
birds being of a dark slaty grey, and very different from those of the

1 68

Southern Cross.

other Great Skuas, of wliich four representatives are now recognised.
The species known as the ' Bonxie,' of the Sliethiiuls, fref|uenting the
North Ath'uitic, is not known south of the coast of Morocco ; but in
the Southern Oceiin. from the New Zealand area to Heard, Kerguelen,
Marion and Crozet Ishmds, and westward to the Falklands, is found a
hirger and darker Skua {Mcrjalcstris antardica), which seems to breed
as far south as the Soutli Shethands and Cockburn Island, and I have
examined a specimen obtained by the Dundee wlialers. Some six or
seven degrees of latitude separate this dark form from McCormick's
Skua, which is a much paler bird, almost dirty straw-colour about

maccobmick's skua.

{ Hy iiermission of Sir George Neumes, Bart.)

the head and neck. The fourth species, M. chilc7ms, has tlie under
parts of a warm chestnut colour. Further specimens of these Southern
Skuas, witii notes on their geograi»hical distribution, are much wanted,
but anything approaching the extermination of a colony is to be
«h'l»recated."

This large Skua was observed in large numbers on several
occasions by the ' Southern Cross' and a great many were shot by
Mr. Hanson at Cape Adare, but only two of the skins thus procured
were in tlie collections brought to P:nglaud, and the series consists
princii)ally of skins prepared by Mr. Evans after Mr. Hanson's death.

Aves. 169

The first specimen was procured by the latter in the ice-pack on
the 20th of January, 1899 {antea, p. 89). Two more were obtained
on the 26th (p. 90). This Skua was one of the species noticed on
landing at Cape Adare on the 17th of February (p. 93), and on the
3rd of March Mr. Hanson shot eighty-two specimens, as the birds
were becoming destructive to the stores of Seal and Penguin-meat.
As winter approached the Skuas became less plentiful, but fourteen
were shot on the 12th of March (p. 94). On the 26th of the month,
Mr. Hanson records the finding of two young birds "hardly
able to fly," at an altitude of 1,050 feet (p. 95). The species was
noticed in diminishing numbers throughout April up to the 20th,
when Mr. Hanson's diary mentions that none had been recently
seen (p. 98).

Mr. Bull (Cruise of the 'Antarctic,' p. 182) speaks of the
mortality among the Penguins as frightful in Victoria Land, judging
by the number of skeletons and dead birds lying about in all
directions. At Cape Adare he says, " the raptorial Skua-Gull was
present, as everywhere in the neighbourhood of Penguin nurseries,
and was busily occupied with its mission in life, viz., the prevention
of over-population in the colony."

Mr. Borchgrevink says that the Skuas were in great numbers on
the arrival of the Expedition at Cape Adare, but began to get scarce
in the middle of March (p. 105). On the 31st of October they returned,
and he shot five of them (p. 193). He writes :— " The worst enemy of
the Penguin is the Skua-Gull, which constantly soared over their nests,
watching for an opportunity when they might steal an egg or catch a
young one. As I already observed in 1895, 1 now also often saw two
of these birds attack a Penguin family ; whilst one kept the old ones
away, the other took the young one " (pp. 215, 216).^ The Skua-Gulls
arrived somewhat later than the Penguins, and their nesting also
took place later. They had their nests in the heights, for instance,
1 ,000 feet up on Cape Adare, amongst the rocks, while a small Skua
rookery was also to be found some fifty feet above the peninsula,
on a small rocky gallery close to the perpendicular wall of the Cape.
Their eggs were of a greyish brown, with dark brown stains.
Generally two eggs were found in each nest. The young ones were
exceedingly pretty in their fluffy coats of light grey down. The old
Skuas were very bold at ordinary times, and attacked us frequently
with wings and beak when we climbed the rocks, but when they had
young ones their indomitable courage and audacity surpassed that of
any other bird of prey I have seen " (p. 218). On November 20th he

' kiee also Mr. Bull's account, anka, p. 12o.

I70

SontJieyii Cross.

writes : — '* We daily saw fresh proofs of the audacity of the Skua-
(Jiills. Oil several occasions they attacked the dogs, and nearly all
of us were, on more than one occasion, also attacked hy tliein. They
shot down from a great lieight in tlie air straight on our heads, liit
us with their wings, only to rise again and renew the attack. We
killed several of them with short sticks " (]). 223). On Novemher
L'.Tth we learn that Mr. Evans (p. 226) " brought in his first Skua-
(Jull's egg. The colour was light green, brown or grey, with dark
brown spots " (!). On the 27th of December, 1899, Mr. Borchgrevink

SKUA-GULL ON NEST.
(By jiermissiuiiof ifessrs. IJiirst it- Jilackett.)

says that he caught some very line specimens of young Skua-Gulls
when he went to the top of Cape Adare (p. 242). The species was
also observed on Possession Island (]>. 2.17), and again near Mount
Melbuurne on February 5th on a beach where "there were no
Penguins, but a great many Skuas, with nearly full-grown young
ones" (p. 2(J2). The note of the bird, according to Mr. Borchgrevink,
is a " cruel screech " (p. 291).

Mr. Bernacchi has also several notes on the species. On landing
:ir (';i].e Adare a great nundier of Skua-Gulls "seemed to resent our

Aves.

171

visit, for they repeatedly darted at our heads, and made a noisy
outcry " (p. 74). On the 3rd of February, 1900, some young ones were
procured on Possession Island (p. 236). He also writes : — " At nine
o'clock in the evening of the 5th of February we landed in a boat on
a pebbly beach at the foot of Mount Melbourne. The place upon
which we landed was a pebbly bank, even larger in extent than that
at Cape Adare, entirely free from snow and ' ponds,' and occupied
by Penguins and Skua-Gulls " (p. 244).

Dr. Eacovitza's notes on the species as observed by him during

''\^ ♦"■••ii*',

YOUNG SKUA-GULLS IN NEST.
{By permission of Messrs. Hurst & Blackett.)

the voyage of the ' Belgica ' are as follows : — " Among the Gavice
there was our old friend the Brown Skua-Gull, against wliom I have
a considerable grudge. One day when I was at the foot of the high
cliff on De Cuverville Island, I saw, by the aid of my spy-glass, on
a platform in the perpendicular wall, a little tuft which seemed to
me not to be formed of moss, but of real grass. It was the first time
I had made such an identification, so I felt that I must at all liazards
try to reach this little platform and capture this unique sj)ecimen of
a plant. I laid aside my gun and collecting-bag, and was soon
scaling, with the aid of my alpenstock, the wall of the cliff". The

172

Sou then I Cross.

task was nut easy ; one had to hang on with the tips of the fingers
to the rough rocks, or to hoist oneself by the force of one's wrists by
sticking the alpenstock into crevices. I was already a great height up,
when two of these Skuas began to interest themselves in my affairs.
TIh'v had matle their nest on the top of the cliff, and there were two
littk' nestlings, covered in down, sitting quietly in the nest. The
father and mother, evidently believing that I wanted to cany off
their progeny, addressed themselves to the task of preventing my
upward climb.

" With vigorous strokes of their wings, they threw themselves
upon me, and attempted to strike me with their wings and bills.
With my left hand gripping a point of rock, one foot resting on a
tiny excrescence and the other hanging in the air, I fenced with my
stock with all the force of my right arm, glancing all the time at
the beautiful bed of pebbles upon which I had the chance of
extending myself after a fall of thirty metres, and I vowed that
henceforth I would never part with my gun. A few well-directed
blows with my stock rid me for a few moments of my enraged
aggressors, and I was thus enabled to reach the platform and at last
secure the little plant I was in search of. My contest with the
l]rown Skuas must not prevent my rendering justice to a brave
enemy, whom I recognise as the most courageous bird of the
Antarctic, the true representative of the Eagle among the birds ot
the ocean."

Megalestkis antargticus.

Lestris antarctica. Less., Traitu d'Oru., p. GIG (I80I, Falklainl l.sl. ; New
Zealand); Gray in Dietteub., Trav. N, Zeal., II., App., p. 200(1843): id. Voy.
' Krehm ' and ' Terror^ p. 18 (184G).

Stercorarius antareticus, Gray, List B. Brit. Mas. Ansercs, p. 1G7 (1844,
Caiii|ibeil Is!.); Gigl. Faun. Vert. Oceano, p. Gl (1870); Shariie, I'liil. Trans.
CLXVIII. (extra vul.), p. lOU, pi. 7, figs. 1, L' (187'J, Royal Sound and
Christmas Harbour, Kergueleu) ; McCorniick, Vuy. Discovery, 1., p. 142, cum
lab. (1844, Campbell Isl.) ; BuUer, B. N. Zeal., 2nd ed., p. G3 (1888).

Megalestris antarctica, Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. XXV., p. o21,pl. I. (I82G).
No. 18. Campbell Island, Oct. 2Ut]i, 18")'J. {Capt. Jensen).

This species is much darker than M. maccorniicki, and has an
extensive range over the islands of the Southern oceans, but does not
extend to tlie Antarctic ice-pack.

Aves. 1 73

Order PELECANIFORMES.

PHALACROCORAX, Briss.
Phalaceocorax campbelli.

Urile campbelli, Fillin], Bull. Soc. Philom. (2), II., p. 132 (1878, Campbell Isl).

Phalaeroeorax campbelli, Filhol, Mem. Pass. Veuus a I'ile Campbell, III.,
l)t. II., p. 55 (1885); Ogilvie Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. XXVI., p. 387 (1898).

No. 3, ? ad. Campbell Island, May 29th, 1899. {Ccvpt. Jensen.)
Nos. 5, 6, $ ad. Campbell Island, June 10th, 1899. {Ccqd.
Jensen.)

N.B. — Mr. Howard Saunders speaks of Cormorants being found
breeding on Deception Island, South Shetlands, and again on Cock-
burn Island (' Antarctic Man.,' p. 234). Dr. Forbes identifies the
last-named bird as Phalaeroeorax atrieeps of King [Bull. Liverp.
Mus., II., p. 48].

174 Soittheni Cross.

V. P T S C E S.

r>v li. A. JiOULENGEK, iMt.S.

(Plates Xl.-XVfll.)

Leaving out a few Fishes ol)taiiied on the way to the Antarctic
rei^'ion and about Xew Zealand and Tasmania, as well as a number
of others, the decomposed condition of wliicli precluded any attempt
at idontitication, the collection on which this report is based con-
sisted of al)Oul 200 specimens, referable to sixteen species, eight of
which are new, two belonging to undescribed genera.

OHONDROPTERYGIL
SPINACIDAE.

1. EUPHOTOMICRUS LABOKUII, Q. et G.

A single female specimen from Campbell Island, south of New
Zealand. First discovered by Quoy and Gaimard near Mauritius,
this very rare little Selachian has since been reported from the
Antarctic Ocean, west of Cape Horn (E. 0. Cunningham, Proc.
Zuul. Soc, 1899, p. 732).

TELEOSTEI.

SCOPELIDAE.

2. SCOPELUS ANTARCTICUS, Gthr.
A single specimen was obtained on an ice-floe in Robertson Bay.

NOTOTHENIIDAE.

Not hmg ago,' whilst examining the skeletons of the " Tra-
chinoid" Fishes with a view to a more natural arrangement of this

' Ann. and Mag. N. H. (7) viii., 1901, p. 261.

Pisces. 1 75

artificial group, I came to the conclusion that a valuable character
existed in the position of the fenestra at the base of the pectoral fin,
situated either in the scapula or between tlie latter and the coracoid.
Although I had myself pointed out the varial)le position of this
fenestra within the limits of a natural family, the Mormyridae,^ I
felt justified in assigning to it the importance of a family cliaracter
in the higher group Acanthopterygians, the more so as various
authors ^ had even regarded it as worthy of defining Sub-orders or
Orders. In this, however, I was mistaken ; and, after having reduced
its importance to that of a family character, I must now abandon its
use for anything higher than generic definition.

This result is brought about by the study of the ' Sotithern Cross '
collection. The genus Notothenia, the type of the family Notothe-
niiclae, is possessed of a pectoral arch similar to that of the Trach-
inidae, Callionymidae, and Gadidae, i.e. with the scapular fenestra
between the scapular and coracoid bones, as I have ascertained on the
type species of the genus, N. coriiceps, Eichards., as well as on all
the other species represented in the British Museum. But now, on
examining the condition of things in some of the new fishes dis-
covered in Robertson Bay, which, so far as external characters are
concerned, do not differ materially from Notothenia, I find, to my
great surprise, that the fenestra is situated in the scapula, as in the
Leptoscopidae. It is perfectly clear, therefore, that the value of the
character in question has been over-rated, and its claim to anything
higher than generic importance is out of the question. Even this
might be contested by some systematists, but the facility with which
the point may be ascertained, without injury to the specimen, by
lifting up the skin and muscles at the base of the pectoral fin,
should encourage the use of a character which is after all of import-
ance and may still help in defining family groups other than the
very generalised Notothcniidae. These differ from the Trachinidae,
Peixophiidae, Farapercididae, Leptoseopidae, and Uranoscopidae in
having a single nostril instead of the two possessed by most Teleosts.
I have attempted, in the following synopsis, to enumerate and define
the genera grouped under the Nototheniidae. The pectoral arch has
not been examined in the genera marked with an asterisk ; otherwise
all except Trematomus conform to the type to which Notothenia
belongs.

The air-bladder is constantly absent, and every form examined

' Poiss. du Bassin du Congo, p. 50 (1901).

2 Cope, Trans. Amer. PhiloB. Soc. (2), xiv., 1871, p. 458. Gill, Proc. Acad.
Philad., 1884, p. 170. Jordan and Evermann, Fish. JS. Amer,, iii., p. 2528 (1898).

iy6 SoutJicr)i Cross.

by me, including Bailiydraco, has pseudolmincliiae. The ventral fins
an» never elose together, as in tlie Trachinidar and Urunoscopiilae.

I. (Jill-iiieinl>rftnes free or narrowly attached to the isthmus.

A. iKirsal forinod of two portions, whicli may be uniteil at tlie hase.

1. Two lateral lines, the lower of which may be confined to the caudal

rejnon ; palate toothless.

a. Hody covered with ctenoid scales; teeth in several series; snout

not s])atulatc.
a. Anterior dorsal formed of slender, flexible rays.

Scajiular foramen in scaimlar Iwne Trematomus, or. n.

Scapular foramen Itetween scapula and coracoid Notothenia, Rich.

/3. Anterior dorsal formed ((f short, pun-
gent spines Macronotothen, Gill.*

b. Body covered with very small cycloid

scales ; teeth in a single series ; snout

not spatulate Dissostichus, Sraitt.*

c. Body naked ; snout spatulate.

Lateral line with granulated plates Chaenichthys, Wich.

Lateral line without plates Champsocephalus, Gill.

2. Three lateral lines; body naked; snout spatu-

late ; palate toothless Cryodraco, 'DoWo*

3. A single lateral line.

a. Body scaly.

Teeth on vomer and palatines ; head armed Gentropercis, Ogilby .*

Teeth on vomer and palatines; opercle with a flat spine... Pseudaphritis, Casteln.

Teeth on vomer only; a praeorbital spine Acanthaphrifis, Gthr.

Palate toothless Eleginops, Gill.

b. Body naked; habit cottoid; 0{>ercle

strongly armed Bovichthys, C. »Sr V.

B. A single dorsal ; snout long and flattened ; palate toothless.

L Two lateral lines.

a. Body naked ; opercle armed.

Lateral lines without bony plates Gymnodraco, g. n.

Lateral lines with bony jjiates Parachaenichthys, g. n.* '

b. Body covered with extremely small

scales; no opercular spines (?ej'Za<;7«a, DoUo.*

2. Lateral line single; body covered with ex-
tremely small scales.

No opercular spines Bathydraco, Gthr.

Opercular spines Bacovifzaia, Dollo.* '^

11. Gill-membranes broadly united to the isthmus; habit

cottoid ; body naked ; head anned ; palate toothless Harpagifer, Rich.

The genua Pagetodus, Rich., rests on an insufficient description and figure.

' Based on (Jluienichlhya georgiauus, Fischer, from South Georgia Island.
■^ The distinctive characters of these genera have unfortunately been inverted in
the synopaiB given in Ann. and Mag. N. H. (7) viii. 1901, p. 266.

Pisces. 177

TREMATOMUS, gen. n.

Differing from Notothcnia in the scapular fenestra being pierced
in the scapula instead of between the latter and the coracoid.

Synopsu of the Sioecics.

I. Interorbital width 3 to Sg times in length of head; lower jaw projecting

beyond upper ; gill-rakers 18 to 20 on lower part of anterior arch.

D. VI-VIII, 32-36: A. 32-33; Sq. 90-100 3-^; lateral

lines strongly marked, tubular 1. neivnesi, sp. n.

D. V-YI, 3-1-37 ; A. 31-33 ; Sq. 97-110 ; lateral lines ill-
defined 2. horchgrevinki, sp. n.

II. Interorbital width 4^ to 65 times in length of head ; lower jaw not projecting

beyond upper ; gill-rakers 12 to 15 on lower part of anterior arch.
D. V-VII (usually YI), 38-41 ; A. 34-35 ; Sq. 65-75 ^^ ;

interorbital region scaly 3. hansoni, sp. n.

D. IV-VI (usually V), 35-38; A. 32-35; Sq. 66-80 ~;

interorbital region naked or with a few scales 4, hernacchii, sp. n.

As regards the skeleton, which I have been able to examine in

the four species, the characters are essentially the same, except that

the ossification is stronger, and the skull more massive, in the species

of Group I. than in those of Group II. The parapophyses begin on

the second or third vertebrae and soon become very strong; they

bear the rib and the epipleural, which are inserted close together.

Number of vertebrae : —

T. newnesi. 20 + 34 = 54

T. borchgrevinki. 20 + 32 = 52

T. hansom. 21 4- 35 = 56

T. hernacchii. 17 + 35 = 52

3. Tkematomus newnesi, sp. n.

(Plate XL)

Depth of body 4 to 4f times in total length, length of head
3^ to 4 times. Diameter of eye 3 (young) to 4 times in length of
head, interorbital width 3 to 31 times ; maxillary extending to below
centre or posterior third of eye ; lower jaw projecting beyond the
upper ; upper surface of head naked ; cheek and opercle densely
scaled. Gill-rakers long and slender, 18 to 20 on lower part of
anterior arch. Dorsal VI-VIII,^ 32-36 ; longest rays f to 1 length
of head. Anal 32-35 ; longest rays I length of head. Pectoral

1 Out of 70 specimens, 48 have VII, 19 have VllI, and 3 have VI.

N

178

SoiitJiern Cross.

truncate bcliiutl, a little sliorter than head, reaching beyond origin of
anal. Ventral jj- to '\ length of head. Caudal rounded. Caudal
peduncle as long as deep. Scales 87-100 '^\ lateral line fii
Dark olive, uniform or with darker spots or marhlings ; anterior
dorsal Itlackisli, other fins greyish, often with small Idack spots.

Total length, 190 mm.

Forty-seven specimens found aljout Duke of York Island, at a
deptli of 3 to 5 fathoms, and 23 from Cape Adare, 4 to 8 fathoms.

Measurements and numbers of fin-rays and scales of some of the
specimens^ : —

1

2

3

4

1
i 5

6

7

8

9 ; 10 11

Duke ot York Island

190

VII

33

33

^\

3i

4

3^

93

B^S

II

» •) »•

190

1

VIII

32

32

^\

31

n

3J

92

^

n

*• i» 1?

1 180

VII

36

35

4^

3^

3^

3^

100

A

H

•1 1, ..

180

VIII

84

32

4J

H

3|

3^

98

^

V

9» n »i

180

VII

34

32

^i

n

H

34

94

i^

^^

>» ?< »5

170

VII

34

32

4

3J

3|

33^

88

bIt

n

•f )• M

170

VI

36

34

^l

4

3|

.3*

95

-§n

u

,.

170

VII

35

32

4

3i

4

3

90

2%

n

>» '• •)

170

VII

34

33

4§

3^

3|

34

93

^^

u

»' 1? J?

170

VII

34

32

^\

3|

3|

3i

92

i^

V

J» ') y

170

VII

34

33

4i

n

3|

3|

87

^\

n

i» ji "

1G5

VII

36

34

4^

n

3^

3i

95

^\

Vt

» »' "

165

VIII

35

32

4|

3§

4

3|

95

^

H

»> ?• •,

1.55

VIII

34

34

^\

3J

3|

3J

90

A

if

'> )• V

150

VIII

35

34

^\

3|

3i

3i

90

bV

H

»• »9 ?»

HO

VII

36

33

4|

3|

3i

3J

89

2^

«

»» •• .»

135

VII

35

35

H

31

3

3i

100

3%

n

Cnpc Adarc .

115

VII

35

33

4.2

n

3

3^

98

i^

V

yo

VIII

35

33

4<2
*3

3J

3

3^

95

1.^

¥

' This and flie following tables read thus :— 1. Total length (in millimetres).
2. llavK in anterior dorsal. 3. Itays in second dorsal. 4. Rays in anal. 5. Depth
of body in total length. G. Length of head in total length. 7. Diameter of eye in
length of head. y. Interorbital width in length of head. 9. Scnles in a longi-
tudinal series (above upiKiP lateral line). 10. Scales in a transverse series. 11.
Tubular scales in the lateral lines.

Pisces.

179

4. Tl'tEMATOMUS BORCHGREVINKI, Sp. 11.
(Plate XII.)

Depth of body 4 to 5 times in total length, length of head 3 J- to
41 times. Diameter of eye 3 (young) to 4|- times in length of head,
interorbital width 3 to 3^ times ; maxillary extending to below
anterior Ijorder or anterior third of eye ; lower jaw projecting beyond
the upper ; upper surface of head naked ; small patches of scales on
cheek and on upper part of opercle ; openings of sensory canals on
head very large. Grill-rakers moderately long, 18 to 20 on lower
part of anterior arch. Dorsal V-VI, 34-37; longest rays \ to f
length of head. Anal 31-33 ; longest rays | to -^- length of head.
Pectoral somewhat truncate behind, f or | length of head (nearly as
long as head in the young). Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as
long as deep or a little deeper than long. Scales 97-110; lateral
line very indistinct, reduced to mere pits, tubular scales entirely
absent or very few. Yellowish, with more or less indistinct dusky
spots, forming vertical bars on the sides ; a spot above the shoulder
and another at the base of the pectoral fin ; fins whitish, the dorsal
usually with rather indistinct dark streaks.

Six specimens measuring up to 275 mm. from Duke of York
Island, on the surface among the ice floes, and 6 from Cape Adare,
caught near the surface. One of these has been figured in Bernacchi's
' South Polar Ptegions,' p. 98.

Measurements and numbers of fin-rays and scales : —

1

2

3

4

6

6

7

8

9

Duke of Yurk Island

275

V

37

33

' 4i

^l

4

3

98

n )) ))

250

VI

35

31

4i

4

ii

3

100

)> )) )i

170

V

35

31

4^

3i

3|

3

100

)) )> ))

125

V

35

32

4i

n

33

H

98

J5 tt )J

120

V

36

32

4i

n

3|

H

97

Cape Adare ....

225

VI

35

33

4J

n

4

3

104

)j )) • . . .

225

VI

35

32

5

H

4

3

105

)) )j ....

210

V

35

33

^\

^

4

3

99

j> jj ....

190

V

34

31

4§ ,

3|

4

3

110

)» n . • • .

160

V

35

33

^l

31

3^

3.^

105

)j J) • • . .

120

VI

3i

31 !

1

•4

3^

3

3

97

N 2

i8o

SoutJicni Cross.

5. Tkematumus hansoni, sp. n.
(Plate XIII.)

Depth of body 3i to 4^ times in total length, length of head 3^
to 4 times. Diameter of eye 3f to 4 times in length of head,
interorbital width 4^^ to 5 times ; maxillary extending to below
anterior third or centre of eye ; lower jaw not projecting beyond the
ui)per; cheek, opercle, occiput, and interorbital region densely
scaled ; openings of sensory canals on head large. Gill-rakers short,
13 to 15 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal V-VII,^ 38-41 ;
longe.st rays about i length of head. Anal 34-35 ; longest rays
about ?| length of head. Pectoral rounded, a little shorter than head,
reaching beyond origin of anal. Ventral f to f length of head.
Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales
65-75 ^ ; upper lateral line 38-44, lower usually formed of a
series of pits, or reduced to a few tubular scales. Brownish,
lighter beneath, with large dark spots or marblings or more or less
regular cross-bands ; fms greyish, dorsals, pectorals, and caudal usually
with more or less distinct darker bars.

Total length, 280 mm.

Seventeen specimens from Cape Adare, 4 to 8 fathoms, and 1
from Duke of York Island, 3 to 4 fathoms.

Measurements and numbers of fin-rays and scales of some of the
specimens : —

3

4

5

6

39

34

4

3^

39

35

^

33

41

35

H \ n

38

34

^

H

40

35

H

4

40

35

H

^

40

35

H

40

35

4 3§

40

35

4

3^

40

35

U

^

39

35

H

n

39

35

H

4

38

35

4

H

39

34

H

■6i

39

34

H

n

7

8

4

5

4

5

4

5

4

5

4

5

4

4^

4

5

4

5

^

5

33

5

4

5

4

4^

n

5

'n

H

3|

5

10 11

Cape Adare

Duke ot York Islaud

280
270
265
250
250
220
210
20.^)
205
195
190
190
IG5
160
175

VI
VI
VI
VII
VI
VI
V
VI
VI
VI
VI
VI
VI
VI
VI

70
75
67
65
71
73
70
65
65
70
68
68
65
66
70

40
43
41
42
:i9
45
39
40
38
44
40
i% ' 39

■2 2

5

2TT

R
2T

r.
22

6
2 2

r.

2TJ
R
2ff

2^

2lr

40
42

' Usually \l ; of the Ih specimeiiB examined, only one has five rays, and one
seven.

Pisces.

i8i

6. Teematomus bernacchii, sp. n.

(Plate XIY.)

Depth of body 3^ to 4 times in total length, length of head
3^ to 4 times. Diameter of eye 3^ to 4 times in length of head,
interorbital width 5 to 5^ times ; maxillary extending to below-
anterior third or centre of eye ; lower jaw not projecting beyond the
upper; cheek, opercle, and occiput densely scaled; interorbital
region naked or with a few scales ; openings of sensory canals on
head large. Gill-rakers short, 13 to 15 on lower part of anterior
arch. Dorsal IV-A^I,^ 35- 38 ; longest rays about \ length of head.
Anal 32-35 ; longest rays about \ length of head. Pectoral rounded,
f length of head, reaching origin of anal or a little beyond. Ven-
tral I to I length of head. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle
deeper than long. Scales 66-80 g^ ; upper lateral line 31—10,
lower usually formed of a series of pits or reduced to a few tubular
scales. Brownish, lighter beneath, with large dark spots, usually
forming two or three alternating series on the side ; fins grey, upper
half of anterior dorsal black or blackish.

Total length, 250 mm.

Thirty-nine specimens from Cape Adare, 5 to 8 fathoms, and 5
from Duke of York Island, 3 to 4 fathoms.

Measurements and numbers of fin-rays and scales in some of the
specimens : —

10 11

Cape Adare

Duke of York Island

250
230
230
220
220
220
220
215
200
200
185
180
180
170
165
230
185
180
170
120

V
V
V
V
V
V

IV
V
V

VI
V

IV
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V

36
38
35
37
35
36
37
35
38
36
35
37
36
36
38
37
35
38
38
35

33
33
35
34
33
33
35
33
33
33
35
34
34
34
32
32
33
32
35
32

3|

n

3f

^^

4
4
4

4

3|
3|

3i
34

3J
3*

31

3*

3*

3^

3^

4

'6h,

4

3f

4

3^-

4

3i

3|
3J

4

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

3f

4

4

3|
3|

n

31
3|
3S

3| 1 3J

5i

5^
5

5i

5

5

f

5

5i

5

5i
5i
5*

5

5i
5^
5|
5^

72
68
75
77
75
68
80
72
73
74
77
70
76
67
77
70
68
75
66
79

A

6

55
6

6

A

6
55

6
5T

5%

6
2TT

6
53

6
57J

5%

36

36

40

37

32

35

37

35

35

36

31

35

35

35

35

34

31

35

33

35

1 Usually V.

1 82 SoutJicrn Cross.

NOTOTHENIA, riichardsoii.

The identification of tlie fishes of this reri-Antarctic genus is
heset with great difficulties, in the absence of a general account of
tlioni, and this deficiency has resulted in the description of a good
nnnil)er of purely nominal species. An attempt to reduce the
number of species described from the Fuegian district has recently
been made by Professor Smitt/ l)ut a careful examination of the
larce material in the British ]\Iuseum has failed to convince me of

a

tlie soundness of liis conclusions. In no species do I find the number
of rays in the anterior dorsal varying as much as from 4 to 7, as
I'rofessor Smitt believes, nor does the size of the eye prove to be
an unreliable character, provided the comparison be made of similar-
sized specimens ; and the width of the interorbital region, compared
to the length of the head, is still more important as not varying with
age. Autopsy of a number of individuals among the material at
hand has satisfied me that sexual dimorphism does not account for
the differences in the proportions of the parts of the head which has
been ascribed to it. In his endeavour to settle questions of species
by means of elaborate tables of measurements, the Professor appears
to have lost sight of many really important specific characters, and I
consider his contribution as a misleading guide to the study of this
difficult group. ^ly conclusions are embodied in the following
synopsis of the species, concerning which I wish to point out that I
have myself counted, with the greatest care, the fin-rays and scales in
nearly all the specimens at my command. Except for the definition
of N. canina and N. filholi, which are only known to me from the
descriptions, all the characters are taken from specimens in the British
Museum.

The length of the head is measured to the extremity of the
opercular bone. The scales in a longitudinal series are counted above
the lateral line, from the origin of the latter to the end of the
muscular part of the tail ; those in the transverse series are counted
from the middle of the anterior dorsal to the lateral line, and from
the latter to the mid-ventral line, some distance in front of the vent.
The lateral line, in these fishes, consists partly of tubules and partly
of more or less distinct impressions or pits ; only the tubular scales
are counted. For the purpose of uniformity, the scales have been
almost invariably counted on tlie left side of the specimens.

' Bill. Vot. Ak. Ilainll., xxiii., iv., 1807, No. 3.

Pisces. 1 83

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Anal with 28 to 35 rays.

A. luterorbital width 3§ to G times in length of head.

1. Six or seven rays to anterior dorsal ; interorbital region and occiput

scaly.

D. 33-34 ; A. 31-33 ; Sq. 75-86 .^ ; ventral fin f length

of head 1. tessellafa, Rich.^

D. 32-33 ; A. 30-31 ; Sq. 68-71 ~; ventral fin f length

of head ; very strong canine teeth 2. canina, Smitt.

D. 28-30; A. 28-30 ; Sq. 50-52 ^^ ; ventral fin f length

of head 3. sima, Rich.^

2. Five or six rays to the anterior dorsal; interorbital region and

occiput naked.
D. 32-38 ; A. 28-31 ; Sq. 67-90 ~ ; cheek entirely or

partially naked 4. coriiceps, Rich.^

D. 36; A. 33; Sq. 87 -; cheek densely scaled 5. cyaneohnmclia. Rich.

B. Interorbital wiath 7 to 8 times in length of head.

1. Sq. 48-54 j^,; A. 28-31.

D. VI- VII, 29 ; ventral f length of head ; interorbital

region scaly 6. marionensis, G thr.*

D. VI, 33-35 ; ventral nearly as long as head ; interorbital

region naked 7. elegans, Gthr.

2. Sq. 66-77 ~ ; A. 31-33.

D. V-VT, 35-37 ; ventral f to f length of head ; inter-
orbital region scaly 8. longipes, Stdr.^

D. IV, 37 ; ventral f to | length of head ; interorbital
region naked 9. nicolai, sp. n.

C. Interorbital width 10 to 11 times in length of head; interorbital region

scaly.
D. IV-V, 35-37 ; A. 33-35 ; Sq. 59-66 ^, ; ventral as

long as or a little shorter than head 10. mizops, Gthr,

D. VI, 30; A. 32; Sq. 68|; ventralf length of head 11. acuta, Gthv.

II. Anal with 23 to 25 rays.

A. Interorbital width 3 to 3^ times in length of head.
D. VII-VIII, 26-27 ; Sq. 100-112 '^ ; gill-rakers 15 or 16

on lower i^art of anterior arch ; caudal emarginate 12. colhechi, sp. n.

1 N. veitchii, Gthr., 1874.

2 N. squamiceps, Ptrs. 1876. N. cornucola,/. squamifrons, Smitt, 1897.

3 N. purpuriceps, Rich., 1844. N. cornucola, Rich., 1844. N. virgata. Rich.,
1845. N. marginata, Rich., 1845. N. cornucola, ff. calva et intermedia, Smitt,
1897. N. modesta, Stdr., 1898.

* N. angustifrons, Fischer, 1885.

' N. aquainifrons, Gthr., 1880. N. tessellata,/. megahps, Smitt, 1897.

1 84

SoiitJicrn Cross.

1). VI,'_'S-2!t; S<1. 0r>-(i8 J:^, ; gill-rakerB 10 to 12 ; caudal

rounded 1 •*. rnicrohqndota, Hutt.'

B. Interorbital width 2J to 2^ iu length of head.
D. IV, 2!»-30; Sq. 58-02 ^^; gill-rakers 10 or 11;
caudal truncate or slightly emarginate 14 , macrocephala, Gthr.^

111. Anal with 18 lo 20 rays.
P. \TI, 24-25 ; Sq. 100-110 ; head scaly abovo

I'y.filhoJi, Sauv.

Notothenia phome, Kich., and N. magellanica, Forst., have not been identified.

7. XOTOTIIENIA XICOL.Vl', Sp. n.

(Plate XV.)

Depth of body nearly 4 times in total length, length of head 3^ to
3.] times. Diameter of eye 3 times in length of head, interorbital
widtli 7 to 8 times ; maxillary extending to below anterior fourth or
anterior third of eye ; lower jaw projecting Ijeyond the npper ; upper
surface of head naked ; cheek and opercle densely scaled. Gill-rakers
rather short, 11 or 12 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal IV,
35-37 ; longest rays ^ length of head. Anal 31-33 ; longest rays
^ length of head, Pectoral rounded, a little shorter than head,
reaching beyond origin of anal. Ventral | to | length of head.
Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle nearly as long as deep. Scales

G9-77

7-8 .
2»-24 '

lateral line ^,

Olive-brown, M'ith more or less dis-
tinct cross-bars, and with or without small black spots ; fins dark
l)rown, anterior dorsal black.

Total length, 230 mm.

This new species, named in memory of Nicolai Hanson, is repre-
sented by foiu' specimens from Cape Adare, at a depth of 5 to 8
fathoms, and one from Duke of York Island, 4 fathoms. Measurements
and numbers of fin-rays and scales in these specimens are here given.

Cfti)c Adare

»< »«

i» »»

Duke of York Island

230 IV

190 I IV

160 IV

145 I IV

160 i IV

37
35
37
37
37

33
32
32
32
31

4
4
4
4
4

10 11

3i

3

7

70

3J

3

7*

76

^

3

7

69

H

3

7

70

3i

3

8

77

^i

2%

' xV. iHi, ,\t, lliiit., l.^T'.t,

^ N. mnoriinais, llaast, 1873. N. angustata, Ilutt., 1875. .V. hassleriana,
Stdr., 1875. N. antardica, Ptrs., 1876. N. arquta, Ilutt., 1879. N. marmorata,
Fischer, 1885.

Pisces.

185

8. ISTOTOTHENIA COEIICEPS, Eicll.

Eobertson Bay, 5 to 7 fathoms.

9. NOTOTHENIA COLBECKI, sp. n.
(Plate XVI.)

Depth of body 4 to 5 times in total length, length of head 3|- to
3| times. Diameter of eye 4 (young) to 6 times in length of head,
interorbital width 3 to 3i times ; maxillary extending to below
anterior third or centre of eye ; lower jaw projecting beyond the
upper ; head smooth or papillose, granulate, only the upper part of
the cheek and opercle being scaly. Gill-rakers rather short, 15
or 16 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal YII-VIII, 26-27 ;
longest rays about f length of head. Anal 23-24 ; longest rays
about \ length of head. Pectoral rounded, § length of head, not
reaching beyond origin of anal. Ventral about ^ length of head.
Caudal emarginate. Caudal peduncle longer than deep. Dark olive
above, yellowish beneath ; fins dark brown, dorsal, anal and caudal
tipped with yellowish.

Total length, 380 mm.

Twelve specimens from Campbell Island, south of New Zealand.

Measurements and number of rays and scales of some of the
specimens : —

1
:j80

2

3

4

5

6

3|

7

8

9

10

11

Campbell Island .

VII

27

23

4

6

3

106

U

II

>) » ...

230

VII

27

23

^l

^

5

3

100

M-

u

>) >> ...

130

VIII

27

23

H

H

5

3

112

M

65
^5

» >> ...

120

VII

26

24

H

H

H

3x

105

12

y2

li

?» >j ...

85

VII

26

24

5

H

4

^

112

12

35

U

10. NOTOTHENIA MICROLEPIDOTA, Hutton.

Auckland and Campbell Islands. This species grows to a length
of 400 mm., and the very massive adults have quite a cottoid
physiognomy.

1 86 S out hern Cross.

11. NOTOTIIENIA MACROCEniALA, Gtlir.
Canipbc'll Ishiiul.

BOVICHTHYS, Cuv. et Val.

12. ?)OVIfIITIIVS VAIUEGATUS, l^ich.

Seveml specimens from Campbell Island.

GYMNODRACO, gen. n.

Body elongate, depressed in front, compressed behind, naked ;
two lateral lines. Snout flattened, much produced; mouth large,
jaws with a single series of closely-set, curved compressed teeth, and
witli very large canines anteriorly, those of the mandible exposed in
front of the snout ; palate toothless. Gill-cover with two spines, the
upper very strong and with a hooked branch. Gill-membrane
narrowly attached to isthmus ; branch iostegal rays 6. A single,
lonf' dorsal fin, formed of articulated ravs ; a similar anal fin.

Scapular fenestra between the scapula and the coracoid. Ver-
tebrae 20 -I- 28 ; ribs and epipleiu-als very slender, inserted behind
well-developed parapophyses on the praesacral vertebrae.

13. Gymxodraco acuticeps, sp. n.

(Platk XVII.)

Depth of body 8 to 9 times in total length, length of head 3 to
3|. Head strongly depressed, twice as long as broad ; snout acutely
pointed, as long as postocular part of head ; nostril rather large, not
tubular, nearer tlie eye than the end of the snout ; interorbital region
broad and slightly concave ; diameter of eye 5 times in length of
head, equal to interorbital width ; maxillary extending to below
anterior border of eye ; lower jaw strongly projecting beyond the
snout, which is overlapped by the very strong backwardly directed
canine teeth with which the symphysis is furnished ; the anterior
canine teeth of the praemaxillaries directed forward, the posterior
stronger and directed backward ; opercle armed Avith a very strong.
Hat spine, with an upper hooked l)ranch as in Harpa(jifer ; subopercle
with a small spiuo. Dorsal 28-30, originating a little in advance of

Pisces. 187

the vent, its length nearly twice its distance from the head ; longest
rays \ to \ length of head. Anal 24-26, originating below sixth or
seventh ray of dorsal ; rays nearly as long as dorsals. Pectoral
rounded, suhtruncate behind, -|- to f length of head, not reaching vent.
Ventral a little shorter than pectoral. Caudal truncate. Caudal
peduncle 1|- to If as long as deep. Lateral lines appearing as tubes
or pits in a series of small scales embedded in the skin ; the upper
extends from the gill-opening to about the vertical of the origin of
the dorsal, the lower from below the extremity of the upper to the
root of the caudal fin, running along the middle of the caudal region.
Brownish olive, belly whitish ; more or less distinct irregular dark
brown spots on the head, back, and sides of the caudal region ; fins
greyish.

Total length, 300 mm.

Five specimens were obtained at Cape Adare, in 4 to 8 fathoms,
in April and November, 1899.

This curious fish has been noticed by Bernacchi, ' To the South
Polar Piegions,' p. 209^ and a photograph of it is given in Borch-
grevink's book, p. 113, middle figure.

LEPTOSCOPIDAE.

PLEURAGRAMMA, gen. n.

Body rather elongate, compressed, covered with large, thin, cycloid
scales ; lateral line absent. Snout flattened, but not spatulate ; mouth
large, with bands of villiform teeth ; a pair of canines at the prae-
maxillary symphysis ; lateral mandibular teeth in a single series,
unequal in size ; palate toothless. Opercle ending in a point ; no
spines on the head. Gill-membrane free ; pseudobranchiae present ;
l)ranchiostegal rays six. Two distinct dorsal fins, the first short and
formed of slender simple rays, the second, as well as the anal, long.
Skeleton feebly ossified ; suborbital chain very slender ; scapular
fenestra in the scapula ; vertebrae 19 + 34, praecaudals without
parapophyses.

14. Pleuhagkamma antakcticum, sp. n.

(Plate XVIII.)

Depth of body about 5 times in total length, length of head 3|-
times. Snout flattened above, with feeble bony ridges, nearly as long
as the eye, the diameter of which is contained 3 or 3;^ times in length

1 88 Southern Cross.

of head ; iuterorbital region Hat, with a feeble median ridge, its width
A\ times in length of head ; maxillary extending to below anterior
third or centre of eye ; lower javy projecting beyond the lower, 'svith a
symphysial knolt ; upper surface of head naked ; large thin scales on
opercle. Gill-rakers long and slender, 23 to 25 on lower part of
anterior areh. Dorsal W, :^)7-40 ; the anterior rays of the first
division longer than those of the second. i\nal 30-34. Tectoral
scarcely longer than ventral, about ? length of head. Caudal emargi-
nate. Scales 45 or 46 in a longitudinal series, 12 in a transverse
series. Silvery, brownish on the back, speckled with blackish.

Total length, 165 mm.

This description is based on several specimens, in very bad state
of preservation and falling to pieces, obtained on the ice barrier at
78*35° S. lat., the farthest point at whicli fishes have yet been
obtained in the Antarctic region. Owing to the condition of tlie
specimens, the figure here given of the entire fish must be regarded
as, to some extent, a restoration, which I believe, however, to be
correct.

BLENNIIDAE.

15. TllIPTERYGIUM VARIUM, Bl. Schu.

Auckland Island, 5 fathoms.

PLEURONECTIDAE.

10. lllIUMlJOSOLEA TAPIRINA, Gthr.

Campl)ell Island.

Pisces. 189

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate XL
TrenMtomus newnesi (p. 177), with upper view of head and side view of skull.

Plate XII.

Tremaiomus horchjreviu'ki (p. 17U), with upper view of head and side view
of skull.

Plate XIII.
Trematomus liansoui (p. 180), with upper view of head and side view of skull.

Plate XIV.
Trematomus hernacchii (p. 181), with upper view of head and side view of skull.

Plate XV.
Notothenia nicolai (p. 184), with upper view of head.

Plate XVI.

Notothenia colhecki (p. 185), adult, reduced to 1 with upper view of head, and
young, natural size.

Plate XVII.
Gymnodraco acuticeps (p. 186).

Plate XVIII.
Fleuragramma antardicum (p. 187).

190 Sou t hey n Cross.

\ I. TUNIC A T A.

I'.v W. A. IIEKDMAN, J).Sc., F.l^.S.
(Hates XlX-XXllI.)

This collection does not contaiu many species, l)ut some of the
specimens are of very large size. Unfortunately some of them are
in very bad condition, and none are really well preserved. Even
when refinements of killing and fixing are impossible it should be
easy for all collectors of Tunicata to make simple incisions through
the test into the interior of the animal — whether it be a simple
Ascidian or a colony — before dropping the specimen into alcohol, and
that makes a very great difference in the condition of the internal
organs after preservation. However, in some of the present cases,
from the ragged appearance and the broken-down condition even at
the surface of the animal, I am inclined to think that no precautions
and care would have availed, as the specimens were probably dead
and decomposing colonies when collected.

Although our knowledge of the Antarctic Tunicate fauna is very
limited, still we know that the Southern seas generally have a rich
Tunicate fauna. Quoy and Gaimard long ago remarked, " La
Nouvelle-Hollande, dans sa partie sud, et la Nouvelle-Zelande, sont
les lieux de predilection des Ascidies en general ; " and the Aus-
tralian fauna includes over 180 known species of Ascidians, a greater
number than that known from the shores of North-West Europe, a
corresponding coastal area in the northern hemisphere, and the one
that has probaltly been most exhaustively worked up. The south
coast of Australia is in about -iU^ south latitude. Whether species
remain as abundant as we go still further south we do not yet know ;
Init on the shores of Kerguelen Island (about 50° south latitude) and
in the Straits of ^lagellan (about 55° south latitude), not only are
species of Ascidians numerous, but they abound in individuals, and
moreover are, as a general rule, of large size. Between latitudes 40°
and 55° S. the ' Challewjcr ' obtained twenty-eight species of simple
Ascidians and thirty-nine species of compound. At far southern
stations such lai'ge and remarkaljle forms as Asciaia cliaUcujcri,

Ttmicata. 191

A. idaccnta and A. meridionalis, Corynascidia suhmi, Ahijssascidia
vasculosa, Eiigyra herguehnensis, Ascopera gigantea and A. pedun-
cidata, Molgula gigantea and M. pedunctdata, Goodsiria coccinea and
G. pedunculata, Cideolus recumbens and G. pierlucidus, Fungulus
cinereus, Batkyonciis mirahilis, Styela lactca, S. sericata, S. grandis,
S. convexa, and Pharyngodidyoii mirahile, Golclla pedunculata and
G. concreta, Amaroucmm variahile, Ghorizocormus rcticulatus, Tylo-
hrancJiion syeciosum, Atopogaster gigantea and A. elongata, were
evidently a marked featnre of the fauna. Since the ' Challenger '
expedition the ' Belgica ' and the ' Valdivia ' have brought home col-
lections from the far south. These are being worked out, but no
results in regard to tlie Tunicata have so far ^ been published.

The present collection, made l^y the officers of the ' Southern Gross '
along the beach and in the shallow water at Cape Adare, Victoria
Land, consists of two species of simple Ascidians belonging to the
family Cynthiidae, six species of compound Ascidians, five of which
are Polyclinidae, and of a number of specimens of Salpidae, all of
which seem to belong to the chain-form of Salpa runcinata-fusiforinis.
Four of the species seem new to science : a Tylohranchion, a Poly-
clinuin, and two species of Psammaplidium, but none of these can be
said to be in any way remarkable. Tlie Tylohranchion is interesting
as adding a new species to a genus only known from the Southern
Ocean.

ASCIDIACEA.

ASCIDIAE SIMPLICES.

Family CYNTHIIDAE.
Sub-Family BOLTENINAE.

Boltenia pachyderraatina. (PLite XIX., figs. 1 and 2.)

(See 'Challenger^ Eep., Pt. I., p. 89 ; also Cat. Tunicata Australian Mus.,

PL Cyn. L, fig. 1.)

About twenty specimens of this large species were obtained from
" Adventure Bay, Tasmania, 12th Dec, 1898, along the beach." The
individuals range from 8 cm. to 22 cm. in total length, and closely

1 December, 1901.

192 SoutJicyn Cross.

resemble those figured in the Catalogue of the Tunicata in the
Australian Museum.

The species shows considerable variation in external form and
also in internal structure. But the present specimens, although
varying in the proportions of stalk to head, and in the amount of
coiTugation of the surface, are all clearly members of the species and
agree in essential characters, such as the peculiarly convoluted dorsal
tubercle. There is some variation shown in the branchial sac, not
only in diflerent individuals, but also in different regions of the same
sac. Some parts are like the specimen figured in the ' (Jliallenfjcr '
Eeport (PI. Vri., fig. 7), with many (six to nine or so) stigmata in
each mesh. Other parts are much more solid (see PI. XIX., fig. 1)
and contain onlv two or four circular sticrmata in a mesh, and some-
times only one large opening (figs. 1 and 2 show two such irregular
parts of the same branchial sac). The latter condition recalls the
branchial sac of the allied abyssal genus Culcolus, and suggests the
possibility that the condition in the latter may be a secondary one
due to the fusion of stigmata, or possibly to the arrest of subdivision
of stigmata, so that as the sac grows older stigmata may become
much enlarged. In all cases the vessels of the branchial sac contain
spicules as figured in tlie Australian Museum Catalogue (PI. Cvn. I.,
fig. 2).

The test is also crowded with short knobbed spicules like those
of Alcyonaria. In some places the test is mottled on the surface
with circular black spots, which are seen in sections to be due to
spherical masses of yellow-brown pigment granules. It is not
improbable that these pigmented masses are the remains of parasitic
algae.

Sub-Family STYE LIN AE.

Styela lactea. (Plate XIX., figs. 3-8.)

(See ' Challenger ' Hep., Pt. L, p. 156.)

llalf-a-dozen specimens of this species were found " washed up on
the beach " at Cape Adare on 6th April, 189'.). The largest measures
8 '5 cm. in autero-posterior extent by 5' 5 cm. dorso-ventrally, and
the smallest shows 3 cm. and 2 cm. for the same two dimensions.
These specimens are considerably larger than the ' Challenger '
specimens obtained at Kerguelen Island, the largest of which
measured 4*5 cm. in length and 3*5 cm. in breadth.

The Cape Adare specimens show a marked posterior pad-like
thickening, upon which the animal evidently rested (see PL XIX.,

Tunic at a. 193

fig. 3) ; but sections show that although the test is thickened in this
region, the pad is really due more to a great increase in the bulk of
the mantle than of the test. In one specimen examined (fig. 4) the
thickest part of the test, at the posterior end, measured 5 mm., while
the mantle underneath it reached the extraordinary thickness of
10 mm. Over the rest of the body both test and mantle are thin.
The mantle though thin is muscular, and has distinct external
circular and internal longitudinal layers of fibres. The branchial
sac does not extend to the posterior end of the body, but leaves a
considerable cavity which is occupied by the alimentary canal. The
stomach and intestine thus come to lie posteriorly to the branchail
sac (fig. 7). The endostyle shows large glandular thickenings, forming
pad-like masses placed alternately at its sides (see fig. 6). There
are very broad shelf-like horizontal membranes on each transverse
vessel (fig. 5) ; otherwise the branchial sac is as shown in the
' Cludlenger ' lieport. There are two long gonads on each side of the
body, and in addition to these there are many irregular tag-like
" endocarps " (see fig. 8).

ASCIDIAE COMPOSITAE.

Family POLYCLINIDAE.
Tylobranehion antarcticum. (Plate XX., figs. 1-6.)

External appearance. — This is a small colony with a rounded
slightly lobed upper surface. Each lobe contains a small group of
two or three ascidiozooids placed vertically in the transparent test.
The colour is lioht fq-ev, the test beinir lighter and the ascidiozooids
a little darker and showing opa(i[ue in the transparent mass.

Test. — The lower part of the colony is a solid mass of test about
1 cm. in thickness, and covered with adhering and imbedded sand
grains, the upper part is soft and transparent.

Mantle. — Thin with prominent muscle bands running longi-
tudinally.

Branchial sac. — Large, with numerous stigmata. There are no
internal longitudinal bars, but the transverse vessels bear large
papillae which bifurcate at the free end (figs. 5 and 6).

Ascidiozooid. — From r, to 7 mm. in length, exclusive of the long
post-abdomen or ectodermal tube. The visceral part (abdomen) is

0

194 Soutlicni Cross,

slii,'htlv loni^'or than the Itraiichial sac (thorax), while the post-
ahtl<»nien may he twice as long *as the rest of the hody, bringinji the
whole lip to altout 20 mm. (figs. 2 and 3). At its posterior end the
post-ahdomen spreads out a little. It is then a plain ectodermal tube.

The Dorsal Tuhcrcle has a plain circular opening. Figure 4
shows its relations to the nerve ganglia and the peripharyngeal
JLiauds.

Tentacles about 12, simple, all the same size.

The Stomach has longitudinal ridges (figs. 2 and 3). The
intestine is large, and rather irregularly dilated.

This colony was obtained off Cape Adare on January 2nd, 1900,
from a depth of 20-24 fathoms, where the temperature of the water
was 29° Fahr. It is preserved in formol. In the bottle along with
it is a large mass of the gelatinous spawn of some mollusc. The
aijpearanee of the animal suggests the genus Diazona, which,
however, has internal longitudinal bars.

It seems best to put this new species in the genus Ti/lobranchion ,
established in the ' Challenger' Eeport for a species (T. speciosum) of
which three colonies were obtained at Kerguelen Island from depths
between 10 and 100 fathoms. Ti/lohranchion speciosum, while
agreeing in general anatomy with the present species, differs from it
in form of colony (see ' Challenger'' l{ep., Part II. PI. XXII, fig. 1)
and proportions of ascidiozooid, and in details of most organs. It
shows, however, the same bifid papillae on the transverse vessels of
the branchial sac.

Atopogaster elongata. (Plate XXI., fiizs. 1-10.)

(See ' Challenrjer ' Rep., Pt. II., p. 173, 1886.)

This is a species that was trawled up in quantity during the
' Challeiujcr ' expedition at Station 313 in the Strait of Magellan, from
ftf) fathoms. The 'Challenger' colonies presented a great variety in
form, and the specimens now before us do so to an even greater
degree. On plate III. we show a few prevalent shapes selected from
the hundred or so in the collection.

The greater number of the specimens, over fifty, were obtained
washed up on the beach at Cape Adare on April Gth, 1899. A
handful of the smaller ones (figs. 6 and 7) look like nothing so much
as a groiijj of new potatoes. The larger colonies (figs. 1, 2, 4,
and 8) are more irregular in form.

Other specimens were obtained : —

"April 24th." (nio specimen.

Tnnicata. ig^

"Cape Adare, 25th January, washed up on heaeU," twenty
specimens.

"Cape Adare, 7-10 fathoms, 23rd January, 30° Fahr.," five
specimens.

" Cape Adare, 2lst January, 1900, washed up on ])each," twenty
specimens.

"Cape Adare, 5th January, 1900, on the beach," eleven colonies.

A well-grown colony measures 9x4x3 cm., another is
6x2x2 cm. The longest is 10 cm., and some of the smallest are
nearly globular, being about 2*5 x 2 cm. They are all of a dark
grey colour, and are very hard and solid to the feel. The test is
very compact, and in many cases no trace of ascidiozooids can be
seen unless the colony is cut open. In sections they show as long
yellow bodies in the grey test.

A few of the colonies were evidently attached by one end, others
apparentl}^ near the middle, but many not at all — probably most lay
free on the bottom.

In many cases the colony is the same in character all over its
surface, but in others (see figs. 9 and 10) the lower parts may be
much wrinkled and rougher, forming a stalk for the upper end or
" head," whicli is of a lighter grey, and softer, and shows the anterior
ends of the ascidiozooids distinctly. The liranchial sac is large, and
shows many large stigmata.

Polyelinum adareanum. (Plate XXII., ligs. l-i».)

External appearance. — Colony large, globular or pear-shaped, with
a rounded upper end. The lower end is rather narrower and may be
wrinkled and incrusted with sand.

Test. — Grey, tougli ; firmer on the surface where it forms a
cuticle, softer inside, looser in texture on the top of the colony, and
strengthened with sand in the lower part.

Ascidiozooids arranged in systems of eight or ten in a circle round
a common cloaca.

BraAichial sax, with about twenty rows of numerous small stigmata.
There are very strong muscle bands in the transverse vessels.

Lang nets. — A row of short curved tentacle-like processes, shorter
than their distance apart and not flattened.

Localitij. — " Cape Adare, 6th April, 1899, washed up on beach,"
half-a-dozen colonies ; and " Cape Adare, 21st January, 1900,
washed up on beach," one colony. This last colony measures
9*5 X 6'5 X 3-5 cm., while the largest of the series is 14 x 12 x 10
cm., and the smallest 6x4x3 cm. ; the rest are all about

0 2

196 Sontlicni Cross.

\- X '.' X •"> iiii. SoiiK- of lliL' colonies (PI. XXII., figs. I and 2) are
mtlier like turnips in appearance, others lonfrer and more cylin-
drical, like large sausages. The ascidiozooids are large, measuring
over 1 era. in length, and up to I'a mm. in breadth (dorso-ventrally).
In some the wrinkling of the surface layer of test at the posterior
end is very close (tig. (i), and in some the darkening of the surface
with sand iirains is more marked than in others. The minute black
sanil grains may even adhere to the test over the upper end, where
they are placed around the apertures of the ascidiozooids in such
a way as to mark out the systems with dots (fig. 4). The systems
are about 1 cm. in diameter, and the common cloaca measures
1*5 mm. across. Figure 5 shows the test covering a system as
seen from the underside when sliced off.

Tliis species comes near Folyclinum giganteum and P. glohosum,
found at Port Jackson, Australia.

Psammaplidium nigrviin. (Plate XXllI., figs. 1-3.)

Kdernal appearance. — The colony is large, flat, and soft,
measuring 10 X 6 X 1 cm., nearly black in colour, and finely sandy
all over. It is marked with conspicuous coarse granulations, which
indicate the anterior ends of the ascidiozooids, and is also marked
out into polygonal areas by slight creases (see PI. XIII., fig. 1).

The Test is very soft and flimsy, easily torn, and giving no stiff-
ness to the colony. It is of a dark grey colour even when free of
sand. Most of the sand is in the surface layer, but there is a little
throughout. The sand grains are dark, which adds to the black
apjtearance of the colony.

Tlic Branchial sac has at least a dozen rows of numerous small
stigmata (fig. 3).

The Mantle is muscular. There is a rather large muscular
branchial siphon, and a large atrial languet.

Localiti/.—" Cape Adare, 26 fatiioms, 14th November, 1899."

In addition to the colony described above there is a second,
measuring 4x3x1 cm. (see fig. 2). Both colonies are remark-
ably soft and flabby. This and the black colour are characteristic
features of the species.

Psammaplidium antarcticum. (I'lati' XXIII., ligs. l-<3.)

Rdcrnal appearance. — Colony irregular in form, or rising into a
convex mass in centre, quite firm with a thick layer of black sand
over the surface. Size of one colony 8x0x4 cm.

Tunic at a. 197

The, Test is hard. It has very much less sand inside than on the
surface (fig. 5), but there is some throughout.

The Branchial sac has many rows of large stigmata (fig. 6).

Locality/. — " Cape Adare, 26 fathoms, 14th November, 1899." This
species is, I think, distinct from the last. It is very different in
texture and habit, and the appearance of the colonies is quite
distinct. They were found together.

There were three colonies of this species ; the dimensions above
are those of the largest ; all are firm and solid to the touch.

Family DISTOMIDAE.

Distaplia ignota. (Plate XX., figs. 7-9.)

(?) ignotus, Herdman, ' Challenger' Rep., Pt. IL, p. 251, 1886.

? Julinia australis, Caiman, Quart. Journ. Mic. Sci., 1894, p. 1.

In the collection brought home by the ' Challenger ' expedition
from the Strait of Magellan, there were two large Polyclinid-like
colonies which I had to report upon. The species was sufficiently
distinct and striking to render me certain that it was undescribed,
but the specimens were in such very bad condition anatomically that
I felt it impossible to refer the new species with certainty to its
proper genus. Consequently I described and figured it under the

heading, " (?) ignotus, n. sp." (see 'Challenger' Eep., Part II.,

p. 251). I had also examined a specimen in the British Museum
collection (measuring about 3 feet in length), labelled from the
Antarctic, which I found to belong to the same species, and which
curiously enough was also, like the ' Challenger ' specimens, in a
very bad state of preservation ; and I made the suggestion, in the
' Challenger ' Eeport, that all these colonies had been dead and partially
decomposed when they were found and put in spirit. My remarks
on the species ended with the sentence, " It is to be hoped that
some future explorers in the Southern Seas may be successful in
obtaining specimens of this, probably the largest known species of
compound Ascidian, in a living condition." The present collection
contains no less than four large colonies or fragments of this same
species, and it is most disappointing to find that they also are in
a decomposed condition, so that very little more can be made
out with certaiuty in regard to the minute anatomy. Still, I think
I am now justified, from the specimens I have before me, in saying
that this gigantic species must be referred to the family Distomidae,
and probably to the genus Dista;plia ; consequently I now, until

198 Souther]! Cross.

lull her (,'\ i(k'iicc; i.s tuiLlicomiug, consider Llic iiiiiuc nl tlit; spucius Ui
Ito. l)i)itnpli(i iipiofa, Hrdn.

In 1804 Mr. Caiman^ described, under the name ol' Jnlinvi
nuafralis, a larijje colony from the Antarctic, which he consideied
l(» bo " nearly related, if not identical," \\ith my ' Chdlewjer' species.
Air. Caiman's si)ecimen had been found by Dr. C. ^I. Donald floatinir
on the surface of the sea in the north of Erebus and Terror (Julf,
where it is said that " considerable quantities were seen." Althou_i;h
partly rag.niod and beginning to decay, Mr. Caiman's specimen was
in suthciently good condition to enaljle him to make out all essential
points in the anatomy, and he correctly refers the species to the
family Distomidae. 1 cannot, however, agree to his statement that
it " evidently forms the type of a new genus," as I think if there is
anything evident it is that, from the general shape and structure of
the ascidiozooid and from the atrial hinguet and the incubatory
pouch. Caiman's form fits into the genus Disfcqtlia. ^Moreover, the
specimen collected by Dr. Donald is very probably, as Caiman
suggested, the same species as the ' Cludlenyer ' and the British IMuseum
specimens, all of which must now therefore be known by the name
Dista2jlia ufiiota.

In the present collection there are : —

1. Three large fragments, measuring respectively 19 cm., 21 em.,
and 26 cm. in length, and from 3 to 6 cm. in diameter, from " Cape
Adare, beginning of January, 24 fathoms."

2. One smaller specimen from " Cape Adare, 16th December,
18U9, on surface, 28-0° Fahr."

3. Many irregularly shaped and more or less si)reading masses
from " Cape Adare, 2nd January, 1900, 20-24 fathoms, 29" Fahr."
The colonies in this bottle are in very bad condition, and were
jtrobably all dead ami more or less decomposed when collected.
There are a number of Ani])hipoda ami l*ycnogonida with the
Ascidians in the bottle which seem to be in fair condition, so
probably it is not the method of preservation that is at fault.
Tiie average size of colony is 7 X 4 x 1 em. Some of the
smaller lumps (tig. 7) are more rounded, and are no doubt the
youngest colonies present, othei-s (fig. 8) l)ecome irregularly lobed
and spreading, and finally the largest grow out into long cylindrical
masses (fig. !>). Sonic (if tht\se are attached by the greater part of
one surface to small stones and fragments of sea-weeds, and so, no
doubt, lay on the .sea-l»ottom ; but it is ea.sy to understand how
they might become detached in storms and be washed up on beaches,

' Quart. Jouni. Mic. Sci., vol. 37, p. 1.

Tnnicata. 199

or even wlien decomposiug be found floating on the surface. The
specimens collected on 16th December, 1899, and by Dr. Donald in
the Erebus and Terror Gulf, floating on the surface, were, doubtless,
detached and probably decaying masses from colonies at the bottom.
The central parts of the colonies are occupied by very loose test,
much vacuolated, and penetrated by canals in which run ectodermal
processes or stolons from the ascidiozooids. These processes end in
dilated bulbs, and have numerous buds in the test around them,
recalling the condition in the stalk or basal part of some species of
the closely allied genus Coldla.

THALIACEA.
Family SALPIDAE.

Salpa runeinata-fusiformis, Chamisso — Cuvier.

This was the only species of pelagic Tunicate in the collection,
and all the specimens belong to the aggregated or chain form. They
were found as follows : —

"Cape Adare, 5th April, 1899, ten specimens." These are all
small, the largest being 2 cm. in length.

" Cape Adare, 9th April, 1899," thirty specimens, of sizes up to
4 cm. in length,

" Cape Adare, 30th April, 1899," forty specimens, " found on the
surface, and on beach ; temperature of water 28*6° Fahr."

"Cape Adare, 10th May, 1899, on surface and along beach,
temperature of water 28^ Fahr." Fifty specimens from 2 • 5 to 3-5
cm. long.

Some of the specimens show lines of minute denticles projecting
from the surface of the test. This is a species that seems to be
abundant in the Antarctic. The ' Challenge^' ' expedition obtained it
both in tropical seas (north of the Admiralty Islands, under the
equator) and also i]i several localities far south, such as " off Prince
Edward Island," " near Heard Island," and at " Station 152, Antarctic
Ocean, lat. 60° 52' S., long. 80° 20' E., surf. temp. 34° 5' Fahr. ;
about 160 specimens of the aggregated form, many of them large."
But the present is probably its furthest south record. Apparently
the southern forms are usually larger than those found in warmer
seas.

200

Southern Cross.

ir wv. tuke Jiccount <•!' all l(»calities iVuin 40" south latitude soutli-
wartls to tlie Antarctic Continent, we find that the following' pelagic
Tunicates have been obtained in the area : —

I'yronoma </ig<iiiteu7n.

Dolioluia ehrenhergi.

Salpa costata-tilesii.

S. echinata.

S. cordiformis-zonaria.

S. cylindrira.

S. runcinata-fusi/or/ais.

S. 'lemocraiica-mucronatu.

•S. afrirana-uiaximtt.

Appen dicularia.

( )nly two of these species have been found in the corresponding
latitudes round the Xorth Pole.

EXPLAXATIOX OF PLATES.

Plate XIX.

Fig. 1. — Part of the branchial sac of Boltenia pachydnriualina showing
variationp.

Fig. 2. — Another part of tlie same branchial sac.

Fig. 3. — Styda ladea, Hidn., from side, uat. size.

Fig. 4. — Section of iX)sterior end of same to show thickened pad of mantle
and test.

Fig. 5. — Alimentary canal of !<tyeJa ladea.

Fig. 6. — Some of the endocarps x 2.

Fig. 7. — Part of the eudostyle.

Plate XX.

Fig. 1. — Tylobranchion aiitarcticum, nat. size.

Figs. 2 and 3. — Ascidicizooids enlarged.

Fig. 4. — Dorsal tubercle.

Fig. 5. — Branchial sac.

Fig. 6. — A papilla.

Figs. 7, 8, and 9. — Colonies of DistapHa ignota, Hrdn.

Plate XXI.
Figs. 1-10. — Shajtes of colonies of Atopogaster elongata, Hrdn.

Plate XXII.

Figs. 1 and 2. — Colonies of Polydinum adareanum.

Fig. 3. — Systems of ascidiozooids.

Fig. 4. — Arrangement nf pigment.

Fig. 5. — Common cioacal aperture from inside.

Fig. G. — Lower end of a colony.

Figs. 7, 8, and fl. — Branchial sacs.

Plate XXIII.

Figs. 1 and 2. — Colonies of Psnmmaplidium nigrum.

Fig. 3. — Branchial sac rif same.

^""i'n- ■i- — Colony nf FsatnmapHdium antarcticum.

Fig. 5. — Section of edge of colony.

Fig. 6. — Part of brancliial sac.

20I

VII. M O L L U S C A.

By EDGAE a. smith, F.Z.S.
(Plates XXIV, XXV.)

Of the twenty-eight species quoted or described in the
folio «'ing account, all, with the exception of seven, are from Cape
Adare, Victoria Land, or Franklin Island, a little further south.
These seven are mostly from Auckland and Campbell Islands, south
of New Zealand, practically in the same latitudes as Kerguelen
Island, of which the molluscs in several instances are identical with
those of Cape Adare. In view of the fact that these are the first
collections described from this remote region, it is not surprising
that such a large proportion of the species appear to be new. It is
worthy of note, however, that, with the exception of the new genus
Newncsia,iindPhilin(', no generic types were obtained which are new
to the Antarctic fauna. The genus Fliiline ranges from the Arctic
region to Xew Zealand, and some of the species appear to be very
widely distributed. For example, the common British P. apcrta
ranges from Norway to the Cape of Good Hope, and a scarcely
distinguishable form, P. angasi, occurs in Australia and New
Zealand. The occurrence therefore of this widely-dispersed genus
in Antarctic waters is not surprising. This collection furnishes only
negative evidence with regard to the similarity of Arctic and
Antarctic mollusca. It is, however, none the less interesting, and
may be regarded as not only the first, but a satisfactory instalment
of the species which inhabit these inhospitable regions.

CEPHALOPODA.

POLYPUS CAMPBELLI.

(PL XXIV., figs. 7-11.)

Corpus breve, bursaeforme, supra saturate sordide oliTaceum, infra dilute cinna-
momeuui ; caput et superficii s superior brachioruui colore simile tiuctte ; corpus
supra et infra granulosuni, granulis supra superfi.ciem inferiorem parvis et
confertis ; supra utrunique ocuhun cirrus parvus, conipressus ; brachia superne
carinata, ad basim cute brevi conjuncta, longitudine suba^quantia ; acetabula
magnitudinis mediocris ; par septimum supra brachia lateralia, maximum, valde
prominens.

202 Southern Cross.

'I'lic liddy of tliis Octoinis is short and j)Ui-se-like, dark, dirty
olivaceous upon (lie dorsal surface and buff' beneath ; body finely
j,n~anular above and below, the f»ranules small and very close together
on the ventral surface ; above each eye is a small compressed cirrus.
Arms (in spirit), keeled above, connected at the l)ase by a short weV),
all of about the same thickness. The rifjht dor-sal is shorter than the
left, probably bitten by a fish or crustacean; it has thirty-eight pairs
of suckers, the left having sixty-seven ]iair8. The suckers are of
moderate size excepting the seventh pair from the base on the two
lateral pairs of arms : these are enormously developed and stand out
4 mm. from the surface and are about the same in diameter. It is
cmions that the upper oi" the left lateral pair has developed only a
single large sucker instead of two. The presence of these large
suckers indicate the male sex of the specimen, and this is sub-
stantiated by the hectocotylized lower arm of the right lateral pair.
This has only thirty-six pairs of suckers, whereas the corresponding
arm on the other side has seventy-five pairs.

Lci^rjih from web between dorsal arms to the end of body 48 mm.,
width of body across back 24 mm., from back to front 19 mm.

Habitat. — Campbell Island.

GASTROPODA.

NEOBUCCINUM EATONI.

Buccinopsis eatoni, Smith, Aim. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1875, Vitl. XVI., p. (i8.

Neobuccinum eatoni. Smith, Diil. Trans. Koy. Soc, A'ol. CLXVIH., ]\ I'l'.t,
PI. IX., ti-;s. 1, 1a (1S70); Trvon, Man. Conch., Vol. III., j.p. 100, I'JT,

PI. LXXVJL, figK. ;jr>7, Sr>H.

JIahital. — Cape Adare, 7-10 fathoms.

This Antarctic whelk has hitherto been only known from
Kerguelen and Heard Island. The specimens in the present
collection are mostly a little narrower than those from Kerguelen
and generally rather darker in colour, in some instances being dark
l)urplish lirown. The colour of the interior of the aperture is also of
a somewhat deeper l)rown tint. The following measurements will
show the variation in the proportions of two selected examples.

Al'KKTUItK.

Leugth. Width.

24 14

24 13

iugth.

]>i«IU

50

31

55

28

Molhisca. 203

CHLANIDOTA VESTITA.

Cominella vestita, Martens, Sitzuiigsl). (resell, iiaturfursch. Fr. iieilin, 1H78

p. •_';;.

Neobuccinum vestituni, Watson, ' Ghalhnyer'' (xastempoda, p. liKi.

Buccinvim (Chlanidota) vestitum. Martens, Conch. Mittheil., Vol. I., p l;!
PL IX., tigs. yA-c'.

Chlanidota vestita, Tryon, ]\Ian. Concli., A'ol. 111., p. 201, PL LXXIX., tig. '.y^l.

Hahitat. — Cape Adare, 24-26 fathoms.

Previously known only from Kerguelen Island. The specimens
from Cape Adare are almost identical with those from Kerguelen.
Some of them, however, are less contracted at the base of the body-
whorl, and others are of a reddish-brown colour, which is most
observable within the aperture. They do not offer much variation
in form, but some specimens are a little stumpier than others. Very
remarkable is the small size of the operculum, which occupies less
than one-fourth the length of the aperture.

EUTHRIA AUCKLANDICA.

(PI. XXIV., figs. 12, 13.)

Testa fusiformis, rufo-fnsca, longitudinaliter costata et transversim lirata; spira
turrita, conica, ad apiceni mammillata ; anfractus 6 regulariter crescentes,
primus laevis, uiteus, globosus, caeteri supra leviter excavati, dein convexi,
costis rotundatis, superne in excavatione fere obsoletis, circiter 11 instructi,
lirisque transversis supra et inter costas continuis (in anfr. penult. 4, ultimo !J
quarum infima caeteris magis cousiiicua) ornati, ultimus infra medium con-
tractus; apertura intus rufo-fusca, antice in canalem ubliquum recurvum
producta; labrum tenue; columella albida, ad medium leviter arcuata, callo
tenui uitido induta.

L(jngit. 9^ mm., diam. 4^ mm. Apeitura cum canale 5 longa,

Habitat. — Auckland Islands, 10 fathoms.

It is possible that the above may not be the dimensions of a
full-grown specimen of this species, for there is a look of immaturity
about all the four examples obtained. Still I have not hesitated to
describe this form as a new species, as it is so clearly characterized
by the peculiar oblique lira around the anterior narrowed extremity
of the last whorl. In addition to the longitudinal ribs and the
transverse ridges, the surface exhibits very finje lines of growth and
some traces of fine spiral striae.

204 SoutJicrn Cross.

LITTORINA (PELLILITORINA) PELLITA.

Pcllilitorina pellita, Martens and I'feflcr, Jalirli. Ilainbtii;,'. Wiss. Anstalt., III.,

JIdhitat. — Cape Adare, 7 fathoms.

A very interestin<:j species originally described from New (leorgia.
The .single e.xamj)le in the present collection contains the soft
parts. The animal is deep black, witli the sole of the foot i)ale and
the oi>ercnligerous lobe white. The hairs of the perio.stracum are
arranged in spiral series, in shallow grooves, three in the penultimate
and seven in the last whorl.

LITTORINA (PELLILITORINA) SETOSA.

liittorina setosa, Sinitli, Tliil. Trans, lluy. Soc, Vol. CLX\TI1., !>. 17L', I'l. IX.,
H,2. 0.

Pellilitorina setosa, IMelVer, Jalirb. Hamburg. Wiss, Anstalt., 111., Ibb^G, p. 77,
ri. I., tins. 7.\. li.

Littorina (Pellilitorina) setosa, liyun, Man. Couch., WA. IX., p. Hoy,
I'l. XLVI., figs. 37, 38.

Hahitat. — Cape Adare, 24 fathoms.

Kerguelen Island (Smith and ' Challenger ' Expedition). Also
Xew Georgia (Pfeffer and Martens). Only one young specimen
obtained.

PALUDESTRINA ANTARCTICA.

(PI. XXIV., fig. 16.)

Tchta olongata, fusco-purpiirea, iniiicrlorata, lineis incrcmenti tonuibus striata ;
Rpira pruducta, turrita, ad ajnccni obtusa ; anl'ractus 4-5, pcrconvexi ; ai)ertura
rotiinde ovata, longit. totius i baud aequans; labruin tenue, margine columellari
pallido, anguste retlexo.

Longit. 3f mm., diam. 2J mm.

IIiihil(U. — Cape Adare, 8 fathoms.

Quite distinct from P. califjinosa (Gould), fmm Terra del Fuego
and Kerguelen Island, being smaller and quite different in form. The
.spire i.s more elongate, the whorls more convex, and the aperture
roimdtT. The operculum is very thin, pale yellowi.sh, striated with
lines of growth, and consists of .about two whorls.

Mollusca. 205

EATONIELLA PALUDINOIDES.

(PL XXIV., fig. 18.)

Testa ovato-conica, perforata, fuscescens, lineis incrementi tenuibus striata ; spii'a
ad apiceiu obtusa ; anfractus 4, valde convex! ; apertura irregulariter ovato-
rotundata, leviter obliqua; peristoma contimmiu, marline externo siiiiplice,
teuui, columellari obliquo, vix reflexo.

Longit. \\ mm., diam. 1 mm. Apertura \ longa, \ latn.

Habitat. — Cape Adare, 8 fathoms.

Allied to E. suh^ufcscens (Smith), from Kerguelen Island, but of a
more robust form, the body-whorl being broader, and the apex of the
spire more obtuse. The opercula are very similar on both surfaces.

RISSOA ADARENSIS.

(PL XXIV., fig. 17.)

Testa oblongo-ovata, supra angustata, alba, laevis, nitida, rimata, hie illic ilines
incrementi striata; spira elongata, ad apicem rotundata, obtusa ; anfractus 4^,
valde convexi, sutura leviter obliqua sejuncti ; apertura obliqua, ovato-piriformis,
longit. totius \ adaequans; peristoma continuum, margine externo leviter
incrassato, columellari autice expanso, effuso. Operculum tenue, paucispirale,
simplex.

Longit. 2f mm., diam. 1^ mm.

Habitat. — Cape Adare, 24 fathoms.

A pure white shell, with a smooth surface, except that in the
upper whorls there is a trace of faint longitudinal costation.

LAMELLARIA MOLLIS.

(PL XXIV., figs. 19-21.)

Animal globosum, suljpellucidum, albidum ; cutis dorsalis (itotaeum) crassissiraa,
laevis, antice supra caput subprofuude fissa ; pes dilute coriaceus, elongatus,
postice angustatus, antice truncatus, utrinque productus, margine anteriore
duplice vel transversim sulcato; tentacula mediocriter brevia, acuminata,
oculis parvis leviter prominentibus ad basim externam instructa ; testa mem-
branacea.

Longit. 65 mm., diam. 45 mm., alt. 40 mm.

Habitat. — Cape Adare, 6-29 fathoms.

In spirits this species has a globose, somewhat gelatinous
appearance, and is remarkable on account of the shell being mem-
branous only, without any shelly thickening, so that on removal
from the spirally coiled viscera it at once collapses. The foot in

2o6 SoiitJicni Cross.

front 1ms :i iloul»lo (mI^'c niid is somewhat produced or auriculate on
encii side, and is ('otnjdetcly concealed lieneath the enormously
develo])ed n(»taeum. The measurements <,nven above are only
ajiitroximate. as, owinii; to contraction of the animals at the time
of death, the form and natural dimensions become altered and
diminished.

LAMELLARIA CONICA.

(I'l. XXIV., Iicr. 1.)

Testa ovata, sujicrne acuniinata, coiiica, tenuis, pellucida, periostraco tenui jialliflo
iiiiliit.i, lineis imrenionti curvatis consi>icuis sculpta; anfractus fiuatiinr, celeriter
aocrescentes. dvio sii]>crioies r]irot()Concha) flavescentes, aliis crassiores, coii-
vexiusculi, ultimus maxiinus, ventiicosus, infra suturani anguste niarginatus;
aiiertura magna, inverse late auriformis : ]K?ristoma tenue, niargino fdliimellari
arc'iiatn, leviter incra-ssato, callo teniii ajjpreso labro jiincto.

Lungit. 18 iiiiii., diani. 14 mm. A|)ertnra 14 longa, 10 lata.

Hohitat. — Cape Adare, 28 fathoms.

Only a single specimen of this interesting species was obtained.
The animal is much contracted in spirit and of a buff colour, but when
alive is said to be reddish-brown. The mantle investing the shell is
very thin above, but thicker at the sides, and in the contracted state
has a granose or finely warty appearance. The foot is short, some-
what quadrate in front and tapering behind. The tentacles are very
short and blunt, the eyes at the outer bases being conspicuous and
prominent. The apical whorls exhibit one or two spiral shallow
sulci, but this feature mav not be constant.

NATICA DELICATULA.

(PI. XX I v., fig. fi.)

Te.Htn ginbosa, tenuis, anguste ]ierf<)rata, i>ellucid<>-albida, jieriostraco dilute virescente
tenui induta, lineis incremcnti tenuilms obliquis striata ; spira obtusa ; anfractus
tres celeriter rrescentcs, convexiusculi, ultimus globosus, infra sutiuam conoave
imjiressus, antice de«cendons : a]K'rtuni somicircularis ; labrum tenue; columella
incrassata, rellexa, Kui>eme leviter dilatata, labro callo teiuii junct<a.

Diam. niaj. 7.i mm., min. 0 mm., alt. 1\ mm. AjKirtura G nim. lon<;a, 3i mm lata.

Oiwrcidum tenue, testaceuni, extus leviter concavum, album, infra flavescens.

lldhilnt. — C^ape Adare, 2(1 fathoms.

The single specimen obtained has the spire much eroded. The
suture dividing the whorls is rather deej), but hardly channelled.

M oil u sea. 207

CANTHARIDUS PRUNINUS.

Cantharidus pruninus, Gould ; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., Vol. XT., y. 122, PI. XLVI.,
figs. 60, 61 ; PI. XXXIY., fig. 1, y^.x.'perobtum.

var. minor. Testa minima. Longit. 8 mm., diam. maj. 6^ mm., min. G mm.

Habitat. — Auckland Islands, 10 fathoms.

A few specimens were obtained, which, although apparently adult,
are not a quarter the size of other examples from the Aucklauds.
In form, colour, and sculpture, however, they are quite similar. The
species also occurs at Campbell Island.

CALLIOSTOMA AUCKLANDICUM.
(PI. XXIY., fig. 5.)

Testa jiarva, conica, obtecte umbilicata, roseo-purpurea ; anfractiis sex, primus laevis,
convexus, involutus, pallidus, vel flavestens, caete'i levissime convexi, liris
spiralibus tenuibus roseo-piu'inu-eis cincti, infra suturam nodosi vel subpHcati,
striis incrementi obliquis confertis concinne sculpti, ultimus ad peripheriam
angnlatus, infra concentrice liratus, in medio excavatus et albus; apertvu-a
subquadrata, margaritacea, laevis; peristoma ad marginem acutum, roseo-
limbatum, intus leviter incrassatum ; columella alba, subobliqua, superne leviter
reflexa, antice subdentata.

Diara, maj. 8 mm., min. 7 mm., alt. 7 5 mm.

Operculum tenue, corneum, multispirale.

Habitat. — Auckland Islands, 10 fathoms.

The general tone of this species is purplish-rose, but under the
lens the narrow sulci between the spiral lirae are dirty whitish, and
the small umbilical excavation is also white. The spiral threads
increase in number upon the whorls with the growth of the shell,
there being about eight upon the penultimate, the uppermost, or that
just below the suture, being somewhat nodose or subplicate. The
body-whorl has eight lirae above the angle and ten or eleven below.

PHOTINULA EXPANSA.

Photinula expansa (Sowerby) ; Pilsbry, ^Man. Conch., Vol. XI., p. 279,
PI. XXX IX., figs. 51, 52.

Habitat. — Cape Adare, 24 fathoms.

One very young specimen (3i mm. in diameter), at which age
there is a small umbilical perforation, but the reflection of the
columella has already commenced. Tliis species is also known from
the Straits of Magellan, Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and
Kerguelen Island.

2o8 Southern Cross.

PHILINE ANTARCTICA.
(PI. XXIV., fig. 1.)

Testa macrn.i, scmioonvoluta, tenuis, alba, ])erii)straco teniiissimo nitente imluta,
liiieiK increiiR'nti c()iis]iicuis sculpta: s])ira involuta, depressa, e.xcavata ;
aiifractiis 2-."«, ultiiims luaxiinus, antire latior quam siqita, callfj lato tenui
parii'tali amictus : ainTtura subpiriloiiiiis, lougit. tutam aequans ; Luluiiu-lla
cariiiiforinis, s]iiralis, us(|iie ad apiceui intus jierspieua.

Lonj^it. 29 mm., (liaiu. maj. 21 mm.

Habitat. — Cape Adare, 20 fathoms.

A line species, not unlike Sca2)hander lignarius in form. ATore
convolute than usual and consequently with a more contracted
aperture. The periostracum is peculiarly shining, having a some-
what metallic look. The cephalic disc is oblong, rounded in front,
widening behind, where it is .slightly notched in the middle. The
foot is about the same length as the head-disc, but broader. The
mantle investing the shell is thickened into a ridge around the spire
and forms a blunt end to the animal. Only a single specimen was
obtained.

PHILINE APERTISSIMA.
(PL XXIV., figs. 2, 3.)

Testa compressa, ovata, tenuis, alba, periostraco tenui pallido induta, lineis incrementi
valde curvatis striata; sjiira nulla, involuta, excavata; apertuia latissima,
lungitudinem totam aequans; columella cariniformis, spiralis, intus usque a<l
apicem perspicua, callo lato parietali teuui superne labro jimcta.

Longit. Hi mm., diam. maj. 9 mm.

Habitat. — Cape Adare, 24 fathoms.

Much smaller than F. antarctica, with a more patulate aperture
and less convoluted. Four specimens were collected.

NEWNESIA ANTARCTICA.

(PI. XXV., figs. !-(>.)

Animal testa omnino tectum ; caput compreBSum, antice tiimcatum, in medio leviter
incisum, postice forma tentaculi utrin<|ue ))ro(luctum ; oculi inter bases teuta-
culnrum siti ; pes mediocritcr latus, antice quadratiis, ])Ostice baud valdc
acuminatus, in luedio glandula minuta iustructus; jiaraiKjdia nulla; pallimii
margine anteriore incrassato, postice in lobum magnum tenuem testaiii
amjilectentem jiroductum ; os maxillis corneis baud instructum ; lamellae in
stornaclio nuliae : raduia 0.1.0. ; deutes centrales 27, conici, triangulares,
acuniinati, ad apicem jjrorsum curvati, denticiUis quinque i)arvis utrinque
armati, ad basim leviter concavi.

Mollusca. 209

Testa globosa, tenuis, subpellucida, albida, peiiostraco tenuissimo nitido induta ;
spira depressa; anfractus tres convex!, sutuva profunda sejuncti, ultimus
raaximus, incremeuti lineis tenuibus arcuatis sculiitus, undique spiraliter
confertim punctato-striatus ; apertura late inverse auriforniis, maxima, longit.
totius ^ aequans; labrum tenuissimum, margine columellari leviter reflexo
appresso.

Longit. 20 mm., diam. 18 mm. Apertura 18 longa, 14 lata.

Habitat. — Cape Adare, 20-24 fathoms.

This very interesting TectiV)rauch is well distinguished by its
very peculiar type of radula. The absence of epipodia and gizard
plates also separates it from those genera which it somewhat
resembles in shell characters. The general form of the shell is- most
like that of Hijdatina. The globose outline, the visible convolute
spire, the form of the aperture and the character of the columella are
very similar. I have much pleasure in associating with this
interesting new genus the name of the promoter of the expedition,
Sir George Newnes, Bart.

DORIS KERGUELENENSIS.

Arehidoris Kerguelenensis, Bergh, Nudibranch., 'Chalhnfjer' Exped., p. 85,
PI. I., figs. 1-12.

Halitat. — Cape Adare, 20-28 fathoms.

Very like the well-known northern species D. tuhcrculata. Also
found- at Kerguelen Island. The largest specimen is considerably
larger than that described by Bergh, being 67 mm. long, 29 mm.
broad, and 21 mm. in height. The rhinnphore-openings are 15 mm.
apart.

LIMACINA ANTARCTICA.

Limaeina antarctica, Woodward, Man. Moll., p. 207, PI. XIV., fig. 41 ; Fischer's
Man. Conch., I'l. XI \\, fig. 41; Pelseneer, Pteropoda, ' Challewjer' Exped.,
p. 22, PI. I., figs. 3, 4.

mihitat.—Snrf&ce, 66°, 20', S. Lat., 164°, 37', E. Long.

The shell is so excessively thin that it appears to get more or less
broken when captured. In the only fairly preserved example in the
present collection the spire is even less raised than it is represented
in any of the above-quoted figures.

210 SoiifJicni Cross.

CLIONE ANTARCTICA.

(PI. XX,V., figs. 7, S.)

f'<)r]iMS olongritinn, jiosticc acuminitiuii, exfrcuutatt'ui I'osticain versus utriiifine
levitor carinatiiin, sonlidc all)iiliiiii, seinitransliiciiliiin, juinctis o]iacis alius
jiiinutis undiquc nntatuin, piinotisque fviscis supra dimidiuni anticum plus
minus pictuni ; niassa visccrum nifescens, longit. totius 'f^ adacquans; caput
uicditHTc, tcntaculis tribu< brevibus acutis subaocpialibus utrinque instructum;
I>os ])arvuR, lobis aiitcrioribus tenuissiinis antice juiictis (in exeniplis s]iiritu
conservatis), anguUun acutuni couforiuantibus, lobo ]K)stico niiuimo, acuniinato ;
alae subovatae, foJiiforuies, ad extreniitatem acuniinatae.

Longit. tota 22 mm., diani. corporis 8 ram., longit. corpori.s 18 mm.

Hahiiaf. — Cape Adare.

Apparently smaller than the Arctic G. limacina, differing also in
form, colour, etc. It is a shorter species with numerous close-set
pigment spots. Some examples show an indication of a linear
constriction near or a little above the middle. The anterior lobes
of the foot are united in front and form a A shaped angle above.

SPONGIOBRANCHAEA AUSTRALIS.

Spongiobranchaea australis, d'Orbigny ; vide Pelseneer, ' Challenger,' Pteropoda
Gj'mnosomata, p. I'.i, PI. I., figs. 6, 7.

n<iMtat. — Off Cape Adare, at surface.

Of a sooty blackish colour excepting the postmedian constriction,
which is dirty whitish, varying much in form, according to the
contraction which has taken place at death. Obtained liy the
' Challcnfjcr' Expedition in lat. 36° 22' S. and by d'Orbignv in
lat. 54° 30' S.

LAMELLIBRANCIIIATA.

ANATINA ELLIPTICA.

(I'l. XXV., figs. !t, 10.)

Anat.ina elliptica, King and Brodorip, Zool. Journ., Vol. V., p. 335; IJcovc,
'.inch. Icon., Vol. XIV., iig. 14; Grillith's Anini. Kingd., Vol. XTI., PI. XXII.,
lig. 3; Smitl), ' f'ltaUeiufcr,' Laniellibranch., p. 7(5.

prismatica, Soworby, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1834, ]). 87.

Hahltat. — Fianklin Island, 10 fathoms.

Other localities are Kerguelen Island and South Shetland

Molhisca. 211

This species is the giant of the genus, one of the examples in the
present collection measuring nearly four inches in length and more
than two inches across. Externally this shell bears a strong
resemblance to Mija tnnwaUc of northern and Arctic seas.

CARDITA ASTARTOIDES.

Cardita astartoides, Martens ; vide Smith, Laraellib., ' Challenger'' Exp., p. 212,
PI. XV., figs. 2-2c.

Halitat. — Cape Adare, 24 fathoms.

Also known from Kerguelen Island and in 150 fathoms between
that island and Heard Island. Only one small specimen obtained
by the present expedition.

VENUS (CHAMELAEA) MESODESMA.

Venus (Chamelaea) Mesodesma, Quoy and GraimarJ ; vide Smith, ' Challenger '
Itep., Lamellibranchiata, p. Vil.

HaUtat. — Auckland Islands, 10 fathoms.

One small example of a yellowish grey tint, without any colour-
markings. New Zealand and Tristan da Cunha are other localities
for this well-known species.

YOLDIA EIGHTSI.

Nueula eightsii, Couthouy ; vide Jay, Cat. Shells, 1839, ed. iii., p. 11.3, PL I.,

figs. 12, 13.
Leda (Yoldia) eights!, Hanley, in Sowerby's Thes. Conch., Vol. III., p. 142,

PL CCXXX., fig. 164.
Yoldia eightsi, Sowerby, Con. Icon., Vol. XVIII., PL V., fig. 20.

ITa&ito^.— Franklin Island, 10 fathoms. New South Shetland
(Jay).

Allied to Y. suhaequilateralis (Smith), from Kerguelen Island, but
distinguishable by its different form and larger cartilage-pit. The
periostracum also is darker, and the valves a little more convex.

p 2

212 Sou f hern Cross.

LISSARCA AUCKLANDICA.

(PI. XXIV., li-s. 14, 15.)

Tost.n miniina, acquivalvis, valde inaeqiiilatcralis, convexa, purp\ireo-nifa, lincis
incrcnionti tenuibiis, iiostice sul>lamellatis, ticuli)ta, striis teiiuissiiiiis i)aucis
lK»stinc<liani8 radiantibus oniata; unibones Icviter ])roniincnteR, a]>i>r()xiiiiati
sc<l liauil conti<iui; dentos utiinque ciiciter (luinque; valvaniiii niaifjines
(]ira('tcr imtpo iiaitom anteiioreni niaiffinis ventralis ot ad mcdiviin lateris
]K)stici) intus fortitcr denticulati.

Longit. 4.i mm., diam. 2f, mm., alt. 3 J mm.

Hahitat. — Auckland Islands, 10 fathoms.

Closely allied to L. rnhro-fusca (Smith),^ from Kerguelen Island,
Init of a different form, being less oblong, having the nmbones less
terminal and the hinge-teeth somewhat different. A faint depression
is observable extending from the umbo down the posterior end.

PECTEN COLBECKI.
(PI. XXY., fig. 11.)

Te.sta tenuis, magna, coni])icssa, rotundata, pur]nireo-;ufa, oostis radiantibus circitcr
18 .subobsoletis, vel mininie ])n)niinentibus iiistnicta, concentrice O'nfertim
striata; margines dorsales aequales, late concavi ; linea cardinis aeque Icviter
concava; auriculae subaequales, autica valva^ dextrae iuferne baud profunde
sinuata ; pagina interna rufescens.

Longit. 70 mm., alt. 70, diam. 10.

Hahitat. — Franklin Island, 10 fathoms.

A large very thin species of which oidy a single right valve
was obtained. It is remarkable for its rich purplish red or
Ttlum colour and the feebleness of the radiatiniir costation. The
costae are .somewhat more pronounced towards the umbo than upon
the rest of the surface, and are about twelve in number. Other
intervening and more feeble ribs are developed at a later period of
growth. The concentric sculpture consists of very fine thread-like
lamellae which are more remote in the early stages of growth than at
a later period. The auricles are striated ^^ith fine lines of growth,
and anterior, in the valve described, exhibits a faint raised ray down
the middle.

There does not seem to be any species bearing sufficient
resend dance as to suggest a comparison with the present form. The
Arctic r. fjrccnlanflicns of Sowerliy has even a tliinner shell, but in
sizo, colour, and sculpture is quite distinct.

' rbil. Trans. Roy. Soc, 1870, Vol. CLXVIII., p. 185, PI. IX., fig. 17.

Mollusca. 2 1 3

F

F

h

F

F

F

F

F

F

F

F

F:

F

F

F

F

F

F

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate XXIV.

1. — Pldline antarctira.
gs. 2, 3. — Fhilint apei'tissimn.
g. 4. — Lihrnellaria co)iica.
g. 5. — CalUostorna aucklandica.
g. 6. — Natica (Micdtula.
g. 7. — Polypus campbeUi, dorsal view.
g- y. — „ „ ventral side,

g. 9. — „ „ lateral view of ]\art of arm.

g. 10. — ,, ,, end of hectocotylized arm.

g. 11. — „ ,, oral end of a lateral arm.

gs. 12, 13. — Eutliria aucklandica.
gs. 14, 15. — Lissarca aucklandica.
g. 16. — Paludestrina antarctica.

17. — Eissoa adarensis.

18. — Eatoniella paludinoides.

19. — Lamellaria mollis, dorsal view, mantle cut open.

20. — „ „ side view.

21. — ,, ,, ventral side.

Plate XXV.

Fig. 1. — Newnesia antarctica, ventral side.

Fig. 2. — „ „ dorsal view.

Fig. 3. — „ ,, lateral view.

Figs. 4, 5.— „ „ shell.

Fig. 6. — ,, „ tooth of radula, front (b) and side view (a).

Figs. 7, 8. — Clione antarctica.

Figs. 9, 10. — Anatina elliptica.

Fig. 11. — Fccten colbecki.

2 14 Southern Cross.

VTIL ECIIINODERMA.

Bv F. JEFFREY ]5ELL, M.A.

(Plates XXVI-XXVIl I.)

Tiii; collection of Ecliinoderma is poor in species though compara-
tively abundant in specimens. The condition in which they arrived
can hardly be said to be satisfactory, and it is to be seriously
considered by collectors whether they should continue to use formol
for objects which contain a large quantity of carbonate of lime. It
will be observed that the collecting stations were not numerous and
that there are but sliglit differences in the depth or temperature of
tlie water.

The interest of the collection centres in the instructive series of
variations of Cycctlna simplex, and in the two well-marked new
genera of Ophiuroids.

A. ANACTINOGONIDIATA.
I. HOLOTHURIOIDEA.

1. CUCUMAUIA CROCEA.

Holothuria crocea, Lesson, Cent. Zool. (1832), p. 153, PI. LIT.

Cucumaria crocea, Wyv. Tlionisou, Jouni. Linn. Soc. XIIL (1878), ]>. 55;
Liiniport, Sccwalzcn (1885), p. 14'J.

Sfatlon.—YTankliu Island, February 9th, lOOD, 10-24 fathoms,
29'H''YahT.

Vistrihutum. — Apparently circumi)olar, as it has already been
reported from Kerguelen and the Falkland Islands.

2. Thyone, sp.

Tliere ia a live-bunded species in the collection which will, 1 hope,
be more fully represented in the collections of the ' Discovery.'

Bchinodcrina. 2 1 5

3. HoL(jTiiurjA, sp.

There is likewise a species of Hulothuria, on which I propose to
suspend my judgment.

B. ACTINOGONIDIATA.
II. A S T E R O I D E A.

4. ASTERIAS NEGLECTA.

Asterias negieeta, Cell, Pioc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1881, pp. 94 and 506.

The name I gave tliis species had reference to its past ; it might
well be regarded as prophesying its future. For twenty years the
single specimen found by Dr. Cunningham in the Straits of Magellan
has been unnoticed and without a companion ; as a larger specimen
comes from Franklin Island we are led to suppose that the distribu-
tion of this southern species is circumpolar.

5. Asterias Antarctica.

Asteraeanthion antarcticum, Liitken, Vidensk. Meddel., 1856, p. 105.
Asterias antarctica, Perrier, Arch. Zool. Expe. IV. (1875), p. 315.

This species does not appear to have been studied Ijy any other
naturalists than the two named above. I had begun a correspondence
with the late Dr. Liitken regarding our lately acquired specimens,
but the state of his health and his lamented death prevented my
having the advantage of his judgment. As Liitken's specimens
came from the Straits of Magellan, and the ' Southern Cross ' examples
from Cape Adare (28 fathoms), it may be supposed that the distribu-
tion of the species is circumpolar.

6. Cycethra simplex.

The following appears to be the synonymy of this species ; to
Professor Perrier belongs the credit of having been the first to

2i6 Southcyn Cross.

recognise its gi'eat variability, and his establisliment of seven species
after the ai)i)earance of Mr. Sladeu's ' Challewjer ' report can only be
regarded as a piece of Gallic gaiety.

Ci/ciUira .siiiqilex, Bell, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 90; Stiuler, Abli. Ak. Berl. (Anhanp),

(18S4) [;")], 1.. 11: I'enicr, Miss. Cap. II. mil (18111),
p. K. 122.

elcctilis, Shulcn, ' ChallciKjer ' \\e\>., Ast. (1880), p. 877.

„ iiilidii „ ,, „ „ p. '^70.

,, i>inijHi>i „ „ ,, „ p. 3"0.
iloii(/a(a, runicr, Miss. Cap. Horn. (Ib'.H), p. K. 172.

„ media „ „ „ p- K- 174.

„ ustcriiia „ „ „ ]'• K. 170.

„ suhcledilis „ „ ■• ]'. K. 18J.

„ caha „ „ „ p. K. 183.

„ reyularis „ „ „ p. K. 184.

„ asterisctts „ „ „ „

I'rofessor Terrier's observations ou the variability of this siugnlar
form, which it fell to my lot to describe, from a single specimen,
twenty years ago, are fully borne out by the very interesting series
before me.

Distribution. — Apparently circum polar.

Stations.— Ca,i)G Adare : 5-7 fathoms : Nov. 22nd, 1899 (28-9° F.).

Cape Adare : 24 iathoms : Jan. 2nd, 1900 (29' F.).

Cape Adare: 26-28 fathoms: Jan. 9th, 1900 (29-2" F.).

Cape Adare: April Gth, 1899.

Franklin Lsland : 10 fathoms : Feb. 9th, 1900 (29-8" F.).

Franklin Island: 10-24 fathoms: Feb. 9th, 1900 (29-8' F.).

Itobertson Bay : 2 fathoms : Sept. 27th to Oct. 2nd, 1899.

Odontaster MEKIDIUNALIS.

Astrogonium meridionale, E. A. Sinitli, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. XVII.

(187G), )). lU'J.

Odontaster meridionalis, BlH, V. Z. S., ltU3, ]>. 2G1, Ibique citata ; Lepoldt,
Zuit. r. Wi.ss. Zu(..l., lix. (Ib'Jo), p. 020.

A young specimen of this variable species was fouiid washed up
on «horeat Cape Adare after a gale. I cannot think that I'rof. A'errill
(Trans. Connect. Acad. x. (1899), p. 202) has sufliciently weighed the
varial)ility of this starhsh and its allies.

Its distribution would appear to be circumpolar.

Eel I inodernia . 217

III. OPHIUROIDEA.

A large nuraber of specimens of two species were collected, botli
of which are representatives of new generic types, allied to Opltiura
{02ihioijlij2>ha of Mr. Lyman), Init distinguished by several striking
characters. These new genera are perhaps tlie most valualjlc
additions to our zoological knowledge made by the ' Southern Cross '
Expedition. There are also two specimens of an OjjJdactis, which
recalls at once 0. asjjerula, Phil., known from the southern parts of
South America, but which is distinguished by the want of delicate
spines at the edge of the disc ; the condition of preservation of the
collection does not justify one in coming to any conclusion as to the
exact position of this form. There are moreover three specimens of
a creature which appears to be allied to, if not a member of, the
genus Ojjhiomusiuin, but this is a group which requires revision
before any addition is made to it ; it will be sufficient to put on
record that an 02Jhiomusiiim-\ike Ophiurid has penetrated into
Antarctic waters.

7. Ophiozona ineemis.

An Ophiozona with two small tentacle-scales at base of arm and
none further out. Three minute peg-like arm-spines. Eadial
shields inconspicuous and separated. Side arm-plates large and
meeting below.

Diameter of disc, lU : 9 : 12 mm.

Length of arm (ca.), 25 : 25 : 28.

This is a type not uncommon among Ojjhiurids, where there are
many forms so distinct as to be called " species," but exhibiting no
morphological characters of any apparent interest or significance.

Cape Adare, 26 fathoms, 28*5° Fahr.

OPHIOSTEIRA.

This new genus is remarkable for the possession of a large
keel-like plate on the disc, at the base of each arm, which completely
overshadows the radial shields. The arms are compressed laterally,
so that they are almost triangular in cross-section ; the upper arm-
plates are separated from one another by a slight groove, and stand
up high so as to give both a serrated and a keeled appearance to the

2i8 Southcvji Cross.

arm ; the arm-spines are numerous, but so small as to merge imper-
ceptibly into the tentacle scales. Under arm-plates small, separated
from one another by the side plates, which unite in the middle line.
Like Oj)/iioi/li//>Ii(i it has " the innermost pair of tentacle pores sha])ed
like slits, surrounded V)y numerous tentacle scales, and opening
diagonally into the mouth slits." Mouth-papillae as in Opliio(jly2-)ha
(0])hivra).

It is very likely that Ophiosteira is derived from Ophiura, but
the keel-like plates on the tlisc, the serrated keel formed by the
upi^er arm -plates, and the reduction in size of the arm-spines, are
points by which this Antarctic form may be distinguished from any
Dphiurid yet known to us.

8. OriiiosTEiKA ANTARCTICA. (PI. XXVI. aud XXVI 1.).

AV'ith the e.\ceplion of the large plates noted in the generic
diaiinot^is nothing definite can be said as to the plates on the
upper surface of the disc, for, as Plate XXVII. .shows, the most
extraordinary variations are to be seen.

The colour of the specimens in spirit is more constant ; the
greater part of the disc is dark grey, and the arms cream-yellow.
The disc is high and arched ; the arms taper gradually and carry
about eight very short spines ; the side arm-plates have a swollen
appearance.

Diam. of disc. Lengtb of arms (ca.).
8 mm. 20 mm.

7'o mm. 19 mm.

10 mm. 26 mm.

Stations. — Cape Adare : 26 fathoms : Nov. 4th, 5th and 10th,
1899 (28-8° F.).

Cape Adare : 20 fathoms : Jan. Gth, 1900 (20° F.).
Cape Adare: 24 fathoms: Jan. Gth, 1900 (20" F.).

OPHIONOTUS.

A genus allied to Ophiura {Opliioylijpha), Init distinguished by
having a numljer of supernumerary arm-plates, no incision to the
(lisc above, and no comb of spines at the base of the arms.

These characters in combination appear to be sufficient to justify
the formation of a new genus, and an opportunity such as this may
be taken for pointing out that an exhaustive revision of the genus
Ophiura would be a real service for students of brittle-stars.

Ech inodcriiia . 219

9. 0. VICTOPJAE. (PI. XX VII I.).

Disc large, rounded, smooth and shining above, with numerous
small scales ; the scales below slightly larger ; the whole covered
with a smooth skin. Arms broad at base and narrowing lapidly
but not abruptly, quite delicate at tip ; arm-spines moderately stout,
pointed, generally three, with two tentacle-scales ; beyond the middle
of the arm one scale.

Diam. of D.sc.

Leugth iifaim.

Breadth at base,

30 mm.

—

7 mm.

27 mm.

74 (ca.) mm.

6 • 5 mm.

24 mm.

70 (ca.) mm.

6 mm.

Stations.— Csiye Adare : 24 fathoms : Xov. 4th, 1899 (28-8° F.).
Cape Adare : 26 fathoms : Nov. 14th, 1899 (28-8= F.).
Cape Adare : 20-24 fathoms : Jan. 2nd, 1900 (29° F.).
Cape Adare: 27 fathoms : Jan. 9th, 1900 (29-2" F.).
Franklin Island: 10 fathoms: Feb. 9th, 1900 (29-8° F.).

IV. ECHINOIDEA.

10. Echinus maegaritaceus.

Echinus margaritaeeus, Lamk. Anim. .s. Vert. (1816), p. 47 ; A. Ag. Rev. Ech.
(1872), p. 124, ihi'iue citata ; id. op. cit., p. 493; id., ' Challenger' Rep., Echin.
(1881), p. 117,

It is with some diffidence that I assign to this species (of which
it is known that specimens exhibit marked variability) two examples
from Franklin Island (29-8° Fahr., 10-24 fathoms), as they appear
to want the large pedicellariae that are so characteristic of the
creature ; the general condition of the collection, with other points
for consideration, apparently justifies the course adopted.

Distribution. — Apparently circumpolar.

11. Hemiaster cavernosus.

Tripylus cavernosus, Philippi, Arch. f. Nat., 1845, p. 345.

Faorina antarctiea. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vlf. (1851), p. 132 ; id., Cat.
Rtc. Echin. B. M. i. (1855), p. 57.

Hemiaster cavernosus, A. Ag. Rev. Ech. I. (1872), p. 132; id., 'Challenger'
Rep. (1881), p. 177.

This species has been so fully discussed by Professor Alex.
Agassiz in his ' Challenger ' Keport that it would be superfluous to

220 Southern Cross.

dilate on it here. It is of some interest to note that Gray's
specimens were collected by Koss in the " South Polar Seas."

Hhtrihidlon. — Circumpolar.

Stations. — Cape Adare : 20-24: fathoms : Jan. l^nd ami '.itli,
1000 (2ir F.).

Cape Adare : 20 fathoms : Nov. 10th, 18<J'J (28 F.).

Franklin I.shind : 20-24 fathoms : Feh. l»Lh, lUOO (29-8' F.).

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate XXVI.
Ophiosteira antaretica.

Fig. 1. — Tlie animal, natural size, from above.

Fig. 2. — The disc, from above, magnified four times, showing the large keel-
shai)ed plate between the radial shields.

Fig. 3. — The same, showing an abnormal increase and diminution of the i>lates
in two rays, x 4.

Fig. 4. — The disc from below, magnified four times, showing the Ophiura-like
arrangements of the oval skeleton.

Fig. 5. — The disc from the side (interradial view), x 4.

Fig. 6. — An arm, near its base, from above, x 8.

l"ig. 7. — An arm, from the side, showing the gap between the ujiper arm-
plates, X 8.

Fig. 8. — An arm, from below, showing the small mider arm-plate, the large side
arm-plates meeting in the middle line below, and the short arm-spines, x 8.

Figs. 0, 10, 11. — Views of the arm at some distance from the base, from above,
from the side and from below, all x 8.

Platk XXVII.

Five phutogra]ihs of the disc of Oj'hiostcira antaretica to show the extraordinary
variations of the plates of the disc.

Plate XXVIII.
Opliionotus vietoriae.

Fig. 1. — The creature from above, natural size.

Fig. 2. — The disc, from below, x 2, showing the same Opldura-\\ke character of
the mouth as Ojiliiostrira.

Fig. 3. — An arm, near the base, from above, x 4, showing the way in which the
side arm-plates encroach u]ion the ujiper arm-]4atcs, and their mode of breaking up.

Fig. 4. — Tlie same, from below, x 4, showing the encroachment of the side arm-
l)late8 on the under arm-j)lates.

Figs. 5, U. — An arm near its end, from above and from below, x 4.

221

IX. INSECT A.

APTERA.

COLLEMBOLA.
By GEOEGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc. Lond.,

(Fla-e XLVII.)

The presence of at least one species of springtail on the Antarctic
Continent is not the least interestinir fact established through the
voyage of the ' Southern Cross.'' Eight specimens of an Isotoma were
collected on Geikie Land at the head of Robertson Bay (about
71° 40' S. Lat., 169° 50' E. Long.) in the month of November, 1899,
by Dr. Klovstad, who found the insects among lichens when engaged
in a botanical expedition.^ Springtails are fairly numerous in the
Arctic regions, as many as sixty-one species being recorded in the
recent comprehensive summary of Schaffer.^ Among these the genus
Isotoma is predominant, sixteen of the sixty-one species belonging
to it. It is of interest that the first discovered Antarctic springtail
should prove to be an Isotoma, especially as the genus has been
traced into the southern hemisphere only during the last few years.
The insects were mounted as microscopic preparations in balsam
shortly after their capture. Unfortunately, the delicate integumeut
of springtails renders them very liable to shrivel in such a medium,
and all the specimens are more or less distorted. But from the
number of slides available, it has been possible to make out all the
principal structural features of the insect. Isotoma is readily

^ C. E. Borchgrevink, ' First on the Antarctic Continent,' London (1901),
pp. 231-2.

^ C. Schaffer, ' Die Arktischen und Sub-Arktischen CoUembola,' in Romer and
Schaudinn's ' Fauna Arctica,' Jena (1900), pp.- 237-258,

222 Southern Cross.

(lisliuguisheil IVoiii other genera of its I'amily by the forwardly
directed head, the ch)se equality ia length between the third and
fourth abdominal segments, and. the entire absence of scales.

As might have been expected, the Geikie Land Isotoma does not
seem to be referal)le to any described species, though, as will be
seen, it closely approaches one from Tierra del Fiiego.

Family ENTOMOBRYIDAE.

Isotoma klovstadi.

Plate XLVII., figs. 1-8.

Antennae 1*6 times as long as the head, the second segment
slightly longer than the third, but markedly shorter than the fourth.
Eight ocelli on each side ; post-antennal organ elongate, about twice
as long as an ocellus. Feet without tenent hairs ; both upper and
lower claws without teeth ; third abdominal segment slightly longer
than the fourth. Spring (apparently borne on the fifth abdominal
segment) with very slender dentes, 2^ times as long as the manu-
brium ; mucro narrow and elongate, with straight ventral edge,
prominent apical and sub-apical teeth, and two less prominent
dorsal teeth close together.

Colour. — Dark blue-violet ; legs and spring yellowish-brown.

Length. — 2 mm.

This springtail seems to Ije related to the common European and
American hotoma imlustris (Miiller) ; in that species, however, the
feelers are relatively longer and the mucro much shorter and thicker
than in this.

No member ul' the yenus Isotoma was known outside tlie
Holarctic region until Lord Avebury in 1879 recorded an unde-
terminable species from Kerguelen.^ Kecently, however, several
species have been described by Schjiffer from the southern regions of
America, and it is one of his Fuegian Isotomae — /. silvatica^ — that of
all hitherto known species seems the nearest to our insect from
Geikie Land. Tiie feet of /. sikatica seem to agree almost exactly
with tliose of /. KJuvstadi. So do the antenna! segments in their
relative lengths. Only in the Antarctic insect the antennae as a

' Sir J. Lubbock, ' Colleinbola in " The Collections of Kerguelen Island," ' Phil.
Trans., CLXVIII. (iST't), ]'. 21it.

- CScbiiflcr, 'lIanibiir''t'iMa'4a]baen6ische Sammelreise: AiJterygoten,' Hamburg
(1897), p. 18, figs. 34-7.

Insect a. 223

whole are relatively longer tlian in /. silvatica, while in the latter
species the third and fourth abdominal segments are equal to one
another, and the mucro is comparatively short and stout. It could,
however, be readily derived from the mucro of /. Klovstacli, as the
general arrangement of the teeth is identical in the two species.
The post-antennal organ in /. silvatica is more rotund than in
our insect.

Several of the specimens were so mounted as to exhibit portions
of the jaws. It seemed advisable, therefore, to figure the parts
visible — the labium (Fig. 3) and the extremity of a maxilla and its
palp (Fig. 2). The maxillary palp in this species is prolonged into
a thin leaf-like process bearing four bristles, while the fifth bristle
is borne on a very prominent papilla.

Our knowledge of the distribution of these insects is as yet too
incomplete to elucidate any details of ancient geography. But the
existence of a species of this order of wingless insects in Geikie Land
— a species belonging to a genus widely spread in the northern
hemisphere— cannot but support the theory of a former extension of
the Antarctic Continent. And the further fact that the species is
closely related to a Fuegia;n insect is consistent with the view that
there may have been a southern route of migration between eastern
and western lands.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

Plate XL VII.

Fig. 1. — Isotoma Klovstadi. Dorsal view, x 18.

Fig. 2. — Left maxilla (ventral aspect), showing head and extremity of pali>, x 350.

Fig. 3. — Labium (ventral aspect), X 350.

Fig, 4. — Ocelli and ])ost-antennal organ of right side, x 200.

Fig. 5.— Fore-foot, x 350.

Fig. 6.— Hind-foot, x 350.

Figs. 7, 8. — ^lucro drawn from two specimens to show variation, x 350.

224 Soiitlicrii Cross.

PTERYGOTA.

IIEMirTERA TARASITICA.

rEDICULID.E.
By the Hon. N. C. lioTiisciiiLT), B.A.

ECHINOPTHIRIUS SETOSUS.

Pediculus setosus, Lucas, Magazin de Zool., TV., i'. 121, f. 12.

Thirteen specimens of this species were secured by the ' Southern
Cross ' Expedition from the Antarctic Seal {Ogmorldims leptojiycr) on
October 6th, 1899 (cf. Borchgrevink, ' First on Antarctic Continent,'
p. 184).

This species is known to be a parasite of the common seal
(Phoca vitulina). I have, however, failed to find any distinguishing
characters between the thirteen specimens from the South Polar
Seas and examples from the better known host.

Piaget^ characterizes the genus EcMnoptliirins as possessing four-
jointed antenna;, pointing out, moreover, that by this character
Echinnpthirius may be readily distinguished from Hmmatopiims.

I am inclined to consider Piaget to be mistaken in this respect,
as the first two joints of the antenna; are, under a low power, some-
what dilHcult to distinguish. Lucas, moreover, in liis description of
rcdiriilvs setosus, mentioned the five-jointed antcnme.

' Lcs I'udiculincp, Vol. I., p. 05G.

225

X. ARACHNID A.

ACAEINA.

Par le Dr. E. L. TROUESSART,

President de la Societe ZooJoyijue de France, Membre Cori'cspondant de la

Zoological Society of London.

PENTHALEUS BELLI.

En ovale allonge avec les flancs sub -paralleles, le sillon thoracique
formant en dessus et sur les flancs une saillie transversale bien
marquee au niveau du premier tiers du corps. Abdomen arrondi en
arriere. Couleur (sur la preparation dans le Ijaume) d'un brun
verdatre, avec les pattes plus claires (tres probablenient rouges sur
le vivant).

Eostre bien decouvert, a palpes robustes, presentant la forme
typique du genre : le l*^"^ article tres court, le 2° allonge, renfle a
I'extremite, le 3° plus court que le 2^, le 4*^ un pen plus long, aminci
a son extremite et termine par des polls tactiles assez courts et
plumeux. Cheliceres de la forme normale dans ce genre.

Troiic ovale. Face dorsalc tronquee an avant par I'ouverture du
camerostome, qui est assez resserree, en forme de cou, et depourvue de
dilatation en forme de collerette evasee, I'epistome coupe carrement
ou meme un peu ecliancre en avant, ne recouvrant que la base du
rostre; cette face dorsale est nettement separee par le sillon
thoracique en region thoracique et region notogastrique, arrondie en
arriere mais legerenient echancree de chaque cote de la protuberance
anale. ( Je n'ai pu voir les yeux.) Face ventrale fortement echancree
en avant par I'ouverture du camerostome ; les epimeres formant
deux groupes, I'anterieur (epimeres 1 et 2) en forme de plaque
sternale, les handles de la 1"'" paire fortement dilatees et saillantes

Q

226 SoitfJicni Cross.

lie cliainu! cote du rostie, deux fuis phis larges <iue le l""" article des
])attes ; eelles de la 2* paire pas plus larges que le I'''" article.
Epimeres posterieurs (3 et 4) largenient sei)art's sur la ligne mediane
el places vers le milieu de la longueur totale du corps. De chaque
cote, en ilehors des hanches, 11 existe une ligne longitudinale saillante,
partaut des cotes du camerostome, ou elle est un peu dentelee, et se
terniinant a Textronnte de Tabdomen par une petite V)0sse, de telle
sorte que cette extreniite presente, tie chaque cote de la protuberance
anale, une echancrure jdus marquee qu'a la face dorsale. En dedans
des epimeres on voit une seconde ligne longitudinale, partant de la
jilaque sternale pour aller rejoindre la face interne de la petite bosse
laterale. Plaque genitale (?) grande et large, sub-quadrangiilaire, a
angles fortement arrondis, I'ouverture en forme de fente longitudinale.
Anus infere, a cadre petit, elliptique, situe en dessous de la
protuberance qui termine I'abdomen. Une paire de polls plumeux a
I'extremite de I'abdomen.

Fattes gi-eles, de 5 articles (par soudure du .S*" au 2^), sensiblement
de la longueur du corps et decroissant de taille dans I'ordre suivant :
1, 4, 3, 2. La 1'' paire a premier article court, conique ; le 2^. trfes
long, etrangle a sa base, la soudure du 3® bien visible vers les | de
la longueur totale ; le 4^ moitie plus court ; le 5^ un peu plus court
que le precedent ; le 6^ un peu plus long, termine par une double
griffe assez faible et un petit pulvillum en brosse. L'extremite du
tarse est brusquement attenuee et un peu echaucree en dessus,
permettant aux griffes de se relever verticalement. La 2*" paire plus
courte, a 2*^ article presque moitie plus court que celui de la premiere
paii'e, la soudure du 3*^ placee vers les § de I'article. Les deux paires
posterieures semblables, mais la 4^ paire presqu'aussi longue que la
premiere, Des polls plumeux assez courts au tarse ; d'autres polls
plus longs et tres greles assez rares sur les autres articles. Le
tronc en est presqu'entierement depourvu, sauf a l'extremite de
I'abdomen.

Longueur totale 0 • (J2 mm. ; largeur 0 • 35 mm.

Tuus les exemplaires examines sont femelles et renferment 3-4
oeufs gros et d'un jaune orange avec une petite tache rouge.

habitat. — Sur les Mousses du Cap Adare (Terre Victoria).
L'espece est dediee a Mr. Erancis Jeffrey Bell, Emeritus Professor in
King's College, London.

licmarqiics, rapimrts ct dijffercnccs. — La soudure ilu S*" article
des pattes au 2'' est la regie dans ce groupe : je I'ai constatee
sur les genres Penthakus, Halotydeus, Notophallus et Ndrneria
( = Scyjyhivs).

Arachnida. 227

Penthaleus Bdli, est une espece parfaitoiuent typique, que j'ai
comparee ici a P. ovaius, Koch (Berlese, " Acari, Myriopod. Scorp,
Ital.," fasc. 60, no. 2) ; elle en differe par sou tronc plus allonge, a
flancs sub-paralleles. Elle differe d'une autre espece antarctique
(qui sera decrite dans la Tartie Zoologic^ue de I'Expeditiou Antarctique
Beige), par I'alisence d'une large collerette, ra])attue sur le rostre, qui
caracterise cette derniere espece (Penthaleus viUosus, Trt.), par le
dernier article des palpes plus allonge, et par I'absence d'une fine
pubescence qui couvre tout le tronc sur I'espece du detroit de
Gerlache.

Q 2

228 Soutlicni Cross.

XL CRUSTACEA.

By T. V. HODGSON.

(Plates XXIX-XL.)

FoK the opportunity of examining the collection of Crustacea
brought home by the ' So%it1iern Cross' Expedition, I am indebted to
Professor F. J. Bell, and I am much more indebted to him for liis
kind assistance and advice during the progress of the examination.
The collection came to me in about sixty bottles, for the most part
of two-ounce capacity. The state of preservation of the specimens is
a matter which calls for some comment; as a rule, far too many
specimens were crammed into one bottle, the result l)eing that tliey
arrived at the Museum in a more or less macerated condition ; some
were very bad.

A summary of the results may be expressed as follows : —

Decapoda .... 6 genera, 6 species, including 1 new species

ychizopoda .... 1 „ 2 „ „ 2 „ „

Isopoda 7 „ 10 „ „ 10 „ „

Pycnogonida .... 1 „ 1 „ „ 1 „ „

Cuinacea 1 „ 1 „

Copepoda .... 2 „ 2 .,

"With regard to the Amphipoda, I sincerely regret that my duties
have prevented me from seriously dealing with this group.

A preliminary examination has been made, and the species
rouglily sorted out; from this I should assume that there are
upwards of tliirty-five species in the collection, and that at least
twenty-five will prove to be new. This group then, as might have
been expected, is the most important of the Arthropod phylum.^

The Cumacea was represented by a single mutilated specimen
from Cape Adare, and I am unable to assign even its generic rank.
Two genera of Copepoda were found in a bottle containing an
assortment of specimens, but they were so macerated as to be useless
for identification. They represented two genera of Calanids. It is

' I am glad to say that Mr. A. ( >. Walker has kiudlv undertaken to examine
it.— F. .1. 15.

Crustacea. 229

noteworthy that no Decapods were found within the Antarctic circle
or anywhere near it, and further that no new genera were discovered ;
most of the species belong to well-known genera, and on the whole
show a close relationship to northern forms.

I am also indebted to the Eev. T. Stebbing, F.R.S., for assistance
with regard to the Isopoda, and more particularly to Mrs. L. E. Sexton
for the drawings, which have been made with extreme care under
very disadvantageous conditions.

CRUSTACEA THORACOSTP.ACA.

1. DEC APOD A.
Family PORTUNIDAE.

Nectocarcinus antarcticus.

Portunus antarcticus, Jacquinot and Lucas, Voyage au Pole Pud (ITombron
and Jacquinot), vol. iii. (1853), Crustacea, p. 51.

Nectocareinu.s antarcticus, A. Milne Edwards (21, p. 407.)

This species was one of the discoveries of Dumont d'Urville on
his celebrated voyage to southern regions. It was also obtained by
Eoss (16). The large genus Portunus was broken up into numerous
genera by Milne Edwards in 1861 (21), and that author ascribes as
the distinctive features of the genus Nectocarcinus the presence of
only four anterolateral teeth on the carapace, and the sub-lanceolate
character of the dactylus of the last pair of thoracic appendages.
In the paper cited above, Milne Edwards assigns three species to
this genus, and figures two of them, but not this species. Milne
Edwards does not refer to the dactylus of the last thoracic appendage
of this species, which is broadly ovate and typically "portunid,"
and is so figured by Mr. Miers in the "' Zoology of the " Erchus " and
<i Teffor," ' and shown by the specimen in the National collection.

The 'Southern Cross' specimens are two in number, an adult male
and a young one, and were taken at the Auckland Islands in ten
fathoms.

Distribution. — Known only from New Zealand and Auckland
Islands.

230 Soiitlicyti Cross.

Family PERICERIDAE.

Prionokiivnchus Edwaudhi.

Prionorhynchus Edwardsii, Jacquiuot aud Lucas, Voyage au IVile Sud,
Zoology, vol. iii. (IM.").'!), Crustacea, p. 8; Itathbun (25, p. 243).

A single s])ecimen of tliis s])ecies was taken at the Auckland
Islands on Dnmont d'Urville's voyage to the South Pole, and u\n)n
this the genus was established. The genus is characterised by tlie
de])ressed lamellate and emarginate rostrum. In describing the .species,
MM. Jacquinot and Lucas allude to a second specimen, a female, in tiie
possession of the iJritish Museum, and it would appear that their figure
was drawn from this specimen. The figure in (piestion is admittedly
defective ; the tubercles on the carapace arc much too prominent,
wliilc the rounded elevations with which they are associated are not
indicated, neither is the granular nature of the appendages shown.

Two specimens, <J and 9 . occur in the National collection, but
nothing is stated as to the locality from which they were obtained.
The ' Southern Cross ' specimens, three in number, were taken at the
Campbell Islands in 1898, and are all much larger than the
specimens alluded to al)ove. The carapace and the greater part of
the appendages are concealed by a dense incrustation of Tolyzoa,
and in addition to thi.s, on the two smaller specimens, there is an
interesting growth of a stout foliaceous green alga. These growths
\ery largely conceal many details of structure, but there can be no
doubt as to the identity of the species. The granular character of
the lim])s, which has been made a specilic character, is practically
al)Sent, l)Ut enough remains on the female specimen to show that
this feature is doul)tless dependent on age. Another point to Mhich
it is desirable to call attention is the abdomen of the 9. In the
specimen in the National collection the abdomen is narrow, and
scarcely covers more than hall" of the sternal area, whereas in the
' Souther It Cross ' si)ecimen the aljdomen is much broader, and entirely
occu])ies the sternal area. This latter specimen bears ova, the
condition of which indicates they were not far from hatching.

1 i . Size of carapace, 160 X 135 mm.

2 (J . Size of carapace, 133 X 114 mm. Two legs and a chelii^ed
missing.

3 9 . Size of carapace, 114 x 102 mm. I>oth chelipeds missing.
Bearing ova.

Distribution. — This species is only known from the Campbell
aud Auckland Islands.

Crustacea. 23 1

Family M A 1 1 D A E.
Paramithrax Peroni.

Paramithrax Peronii, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. dos Crustaces, vol. i., p. ;3'24 ;
.Jacquinot and Lucas (15, \\ 10) ; Miers (17, p. 5) ; Ilaswell (9, p. 13).

Two small ovigerous females of this species were obtained in
Adventure Bay, Tasmania. As with numerous members of the
Maioid Crustacea, these specimens are covered with algfe, sponges,
&c. A few dried specimens, showing consideral)le variation in size,
occur in the National collection, and from the available information
it appears clear that this crab is not uncommon in the shallow
waters of the South Australian region.

Z>^s^r^&?^<^07^.—" Indian Ocean" (20), "Australia" (17), "New
Zealand " (15).

Family PINNOTHERIDiE.

Halicarcinus planatus.

• Cancer planatus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii. (1793), p. 446.

Halicarcinus planatus, White, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, xviii. (1846), p. 178.

Hymenosoma planatum, Ilaswell, Cat. Austral. Crust. (1882), p. 114, ihique
citatu.

This is a very abundant and widely distributed species in the
Southern Hemisphere. It is subject to a considerable amount of
variation, but this after all is confined to comparatively narrow
limits. These variations and the immense area over which this
species is distributed has led to the existence of a number of
synonyms. The ' Southern Cross ' specimens are three in number,
males, and quite small, being barely a quarter of aji inch across
the carapace, and were obtained at Auckland Islands in ten
fathoms.

The habitat of this species seems to vary from between tidemarks,
rock-pools to a depth of 150 fathoms, and a bottom of sand, mud or
ooze.

The National collection contains a large number of specimens
from various localities, showing a circumpolar distribution.

232 SoiifJicni Cross.

Family GALATHEIDAE.

IMrXID.V SUBRUGOSA.

Munida subrugosa, ^liors, Zool. Toy. ' F.rehus'' and ' Terror,^ Crufitacea (1874),
l*. ;; ; llciidorson (10, \k 1-0; ^^'1°^ Edwards (22, \\ F 80).

Tliis is one of the widely distributed species of the Soutliern
Hemisphere and is very closely allied to its congener M. ri'i/osa of
the northern region. A. Milne Edwards (22) points out that it is
suhject to a not inconsiderable amount of variation, and Professor
Henderson, relying on the distribution of spines on the dorsum of the
carapace, names a particular variety australicnsis. Mr. Miers invari-
ably maintained that M. (iregaria, which is found in company with
this species in the Falkland region, is only the young of M. siihru-
gosa. General opinion does not, however, favour this view, though
it is generally admitted that the only reliable points of distinction
are to be found in the maxillipeds. The specimens brought home
by the ' Southern Cross ' expetlition were numerous and were obtained
at the Auckland and the Campbell Islands. None of them, however,
show the distinctive features of Professor Henderson's australicnsis,
altliougli it is true that the characteristic row of four spines is
usually present. These should be sub-equal, but they are not, for
the outer ones are extremely minute and not readily seen. Spines
on or near the cervical groove may or may not be present and are
usually minute. The absence of spines is more noticeable in the
Auckland Island specimens, but as these are much smaller it is only
to be expected.

Fifty-one specimens, $ , 9 , and young, Auckland Islands.
Ten fathoms.

Thirteen specimens, $ , Campbell Islands.

Distrihutioii. — Circumpolar.

Family HIPPOLYTIDAE.

In dealing with the Crustacea Macrura of the ' Challcwjer '
Expedition Spence P>ate (1) sub-divided this family into some ten
genera, but these do not appear to be generally accepted. At any
rate, a number of new species belonging to the family have been
described since the appearance of that rei)ort, and in many cases
(Milne Edwards, 22) without either reference to Spence Bate's
classification, or the essential features upon which it is based. Tliis

Crustacea. 233

can only cause confusion, and having no desire io add to it I have
accepted Spence Bate's classification in its abljreviated form as
quoted by Mr. Stebbing in his " Crustacea " (30). This summary
admirably answers all practical purposes and serves to discriminate
fairly readily between a large and increasing number of species.

The genus Merhippolyte of Spence Bate had two species assigned
to it by its author and, for the reason alluded to above, I have not
been able to ascertain whether any further additions have been made.

Merhippolyte australis.

(PI. XXIX.)

Carapace rather short, the posterior two-thirds straight, the
anterior third produced into a prominent rostrum, the two together
bearing seven or eight prominent teeth. The rostrum is deep and
bears two or three teeth on the under margin. The carapace bears a
stout spine at the outer margin of the orbit and another exists at the
lower angle. Posteriorly the carapace is curved backwards. Pleon
smooth, epimera large, those of the first three segments rounded and
the second much the largest, the remainder are pointed posteriorly,
the last being small and spinous. Telson moderately long, narrow,
five spines at the extremity, two pairs of spines and a few setae on
the dorsal surface.

First antenna. A stout three-jointed peduncle, of which the basal
joint is longer than the other two and bears a very large spine,
reaching to the extremity of the following joint. Of the two
multiarticulate flagella, the inner one is long and somewhat tapering,
the outer one is exceedingly stout for nearly two-thirds of its length
and then suddenly becomes quite slender.

Second antenna. The basal joint bears a stout spine externally
at the articulation of the exopoditic squame. The second joint of the
two-jointed peduncle of the flagellum is long and the two basal
joints of the flagellum are larger than the remainder. The flagellum
is comparatively long. The squame is spinose at its exterior
termination and bears a close fringe of long setae ; the broadest part
of the squame is rather less than one-third of its length. A row of
red pigment spots (in spirit specimen) occurs along the margin of
the muscles of the organ.

Eye large, pyriform, cornea hemispherical with ocellus con-
tiguous.

Mandible is stout, with a broad cutting edge bearing five blunt

234 Soittlicni ( ^ross.

tc'utli. I'liu iiidlur jn'ocuss is a siiiiii'W hill oval pad siirrouiKli'd l»y a
close fnnj^'e ot" stout paiiillac The palp is well (leveloi)e(l and
consists of a three jointed appendage, the joints being nearly uniform
in length hut dillering considerably in breadth from the basal one.

Fii-st maxilla. The coxa is somewhat crescentic in sha|)e, the
horn directed forwards and thickly covered with long spinose setae ;
the basis is large, irregularly oval, and its inner margin very thickly
covered with stout setae; the endopodite is a curved, tapering joint,
its truncate end being indented and the inner lobe bearinir tw'o lonsr
setae.

Second maxilla consists of a small rounded setose coxa, and a
large bilobed basis, the distal lobe being much the largest, both
are .seto.se. The endopodite is a comi>aratively long, slender process
armed at the extremity with two slender spines. The scaphognathite
is large and its entire margin is setose, excepting the innermost
posterior portion. It is truncate in front and fairly broad, curved
and narrow behind.

First maxillipede is lanudlar, the coxa is comparatively small
and somewhat rounded, the basis is half as large again, the inner
margin being slightly incur\ed and the distal margin rounded, both
coxa and basis are very setose. The endopodite is a two-jointed
setose appendage with a terminal claw. The exopodite is a thin
lamellar appendage provided with long setae, and from its inner
margin arises a multiaiticulate flagellum which bears long plumose
setae at its extremity.

Second maxillipede is a large lamellar appendage. The propodos
is almost the largest joint, and somewhat pyriform in shajie ; it is
reflexed on the remainder of the limb. The dactylus is a narrow
band-like joint which runs along the apparent posterior half of the
propos. Both are richly setose. The exopodite is a large multi-
articulate tiagellum, setose, more particularly at its extremity ; at
the base is a fan-like ajij^endage of numerous segments.

Third maxillipede. The first joint is small, the next is very long
and stout, with small tufts of setae throughout its entire length, and
these not confined to any part of the m;ugin. The tw^o following
joints are not so long as the latter, and the longer terminal one
appears to be broken ; if so, the wound is an old one, and the tip is
much discoloured. These two joints boar horizontal rows of setae
throughout their length.

The thoracic appendages vary in size ; the first two are chelate,
the former being very stout and with small tufts of setae throughout
its length ; these are specially noticeable at the extremity of the

Critstacca. 235

propodos and dactylus. TIiu cliula of the second appendage is similar
but smaller, and the entire limb is much more delicate and, l)y a
good deal, the longest of the series. The carpus is divided into
fourteen more or less distinct joints, and of these the most distal is
,as long as any other two. Of the remaining appendages, the next or
third is the longest. It is stoutly built, and the carpus and meros
respectively, bear one and two distal spines. The inner margin of
the propodos and dactylus bear smaller spines along their entire
length, and the latter terminates in two claws. The fourth and
fifth are similar, but the propos in the latter bears a conspicuous
tuft of setae at the distal extremity.

In the specimen most closely examined it was found that the
second and fourth appendages were obviously replacements due to
injury, as they were very much less than normal size.

Tlie pleopods consist of a stout peduncle and a lanceolate exo-
and endopodite, the pair forming the caudal fan being large and
ovoid. The exopodite is scarcely as long as the endopodite, but is
obscurely divided near the extremity ; this division is marked by
the presence of a stout spine on the outer border. Another stout
spine exists at the proximal end, but this belongs to the peduncle.

The telson is long and gently tapering, rounded at the extremity,
which bears five spines among the setae. The middle one of these is
small, the adjacent pair are very long and the outer of moderate
size. The dorsal surface bears two pair of lateral spines and a few
stout setae near its junction with the body.

Tliis species is a very close ally of Hi'p'polyte magellanicus of
Milne Edwards (22, p. F. 46), but the specific descriptions afforded
by that work are by no means satisfactory. Four specimens of this
species were taken at Auckland Island in ten fathoms. The speci-
mens varied in size from thirty-eight to twelve millimetres,
measured from rostrum to telson. The species also appears subject to
some variation as regards the rostrum ; the specimen examined had
f teeth, two of the others |, and in one of these a lower tooth was
very small, and the fourth specimen had | teeth.

A large member of the Palaemonidae was taken from the stomach
of a seal on Duke of York Island, but it is in such a mangled
condition that no satisfactory description can be made.

236 SoiifJicrn Cross.

2. SCHTZOPODA.

Professor Sars, in his ' Challcnijcr ' Peport (27) on this fjroup, gives
.1 synojisis of all the species of Eupliaima known at tlie date of
publication of that report. Mr. Steblniig (31), in describing a new
sixjcies from the Falkland Islands, adds the more recently discovered
species to the synopsis of Professor Sars. The latter author gives a
brief critical summary of the characters usually made use of in
determining the species. In spite of deficient information on many
points, I have decided to describe the two following species as new ;
concerning one, E. r/lacialis, there can be no doubt, but with regard to
the other, E. avstralis, there may be some question as to whether or
no it is not identical, the differences noted being due to age. The
locality is the same, the date of capture does not vary l)y a fortnight
(12 days). Size is the most conspicuous difference, and at present it
is very much open to question whether the proportions of the joints
of the appendages are trustworthy characters.

EUPIIAUSIA GLACIALIS.
(PI. XXX.)

Body about twenty-five millimetres long, from rostrum to telson.
The anterior part of the carapace is keeled and produced into a
short and broad rostrum, of which the base occupies the entire width
of the carapace.

The ventral margin of the carapace bears a small spine anteriorly
and a larger one laterally aljout the middle of its length. The
hinder margin is produced backwards to form a pair of lateral
rounded wings. The pleon segments are very nearly equal.

Telson comparatively long and slender, lateral appendages large
with a slight outwardly directed curve. XJropods approximately two-
thirds the length of the telson. Eyes large, pyriform, the cornea
very large, and a luminous organ in close connection with it
externally.

First antenna. The first joint of the peduncle is at least twice
the length of the second, and at its distal extremity it bears a
membranous lajtpet on one side and a spine on the other. The
second joint also Ijears a small lappet, and the third carries two sub-
equal multiarticulate flagella ; the outer flagellum has a swollen base
and this liears a few sensory setae.

Crttstacea. 237

Second antenna. Basal joint of peduncle large and bearing a
long slender spine externally at the base of the antennal squame.
The spine bears a row of forwardly directed teeth on its inner
margin. The squame is of moderate size, outer margin straight,
terminating in a small tooth, distal margin somewhat rounded, only
very slightly projecting beyond the tooth and like the inner margin
setose ; setae long. The multiarticulate flagellum is of moderate
length and supported on a three-jointed peduncle, the proximal joint
is small and the following one the longest, the three together being
about three-quarters the length of the squame.

Mandible. Cutting edge irregularly dentate, the two jaws being
dissimilar. The molar process is large and its extremity covered
with closely set ridges. The palp is very long, three jointed. The
basal joint is short, the middle one is the largest, but only by a little,
and sparingly setose. The terminal joint is more slender, and near
the distal extremity bears a few stout setae, the terminal ones being
long and pectinate.

First maxilla normal ; the free margin of the coxa is rounded
and bears spinose setae, those which are proximally situated being
the longest ; the inner margin of the basis is truncate and beset with
short spines. The palp is ovoid and carries a few stout setae. The
epignath is very large and thin, ovoid and without setae.

Second maxilla. The coxa and basis are both bilobed ; in the
former case the lower lobe is the largest, and in the latter the distal
lobe is nearly twice the size of the other. The lower coxal lobe is
rounded, the other lobes merely having their angles more or less
rounded off. The inner margin of both segments of the two joints
are closely beset with stout setae, most of which are spinose, and
they occur on the surface of the appendage, some distance from its
edge. The palp is ovoid, and a little longer than the basis ; it bears
comparatively long setae on its inner edge. The epignath is narrow,
about as long as coxa and basis together, and is sparingly setose.

Maxillipede. The dactylus is about half the length of the propos,
and the carpus has the same proportion to the meros. The ischium
is the longest joint, twice the length of the meros, and slightly
exceeds the exopodite in length. Its inner margin is provided
rather sparingly with comparatively short setae and long plumose
setae throughout its entire length. The exopodite consists of a
basal portion, which terminates on the outside in an obtuse point,
and a terminal natatory portion setose only on the outer margin.
The proportions of the first maxillipede practically hold good for
the two following appendages, the ischium, however, increasing in

238 SivifJioni Cross.

si/e to tlio ])«Mmltiinat(' limit. In the tliorncir aiipendaues, strictly
so-calk'd, tlicsc jdciiMirtioiis fiiil. In tlie last three limbs the carpus
short^Mis, and the meros is not only longer in proportion, but of ecjual
size in the three limbs.

The pleopods are subequal in size and of uniform structure, with,
of course, the exception of the last. The coxa is very short, its
distal margin l)eing very sinuous; the basis is comparatively long
and stout. The exojxxlite is the largest, lanceolote, with long
])lumose setae on the distal one-third of the outer and two-thirds
of the inner margin. The endopodite is smaller, its distal portion
being more e([ually setose on both sides, and the inner margin bears
a long finger-like process about the middle of its length.

The uropods are large, the basipodite is broad, and bears on its
rounded outer margin a row of plumose setae. The exopodite
reaches to the origin of the telsonic appendages, and very closely
resembles the antennal squame in structure. The endopodite is
about the same length, tapering, and has long plumose setae on
both sides.

The telson is proportionately broad at the base ; about one quarter
of its length it tapers somewhat rapidly for a short distance, and then
very gradually. Between the distal half and the origin of the lateral
appendages are three teeth on either side. Beyond the third spine,
which is the largest, the telson tapers quickly, and then terminates
in a lanceolate manner. The appendages are a pair of large, some-
what outwardly curved blades.

Some twenty to thirty specimens of this species were taken
between the ice-floes on January 13, 1899, in lat. 65*52°, long.
162-32' E. Temperature 31° Fahr.

KUPHAUSIA AUSTRALIS.

Body about forty-five millimetres in length from rostrum to
telson, and very stoutly built.

In general anatomical details this species so closely resembles
the last that I was disposed to regard rilacialia as the young of this
form. Close examination proves that the two forms seem distinct,
and it is only necessary here to call attention to the points of difference.

The carapace is precisely similar, save that the rostrum is
riarrower ; its base does not occupy the entire width of the carapace.

P'irst antenna. Occurs both as singular and plural. The lappet
at the distal extremity of the first joint is bi-lobed, and that at the
eml of the second extends to half the length of the tliird joint.

Crustacea. 239

Maiiflilile. Second joint of palp a little stouter, and sparingly
setose.

First maxilla. Very similar.

Second maxilla. Palp somewhat more conical.

Maxillipede. Proportions of the joints differ slightly, and may
be represented as follows : dactylus, 4 ; propodos, 5 ; carpus, 6, and
meros, 11. The two following maxillipedes do not differ con-
spicuously from this, but in the two first thoracic limbs proper the
dactylus is rather less than half the length of the propodos and the
carpus is more than half the length of the meros. In the last
limb the proportions are, dactylus, 4*5; propos, 4*5; carpus, 3 ;
meros, 19 '5.

The telson is much more slender, but otherwise precisely similar.

A score or so of individuals of this species were taken between
the ice floes in lat. 62° S. on the 1st of January, 1899, the temperature
not recorded. They were in a terribly bad state of preservation.

3. CUMACEA.

A single specimen of this group was taken off Cape Adare, but it
is in a mutilated condition.

CRUSTACEA ARTHROSTRACA.

1. ISOPODA

TANAIDAE.

Like many others, this family stands much in need of revision.
Fifteen genera, containing something like sixty species, have been
described, and many of these are only known from single specimens.
(Dollfus, 8.) The species are separated by very minute characters,
and very little is known concerning their life histories and the extent
to which sexual dimorphism occurs. Mr. Beddard has described in
the ' Challenger ' Pteports (2) a species under the name of Paratanais.
dimorphus, but this species does not seem to belong to any of

240 Southern Cross.

the genoni ilolined by Trofessor G. O. Scars in his " Crustacea
of Norway " (29). The species described below is obviously a close
relation of Mr. Beddard's P. diiixprphus, and, considering the present
state of our knowledge, I have preferred to place this 'Southern
Cross ' species with his rather than constitute a new genus, merely
notifying the fact that Professor Sars' (29) and Mr. Beddard's (2)
"onus Paratanais are not in accord. But for the structure of the
uropods I should have placed this and Mr. Beddard's species in Sars'
genus Ildcrotanais.

Paratanais antakctica.

(PI. XXXI.)

Cephalon very large, pyriform, eyes distinct at the base of the
antennae. Thoracic segments very slightly tapering, the first one is
the l)roadest, and less rounded laterally than the others. The fourth
and fifth are sub-equal in length. The abdomen continues uniforndy
the slight taper of the thorax, and the first segment is longer than the
following five, but the last is longest as well as narrowest, and is
ovoid in shape, with a terminal setose projection in the middle line.
The uropods are conspicuous, and comprise a short and stout peduncle,
with two-jointed exo- and endopodites, the former being the largest.

First antenna. Peduncle two-jointed, the first joint being two
and a half times as long as the second. The flagellum is three-
jointed ; the first joint is very small, with two setae ; the second also
carries two setae distally, and is twice as long as the rounded terminal
joint, which carries four long setae.

In the female it is triarticulate.

Second antenna. Peduncle three-jointed. The joints are stout,
and not very large ; the first is shortest and the second longest, the
third carries a slender spine distally. The flagellum is three-jointed.
The first joint is about as long as the peduncle, but much more
slender, and somewhat curved. The second joint is about half the
length, and both bear distally one or two setae. The terminal joint,
which cairics four setae, is minute.

!Mandible. Cutting edge incurved, with fine serrations on the
frontal margin, IMolar tubercle well develoi)ed.

Maxillipede five-jointed. The dactylus small, digitiform, with
four long setae, projiodos longer and much stouter, inner margin
expanded about the middle of the joint, bearing four long setae.
Carpus with three long setae near the inner distal extremity, and
the meros expanded externally round the carpus.

Crustacea. 241

Thoracic appendages. The first of these in the male reaches an
extraordinary development. The dactylus is very long and slender,
much curved near its extremity. The propodos is more than half as
long, stout, and has articulated to it a piece which is curved through
a right angle. This piece bears a tooth at the extremity on the outer
margin, and a rounded projection or tubercle on the inner. The
carpus is distinctly shorter than the propodos, and is broad, somewhat
irregular proximally. The meros is very large and irregular, besides
being considerably and irregularly expanded distally. It bears a
large lateral wing externally near the proximal end.

The remainder do not present any striking features. The three
anterior pairs are a little longer and more delicate than the
posterior three. These latter have one or two truncated spines
at the termination of some of the joints.

Pleopoda. A rounded basipodite, with ovoid exo- and endopodites
arising some little distance apart. The exopodite is smallest, and
both have long setae on the inner margin.

Uropoda. The two-jointed exopodite equals in length the first
joint of the endopodite. The former terminates in two long setae, the
latter possesses four.

Owing to an accident with the preparations further anatomical
details cannot be given.

Size about 4 mm.

Eight specimens, four ^ , four ? , were taken off Cape Adare, in
20 to 24 fathoms, from the roots of seaweed. Temperature 29° Fahr.

Gnathia.

Of this interesting genus a very large number of species, some-
thing like twenty-five, are known, nearly all of them coming from
European waters. For our knowledge of these species we are mainly
indebted to the works of M. Hesse (11 and 12) and Professor G. 0.
Sars (29). Mr. Beddard has described four species from the ' Challenger '
collections, and, with the exception of the species described below
and another from New Zealand, these are all that are known from
extra-European seas.

Gnathia polakis.

(PI. XXXII.)

Specific character. Pointed cephalon, more pronounced in male.
Scythe-like character of the mandibles in male, and the markings on
the two penultimate segments of the thorax.

242 Soiff/icni Cross.

Dcscriptiuv of Male.

Kody of nearly uniform diameter. The cephalon is broad, r<tn;,dily
«|nadranjj:ular, tlie postero-lateral margins being somewhat rounded.
The frontal margin bears a broad triangular rostrum in the middle
line; it then becomes straight for a short distance on each side the
rostrum, ami then incurved, to terminate with a stout pre-ocular S])ine.
Eyes small. The anterior portion of the thorax is separated from the
posterior by a conspicuous constriction. Of the three posterior seg-
ments, the first is marked in the middle line with an ill-defined rect-
angular jiatch, the second bears a median longitudinal groove, and the
third is very strongly curved. The abdomen comprises the normal
nundier of segments, and terminates in an elongate triangular telson.

Auteiniae. The first antenna consists of a three-jointed peduncle,
the last joint being longer than tlie other two together, and a four-
jointed fiagellum. The second has a four-jointed peduncle, the two
last being large and sub-equal, and the two proximal ones being
much shorter. The flagellum is six-jointed.

^landible. The mandibles are scythe-like in general appearance,
the amount of curvature at the free end being variable. The inner
margin is somewhat sinuous, and the outer drops abruptly a little
short of its middle.

]\Iaxillipede. This consists of a roughly triangular plate attached
by its broad base; the inner margin is straight, the anterior slightly
sinuous, and the outer is very oblique. The masticatory lobe is a
cdavatc process bearing two stout knobbed setae, which interlock
with those from the opposite side. The palp consists of four
rounded segments, tapering from the first, and each bearing some
half-dozen long setae on its outer margin.

Gnathopod. This consists of two segments, the first being a large
]tyriform plate, the more rounded inner margin bearing long plumose
setae. The terminal segment is very small, oval, and bears a few-
long plumose setae towards the extremity, and a few small setae on
the inner margin.

Pereiopoda. Sub-similar, sub-equal. They present no very
obvious peculiarities, save that the inner margin has a number
of button-like tubercles distributed alonu it.

•o

Dcsa'vptioii of Female.

The fully developed female i)0ssesses an enormou.sly swollen
body. The cephalon is comparatively small, obtusely pointed in

Crustacea.

243

front. Two thoracic scgiueiits arc readily (listinguishablc, and the
other three can at times be made out.

Both pairs of antennae, the pereiopoda and the abdomen closely
resemble those of the adult male.

In the younger individuals and larvae the cephalon is narrower,
and bears very large eyes upon lateral tubercles. The mouth organs,
which are at these stages of the normal number, are produced into
a more or less conical structure in front of the head.

A fairly large number of specimens of this species were taken at
various times off Cape Adare, most of them coming from a depth of
twenty fathoms or thereabouts. In one case the tube was labelled :
" 20-24 fathoms. From the roots of seaweed." But all presented the
appearance of living in a similar habitat. They were dirty, and
as a general rule more or less covered with some growth, which con-
cealed some structural features and gave them a velvety appearance.
The specimens include well-developed males and females, as well as
larvae.

SPHAEROMIDAE.

Considering the great confusion that exists among the numerous
members of this family, it is with some hesitation that I put forward
two new species. The difficult problem is to assign to these species
the genus which might meet with general approval. Authors do not
appear to be agreed on the subject of generic distinctions, and on
that account I may have added to the existing confusion. Notwith-
standing the obvious differences in form I have placed both species
in the genus CyTnodocea (Leach). The anatomical details do not
appear to me to warrant their separation.

Cymodocea antaectica.
(PI. XXXIII., fig. 2.)

Body ovoid, about twice as long as broad. Pleon terminating in
a triangular shield with the extremity excavated. It is of a greenish
colour, more or less irregularly splashed with a warm brown.

Cephalon comparatively small and having a somewhat truncated
anterior margin with a small rounded projection between the
antennae. Eyes small, at the postero-lateral angle, which is produced
on to the succeeding segment.

Thorax. The first segment arches outwards, and is half as broad
again as the cephalon. It is as long as the two succeeding segments,

K 2

244 Soiithcni Cross.

ami, ill tniniiitiii wiili all, bears (listiiift uiiiinera. Tliese are very
well ilevelopecl and i»roloiige(l backwards in tlic tliree posterior
.segments.

Al)doinen. Four a]>parent segments are visible, the second of
them bearing di.stinct epimera. The terminal segment is triangular,
its extremity being excavated. The uropods arise a short distance
from its anterior margin but do not icach the opposite extremity ;
they are lanceolate in sha}»e.

First antenna. A stout peduncle, of which the second joint is
about half the size of the first; tliis is followed by a larger joint
which from its character might belong to the flagellum. The
tiagellum consists of nine additional joints.

Second antenna. A four-jointed peduncle, of which the joints
progressively increase in si;cc, followed by a flagellum of about eight
joints.

Mandible strong, cutting edge very prominent, armed with blunt
tubercles and a tuft of strong setae close underneath. Molar
expansion well developed. Palp large, of three diminishing joints,
the middle one laterally ex])anded, and the two terminal ones setose,
the setae of the middle joint being of peculiar structure.

First maxilla. Two parallel plates, the outer c»ne the stoutest
and provided with five prominent spines at the extremity, the inner
one with three plumose setae, the iimer margin of both bears a few
slender setae.

Second maxilla. Innei' lobe comparatively broad and somewhat
pointed, with setae on inner margin and stouter plumose ones at the
extremity, the proximal two of this series being larger than the rest.
(Juter lobe and palp armed at the extremity with a few serrated
spines, those of the palp are the longest.

Maxillipede. The masticatory lobe is produced into a large plate,
the free terminal margin is irregular and setose, the five terminal
joints form a palp, three of them bear a finger-like process on the
inner margin, so that with the terminal joint they occupy approxi-
mately the same level desi»ite the natural curvature of the organ ;
these processes are all setose.

Thoracic apjjeiulages. The first tliree slightly increase in size,
but the remainder are sub-eiiual. The first has the last joints short
and stout, it terminates in a claw with one, or two, very small
acce.s.sories. Of the following three, the meros is exjianded, the
carpus and ]>iopus setose. Tbc three jjosterior lindjs are similar and
< li rected l)ack wards.

Uropods lanceolate, .smooth, entlopoilite the largest.

Cnistacca. 245

Three specimens were taken off' the Auckland Islands in ten
fathoms of water.

No conspicuous difference is exhibited by any of these specimens
beyond the presence or absence of the two dark spots on the first
thoracic segment. This may be. and probably is, a very variable
feature.

CyMODOCEA AUSTRALIS.
(PI. XXXlir., fig. .3, and PI. XXXIV., fig. .3.)

The body is twice as long as broad and covered, though not very
closely, with short and fine setae.

Cephalon is rounded in front, longer than any of the thoracic
segments. Eyes moderately large, and that region of the cephalon is
produced slightly backwards on to the first thoracic segment.

The first segment of the thorax is the length of the two following,
and they all gradually shorten slightly and progressively to the
posterior. The pleon is marked in rather a complex manner. The
first segment bears a thumb-like elevation directed forwards and
outwards which lies between the mid-dorsal line and the lateral
margin. The two following segments are incompletely separated
and together form a very broad V-shaped structure on the pleon ; the
extremity of the arms of the V just extend to the margin of the body
and are bi-lobed, the posterior lobe being the shorter. The base
of the V is a free backwardly-directed spine. The last pleon
segment has the postero-lateral margins curved boldly towards
the middle line, the extremity is broadly notched, and the notch
is almost completely filled with a rounded lobe. A short way
in front of this in the middle line is a rounded tubercle. The
uropods are very conspicuous and project beyond the extremity of
the body. The inner branch is much the largest and lies parallel
to the postero-lateral margin of the pleon. It forms an oblong
structure, roughly rectangular. The outer branch forms a truncated
cone.

First antenna. Peduncle two-jointed, the first being long and
stout, widest distally. Second joint small, partly sunk in the
extremity of the first, expanded laterally into a somewhat triangular
form. Flagellum ten-jointed, first joint longer than the two
succeeding, fourth joint conspicuously larger than the second or third
and the remainder becoming reduced in size.

Second antenna. Peduncle three-jointed, the third as long as the
other two. Flagellum nine-jointed.

246 Soiitlicni Cross.

Maudilile. ("utting edi^'c tniiiis a stout blunt toolh, molar
expansion small. Palp three-jointed, first joint fairly stout, the
second rather more than half the size, setose laterally and distally,
the distal setae bein^;^ long. The last joint is about the same .size,
but more slender, and setose along its entire length on one side.

First maxilla. Outer lobe a slightly curved blade, armed at the
extremity with some half dozen or more teeth. Tnner lobe straight,
slender, and tapering, the extremity provided w ith two long curved
setae.

Second maxilla. Inner lobe comparatively broad, rounded at the
extremity, where it is armed with stout setae. Two, near the inner
extremity, are conspicuously different, have sulisidiary setae on
one ( ?) side. The outer lobe and palp bear long spinous setae ; they
are all sub-equal in length.

Maxillipede. ]\Iasticatory lobe long and narrow, slightly curved
outwards distally. The extremity forms a blunt point, and there are
two or three small teeth a short distance from it ; behind these again
is a small tuft of setae. Palp of five joints, of which the middle
three possess a digitiform lateral process, setose at the extremity.
The terminal joint is finger-like, and also setose distally.

Thoracic appendages. In these there is nothing specially striking.
In the first, the basal joint is nearly half the length of the entire
limb, the renuiining joints are short and stout, the meros being
laterally expanded outwards, and the inner margin of the meros,
carp\is, and propodos bear about a dozen long spines and numerous
very fine ones, which latter also occur on the dactylus. This
last joint bears a stout claw, a small accessory, and two strong
setae.

In the following appendage the joints, except the basal, are much
longer, and the inner margin is provided with a series of small spines
with an occasional large one.

The others are sub-similar, but longer.

Pleopods. Endopodite obovate, with long plumose setae on its
inner and distal margin. Exopodite triangular, outer margin straight,
and till near the extremity with fine setae, near the extremity and on
the inner margin these become long and plumose.

Seven specimens were taken by the dredge oft' Cape Adare in
eight fathoms. Temperature, SO*^ Eahr., January 17, 1900. Only
one of these, the specimen figured, has the abilomen so ornate ; in
the others the spine is absent, and the terminal notch is not so
conspicuous.

Crustacea.

Akcturus.

247

This genus received a large number of additions from the
' ChaUeiujer' collections (2); and, latei-, Mr. I'.enedict (8) added
six species to the genus, and gave a synopsis of the Avhole.
Another species has since been described by Miss liichardson (2G),
and the three described Ijelow make a total of twenty-six species.
Two other species, described by Has well, from New Zealand in 1882
(9), have not been noticed by the authors cited.

AllCTURUS POLAKIS.
(PI. XXXIV., fig. 2, and PL XXXV.)

Specific character. Spines dorso-lateral. Pleon with two promi-
nent terminal spines, a large lateral spine on each of the three
distinguishable segments, the remainder somewhat irregularly covered
with short spines, two of which, about the middle of the lateral
margin, are more prominent than the rest.

The largest specimens secured by the ' Southern Cross ' Expedition
measure, exclusive of antennae or spines, some 37 mm. in length,
but the average size is about 5 mm., or tliereabouts, smaller.

The second antennae are a little shorter than the body.

The mid-dorsal area is smooth ; but dorso-laterally there are
spines which are more prominent in the anterior thoracic region, and
less numerous than elsewhere.

Cephalon. Anterior margin incurved. A prominent spine pro-
jects outwards, and somewhat forwards, to protect the eye, which is
large. There is a small spine in front of this organ.

The third thoracic segment is the largest, the hinder ones tapering
gradually to the pleon. Laterally each segment bears numerous
spines of varying size. The spines are most conspicuous on the three
anterior segments, and each of these has a large spine more dorsally
situated than elsewhere.

Pleon nearly as long as the posterior five thoracic segments.

The first three segments are distinguishal)le, and bear short spines
both dorsally and laterally. A lateral spine is especially prominent
on the third segment, and the remainder of the pleon is covered with
small spines of approximately uniform size ; but two of them, about
the middle of the lateral margin, are more prominent than the rest.
The mid dorsal line is devoid of spines. The extremity is rounded,
and bears two very large and somewhat divergent terminal spines.

248 Southern Cross.

First iintonna consists of four joints, the first three of which
ecjunl iht' two proximal joints of the second antenna. The first
three joints slightly decrease in length from the first, Ijut the
proximal one is very hroad and irregularly rounded. The last is
longer than the two preceding, and is setose along the distal two-
thirds of one margin. The setae are stout, tapering, and are home
on a short, slender peduncle.

Second antenna not quite as long as the body and comprises a
long peduncle of five joints and a short multiarticulate flagellum.
Of the five joints of the peduncle, the two basal are small ; the
others progressively increase in size, the last one being approximately
as long as the two preceding. The second joint has two spines on
the outer margin and the third carries two to four ; in either case
the distal spine is the largest. The fourth joint also bears a distal
spine and, with the preceding, it is setose on the inner margin.

Mandible short and stout. The cutting edge bears some half-
dozen teeth and a tuft of strong setae below them. The molar
process is strongly developed, and there is no palp.

First maxilla. Outer lobe comparatively long and narrow, slightly
curved. Armed at the extremity with about nine comparatively
long spines. The inner lobe is smaller and more slender, provided
with three long plumose setae. The inner margin of both lobes is
setose.

Second maxilla. Base is broad, the inner lobe is somewhat
rounded, the outer lobe is digitiform, and the palp is similar but
broader. All are setose, more particularly the inner lobe, on which
three distinct varieties of setae can be distinguished. A tuft of small,
simple setae below the inner and distal curve ; two or three stout
plumose setae come next, and following these distally are the com-
paratively stout setae, which are more or less plumose.

Maxillipede. Masticatory lobe quadrangular, with rounded
angles ; anterior margin with stout setae. Palp, the five joints,
comparatively short but broad anil lamellar, the inner margin
richly provided with long setae. The epignath is large, subconical,
truncate at extremity.

Thoracic appendages. The first is short and stout, richly setose
on the inner margin and on the outer margin of the propos and
dactylus. The setae are spinose in places (carpus). The dactylus
bears three claws, the middle one being conspicuously the most
slender, and is folded in a sub-chelate manner. The three following
ji])i)endages are sub-similar. With the exception of the two terminal
joints all bear distally a prominent spine on the outer margin ; the

Crustacea. 249

basal joint bears one or two additional ones. Except this joint, all
possess long setae on the inner margin.

The three posterior limits are of the walking type and also sul)-
similar. The basis, ischium, and meros are spinose on the outer
margin, and, particularly the first of these limbs, the meros to
propos inclusive bear numerous small spines on the inner margin.

Pleopods. The first pair are coarse and spinose and form a case
protecting the remainder. These consist of a stout basis, spinose on
inner side and setose on the other. The exo- and endopodites are
large, somewhat widening distally, and having their margins richly
clothed with plumose setae.

A large number of individuals were taken oft' Cape Adare during
November and December in from twenty to twenty-six fathoms. In
most cases the females had eggs or young in the brood pouch. One
fine specimen had no less than sixty young in its pouch.

A small specimen was taken in 6 fathoms off Duke of York
Island and at a temperature of 28 • 75° Fahr,

Arcturus adareanus.^
(PI. XXXIIL, fig. 1.)

Specific character. Body not spinose but minutely tuberculated.
Pleon segment uniformly covered with very small blunt spines and
terminating with two moderately long and parallel spines.

This species is smaller and more slender than the last. The
spines, properly so-called, are confined to a pair on the cephalon, the
anterior thoracic segments, and the pleon. Spines are replaced by
small tubercles, which, however, take a spinous character in the
hinder part of the body.

Cephalon. Anterior margin incurved : a pair of prominent blunt
spines arise between and somewhat in front of the large eyes.
Behind these is another pair of very much smaller spines.

Thorax. The fourth segment is the largest and all are covered
with a number of small, closely-set tubercles : a pair of spines are
situated dorsally on the first segment.

Pleon about as large as the four posterior thoracic segments.
The first three segments are distinct : these and the terminal shield
are covered with small spines. The extremity of this shield is
rounded and bears two prominent but blunt spines.

The anatomical details bear a very close resemblance to the last

^ Name altered, after author had sailed for the Antarctic. — F. J. B.

250 Souther II ( ^ross.

species, iuul it will he iiuiply sullicieiit for all practical purposes to
point out the diflerences.

First antenna. The terminal joint is shorter than the two
preceding together.

Second antenna. The first joint is very small and the second
about twice the size, with four small Idunt spines. The third joint
is long and bears three or four blunt spines and a few long setae on
the opposite side. The fourth joint bears one or two small spines,
and setae are disposed along the inner margin at fairly regular
intervals. Tliese also occur on the fifth joint, which is the longest.

The mandil)les, maxillae, and maxillipedes very closely resemble
those of A. polaris. The epignath of the maxillipede is narrower
distally, and thus becomes more conical.

Thoracic appendages. The first almost exactly resembles that of
A. polar is. The three following are also similar, but practically
devoid of spines ; the spines of A. polaris are represented by very
inconspicuous tubercles. The last three limbs bear one or two blunt
spines on the coxa and Ijasis only and the ischium to the propodos
bear a row of small curved spines along the inner margin.

I'leopods. The first pair are large and stout, forming a pro-
tecting shield to the remainder. Those wdiich serve the branchial
function are less clavate than in A. polaris, and the basipodite bears
seven slender teeth as against five stouter ones.

Five specimens of this species were taken among large numbers
of A. p)ol((ris off Cape Adare.

Arcturus franklini.

Specific character. A stout spine near the antero-lateral margin
of the cephalon, and six long slender spines on the secondhand third
thoracic segments.

Cejthalon of normal contour, Avith two stout spines between the
eyes, and directed slightly ibrwards, and a stout pair near the antero-
lateral angle.

Thorax, first three segments with six long slender spines, two
dorsal, two dorso-lateral, and two epimeral. These spines are best
developed on the second and third segments, where they are particu-
larly prominent ; posterior segments of the thorax with numerous
small spines, for tlie most part situated laterally.

Pleon, first three segments with a row of rather small spines
a(M"oss the dorsum, and the last of the three having a very stout
Literal spine. The terminal segment bears numerous small spines

Crustacea. 251

throughout its length laterally, and a few inconspicuous ones are
scattered dorsally ; two above the average size are situated dorsally
about the middle of its length. The extremity is rounded, and bears
two divergent and prominent terminal spines.

First antenna, normal structure, reaches to about two-thirds the
length of the third joint of the second antenna. Setae on terminal
joint few.

Second antenna. The two basal joints each with stout spine,
the third joint with three stout spines, proximal shortest, distal
largest, fourth joint with two spines proximally situated, and the
fifth joint is slightly the longest. Flagellum missing.

Thoracic appendages. The three pairs of setose limbs bear a
stout spine on the ischium and meros ; the basis has several of
varying length. The three posterior, which are essentially ambula-
tory in character, have a few blunt spines on the basal joints. The
meros, carpus, and propodos bear a few slender forwardly-curved
spines on the inner margin.

The opercular shield of the pleon is covered with short spines.

A single specimen of this species was taken off Franklin Island
in 10-24 fathoms of water, and a temperature of 29 "8° Fahr. It is a
female, and its body is largely concealed by a vigorous growth of
Spirorbis and other tubicolous worms, as well as diatoms of large size.^
Exclusive of antennae, the animal measures some 15 mm. in length.

Three other specimens were taken at this locality ; they are of
smaller size, but I am not as yet disposed to make a new species for
them. With the exception of the two frontal spines, the two
terminal spines of the pleon, which are only stvimps, and a few very
small spines on the lateral margin of the pleon, the bodies are quite
smooth ; they are, in spirit, light-coloured, and covered with minute
l)rown spots. The second antennae of two of the specimens is per-
fectly smooth, but in the third, and largest, there are obvious traces
of developing spines. This Avould indicate that these specimens are
not yet mature, and to give them a specific rank does not seem to
me to be desirable.

NOTASELLUS AUSTRALIS.
(PI. XXXVI.)

Specific character. Uropoda longer than pleon, which is
approximately as broad as long, and terminates in a rounded
projection.

' Mr. V. H. Blackmau informs me that the diatom belongs to the genus
Triceratium.

252 Southern C 'ross.

I')0(ly oval, about two smd a half times as long as broad, with
very large urojioda, covered with small dark coloured spots, which,
however, leave small light coloured vacant spares here and there.

Ce]»hal()n, the normal size for the genus. It bears a large
prominent median rostrum, the base of which curves outwards to
form a stouter if less prominent tooth at the antero-lateral angle.
The eyes are large and borne on lateral processes of the cephalon,
which is somewhat constricted posteriorly.

Thorax. The segments are all sliort, tlie fourth is the broadest
and straight, the three anterior ones having a more or less con-
spicuous forward curve. The lateral margin of these four segments
is toothed anteriorly and posteriorly, the intermediate portion being
l>i-lobed. The three posterior segments are curved backwards,
particulnrly the last one, their lateral margins are rounded but still
bi-lobed.

Pleon, lateral margin rounded, posterior truncated, but with a
stout rounded projection in the middle line.

First antenna. Peduncle three-jointed ; the first is very stout,
the other two are more slender, the third being more so. They
are sub-equal in length, the liagellum is multiarticulate and reaches
about two-thirds the length of the penultimate joint of the peduncle
of the second antenna.

Second antenna. Peduncle six -jointed ; the first four are short
and stout, the third, which is the largest of the four, carries externally
a small digitiform scale setose at the distal extremity.

Of the two large terminal joints, the more distal one is slightly
the longest, both are sparingly setose, as long again as the proximal
four joints. They are followed Ijy a long multiarticulate fiagellum.

Mandible. Cutting edge, with a prominent bi-lobed tooth and
below a fringe of stout setae. A deep incision between this and the
molar expansion. Palp long and slender, second joint twice as long
as the first terminal joint, curved and with setae on the inner
margin and at the extremity.

First maxilla. Terminal spines of the outer lobe toothed, a series
of weaker spines some little distance from the extremity.

Second maxilla. Inner lobe slightly enlarged at its extremity
and rounded, the terminal portion densely clothed with rather long
setae. The outer lobe and palp are both slender and curved
backwards, the former terminates in ihree, and the latter in two,
long setae.

Maxillipede. Inner margin of masticatory lobe quite straight,
distal and outer margins slightly rounded, the former bearing a

Crustacea. 253

fringe of spinous setae. Tlie palj) has the proximal joints stoul, Uie
meros and carpus being laterally expanded, the propodos and dactylus
are quite slender. The dactylus, the extremity of the propodos and
the inner margins of the carpus and meros all hear comparatively
long setae. The epignath is large antl ovoid in shape, but the
external margin is angular.

Thoracic appendages. The seven pairs are long, sub-equal and
much alike. They present no striking features ; the meros is
expanded distally and bears a tuft of stout setae at its extremity, the
carpus and propodos are sub-equal in length, the latter bearing a
triunguiculate claw.

The uropods are large and considerably longer than the pleon ;
the basal joint is distally expanded and almost bi-lobed ; the podites
are a long oval in shape, the exopods being much the smallest. The
entire organ bears tufts of setae at regular intervals.

Three specimens of tliis species were taken off Cape Adare in
13 fathoms with a temperature of 28 '9° Fahr., and three or four more
were found on the beach after a gale.

Dr. Pfeffer (24) has described a species from South Georgia
which is undoubtedly very closely allied to the ' Southern Cross '
species. He considered himself justified in creating a new genus
Notasellus for its reception, though it very closely resembles certain
northern species of the widely distributed genus Janira.

Haliachis austkalis.

(PL XXXIV., fig. 1, and PI. XXXYII.)

Specific character. Pleon ovoid, notched at the insertion of the
uropods.

Size. Exclusive of antennae, about 4 mm.

Cephalon. Wide, truncate in front, with deep recess for the
origin of the antennae. The lateral margin of this recess forms a
stout outwardly curved tooth. Eyes large, situated on a lateral
projection of the hinder part of the cephalon. Part of the mouth
organs project in front of cephalon and can be seen from the dorsal
surface.

Thorax. The first four segments do not conspicuously differ in
size, although the first is the smallest. The epimera of the first three
segments are pointed and of the fourth truncate. The three posterior
segments become reduced in size and more curved in a backward
direction in passing to the hinder extremity.

254 SoufJicni Cross.

Plonn. Twit so<j[ineuts arc visihlc in tlio curve of the last thoracic,
tlie terminal one is ovoid with the small uropods placed laterally
some little distance from the extremity.

First antenna. Small, reaching about one-third the length of
the fourth joint of the .second antenna. Second joint of peduncle
longest.

Second antenna. Very long, half as long again as the body.
Peduncle tive-jointed, the three proximal ones being short and stout,
the two distal ones being long and slender, sub-equal in size. The
flagellum is multiarticulate, not so long as the two distal joints of
the flaLrellum.

Mandible. Cutting edge consists of a long slender three-lo1)ed
tooth and a group of stout setae. Mjlar expansion well developed
and somewhat widely separated from the cutting edge. Palp three-
jointed, rather stout, first and third joint sub-equal, third the
longest.

First maxilla. Normal.

Second maxilla. Inner lobe truncate, with two long setae,
among others, on the inner margin, outer lobe and palp M-ith very
long, stout terminal setae.

Maxillipede. Masticatory lobe with inner margin straight and
four small spines just above the middle. Extremity truncate and
outer margin rounded. Palp of five joints, of which the distal two
are proportionately slender, the next two are much expanded. The
epignath is large curved, truncate posteriorly, less so anteriorly.

Thoracic limbs. The first is comparatively short and stout, sub-
chelate, meros and carpus expanded ; propodos ovoid, dactylus about
half its length and slender. The second pair of appendages were
missing, the remainder are long, slender, and increase in length to
tlic last, thev are alike in structure.

Uropods. Small, simple.

Three specimens were taken off Cape Adare in 20 to 26 fathoms.
Temperature 28*9° Pahr.

Th.is is another species closely allied to a form described by
Dr. I'feffer (24) for which he established the genus Haliacris.

ECHINOZONE.

This genus is one of four into which Professor Sars has divided
his genus Ilyaruchna (29). Five species belong to the original genus,
but one of them is doubtful ; the other genera each contain a single
species. All but one are European or Arctic forms.

Crustacea. 255

ECIIINOZONE SriNOSA.
(Pis. XXXVITI. and XXXIX.)

Specific character. Four prominent spines on each of the four
anterior thoracic segments, two on the cephalon ; smaller spines on
the epimera and on the posterior thoracic segments.

Body ovoid, truncate in front but pointed behind, divided into
two by a deep constriction between the fourth and fifth thoracic
segments. Body arched and epimera well developed, both spinose.

Cephalon arched in front, with two prominent spines situated
laterally ; the epimera are large and angular, with a small spine at
the antero-lateral angle and another about the middle of the plate.

Thorax. First segment narrow with the epimera poorly deve-
loped ; the four large spines are confined to the body portion. The
three succeeding segments are similar, but the hinder margin of the
epimera are more rounded, passing backwards. Each segment has
the four prominent spines and a small one at the antero-lateral angle
of the epimera, the first two segments having an additional one
just beliind this. The three posterior segments and the pleon taper
uniformly to a blunt point. The thoracic segments bear a spine on
either side the middle line, but on the last segment they are mere
rudiments. Of the first of these three segments there are four small
spines along the anterior margin.

First antenna. Peduncle two-jointed. First joint large and
stout, with long seta on the margin and a spine at the distal
extremity. Second joint is very small proportionately, and bears
the multiarticulate flagellum.

Second antenna. Five joints are visible from the dorsal surface.
The first of these bears a stout spine externally, the two distal joints
are very long, particularly the last one ; both are setose. The multi-
articulate flagellum is about half the length of the entire organ.

Mandible. Anterior margin rounded to the cutting edge, which
is represented by a large blunt tooth ; a tuft of small setae lies close
below it, and the molar process is a long slender appendage setose at
its extremity.

First maxilla. Outer lobe comparatively broad, curved. The
oblique terminal margin with a series of stout spines, of which
the two most distally situated are the longest.

Second maxilla. Inner lobe broad, somewhat curved backwards.
One very long seta at the terminal angles. Outer lobe and palp
normal but stout.

256 Soil t lie ni Cross.

Maxillipedf. Imikt iiiari,Mn <»r iiKi.sticatory lobe stiai^lit, distal
and outer margins rounded. Distal part setose, the lateral and miter
setae being comparatively long anil slender, those near the inner
angle being stout and sj)inose. Palp of the normal number of
joints, the meros enormously Ijroad. The car])us bears a large
])loughshare-like exi»ansion on its inner margin ; the edge of this,
and to some extent the sides, bear stout setae The propodos and
tlactylus are normal, and both bear setae distally.

The ei)ignath is large, roughly semicircular.

Thoi-acic apjtendages. The first is missing. The three following
are more distinctly ambulatory, and increase in size passing poste-
riorly. They are slender, and the first is almost devoid of setae ; the
second is provided with long setae throughout its length, and has
the basis, iscliium and meros somewhat swollen. The third is
attenuated, and is poorly provided with small setae, except at
the extremity of the various joints. The ischium, however, bears
numerous delicate spines.

The three posterior appendages present a different apjiearance,
and are sub-equal in length. In the first the basis, ischium and
carpus are much swollen ; in the second the carpus only is thus
modified ; both limbs are ]jrovided with long setae. The joints
I if the last appendage do not present any striking feature.

The uropods are minute, and are concealed from the dorsal aspect
by a slight projection of the pleon.

Two specimens of this species were obtained off Cape Adare, in
26 fathoms. Temperature 28 • 8° Fahr.

COPEPODA.

Two genera of Calanids were taken A\ith Evphavsia gJacialis in
lat 65° 52 S., long. 162" 32 E., between the ice floes ; temperature,
31" F. They were in a terribly bad state of preservation, much
macerated and unfit for description.

PYCNOGONIDA.

( )f the large )nun))er of specimens obtained by the ' Southern Cross '
Expedition, all may be referred to a single species, and that, as might
be expected from the locality, a new one.

Crustacea. 257

The genns Nymplion is a large one, and a list of twenty-five reliable
and eleven doubtful species is given by Dr. Iloek (13) in the
' Challenger'' Eeport referring to this class.

Prof. Sars, in 1891 (28), while adding a few species, divides the
genus into tliree — JVi/injjJion, Chcetonijniplion, and Boreonymphon.

Nymphon austkale.
(PI. XL..)

Ijody robust, with lateral processes of a large size ; these are
setose, though the body is apparently smooth. Neck short and
constricted. Head segment two and a half times as long as the
following one. Ocular peduncle long, but very variable, sometimes
rounded at the extremity, sometimes obtusely pointed, and occa-
sionally much reduced in size. Lenses apparently rudimentary ;
sometimes four may be detected, but more commonly only two ; a
very large proportion of the specimens, however, only show an
irregular mass of pigment, the quantity and its precise position
being very variable. Proboscis cylindrical, directed downwards.

Mandibles. Scape longer than proboscis, becoming stouter at its
distal extremity, and provided with stout setae, many of which are
very long.

Chela stout, setose, the claws being longer than the propos
bearing them. They are slender, somewhat abruptly curved at the
tips, and beset along their entire biting edge with teeth, whicli,
though conspicuously large and small, are not arranged in strict
alternation.

Palp slender, five-jointed ; the second joint is the longest, the
fifth is a little shorter than the preceding. All are setose ; the setae on
the two terminal joints being the smallest and the most numerous.

Ovigerous legs, ten-jointed ; the first two are very small, and the
third is equal in length to the two, the fourth and fifth are much
longer, and sub- equal; the last three are also sub-equal in length,
the terminal joint bearing a long pectinate claw. The last four
segments bear a single row of denticulate spines.

These spines bear three or four lateral teeth on each side. The
entire limb is more or less setose. In the ovigerous individuals tlie
first six joints of this appendage are usually mnch swollen, and this
more particularly applies to the fifth joint.

The four walking legs are alike. The second coxa is conspicuously
the larger of the three, and the third heavs a prominent swelling en

S

258 Soiiflicni Cross.

its iiinor margin. Tliis hist joint is more setose than the otliers.
The femur is the stoutest joint of the limli, and is longer than the
three coxae tof,'etlier. On its inner margin the setae are sliort, but
on the outer they almost amount to spines, especially at the
extremity.

Of the two tarsi, the proximal is both longer and stouter, both
exceed the femur in length, setose on the inner margin, the outer is
more thickly covered and the setae are almost in the nature of long
spines. The distal tibia bears three spines at its extremity ; of these
the middle one is much shorter than the other two. The tarsus and
])ropos together are a little shorter than the second tibia, they are
slightly curved and tapering. The latter bears a long terminal claw
with a single minute accessory. The tail is an elongate ovoid.

A very large number of indi\iduals of this species were taken off
Cape Adare at various dates and at depths varying between 20 and
26 fathoms. Almost all were in an exceedingly dirty condition,
duo to a thick orowth of diatoms of the genus Triccratium or
an ally, and other vegetable matter in a more or less decomposed
state. This foreign matter is very adherent and it is almost
impossiljle to clean satisfactorily many of them. It gives the
animal quite a woolly appearance to unassisted vision. Many
specimens, which apparently have recently moulted are quite light-
coloured and have a more " refined " appearance, being cleaner, and
the spines and setae are much sharper.

REFERENCES.

1. Batk, C. Spence. lleptiit on the Crustacea Macrura collected by II.^M.S.

' ClinUvnrjer' during the years 1873-7G.

11.M.8. ' ChaUemjcr' Reports. Vol. 24, Zoology. 1888.

2. Bkdda HD, F. E. Eejiort on the Crustacea Isopoda collected by lI.M.Si.

* Chullerifjer ' iXxmng the years 187;5-7(). Part II.
Il.M.S. ' C7/«//«'Hyf>' Keports. Vul. 17, Geology. 1886.

3. TKNEbicT, J. E. 1'lie Arctiiridae in the T'.S. National ^luseum.

Proc. iJiol. Hoc, ^VaslIington. Vol. 12, }ip. -41-55. 18118.

4. CouTiKHK, H. Note iireliniinaire sur Ics Crustace.s dt'capodes jirovenant de

Texpi'ditiun anfarctitiue belyc.

C. 11. Aca.i., I'aris. \o\. 130, i^p. 1G40-1G43. 1900.

5. Cunningham, II. O. Notes on the Reptiles, Aniiihibia, Fislies, Mollusca and

Crustacea obtained during the voyage of 11. M.S. 'A'«.s.s-o«' in tlie veare
18(;(M;'.i.

Trans. Linn. Soc, London. A'ol. 27, pp. 405-502. 1871.

Crustacea. 259

6. Dana, J. D. Crustacea.

United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838-42, undei' tlie
commandofC. Wilkes, U.S.N. Vol.13. 18r)2.

7. DoLi-FUs, A. Crustaces Isopodes.

Mission Scientifiquc du Cap Horn, 1882-83. Vol. 2. 1891.

8. Doi.LFUS, A. Note ])reliminaire sur Ics Tanaidae receuillis aux Azores pendant

les Champagnes de I'Hirondelle, 1887-88.

Bull. St>c. Zool. de France. Vol. 22, pp. 207-215. 1897.

9. Haswell, W. a. Catalogue of the Australian and Sessile-eyed Crustacea.

The Australian Museum, Sydney. 1882.

10. Henderson, J. R. Report on the Anomura collected by H.M.S. ' (Jhallenger '

during the years 1873-76.

H.M.S. 'C%-i/ZeH^er' Reports. Vol. 27, Zoology. 1888.

11. Hesse, E. Memoire sur les Pranizes et les Ancees.

Ann. des Sci. Nat. Ser. 4. Vol. 9, pp. 93-119. 1858.

12. Hesse, E. Memoire sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des cotes de France.

No. 23. Pranizes et Ancees nouveaux.

Ann. des Sci. Nat. Ser. 5. Vol. 19, pp. 3-29.

13. HoEK, P. P. C. Report on the Pycnogonida collected by H.M.S. ' CJiaUemjer '

during the years 1873-76.

H.M.S. ' Challenger' Reports. Vol. 3, Zoology. 1881.

14. HoEK, p. p. C. On four Pycnogonids dredged during the cruise of the

Tijdsch. Neder. Dierk Ver. Ser. 2. Vol. 5, pp. 290-300. 1898.

15. HoMBRON AND Jacquinot. Crustacea. Jacquinot and Lucas.

Voyage au Pole Sud et dans i'Oceanic. \'ol. 3, Zoology. 1853.

16. MiERS, E. J. Crustacea.

Zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. 'Erehus ' and ' Terror,' 1839-43. Vol. 2. 1874.

17. MiERS, E. J. Catalogue of the Stalk and Sessile-eyed Crustacea of New Zealand.

London. 8vo, 1876.

18. MiERS, E. J. Account of the Crustacea collected during the survey of

H.M.S. 'Alert ' in the Straits of Magellan and on the coast of Patagonia.
Proc. Zool. Soc, London, pp. 61-79. 1881.

19. MiERS, E. J. Report on the Brachyura collected by H.M.S. ' Challenger '

during the years 1873-76.

H.M.S. ' Challenger ' Reports. Vol. 17, Zoology. 1886.

20. Milne Edwards, A. Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces. 3 vols.

Paris. 1834-40.

21. Milne Edwards, A. Etudes zoologiques sur les Crustaces recents de la

famille des Portuniens.

Arch, du Mus. Vol. 10. 1861.

22. MiLNE Edwards, A. Crustaces.

Mission du Cap Horn, 1882-83. Vol. 2. 1891.

23. Pfeffer, G. Mollusken, Krebse und Echinodermen von Cumberland Sund.,

n.d. Ausbeute der Deutschen Nord Expedition, 1882-83.
Jahrb. Hamburg Wiss. Anst. Vol. 3, pp. 23-49. 1886.

24. Pfeffer, G. Die Krebse von Sud Georgien, n.d. Ausbeute der Deutschen

Station, 1^-82-83.

Jahrb. Hamburg Wi>s. Anst. Vol. 4, pp. 44-150. 1887.

25. Rathbun, M. Catalogue of the Crabs of the family Periceridae in the U.S.

National Museum.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 15, pp. 231-277. 1892.

S 2

26o

Soufhcni Cross.

2*!. T^icnARDSON, II. Key to tlic TsoivDds of the Pacific Coast of Xorth America,
witli ilesciiiitions of 22 new species.

I'roc. U.S. Nat. :\Ius. Vol. 21, pp. 815-872; and Ann. and Mag. X. II.
Scr. 7. A'ul. 1. pp. 157-187, 2G0-277, 321-:J38. 1800.

27. Sahs, (i. (). lieport im tlie Scliizniioda collected by H.M.S. ' Challenf/rr ' during

the years l873-7().

H.M.S. ' C/<«//e?i5fe/' ' Eeiwts. Vol, 11, Zoology. 1885.

28. Saks, G. 0. The Norwegian Xortli Atlantic Expedition, 187G-1878. Zoology.

I'ycuogonidea. Christiauia. 1801.

29. Sars, G. 0. Crustacea of Norway. V()l. 2.

Bergen. 8vo. 1800-00.

30. Steubixg, T. Pi. R. A History of Crustacea. Recent Malacostraca.

Loudon. 8vo. 1893.

31. Stebbixg, T. Pi. R. On some Crustaceans from the Falkland Islands,

collected by !Mr. Piupert Yallentin.

Proc. Zool.' Soc, London, 1000, pp. 517-568.

32. White, Adam. Notes on four new Genera of Crustacea.

Ann. and Mag. N.H. Vol. 18, pp. 176-178. 1846.

DESCEIPTION OF PLATES.

1. Carapace.

2. First antenna.

3. Second antenna.

4. Mandible.

5. First maxilla.

PLATE XXIX.

^lERIIirPOLYTE AUSTRALIS.

6. Second maxilla.

7. First maxillipede.

8. Second maxillipede.

9. Third maxillipede.

1. Animal entire.

2. First antenna.

3. Second antenna.

4. Mandible.

5. Kirst Maxilla.

PLATE XXX.

ErPIIAUSIA GLACIALIS.

6. Second Maxilla.

7. Ti'lsou and Uropoda.

8. Rostrum of E. (jJacialis.
0. Rostrum of E. austruJiit.

1. Male.

PLATE XXXI.

PaRATANAIS ANTARCTICA.

I 2. Female.
PLATE XXXI 1.

GnaTHIA POLARIS.

1. Male.

2. Female.

3 and 4. Larva.

5. First antenna of male.

6. Second antenna of male.

7. ^Mandible of male.

8. Maxillipede of male.

9. Gnathopod of male.
10-12. Pereiopods of male.

Crustacea.

261

1. Arctiirus adareanus.

2. Ci/modocea antarctka.

PLATE XXXIII.

3. Cyinodocea auslralis.

la. Second maxilla.
lb. First maxilla.

2a. First anteuoa.
2b. Mandible.
2c. First maxilla.

PLATE XXXIV.
1. Haliacris austualis.

Ic. Mandible.
Id. Maxillipede.

2. ArCTURUS POLARIS.

2d. Second maxilla.

2e. Maxillipede.

2f. First pereiopod (gnatliopod).

3a. First antenna.
3b. Second antenna.
3c. Mandible.

3. Cymodocea austualis.

3d. Maxillipede.
3e. Fiist maxilla.

PLATE XXXV.

ArcTURUS POLARIS.

PLATE XXXVI.

NOTASELLUS AUSTRALIS.

PLATE XXXVIL

HaLIACRIS AUSTRALIS.

PLATE XXXVIIL

ECHINOZONE SPINOSA.

1. Second pereiopod.

2. Third pereiopod.

3. Fourth pereiopod.

4. Fifth pereiopod.

5. Sixth pereiopod.

PLATE XXXIX.

ECHINOZONE SPINOSA.

6. Seventh pereiopod.

7. First antenna.

8. Mandible.

9. Second maxilla.
10. Maxillipede.

PLATE XL.

Ntmphon australe.

1. Male, with appendage;; of one side.

2. Palp.

3. Chela.

4, Ovigerous limb, with fringed spine

enlarged.

5. Chela enlarged.

262

SoittJicni Cross.

X 1 1. P O L Y C H A E T A.

Bv AllTHUE WILLEY, D.Sc, i:Z.S.

(Plates XLI.-XLVI.)

The collection of rolycliaeta whicli has been handed over to me for
description is small, and in some cases the state of preservation of
the specimens leaves something to be desired ; but there is sufficient
to indicate the existence of a vigorous Annelid fauna in this region
of the farthest south. Fifteen species have been identified, of which
three seem to be new. Perhaps the most interesting feature of the
collection is the addition of the characteristic northern Maldanid,
Rliodine loveni, Mgn , to the Antarctic fauna. Besides this, two
other genera, not hitherto recorded in the south, are represented by
species slightly different from their northern congeners, namely,
Gathjana { = N)/chia) cristata, n. sp., and Malmgrcnia crassicirris, n. sp.

The three sjjecies, Travisia kcrgudcnsis^ Mclnt., Sculoplos hcrrjuc-
hinsis, Mclnt.,^ and Thclcpus antarcticus, Kbg., are hardly distin-
guishable from the northern types of the respective genera.

A singularity of the collection, which, however, bears no apparent
significance, is the absence of Lycoridae and Eunicidae. There are
some specimens of Sjyirorhis which I have not identified, as the soft
jiarts are not adequately preserved.

I have introduced, in a form more or less modified from the
original sources, compressed diagnoses of most of the genera dealt
with, in the hope that this metliod, while requiring little extra space,
will help to avoid ambiguity.

The determined species are the following : —

PAGE

204
26(3
268
261)
270
271

1. Ilarmothoe S2nnosa, Kinberg

2. Ilarmothoe crossetcnais (Mclntush)

3. Gattyana cristaia, n. sp. .

4. Malmyrenia crassicirris, n. sp. .

5. Fhyllvdocc inadtirensiH, Lanj^erhans

6. Vanadis antarciica (Mcintosh)

' IJemarks uikju the siiecies of Travisia and Scolophs, ami other
" l)i] Hilar" species aiid jijeuera, are contained in a recent paper by Miss Editli M.
I'ratt, 'Some notes on the Biiwlar Theory of the Distribution of Marine
(Organisms.' Mem. Munchester Soc, Vol. XLV., Part IV., No. 14, 1901.

Polychacta.

263

7. Typo^iilUs hijaUna (Grube)

8. L'mt/Uis kcrgiiL'Jcnsis, Mclntosli

9. Aricia ritarginata, Ehlers

10. Scoloplos ker(/iit'Iensis, Mcintosh

11. Traviski ken/velcnsis, Mcintosh

12. Bhodine loveni, lVlalmf;ren

13. Tlielepus antarcticiis, Kinl)erg .

14. Nicolea agassizi, Kinberg

15. Ereutho antarctica, n. sp.

Remarks on Hermadion Jongicirratus, Kinberg
Eemaiks on Lagisca vesiculosa (Grube) .
Addendum (Oxydromus aucklandicus, n. sp.)

PAGK

274
274
275
275
276
27G
278
279
281
266
266
281

POLYNOIDAE.

The Polynoidae, considered as an independent family of the great
division of the Aphroditea, comprise three sub-families, namely,
Ipliionina, Sav., characterised by the absence of a tentaculum imjxir
on the prostomium ; Lcpidonotina [n. n.], in which the bases of the
lateral antennae arise at the same level as the median tentaculum
from the frontal margin of the head ; Harmothoina [n. n.], where the
antennae arise at a lower level than the tentaculum, below the
frontal margin. Both Lepidonotina and Harmothoina produce short
and long forms,^ e.g., Lepidonotus and Lcindasthcnia of the former
sub-family, Harmothoe and Envpo of the latter. The present
collection contains examples of the Harmothoina hrcvia only.

Series HARMOTHOINA BREVIA.

Segmeuta pauciora quam XLV ; elytra [laria XV, in segmentis II, IV, V, VII,
IX, XI, XIII, XV, XVII, XIX, XXI, XXIII, XXVi, XXIX, XXXII, obvia.

The buccal segment, whose appendages are the cirrophores, each
carrying two tentacular cirri, is reckoned as the first somatic segment
by some authors, but not by others. It is not seen in dorsal view.

Harmothoe.

Kinberg, 1855, char, emend. Malmgren, 1865.

Setae superiores vahdae, crassiores quam setae ventrales ; setae veutrales apice

distincte vel obsolete bidentato ; elytra totum dorsum tegeutia, segmeutis

ultimis interdum exceptis.

The insertion of the last reservation in the above diagnosis seems
to be rendered necessary by the examination of specimens from the

^ Oligomeric and polymeric, according to the nomenclature introduced by
de Plainville and adopted by Claparede.

264 Sou then I ( ^ross.

AiUaivlic, ItuL it undriiialily (ilisfiuvs the liinit.s oi' llic genera
If(fnii(>t/mc aiul JA(ijisi((. Jolliers (18'.*7) lias also expressed hiiiiseli'
in (lonbt as to the relations of these two genera in Antarctic waters
(see below, \>. 2GG).

1. IIau.mothoe SriNOSA.
(^I'l. XLl., tigs. 1-1, ai.a ri. XUri., f^^s. 1-2 and 4-8.)

Ilarmothoe spinosa, Kinboru, •'. 'i. II., IHy"). Ofv. Ak. Fork., Stocklioliii,
|.. ;5S(i. J,i., KS57. 'Eugenics Jtosa,' p. LM, Taf. VI., lig. ol. Khleis, K.,
It-'.tT, rolychaeten, Ilajiibuiy. Aiti(jitlhiteiis. iSdiitinchrcisc, p. 12.

This s}iecies seems to be the representative, in the Antarctic
rej;ious. ot" the northern species //. imhricata (L.), the principal
diflerence lielween them, so far as I can ascertain by comparison of
specimens, relating to the situs ocAdorum. In the Antarctic species
the four eyes are visible from above, while II. imhricata, as pointed
out by j\[clntosh,^ shows only a single pair of eyes in dorsal view,
the anterior pair being concealed below the frontal cones. Both
species present a very great range of variation in the iinibriation
and pigmentation of the elytra, which has been alluded to by Ehlers
(1897) and Mcintosh (1900).

The number of segments, including the buccal segment, frequently
adils up to thirty-seven, but this number possibly represents a
particular condition in which the worms are commonly taken, and
may not have the signihcance of a fixed (piantity. In one case
twenty normal segments are followed abruptly by twelve to thii-teen
small regenerated segments ; another specimen of 40 mm. has thirty-
eight segments ; in a third specimen of 33 mm. the segments, thirty-
four in number, taper to a point behind, but no anal cirri are present.'-

Judging from the material at my disposal, the variations would
seem to culminate in three principal allotypic modifications, of which
a brief description follows. One of these modifications is for the
jireseut retained as a distinct species (see p. 266).

' Mclritosli, W. C, IIKX): ' British Aunelids,' Bay Sor. Monograph, \\ 31(>.

* Killers (lHi»7) finds thirty-seven sognients witii length of body increasing
from 12 to 4") imii. In this connection it is interesting to note that the
niiiiilKjr of segments in Lcujisca vesiculosa is given both by Grube (1877) and
Khlers (lS<t7) as forty-two. Grube's s))ecinien was 21 nun. in length: Klilers
given no dimensions. The larger ' C/tal/niger' specimens (named Z. autardica,
McInt.X measviring vip to ;i(> mm. in liody-lengtli, have no moic than thirty-nine
seumenls. The uuiiiber forty-two may very well be final, in which case it will be
inlerenting to learn how it happens that some individuals i.ave less than the normal
numlKT «'f .wc.gnient,'5, while others nearly half the size have the full complement.

\

Polycliacta. 265

(a) H. f^pinosa, Y^w fullo}

(PI. XLIIT., figs. 1 and 4, and 6-7.)

Elytra parce vel baud fimbriata, spinulis conicis, interduni prope marginem
posticiim verrucis crassioribus circa III muiiita.

The minute conical acuminate spines may be localised in definite
patches either in the outer portion or on the anterior portion of tlie
elytra. The most anterior spinules may be quite low and blunt, and
sometimes all of them have this character (PI. XLIII., fig. 7). One
specimeii which I refer to this variety after attentive consideration
deserves special mention. For a long time I thought it was a new
species of Lagisca, but now regard it as a sub-variety of the form
under consideration, and shall refer to it simply as v. lagiscoides.'^
The elytra of this specimen are destitute of marginal fimbriae and
sub-marginal verrucae,^ but possess extra-marginal spinules like those
of Lagisca magellanica, Mclnt. (fig. 6). There are forty segments, of
which the last six project behind the elytra ; the lagiscoid appearance
of free segments behind the elytra will obviously vary according to
the condition of regeneration of the posterior end, and also according
to the state of general protraction of the body. This specimen
measures 49 mm. in length and 15 mm. over the setae ; it was taken
outside Cape Adare, 13th November, 1899, in 8^ fathoms.

(yS) H. sptnosa, var, ti/jncu.
(I'l. XLI., figs. 1-3, and I'l. XLIII., fig. 2.)

Elytra prope marginem posticum vel ubique verrucis obtusis muuita, margine
exteruo fiuibriato.

A comparison of the figures on PL XLI. with Kinberg's type-
figures,* will convince as to the specific identity of the specimens
depicted.'^ The elytra are marked by the presence of sub-marginal
pustules {^innulae conicae of Kinberg) along the hinder border and

^ Polynoe fiiUo, Grube, 1877, Monatsber. Ah. Berlin, p. 515 ; Lagisca
■magellanica, Mcintosh, 1885, 'CVta/^eHy/t)- ' Eep., XII., p. 82. Both of these are
included by Eblers (1897) in the synonymy of H. spinosa.

' The full designation would be //. spinosa, var. fullo, sub-var. lagisccides, but
it is not yet known whether the establishment of sub-varieties is capable of being
carried on with profit in Polychaete taxonomy.

^ These are small wart-like vesicles sometimes present in this variety, but
much more abundant in the typical variety.

* ' Eugen. Eesa.,' Taf. VI., fig. 31.

^ Except that Kinberg found " appendices omnes lobi cephalici laeves " —
" vielleicht aber nur in Folge des schlechten Erhaltungszustandes " (Eblers, 1897,
Hamburg, p. 14).

266 Soiitlicyii Cross.

soiuctinu'S scattered over the surface, ?.f., extra-marginal, as shown
in til,'. 2, ri. XLI. The rest of tlie clytral surface is beset with
very minute bosses resembling the pustules on a much smaller scale,
but nut like the definite spines noted in the preceding variety.

An interesting point is raised by the contemplation of tig. 3,
ri. XLI., namely, as to the probability of Hcrmadioii hmnicirrntus,
Kinl)erg, being co-specific with Harmotlioe spinosa. What makes
the former a Hcrmadion appears to be merely the exposure of free
segments behind the elytra, as iu Layisca} If, however, this
character fails to prove a sure guide, as in the case of the lagiscoid
variety described above, then the extraordinary resemblance between
the posterior and anal cim of the example figured here and those of
Kinberg's specimen of Hermadion long icir rectus {' Eug. Eesa.,' Taf. YI.,
tig. 33) cannot fail to impress, the chief difference being that, in the
latter, some of the posterior segments were not concealed by the elytra.

I'rof. Ehlers (1897) is doubtful whether Hcrmadion lonfjicirratus
should be separated from H. magalhaensl, Kbg., the two forms
having been obtained at the same point of the Magellan Strait. As
indicated above, my observations rather lead me to Ijelieve that
Kinberg's H. lomjicirratus is generically distinct from H. mar/alhacnsi,
and belongs to the series of HarinotJioe sjyinosa.

The form known as Larjisca vesiculosa (Gr.) is not contained in
this collection. It chiefly differs from the typical //. spinosa in the
presence of vesicular swellings at the posterior border of the elytra
in addition to the smaller pustules, some of which are borne upon
the vesicular elevations.

I'rof. Ehlers (1897, p. 15) has the following suggestive remark :
" r>ei grosserem Material wird sich feststellen lassen, ob die Poli/noe
vesiculosa [i.e. Lagisca vesiculosa (Gr.) = L. antarctica, Mclnt.] uicht
ganz iu den Varietiitenkreis der Harmotlioe spinosa, Kbg., einzube-
ziehen ist."

2. HAiiMOTnoii crossetensis.

(ri. XLIIL, figs. 3 and 9-11.)

Lagisca crosetensis, Mclntush, 1885, ' Chalhnger ' Rep., p. 88.
Elytra liirsuta parce finibriata, spinis niagnis coiifertis iiiiiuita.

The collection contains two specimens dredged in 2G fathoms
olf Cape Adare in company with //. spi7wsa, var. typiea, etc. They
are well-marked forms, presenting a hirsute appearance, due alike to

' TliC tyjic of Hermadion is //. magalhaensi (sic), Kbg., a well-marked species
not represented in the ' Southern Cross ' collection. As employed by Kiuberg, his
genus Jkrmadivn alsn ii.cluded Mahngrcn's conception of Lagisca.

Polychaeta. 267

the erect setae of the dorsal fascicles and to the abundance and size
of the spines on the elytra. It is a variety to which the term spinosa
would be much more appropriate than to v. tij-pica.

I was at first tempted to place this species as a variety in the
series of H. spinosa, as I could find no essential divergence, except
in the character of the elytra, which are known to vary considerably.
But besides the fact that the collection contains no appreciable
gradation between this extreme variety and the typical form, there
is also a sKght difference apparent in the setae (PI. XLIIL, fig. 3). It
will be interesting to learn, from the examination of a larger series,
whether or not the autonomy of this species can be maintained.

With regard to the bidentation of the ventral setae, which is a
generic character of Harmotlioe, in the present variety the sub-ter-
minal denticle is obsolete, but may be seen in very rare cases.
Prof. Mcintosh describes and figures it. Below the curved tip the
inner surface of the seta is convex, a point also noted by the author
of the ' Challenger ' Eeport. The ' Southern Cross ' specimens, however,
are a variety or sub- variety distinct from the ' Challenger ' specimens,
as shown by the character of the elytral spines, which are acuminate
at their tips in the former and laciniate in the latter (figs. 10-11,
PL XLIIL).

The two varieties are therefore as follows : —

1. IT. crosctensis, var, acuminata, n.

2. H. crosctensis, var. laciniata, n?

I counted thirty-eight segments (including the buccal), with
body-length of 23 mm., width 9 mm. over the setae, 6 mm. witliout
the setae. In the v. laciniata the slender elytral fimbriae are not
merely marginal or sub-marginal, but are scattered over the surface
in amongst the spines.

Some of the individuals of H. spinosa are infested with crustacean
ectoparasites, which are attached to the body of the worm by a
rostral process which pierces the integument and appears to end in
a disc inside. These parasites superficially resemble the Saccopsis
terebcllidis found on Terehellides strocmi rather than the HcrpylloMus
arcticus which occurs on H. imhricata.'^

Other specimens present peculiar growths upon the head, whose
nature I have not determined.

^ Tlie laciuiate tijis of the elytral spines of Lagisca crosetensis are not noted by-
Prof. Mcintosh, op. cit.

^ Levinsen, G-. M. E. : ' Om nogle parasitiske Krebsdyr, der suylte hos
Aunelider,' Vid. Mtdd. Copenliacjen, 1877-8, p. 351.

268 Soiitlicni C 'ross.

Gattvana.

Ml liitoli. W. t. ' Biitisli Aiiiit'lkls,' I'art II., ' rolychaeta. Ainiihiiioinidac to

yi^alitMiiilae.' Jini/ Soc. Man' ;/rup/i, 11*00, p. 285.
Syii. yyi/iia, Maliii<;reii, iire-occmueil.

Sotae .•<uj'eriores (lebiles, ]>leiumque tenuities iiuain setae veutrales ; setae veutrales
apu'c integro ; elytra scalmuscula, dorsum tegciitia ; palpi jajiillis luiuutis
rlavatis truiioatis ol'siti.

3. Gattyana CRISTATA.

(I'l. XLTV., figs. 1-4.)

Tars iiU'<lia dorsalis seguientonini oinniuin crista transversa jiraedita : setae
superiore.s tenerae asperae iuterduni apice peuicillato; elytra perfiiubriata,
tuberculis crenatis nuiuita.

Three specimens of this interesting species, the first re[)reseuta-
tive of the genus to be recorded from Antarctic waters, were dredged
olf Franklin Island in 10 to 20 fathoms.

Length of largest specimen 24 mm. ; M'idth from below, including
parapodia, but not including setae, 8 mm. ; number of segments,
ihirty-five.

Characteristic for the species are (1) the cristate dorsum of each
segment ; the first crest on the first elytra-bearing segment is rotund,
the rest becoming more drawn out transversely imtil the maximum
is reached.

(2) The creuate tubercles of the sub-orbicular elytra. These
tuljercles are of large size and comparatively few in number in
the posterior half of the elytron, graduating in size from the more
numerous smaller veiTucae of the anterior half. The elytra also
carry numerous long filiform fimbriae, both marginal (external and
posterior) and extra-marginal.

(3) The tufted tips of the larger dorsal setae. The tip of the
setae is produced into a slender fiagellum surrounded by a tuft of
fine long setulae ; often the flagelluni is absent, either lost or
undeveloped, and then the setae terminate in a brush. These setae
resemble the peuicillate setae of Panthalis oerstcdi}

The most dorsally placed setae are feeble and flexible.

Malmgrenia.
MdutoBli, 1876, char, emend.
Mcintosh, W. C, IBTC. Tr. Zool. Soc, London, IX., p. 370. Id., litOO, Ray Soc.

Mon., p. 37'J.
I'rosttiiiiiiim lyrifornie; processus omnes corporis (viz., palpi, tentaculum, antennae,

cirri, elytra) glabri vel subglabri ; setae ventrales distincte vel obsolete

I'idoiitatae.

' V/. Mcintosh, tq,. cif., I'lOO, p. 103, and PI. Xl,!., fig. HI.

Polychaeta. 269

In his recent diagnosis of this genus, Prof. Mcintosh speaks
of " the median and lateral tentacles springing from the front as in
LcindonotiiH." It was Gruhe ^ who first drew attention to tlic
divergent series of Polynoids typified respectively by Lepidonotm
and Harmothoe. In Prof. Mcintosh's monograph the reader is left
in doubt as to which series the genus is to be assigned, and on
turning to the figure of the head (PI. XXVIII. , fig. 15) it seems to me
that the median and lateral tentacles do not arise from the frontal
border as in Lepidonotus.

In a still more recent memoir on the Aphroditidae written
by M. Darboux ^ we find the genus Malmgrcnia included among
the synonyms of Harmotlioe itself. Under these circumstances
it is unfortunate that there should be ambiguity in the defini-
tion and illustration of the genus. The bases of the tenta-
culum and antennae in Mcdingrcnia are contiguous, but the latter
are inserted at a distinctly lower level.

4. Malmgrenia. crassicirris.

(PI. XLir., figs. ?j-i, aud PI. XLIV., figs. 5 and 6.)

Elytra reuifonnia bruunea albolineata striis caudidis duabus longitudinalibus ;
setae ventrales apice bidentato denticulo accessorio intermedio ; cirri veiitrales
tumidi subulati.

The two white stripes upon a dark madder-brown background
on each elytron give this species a characteristic appearance totally
unlike anything else in the collection. Seen from below, the whitish
fleshy ventral cirri convey an equally distinctive impression. When
the elytra are removed, the intensely white prostomium and the
whitish elytrophores stand out prominently from the general dark
madder-brown ground colour.

The largest specimen was unfortunately mutilated behind, only
thirty-one segments being preserved with the fragment, which
measured 17 mm. in length and 6*5 mm. over the setae. A com-
plete specimen, l-I mm. long by 4*5 mm. wide (over the setae), had
forty segments.

The dorsal setae are much shorter and stouter than the ventral

^ Clrube, E. : ' Bemerkungen iiber die Familie der Aphroditeen III., Polyonina,'
see p. 5!). Jahresber. Schles. Ges., 1875 (Breslau, 1876).

- Darboux, J. G. : ' Recherches sur les Aphroditiens,' Bull. Sci. France et
Belyviue, XXXIII, ItJOO, see p. 106.

270 SoiitlicFU Cross.

setae, in this respect bearing a resemblance to Malmgren's genus
Lficnillu}

The (loi-sal setae are nearly smooth, l)ut faint serrations can be
observed along the convex border \\\t\\ a high magnification. The
greatest peculiarity in the parapodial armature is presented by tlie
v(Mitral setae, which have gaping bifid tips with a small accessory
tootli between the larger prongs. The number of paired alternating
spinous rows on tlie ventral setae is about twelve, the eighth row
occurring at the point of maximum dilatation.

Several specimens were obtained off Cape Adare in 20 to 26 fathoms
at a temperature of 29'' Fahr. In the state of preservation in which
they arrived they proved to be excessively fragile, the cirri and elytra
breaking off with the greatest ease and even the intersegmental
junctions giving way.

PHYLLODOCEIDAE.

5. rirVLLODOCE MADEIRENSIS.

(PI. XI.II., fig. -^, ana PI. XLIV., fi-. 7.)

Phyllodoce (Anaitis) madeirensis, Langeihaus, P., 18^0. Ztitsrhr. uisa. ZooL,
XXXllI., p. 307. Ehlers, E., 1897, op. cit., p. 25.

Prof. Ehlers pointed out that the Antarctic representative of the
Madeiran PlujUodocc differs from the original type in the cliaracter
of its setae, the terminal spiuiform process of which is very much
longer than in the latter.

On account of the serial distribution of papillae on the extruded
[)roboscis, this species should presumably be regarded as a Thyllodocc,
s. str., and not as an Anaitis."

The i)roboscis has six lateral rows of papillae, ten to twelve in a
row, and a median dorsal series of seven. All the papillae are
cliaracterised by a patcli of chocolate-brown pigment on their posterior
faces only (PI. XLIL, fig. 5).

Many (if Maliiigreirs genera have been rejected by subsequent sy?teniatists,
and among otliers the type sjiecics of Laonlfa, J., ijahni, is liow named
Ilarm>t1u,c .sdostssima (Sav.), Mclntosli, I'.IOO, p. 3-15. I do not quite see
the neceshity for sinking the name l.acuiUa in Harn,otho'c, especially since the
tyi-e species tunis out to be vaHd (ajiart, of course, from synonymy), and, in fact,
the distinction between l.aciUa and Mahni/roiiu is (hawn extriMuelv fine, tlic cirri
i>i l.muilln K'ing sparsely i)apillose, and the head of a-dill'erent shape.

^ ('/. Miilmgrcn, m'>5, Of v. Ak. Forh. Stockholm, \>\>. 1)4, i)5, and Grube, ISJ-'O,
J(thn»btr. :Schlt's. Uvs.fnr 187!t, p. 208.

Polychacta. 27 1

The posterior border of the prostomium is emarginate, with a
nuchal papilhx in the notcli.^ With regard to the tentacular cirri,
Langerhans states that the first (buccal) segment carries three pairs
of tentacular cirri with annulate bases,^ while the second segment
bears one pair of tentacular cirri and one cirrus vcntralis foliaccus,
but no setae. This description tallies with Malmgren's diagnosis of
Anaitis, but is not in accord with my observations. In tlie ' Southern
Cross' specimen, with proboscis three parts extruded, it is quite
evident that the dorsum of the true buccal segment is invisible from
above, unless it is represented by the nuchal papilla. Below and at
the sides, however, the buccal segment is clearly visible and bears
laterally a pair of cirri ; ^ the second segment bears two cirri on each
side, namely, the most dorsally placed long cirrus in the figure and
the shortest pair of cirri below it ; * the third segment bears a pair
of tentacular cirri, namely, the long cirrus immediately below the
most dorsally placed cirrus on each side in the figure; below this
last tentacular cirrus there is a cirrus vcniralis foliaccus, as described
by Langerhans.

The following table recapitulates the foregoing observations : —

Segment I. One pair of tentacular cirri and a median dorsal nuchal papilla.
Segment 11. Two pairs of tentacular cirri, namely, a dorsal and a ventral pair.
Segment 111. One pair of tentacular cirri and a paired cirrus ventraUs foliaccus.

One specimen, 72 mm. long, 3 mm. wide over the parapodia,
was taken off Cape Adare in 20 to 24 fathoms.

LCIOPIDAE.

Vanadis.

Appendix terminalis pedum cirriformis ; setae compositae capillares ; antennae Y.

6. Vanadis antakctica.

(PL XLIV., fig. 8, and PI. XLVI., figs. 1-2.)

Alciopa antarctica, Mcyntosh, 1885, ' Clmllenfjer'' Eep., p. 175.

Vanadis antarctica, Apstein, 1900. ' Die Alciopiden und Tomopteriden dcr
Plankton Exped.,' Bd. II., H. b., p. 11.

^ The notch is deeper and more acute than shown in the figure.
^ The annulation of ihe cirrophores cannot be discerned in the 'Southern Cross''
specimen.

^ The longer of the two short cirri on each side in the figure.

■* It is necessary to examine in side view to see these relations properly.

272 Soil then I Cross.

Apstein transferred this species tentatively to the genus Vanadis
on account til" tlir presence of "a sliort Hliform cirrus" (Mclnt.) on
the parai)0(huni. Ihit one of the essential characters of Vanadis is
the possession of srtac rompdsifttc, while Trof. Mcintosh attributed
srtin- sliiipficrs to his Alciopc (niftnrfira whicli, if correct, would have
justified the constitution of a new genus.

A true Vaiuvlh had already been recorded from the Southern
Seas, namely. J'. ///w/^Vom, Gnibe, 1877," taken between Kerguelen
and Australia.

Ill the present speci(;s the buccal segment resembles that of
Vanadis formosa, figured by Apstein. It does not appear in dorsal
view, but seen from below it consists of two broad lobes, each
Itearing a stout tentacidar cirrus at its outer edge and meeting in the
middle line in a small triangular piece. Behind the bilobed buccal
segment follow two narrow segments, each with a pair of tenta-
cular cirri borne upon cirrophores. The foui'th segment bears a pair
of dorsal cirri with rounded tips and a rudimentary parapodium, but
no .setae. The fifth and sixth segments in the female bear large
si)herical dorsal cirri modified to form rcccptacula scminis. A small
mammilla on each receptaciilum rei)resents the apex of the modified
cirrus. In addition to these remarkable organs - the fifth and .sixth
segments likewise bear a small pluirctra sctarum, from which the
long slender setae project, and a small ventral cirrus. In Vanadis
formosa the receptacula are borne upon different segments (viz., 4th
and 5th), and there are no setae on these segments (Apstein).

The occurrence of a pinnigcrous but apparently achaetous
segment, between the segments which carry the tentacular cirri and
those which bear the receptacula seminis, is a distinctive feature
of Vanadis antardica 9 .

An incomplete female with 115 segments measured nearly
'.' inches in length.

'J'hc anterior portion of the body, including the first eight or
nine setigerous segments, is slender, cylindrical, and porrect. The
.sexes are easily distinguished by the absence of the enlarged dorsal
cirri of the anterior setigerous segments in the male and their
pre.seuce in the female. Behind, and at the ba.se of the more
posterior para])odia, there are large black glands more prominent in
the male. The general colour in s])irit is translucent lirown, banded
ill the abdominal region.

' riiaretra Hctiiniin in aiiijeiulicem bieveiu filifuriueni cxeuiitc ; setae compositae.
i;Orul>e, MoiiuUlnr. A/.: Jkrtin, 1»77, ]\ 524.)

- Ori<;iiially (U'scrilK-d liv llcriiif:; in 1800; cf. Ilcrins, ' Zur Kenntniss der
Alcioi.icien vou Mc-hsina,' ,S.-Z/. Akml.' Wieii, Bd. 101, Abth.l, 18112.

Polychaeia. 273

If the long slender setae are gathered into a bunch it is almost,
if not quite, impossible to deternaine their composite nature, but when
spread out there is seen to be a very long appendix jointed to a still
longer shaft (PL XLIV., fig. 8).

Numerous examples, male and female, were obtained at Cape
Adare " on the surface along the beach," during latter end of April
and beginning of May, 1899; temperature 28-6° Fahr. ; "very
plentiful for a few days but afterwards not seen again."

The downwardly directed lens of the specimen figured by
Mcintosh {piJ. cit. PL XXVIII., fig. 4) is evidently due to unnatural
shrinkage. It is stated in a footnote that the Alciopidae of the
' Challenger ' collection were in an indifferent condition, but it is true
that the lens has a downward inclination.

The achaetous segment which I have described between the
third pair of tentacular cirri and the first pair of receptacula seminis
(or the corresponding segment in the (J ) is represented in the figure
quoted above, but is not referred to in the text ; also the setae in
the minute parapodia of the receptaculiferous segments were not .
observed by Prof Mcintosh. These setae are shorter and liner than
the rest and might easily be overlooked, even if they were not lost
from the specimen.

One of the ' Southern Cross' specimens had the proboscis exserted ;
it is seen to be surmounted by a crown of twelve soft conical papillae
of which four are dorsal, sLx ventral and two lateral, the last being
larger than the rest (PL XLVL, fig. 2). The skin of the dorsal surface
is loose, and below it occurs an infusion of blood rendering it probable
that the proboscis is protruded by fluid pressure as with Fhyllodoce,
according to Ehlers.

Grube appears to have based his description of V. greejffiana on a
male specimen which was re-examined and figured by Dr. Apstein
{Arch. Naturg. Bd. 59 (1), 1893, p. 145), who, more recently (1900),
has declared it synonymous with V. formosct, Claparede. Apstein's
earlier figures of V. grecjfiana do not quite agree with his later figures
of V. formosa in regard to the number of anterior achaetous segments
in the male, and, in the absence of the female, it is difficult to say
why V. greeffiana should be regarded as co-specific with V. formosa
rather than with V. antarctica. Apstein {op. cit. 1893) gives the
information that the precise locality in which V. grccffiana was taken
was Long. 67° 30' E., Lat. 35° 20' S.

T

274 SoutJicrii Cross.

SYLLIDAE.

7. TyI'OSYLLIS uyalina.

(ri. XLV., fi,i;s. 1-3.)

Syllis hyalina, (inil>c, 1S()3, Anh. Nnturii., ji. -15; M.-ircnzellc-r, ISTo, SB

Ah. Wi.n, LXXll., AMI). 1, J). 1'2<J; Elilers, 1807, op cit., p. 30.
Typosyllis hyalina, Langerhans, 1879, Zeitschr. wiss, Zool. XXXII., p. aSS.

A sinjj[le specimen was dredged in company witli Maldanids and
Ariciiils o IT Cape Adare, January 17, 1900, in 8 fathoms.

The body, 34 mm. in length by 2 mm. average widtli, maintains
an even transverse diameter until near the hinder end, where it
tapers to a point terminated by two breviarticulate anal cirri with
thirteen to fourteen joints.

The tentaculum impar lias about seventeen joints indistinct
towards the base. Dorsal cirrus II is longer than the tentacular
cirri and than all the rest, having twenty clear joints and two or
three indistinct joints at the base. Cirrus III has about sixteen
joints, cirrus IV eighteen, and then the cirri somewhat lessen and
become fusiform with about fifteen joints, and equal in length to
little more than half the width of the body, again becoming some-
what longer and slenderer towards the posterior end.

The eyes are in a wide trapezium, the anterior pair, as usual,
being the larger.

This species belongs to a section of the genus characterised as
follows : —

Cirri dorsales breves ; setae bidentatae.^

The anterior segments present a banded appearance due to two
reddish-brown pigment tracts bounding a clear transverse space
which occupies the crest of each segment ; the posterior band is
generally interrupted in the middle line (fig. 2).

8. EUSYLLIS KERGUELENSIS.

Eusyllis kerguelensis, Mclntosli, W. C, 1885, ' VhaUciKjer' Hep., p. 191
Kl.k-rs, E., 1897, t. c, p. 12.

This is a Syllid of lartje size, lonir cirri and smooth convex
dorsum, resembling in its habitus a Hesionid, as Ehlers points out.'-^

' Cams, .7. V., 1S85,' Piodroinus Fa\iiiao Mo.lit.,' Vol. I , ]>. 227. In the present
Hpecios the bitleiitatinn of the .^eiao is (il'tcn obscure.

■^ It is curious that a niiinite Sylliil belongiiij;; to the saniesub-diviHion, Eiixi/Uiixt,
namely, Sylltdcx hnKiorirrata, Oerst., sl.oultl have been al.so compared to a Hesionid by
Lnngerhans (1879, Zeitsrhr. wiss. Zaol. XXXll., |i. 519). Besides beinir a minute
bjiccieH the dorsal curi are articulate except the first three, which are shorter audclavate.

Polychacta. 2^^

The single specimen, obtained off Cape Aclare in 20 to 24 fathoms,
is a fragment with thirty-six anterior segments, upwards of 12 mm.
in length and nearly 3 mm. across the body without the feet ; 5 mm.
over the setae. The dorsal cirri are long and smooth, but under the
microscope faint articulations can be discerned near the free end.
They stretch across the dorsum, measuring therefore about 3 mm. in
length. The dorsal cirri of the first three segments are shorter than
the succeeding, graduating in size from the first, until at the fourth
segment the normal filiform dorsal cirri commence. The stout
antennae are equal to or slightly exceed the leugtli of the palps
which meet together quite at the base. The eyes are in a wide
sub-rectangle, the anterior pair the larger.

ARICIIDAE.

9. Akicia makginata.
(PL XLV., fig. 4.)
Aricia marginata, Ehlers, 1897, op. cit., p. 95.

A poorly preserved incomplete specimen was taken off Cape
Adare in 8 fathoms, January 17, 1900.

The anterior body-region comprises the achaetous buccal segment
and thirteen setigerous segments which carry dorsal fascicles of long
slender capillary setae, one side of which is notched like a file, the
notches slightly imbricating ; and oval dorso-ventrally elongated
neuropodial fascicles of stout aciculiform crochets, which present a
tristichous arrangement. The ventral crochets are stout dark-brown
spines with a curved blunt end and low serrations on the convex
border.

10. SCOLOPLOS KERGUELENSIS.

Scoloplos kerguelensis, ]\IcIntosh, 1885, op. cit., p. 355; Ehlers, 1897, op. cit.,
p. 97.

One specimen washed up after a gale with Harmothoe at Cape
Adare, January 25, 1900 ; others dredged in 8-10 fathoms.

Both dorsal and ventral setae are simple and capillary ; after the
ninth setigerous segment the ph air trae sdancm hecome dorsal.

Length 7-25 mm. ; segments fifty-six, the last few being

achaetous.

T 2

2/6 Son flier 11 Cross.

OPHELIIDAE.

11. Travisja kekguelensis.

(PI. XLII., figP. 1-2.)
Travisia kerguelensis, Mclntusli, 1885, '/>. clt., p. 357; Ehlers, 1807, op. cil., p. 97.

In this worm the mouth lies between the first and second
setiLferoiis segments, and in front of the first seti^rer there is an
achiietous segment presumably homologous with the peristome of
other forms, but here in front of the buccal orifice. In the figures
given by Mcintosh and Ehlers the lateral organs (Seitenorgane),
which superficially resemble those of the Oapitcllidae,^ are not shown.
They lie between the notopodial and neuropodial fascicles and appear
as pits in the pleural wall, commencing in the first postoral segment
and ending in the twenty-first postoral (1*1. XLII., fig. 2).

Tlie segmental nephridiopores are seen below the ventral fascicles,
commencing at the fifth postoral and ending at the thirteenth postoral
segment. The posterior segments give rise to rounded papillae which
eventually form a fringe round the pygidium.

Two specimens were obtained from Cape Adare in 7 to 10 fathoms ;
length 20 mm., maximum width nearly 8 mm.

MALDANIDAE.

Rhodixe.

Mahngren, 1865, op. cit., p. 189, Char, emeud.

Uncini in segmentis unciuigeris auterioribus biseriales, in ctteiis uuiseriales, sine
fasciculo setularum sub rostro, in segmentis IV anticis setigeris nulli, in ceteris
numerosi.

In his description of Bhodine sima, Ehlers ^ seems to have been
the first to indicate that tlie uncini are biserial in a limited number
of segments only, uniserial in the rest.

12. RlIODINE LOVENI.

(PI. XLYL, Hgs. 3-5.)

Rhodine lov6ni, Mahngren, A. J., 18G7, ' Annulata Polychaeta,' Taf. X., lig. Gl.

Several specimens of this interesting species were obtained off Cape
Adare in 8 fathoms, 17th January, 1900 ; sea temperature 30° Eahr.

' Cf. Eisig, ' Monogra])li der Capitehiden.' They closely resemble the corresponding
organs in a Dasyhranchus which 1 liave examined.
•^ Ehlers, 1887. ' Florida- Anneliden,' p. 189.

Polychaeta. 2"]"]

The tube consists of agglutinated particles of black and red sand.

The prostomium has two grooves above, separated by a low keel ;
there is no limbus. The head is not only coalescent with the
achaetous buccal segment, but also with the first setigerous segment,
so that the animal is provided with a long porrect neck. The plane
of fusion of the buccal with the first setigerous segment is indicated
dorsally by a peculiar transverse crest, which is apparently obsolete
in some, though present in most specimens. Of course the length
and appearance of the segments will depend upon the state of
contraction of the worm during preservation.

The second and third setigerous segments are each provided with
a collar which embraces the segment in front ; the seventeenth to the
twenty-fourth setigerous segments are elegantly campanulate, the
bell 1)ecoming deeper in the posterior segments.

There are not more than twenty-four segments on the most
complete specimen, but the worm is fragile, the campanulate seg-
ments especially separating with great ease.

Segments four to ten are not longer than they are broad ; from
the eleventh they increase in length, commencing to decrease again
after the twenty-first setigerous segment. Segments four to nine
inclusive carry ventral shields {scuta ventralia).

The uncini commence with a biserial disposition on the fifth
setigerous sernnent and become uniserial at the fifteenth.^

I should estimate that the total length would be about 70 to 80 mm.

TEREBELLIDAE.

Sub-familY AMPHITRITEA. Malmgren.
Thelepus.

Leuckart, 1849 ; char, emend. Malmgren, 1865 ; sens. ampL, Grube, 1877.

a. Leuckart, R., 1819: ' Zur Kenntniss der Fauna von Island.' 7. Arch.

Naturg., XV. 1, p. 169.
/3. Malm':ren, A. J., 1865: 'Nordiska Hafs-Annulata.' 0/v. Ak. Fork.,

p. 386.
y. Grube, A. E., 1877: ' x\nneliden-Ansbeute S.M.S. " OazeUe."'

Monatsher. Ak. Berlin, p. 544.

Branchiae filiformes, acervis transversis filorum simplicium compositae, paria
(\no (Theleptis, s. stv.) \e\ iria (Neotf is) ; fasciculi setarum capillarium a segmento
tertio (ir'" branchifero) incipientes, per segmenta numerosa (plura quam XXX) obvii.

' I have ascertained from material in the National Collection that the uncini
are uniserial in the abdominal segments of the northern type.

2y8 SoNf/icr/i Cross.

Since C nil >c's ainpUHcatiou of the scope of the genus Tlielepua
there has been a tendency to drop the name Neotth ]\Ialmgren. It
can be shown, I think, in several ways that this is ill-advised, but
for the present it is sufficient to jioint out that there is a Neottis
antardica, Mclnt.,^ and a Thdepiis antardicus, Kbg., which are two
(liflerent species.^ "Whenever a species of Thdepus, s. ampl, is
recorded from any locality, the first question that rises to my mind
is, " Is it not a Kcottls ? "

1?). TlIELErUS ANTAEGTICUS.

(Pl. XLV., fig. 6.)

Thelepus antarcticus, Kinberg, J. Gr. H., 1866, ' Annulata Nova,' Ofv. Ak. Fork.,
\). 345.

It is noteworthy that not one of the three collections of Antarctic
Polychaeta recently examined by Prof. Ehlers ^ contained this
highly characteristic species. Xot only is it a true Thdepus, s. str.,
but it is proliably co-specific with the northern type, Thelepus
cincinnatus (Fabr.).

One fragment, comprising the head and thirty setigerous segments,
upwards of 2 inches long, was dredged off Cape Adare in 8 fathoms,
January 17, 1900.

The fore-part of the body or thoracic region comprises approxi-
mately the first twenty-five setigerous segments, which differ from
the abdominal segments in their greater girth, but not in respect of
the parapodial armature.

A mid-thoracic segment measures 7 mm. crosswise by 2 mm.
lengthwise ; an abdominal segment, 3i mm. X 4 mm. ; so that an
average abdominal segment is equal to half the width and twice the
length of a typical thoracic segment.

The entire dorsal surface is characterised by a rich glandular
pustulose structure which still preserves a slimy surface. The

' Neottis antardica, Mcintosh, 1876, = NeoHis sj)edabiHs, Yerrill, 1875,
= Thclepns spedabilis (Verr.), Ehlers, 1897.

- Unless I am quite mistaken, '^L !Mal;iq\iin (1804, ' Annelides . . . de la goclette
MeWa^ Rev. hio?. Nord Fnuire, VT., r. 418) complet' ly cunfiised them, and I do
Uut know what species he ii;id before him.

^ Ehlers, E., 1807. ' Polychaeten.' Ergebnixse Eamburg. magalhnensisdien
Samin'ireise, 11th Lief.

Ehlers, E., 1000. ' Magellanische Anneliden der schwedischen Expedition.'
Narhr. (fes. fhittimieu. Heft 2, p. 206.

Killers, E., 1001. 'Die Anneliden der Sammlung Plate.' ' Faum Chilensis,'
Pd. II., Heft 2, p. 251 (Suppt. V., ZooJ. Jahrh.).

Polychaeta. 279

translucent hypodermal pustules are of varying sizes, irregular in
their distribution, larger and more abundant than in the specimens
of Thelepus cincinnatus which I have examined.

The tori uncinigeri commence on the third setigerous segment,
and thereafter the tori and capillary fascicles co-exist to the end of
the specimen (and of the body, Kinl)erg), there being no mutation of
segments in regard to the distribution of setae, except that the tori
become more pro-eminent in the abdominal segments, while the
dorsal capillary fascicles suffer a slight reduction.

The simple filiform branchiae are more numerous on the second
than on the third segment, the latter being the first setigerous
segment.

The specimen offered certain chaetographical abnormalities. In
the nineteenth setigerous segment there was no torus on the left side ;
the twenty-fourth and twenty-fifth -pliardrac {notopodium and neuro-
Ijoclium) of the right side had no antimeres on the left side ; finally,
the twenty-fifth right capillary fascicle was not subtended by the
usual torus.

The uncini are uniserial throughout and exactly resemble those
of Tkelepus cincinnatus figured by von Marenzeller,^ being charac-
terised by rhe presence of two rows of accessory uncinules at the
vertex and by a rounded process {mucro) at the distal end of the
basal portion.

NiCOLEA.

Malmgren, 1865, op. ciL, p. 380.

Branchiae arborescentes, paria duo ; fasciculi setarum capillarium a segmento
quarto [/.e. first postbranchial] incipieutes, in segmentis circa XV-XVII obvii.

The relations of this genus to the Phyzclia of Savigny, Quatrefages
and Kinberg have been dealt with by the Baron de St. Joseph.^

14. ISTlCOLEA AGASSIZI.

. (PI. XLV., fig. 5.)

Phyzelia agassizi, Kinberg, 1866, op. cit., p. 345.
Nicolea agassizi (Kbg.), Ehlers, 1897, op. cit., p. 132.

The collection contains five specimens taken off Franklin Island
in 10 fathoms and Cape Adare in 20 to 24 fathoms. The larger

1 Marenzeller, F. von, 1884:. ' Zur Kenntniss der adriatischen Anneliden,' III.
S.-B. Akad. Wien, Bd. 89, p. 206.

2 4nn. Sci. Nut. (7th Ser.), T. XYIL, p. 180 et seq.

28o Southern Cross.

specimens from Cape Adare measure up to 60 mm. in length, of
which about two-thirds go to the attenuated abdominal region and
one-third to the tumid thoracic region.

The tori uncinigeri commence on the second setigerous segment.
The uncini are uniserial at first, but at the seventh uncinigerous
segment their vertices become turned alternately in opposite
ilirections, a condition which is thus described by Kinberg : —
" Uncini breves, series simplices fingentes, in segmentis posterioribus
regionis anterioris antrorsum et retrorsum vergentes alternantes."
This alternation of the uncini occurs in ten uncinigerous segments,
from the seventh to the sixteenth (the last thoracic segment)
inclusive.

The uncini are fringed at their vertices by two rows of uncinules,
those of the front or major series being not less than five in number
in a transverse row, when seen in frontal view ; the distal end of
the basal portion of the miciniis is obtusely rounded, and there is a
low protuberance in the concave border of the basal portion.

The second gill is smaller than the first, and commences to
branch from the base ; the first gill has a stout stipe, the branches,
which spread out in a more or less palmate manner, occupying the
upper three-fifths of it.

In the intersegmental grooves behind the tliird and fourth
capillary fascicles there is a low whitish ovate body which possibly
has relation to the reproductive system. In one of the larger
specimens, these bodies have the form of short, stout, subulate,
cirriform papillae, which occur near the posterior dorsal border of the
respective capillary fascicles in the intersegmental grooves.

SUB-FAMILV POLYCIRRIDEA. Malmgren.

Ereutho.

Malmgren, A. J., 1865, 'Xoidiska Hafs-Annulater,' Of v. Ak. Forh., p. 391.

Pars antica corporis solummodo fasciculis setarum capillarhim praedita ; pars
postica toris unciuigeris munita; piunulae unciiiigerae a segmento XI V'"",
I.e. primo jione segmentuni iiltinmiii setigeruin incipientes ; caput cirris
teutacularihus loiigis numerosis obsitum : branchiae nuUae.

o'

The above diagnosis is Malmgren's, slightlv altered so as to
include a species based upon a single specimen, whose autonomy must
remain a matter of donlit until nK>re examples are obtained.

Polychaeta. 28 1

15. EkEUTHO ANTARCTICA.
(PI. XI.II., fig. 6, and PI. XLVL, fig. 6.)
Fasciculi setarum capillarium a segmento teitio incipientes in segmentis XT obvii.

Capillary setae in eleven segments followed by twelve uncini-
gerous segments ; specimen measuring about 15 mm. in length over
all, apparently incomplete behind ; posterior three-iifths of thoracic
region swollen and ovigerous, ova showing through the body-wall ;
uncini uniserial, confined to abdominal region ; tentacles grooved on
their inner faces.

The form of the uncini (PL XLVI., fig. 6) curiously resembles
tliat of the uncini of Polycirrus Jccrguelensis, Mclnt./ rather than
those of other species of the genus,- more especially in regard to the
length of the manubrium, thus indicating the validity of the species.

One specimen was taken at Cape Adare, 25th January, 1900, washed
up after a gale.

ADDENDUM.

Besides the material obtained in the neighbourhood of Caj^e
Adare, there is a very small tube of worms from the Auckland
Islands. These include a small Nereid, of which the proboscis is not
extruded, and a Hesionid allied to Oxydromiis. As the latter is of
some interest zoogeographically I append a brief description, naming
it Oxydromus aucklandicus.

The antennae and the styles or terminal joints of the biarticulate
palps are fusiform Mith filiform acuminate tips ; the median antenna
(tentaculum) is much shorter than the paired antennae and, like them,
frontal in origin; eyes in a wide trapezium, the anterior larger and
crescentic ; the tentacular cirri are all lost, only their bases remain-
ing, and repeated examination only revealed traces of six pairs ; the
dorsal rami of the parapcdia are inseparably connate with the
cirrophores of the dorsal cirri, as in Podarke viridescens, Ehl., and
are armed with a few delicate simple setae ; ventral setae with
long graduating falciform appendix with finely serrulate edge and
bidentate apex ; there are forty-two setigerous segments ; length
15 mm. ; width over the setae 4 mm., without the setae, 3 mm.

Locality. — Auckland Islands, one specimen from ten fathoms.

' ' Challenger' Eep., PI. XXVIII a, fig. 22.

^ E.fj., Ereutho smitti, Malmgi-en, 1865, from Spitzhergen, and E. Icerguelensis,
Mcintosh, 1885, from Kerguelen.

282 Sonflicyii Cross.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Pl.ATK XLI.

All figures relate to Ilarmothoe spinosa.

Vvj^. 1. — Anterior end of specimen of 43 mm. and 37 segments. (N.B. — The
fimbriae of the elytra are not shown iu the figure.)

Fig. 2. — Tliroe of the middle segments of another to show extra-marginal as well
as sub-marginal verrucae.

Fig. 3. — Posterior end of a third cxamjile ; total length 22 mm., 37 segments.

Fig. 4. — Several segments with elytra removed and seen from above, showing
parasites.

Plate XLII.

Fig. 1. — Travisia her glide nun from the left side ; the position of the mouth is
indicated by the dark shading between the first and second setigerous segments.

Fig. 2. — Portion of lateral body-wall of same showing areolation of the epidermis,
the laminated branchia behind tiie dorsal fascicle, the lateral organ (Seitenorf/au)
between the dorsal and ventral fascicles and the segmental oritice below.

Fig. 3. — MahiKjrenia crassicirris. Several segments seen from below showing
thickened ventral cirri and pigment markings.

Fig. 4. — Same. Anterior end. The second elytron on the left side of the figure
is really the tlnrd, the second being lost from the specimen.

Fig. 5. — Head of Fhyllodoce madeirensis with proboscis partially extended.

Yvi. 6, — Ereutho antarcHca from the left side.

Plate XLIII.

Fig. 1. — Tip of ventral seta of H. spinosa, Ynv.fuUo, x Zeiss, 4d.

Fig. 2. — Tip of ventral seta of H. spinosa, var. typica, x 4d . (The sub-ajiical
denticle is represented by a slioulder.)

I'^ig. 3. — Tip of ventral seta of //. crossetensis, var. acuminata, x 4d.

Fig. 4. — Tip of ventral seta of //. spinosa, sub-var. lagiscoides, x 3d. (The
rows of setulae commence far do\vn as in 3.)

Fig. 5. — Tip of ventral seta of //. spinosa, another si)ecimen. x 3d. (The rows
of setulae commence high up as in 2, but the bidentation of the tip is obsolete, being
indicated by a convex limbus or border somewhat resembling No. 3).

Fig. 6. — Elytral spine of //. spinosa, sub-var. lagiscoides, x 3d.

Y'yx. 7. — Hamate boss from elytra of a specimen apjiarently intermediate between
\a.T.fullo and var. typica, x 3d.

Fig. 8. — Head of //. spinosa (drawn from specimen dredged oft' Cape Adare in
: ix fathoms, December 16th, 1899 ; thirty-eight segments, all elytra, lost ; in this
case the tentacular cirri are unequal, in others they are equal) ; same individual
as No. ").

Fig. 9. — Prostomium with tentaculum and antennae of E. crossetensis, var.
urumiHata.

Fig. 10. — Portion of elytral margin of same, showing unequal acuminate spines
and fimbriae.

Fig. 11. — Portion of an elytral scabrilla of U. crossetensis (McTnt.) from the
Crozet Islands, *;howing the lobed t\\\ (var. hiciniata).

Polychaeta. 283

Pl,ATE XLIV.

Fig. 1. — Prostomium with ceratophore and antennae, and first elytrophoral
segment of Gattyana cristata. The first dorsal crest has a rounded knob-liive
appearance.

Fig. 2. — Dorsal penicillate seta of O. cristata, x 3c.

Fig. 3. — Ventral seta of same, x 3a.

Fig. 4. — Crenulate scabrilla of elytra of same, x 3c.

Fig. 5. — Head of Mahngrenia crassicirris.

Fig. 6. — Ventral seta of same, x 3d.

Fig. 7. — Seta of Phyllodoce madeireusis, x 3c.

Fig. 8.^ Seta of Vanadh antarctica, x 3d.

Plate XLV.

Fig. 1. — Head of Typosyllis hyaJina with proboscis extruded; t = tooth seen
through dorsal wall of proboscis.

Fig. 2. — An anterior segment (about 19th) of same to show the pattern of
pigmentation.

Fig. 3. — Dorsal cirrus of 19th segment of same.

Fig. 4. — Seta from one of the anterior ventral fascicles of Aricia murginata, x 3d.

Fig. 5. — Uncinus of Nicolea agassizi, X 3d.

Fig. 6. — Uncinus of TJielepva antarrticus^, X 3d.

Plate XLVI.

Fig. ] . — Anterior end of Vanadis antarctica (?) from below ; I — lens ;
1, 2, 3 = tentacular cirri ; r. s. = receptacula seminis.

Fig. 2. — Coronary papillae on the extruded proboscis of same.

Fig. 3. — Anterior end of Bliodine loveni from above.

Fig. 4. — Nineteenth setigerous segment of same from above.

Fig. 5. — Uncinus of same, X 3d.

Fig. 6. — Uncinus of Ereutlio antarctica, x 4d.

284 SoiitJicru Cross.

X 1 1 1. (1 E P H Y li E A.

By a. E. SHIPLEY, M.A.

PRIAPULOIDEA.

PRIAPULUS CAUDATUS. Lam.
(For early synonomy, see Baird, Proc. Zool. ?oc. Lond. 1868, p. 104.)

? Priapulus tuberculato-spinosus. Baird, o;j. cit , p. 106.
Priapulus tuberculato-spinosus. De Guerne.^

Two specimens of this species were found washed upon the
beach at Cape Adare. The larger one was injured anteriorly, the
smaller measured G"5 cm. in total length, to which the tail contri-
Ijuted 1 • 5 cm. It is thus recorded for the first time from the shores
of the Antarctic land. I follow Fischer in regarding these Antarctic
forms as belonging to the species P. caudatus, Lam. The species
seems widely distributed in the southern hemisphere. Dr. Fischer's
specimen came from Navarin Island.^ M. de Guerne records the
species from Orange Bay, from the Straits of Magellan, and from the
Falkland Islands, where indeed a specimen had been obtained by
the Antarctic Expedition under Sir James lioss,^ and Dr.
Michaelsen* has described and figured two examples from South
Georgia.

The distribution of this species is a striking case of what is
termed the phenomenon of bipolarity. P. caudatus occurs along
the coasts of Greenland, Norway, and Great Britain, and in both
the North and Baltic Seas, but, except for two specimens referred to

' ' Mission Scientifique du Caji Horn,' 1882-1883, p. G. 0. Baris, 1891.

* ' Ergebnisse der Hamburger Magalhaensischen Samnielreise.' Gephyreen, p. 6.
(1896.)

3 Baird, P. Zool. Soc, London, 1868, p. 106.

* Jahrb. Hamburg. Anst., VI. Jahr., 1888, p. 80.

GepJiyrea. 285

in full in Dr. Micliaelsen's article recorded from the Mediterranean
and Indian Oceans, the species has not been met with again until we
reach a latitude of about 50° S. The genus too seems also bipolar
in its distribution. P. hicaudatus lives in the North Sea and Arctic
Ocean, and is represented in habits and its two tails by M. de
Guerne's Friajmloides australis from the neighbourhood of the
Magellan Straits. P. glandifer, Ehlers, and P. hrevicaudatus, Ehlers,
are, in the opinion of Koren and Danielsen^ and of Dr. Michaelsen,
not specifically distinct from P. caudatus, and in fact Professor
Ehlers^ himself regarded these species as requiring confirmation.^

Mr. Shipley was also good enough to determine three specimens
of Phascolosoma capsifomie (Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1868,
p. 83) from Cape Adare, 20-24 fathoms.— F. J. B.

XIV. NEMATODA.

Dr. von Linstow has been so good as to examine the few round
worms in the collection. They all belong to Leptosomatum
antarcticum (see v. Linstow, JB. Hamburg, wiss. Anstalt IX.
(1892), 2, p. 59.

XV. CESTODA.

Dr. von Linstow is also my authority for recording BothriocephaJus
tecius {t.c, p. 73) from Boss's Seal.

1 ' Fauna littoralis Norwegiae.' HI. Heft. Bergen, 1877.

2 Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., XL, 1862, p. 205. ^ , , , ,

3 It is not Mr. Slii])ley's fault that this report did not appear hvtove tab. 15th,
1902, when were jaiblislied Mr. Storikow's remarks on the geographical distribution
of some Priapulids (Zool. Anzeig., xxv. [i. 15^).— F. J. B.

286 SoiitJicrn Cross.

XVI. P O L Y Z O A.

By i;. KIKKPATRICK.

The Poly/oa obtaiuecl from the Antarctic region comprise eight
species and one variety, one species being new. The seven known
species have all been found before in the Southern hemisphere,
either off Australia, Kerguelen Island, or Cape Horn. The specimens
encrust seaweed and tubes of SpirorUs antarctica. The list of
species is as follows : —

1. Forella hyadesi, Jullieu.

2. Liversiula nutrix, Jullien.

3. Schizoporella hyalina (Linn.), normal form.

3a. „ „ „ var. discreta, Busk.

4. „ eatoni, Busk.

5. Smittia landsborovii, Johnston.

6. Idmonea organizans, d'Orbigny.

7. Li'-henopora cnnaNcuIata, Busk.

8. Akyonidium JlabelH/orme, sp. n.

PORELLA HYADESI.

1888. Porella hyadesi, Jullien, ' Mission Scientifique Cap Horn.' Zoolugie.
Tom. VJ., ' Bryozoaires,' p. 56, PL ill., fig. 5.

The two specimens in the present collection differ from the
description and figure by Jullien in having a vrall-like prolongation
on each side of the orifice ; but this feature is much more pronounced
in one specimen than in the other ; in orecial cells the lateral walls
fuse with the mucronate avicularian cell and with the ooecia to form
a square secondary orifice. There is a specimen from Port Phillip
in the Busk Collection labelled (wrongly, I think) Porella rostrata
(Hincks), which differs from Jullien's type only in having minute
rounded mammillae on the surface.

Locality. — Cape Adare, 8 fathoms, encrusting seaweed.

Distribution. — Port Phillip, Victoria ; Tierra del Fuego ; Cape
Adare.

Polyzoa. 287

INVERSIULA NUTRIX.

1888. Inversiula nutrix, Jullien, ' Mission Scientifique Cap Horn.' Zoologie.
Tom. VI., ' Bryozoaires,' p. 44, PL IV., fig. 8.

The single example of this s^Decies encrusts the coils of a specimen
of Spirorlis antarctica. The median pore differs slightly from that of
the specimens from Cape Horn figured by Jullien (Bryozoa, Cape
Horn, p. 44, PI. IV., fig. 8) in being orbicular rather than semi-lunar,
and in having three or four denticles instead of only two. The
operculum (0*192 mm. in long, diameter) has a thickened rim and a
shagreened surface.

The bosses are probably degenerate avicularia ; incineration
reveals oval depressions for mandibles. No ooecia are present.

Locality. — Cape Adare, 10 fathoms.

Distribution. — Cape Horn ; Cape Adare.

SCHIZOPORELLA HYALINA.

1766. Cellepora hyalina, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII., p. 1286.
1880. Schizoporella hyalina, Ilincks, Brit. Mar. Pol., p. 271.

Several patches occur, encrusting seaweed.
Locality. — Cape Adare, 8 fathoms.
Distribution. — Cosmopolitan.

SCHIZOPORELLA HYALINA, var. discrda.

1854. Lepralia discreta, Busli:, Brit. Mus. Cat., p. 85, PI. CI., figs. 3, 4.

187'J. Lepralia hyalina, var. discreta. Busk. Phil. Trans., Vol. CLXVIII .
p. 197.

1889. Schizoporella hyalina, var. discreta. Jelly, 'Syn. Cat Bryozoa,' p. 228.

Patclies encrust seaweed.
Locality. — Cape Adare, 8 fatlioms.

Distribution. — Falkland Islands ; Fuegia ; New Zealand (Brit.
Mus. Coll.) ; Swain's Bay, Kerguelen ; Cape Adare ; California.

SCHIZOPORELLA EATONL

1879. Lepralia eatoni, Busk. Phil. Trans., Vol. CLXVIII., p. 196, PL X.,

figs. 7, 8.

1889. Schizoporella eatoni. Jelly, Syn. Cat. Mar. Bryozoa, iJ. 226.

288 Soutlicrii Cross.

A prominent lunlto is present on the rr<»nl surface of each
zocvciuni, and at a little distance from the uml)o is a double row of
jiores sejiarated by a sharp line. A well-marked shield-like area is
marked olf on the front of each cell. The pores are semi-circular
antl sharj>-edged in the youn^fer, but square and with crenulated ed^'es
in older cells; the pores are not continued round the orifice, but stop
short at the ends of the proximal edge ; a row of pores is present,
however, round the base of the ooecium.

The stout oral spines, usually four in number, are articulated at
the base.

The double row of pores is present in the type specimen from
Kerguelen, but they are not nearly so apparent or well defined.

Locality. — Cape Adare, 8 fathoms, on seaweed.

JJiatribidio/i. — Kerguelen Island ; Cape Adare.

SMITTIA LANDSBOROVI.

18411. Lepralia landsborovii, Joliiistou, Brit. Zouph., Ed. II., p. 310.
1880. Smittia landsborovii, lliucks, Brit. Mar. Pol., p. 341.

A small avicularium with spatliulate mandible is sunk deep in
the peristome, the secondary orifice of which is clithridiate and flush
with the front surface of the zocecium. An umbo is present on each
cell just below the orifice, and also on the ocecia.

Localitij. — Cape Adare, 18 fathoms, encrusting Spirorhis antardica.

Distribution. — Arctic Eegions, Kara Sea, Jan Mayen, East
Greenland ; Norway ; Great Britain ; Florida ; Australia ; Falkland
Islands ; Cape Adare.

IDMONEA ORGANIZANS.

iHC'.t. Tubulipora organizans, d'Orbigny, Voy. Ami'r. Mi'rid., \o\. V.,
I'ait IV., J., lit, V\. IX., ti-s. 1-:;.

1S7'.'. Tubulipora organizans, Busk. I'liii. Trans., Vol. CIANIII., p. l'J8,
I'l. .\., tigs. -JO-LT..

This species is represented by a minute fragment of a colony
encrusting seaweed. The zou'cia are arranged here, as in the
Kerguelen specimen, in regular alternating series, with about four to
eight zoiecia in each row.

Lucalitij. —Cape Adare, 8 fathoms, on seaweed.

DistrihiUion. — Kerguelen Island ; Falkland Islands ; Cape Adare.

Poly 20(1. 289

LICHENOPORA CANALICULATA.

1«7U. Discoporella canaliculata, Busk. Phil. Trans., Vol. (JLXVlll., \\ 199.
PI. X., tigs. 12-14.

1889. Lichenopora canaliculata. Jelly, Syn, Cat. Mar. Bryozoa, p. lo4.

The specimen forms a circular disc, 3 • 25 mm. in diameter. In
the centre is a space clear of zooecia and with the cancelli closed,
but with a thin walled expanded funicular spout — the orifice of the
ocecium.

The orifice in complete cells is bi-denticulate, and the fillet,
which is a well-marked feature on the type specimen from Kerguelen,
is here often reduced to a mere ridge.

Locality. — Cape Adare, 8 fathoms, encrusting seaweed.

Distribution. — Kerguelen Island ; Cape Adare.

ALCYONIDIUM FLABELLIFORME.

Zoarium forming a flabelliform bilaminate expansion, spreading
out from a short sub-cylindrical stem. Colour olive-brown. Texture
soft and fleshy ; surface smooth. Zooecia polygonal, about 0 • 75 x
0 • 55 mm., in circular groups, each group being composed of six or
seven zooecia arranged concentrically round a small central zocecium

0 • 2 mm. in diameter.

Localitij. — Cape Adare ; washed up on the beach.

The new species is nearly related to A. fiustroides (Busk),
obtained by the ' Challenger ' from Station 142, south of Cape of Good
Hope, 150 fathoms. In both species the zoarium is bilaminate, but
the form of the colony in each case is very different ; again, in
Busk's species the zooecia are much more elongated and are arranged
in irregular longitudinal lines.

The solitary specimen is 14 cm. in height, 12 cm. in breadth, and

1 to 1 • 5 mm. in thickness. The stalk is 1 cm. in height and 0 • 9 cm
in diameter. The surface, which is probably quite smooth in the
living animal, is much wrinkled by the action of alcohol. The
margin is rounded, but deeply incised in three places, thus giving
rise to two smaller laminae growing in nearly the same plane as, and
partly apposed to, the main lamina. On holding the specimen up to
the light the zooecia and " brown bodies " are clearly visible. The
orifices of the zooecia are flush with the general surface, and barely
distinguishable. The tentacles appear to be about fourteen in
number.

u

290 Soutlicni Cross.

XVII. ANTIIOZOA.

ALCYONARIA.

CLAVULARIA.
Par le Dr. LOUIS EOULE.

CLAVULARIA FRANKLINIANA.
(Plate XLVIL, Figs. l-3c.)

Habitat. — He Franklin, par 10 brasses.

Diarjnose. — Colonies a stolons niemhraniformes, irreguliers, courts.
Zooides assez rapproches par leurs bases, volumineux, mesurant a
I'etat de contraction jusqu'a 25 millimetres de longueur sur 4 a 5
millimetres de diametre. Parol de la colonne mince, assez trans-
parente sur les zooides contractes pour laisser discerner les cloisons
internes ; les espaces intermediaires se montrent comme huit bandes
paralleles, plus foncees. Tentacules courts, mesurant 4 a 5 milli-
metres de longueur ; 9 a 10 branches latcrales, assez courtes, de
chaque cote. Spicules tentaculaires mesurant de 70 a 200 ft de
longueur, converts d'epines minimes. Spicules de la region colum-
naire sous-tentaculaire nombreux, serres, mesurant de 300 a 400 yu, de
longueur, couverts d'epines assez fortes. Spicules de la region
columnaire basilaire et des stolons mesurant de 250 a 300 /a de
longueur, couverts de fortes epines parfois bilobees et trilobees.

Les especes connues du genre Cluvularia sont nombreuses.
Waltlier May les enumere dans son travail recent (• Beitrage zur
Systematik und Chorologie der Alcyonaceen ' : Jcnaisclic Zcitachriftfur
Katurwisservicliaft, 1900). Hickson a decrit voici peu plusieurs

Anthozoa. 291

types de riieniisphere austral ('A Kevision of the genera of the
Alcyouaria Stolonifera ' : Transactions of the Zoological Society/ of
London, 1895). Malgre cela, je n'ai pu rapporter a aucime d'elles, avec
precision, les echantillons que j'ai etudies. Force m'est de creer avec
ces derniers une espece nouvelle, au risque de faire double emploi
avec des formes deja observees par les auteurs, mais decrites
insuflfisamment.

En pareil cas, les figures explicites importent surtout. Afin
d'eviter de mettre, a mon tour, quelque obscurite dans ma descrip-
tion, afin de permettre aussi une identification possible, j'ai pris le
parti de dessiner avec soin les caracteres saillants exprimes par la
diagnose, et je vais a nouveau insister sur eux.

Les colonies, du moins celles que j'ai eues a ma disposition, se
composent d'un petit nombre de zooides, une dizaine en moyenne,
rapproches par leurs bases, et rayonnant en dehors d'elles comme les
fleurs d'un capitule. Ces groupes s'attachent a de menus objets,
brins d'algues ou autres. Les individus d'une meme colonie n'ont
point une taille identique ; les uns mesurent parfois le double des
autres, et je n'ai observe en cela aucune disposition reguliere. Les
plus grands comptent 25 millimetres de longueur sur 5 millimetres
de diametre. Les echantillons, conserves dans I'alcool, etaient ties
contractes. Les dimensions des individus vivants sont done plus
considerables de beaucoup. Ces Clavulaires se signalent ainsi par
la grande taille de leurs zooides, et par leur faible quantite dans
chaque colonie.

La paroi de la colonne est fort mince. Les zooides vivants
doivent etre d'une grande transparence. Meme contractes par
Taction de I'alcool servant a les conserver, et rendus opaques, les
espaces interseptaires tranchent en sombre. lis dessinent huit
bandes longitudinales, paralleles, qui parcourent la colonne entiere de
la base au sommet.

Les tentacules sont assez courts ; sou vent leur etat de contraction
est tel qu'ils se laissent a peine discerner. Les plus grands mesurent
4 a 5 millimetres de longueur. Leur forme est celle d'un cone
aplati, a large base. Chacune des deux rangees de leurs branches
laterales comprend huit a dix elements. Les branches sont courtes,
et sensiblement cylindriques. Les plus elevees, voisines du sommet
du tentacule, sont moins longues que les autres, et aussi larges. Un
espace encore considerable separe ces branches terminales, au nombre
de deux ou de trois, de celles qui sont situees plus has. Ces
dernieres se placent souvent, dans les deux rangees, a des niveaux
differents, et ne se font pas rigoureusement face.

u 2

292

Soiithcni Cross.

Tx\s spicules des ti'iilaculcs, iissuz iHnuliruux, surLuiiL dims la
ivLjioii l»asilaire de ccs orgaiu\s, sunt tms vaiialdes. lis lie se resseni-
blent ([lie par leurs epines, abondaiites et petites. lis different par
leurs formes et leurs dimensions. Les uns sont gros et courts, a
peine deux I'uis plus longs que larges. ])'autres sont courts et fort
minces. Les i)lus nombreux ont I'aspect de baguettes ecliinulees,
dont la longueur c'galerait six a dix fois la largeur. Les dimensions
en longueur oscillent entre 70 et 200 jx.

Les spicules de la nioitie supcrieure de la colonne, aboiidants et
serres, ont une allure plus nniforme. lis ressembleiit a des baguettes
cylindri(|UOS, faiblement ainincies a leurs deux extreniites, dont la
longueur egale, en moyenne, douze a quinze fois la largeur. Certains,
plus rares que les precedents, sont plus gros, plus courts, et possedent
une extremite elargie ; dans ces spicules en massue, la longueur
(300 a 400 /i) vaut, en moyenne, sept a liuit fois la largeur. Les
epines sont assez fortes ; elles ont I'aspect de mamelons saillants,
largement coniques, tournes en divers sens.

Les spicules de la inoitie inferieure de la colonne et ceux des
stolons ont des dispositions moins varices. Leur forme est celle de
batonnets noueux, tellement leurs epines sont grandes et fortes ;
plusieurs de ces dernieres sont bilobees. A cet egard, une pro-
gression reguliere se manifeste des parties superieures aux zones
basilaires de I'individu : les spicules tentaculaires ont les epines les
])lus petites, presque comparables a des granules superficiels ; les
s|)icules du sommet de la colonne portent des epines plus longues ;
tntin les spicules inferieurs ont les epines les plus grosses. Chez ces
derniers, la longueur mesure huit a dix fois la largeur ; elle compte
en moyenne 250 a 300 ^.

La Clavularia Frankliniana se rapproclie surtout de trois especes
connues et decrites : 1° CI. inflata^ Schenk (Abh. Senck. Ges., XXIIl.
(1896), p. 48), et sa variete CI. luzoniana, W. May (Jenaischc Zcit-
.fchri/t fur Naturwisscncliaft, 1900), de Ternate et de Luzon; 2" CI.
rosea, Stiider, de Kerguelen {Monatsbcricht tier l-6niglich preussischcn
Ahiihmic der IFissenschaffcn, 1878, p. G33) ; 3° CI. elonr/ata, Stiider
et Wright, des Afores, par 1000 brasses (' lieport of " Challenger," '
vol. 31, 1889, p. 257). La CI. Frankliniana dilfeie de la premiere
par ses spicules de forme un peu differente et de taille plus restreinte ;
de la deuxieme par ses zooides plus grands et groupes d'une autre
manicre ; de la troisieme ])ar Failure dissemblable de ses spicules.

Aniliozoa. 293

EXPLICATION DES DESSINS.

Fig. 1. — Une colonie de Glavularia Frankliniana. Grrossisseiiient, 2/1.

Fig. 2. — Un tentacule. Gross., 0/1.

Fig. 3a. — Spicule des tentacules. Gross., 300/1.

Fig. 3b. — Spicule du sonimet de la coloune. Gross., 300/1.

Fig. 3c. — Spicule de la base de la colonne. Gross., 300/1.

ALCYONIUM PAESSLERI.

By SYDNEY J. HICKSON, F.Il.S., Owens Collerje, Manchester.

Three specimens and a fragment of an Alcyonium were sent to me.

The largest is 40 mm. in height and about 55 mm. in greatest
breadth.

The spicules of the anthocodipe are long narrow spindles
0'3-0*4 mm. in length; the spicules of the coenenchym are clubs
0*15 mm. in length and short spindles 0 • 2 mm. in length.

The colour of the spicules is pale yellow and of the colony orange.

The specimens should be included in W. May's species Alcyonium
paessleri, from Smyth Sound (see Hamburger Magalhaensischen
Sammeh-eise, Alcyonarien, 1899, p. 6), but differ from the types in
their orange colour.

They were taken in 24 fathoms off Franklin Island.

294 Sontlicni Cross.

XVIII. ACTINIAE.

AVITH AN ACCOUNT OF THEIR PECULIAR
BROOD CHAMBERS.

By JOSEPH A. CLUBB, M.Sc,
(Plates XLYIII.-LII.)

A SMALL collection of Actinians was made by the 'Southern Cross'
Expedition of 1899-1900. All the specimens were collected oil'
Cape Adare, South Victoria Land, the winter quarters of the
expedition, and were dredged at a depth of from 20 to 30 fathoms, in
water having a temperature ranging from 28 ' 8° Fahr. in November,
1899, to 29*2° Fahr. in January, 1900, The preservatives used were
IbrmaKne and spirit, and the specimens in the former fluid were in
better preservation than in the latter, where, owing to ineiflcient
corks to the bottles, the volatile spirit had evaporated, leaving a fluid
wliich could not be called preservative.

Although there are upwards of sixty specimens, it is somewhat
remarkable that there appear to be but two closely allied species, and,
as the females of both possess special brood chambers, they are of great
biological interest. I wish here to record my thanks to Professor
Jelfrey Bell for placing the collection in my hands, and thus
affording me the opportunity of investigating them, for the large
number of specimens has enabled me to work out in some detail the
ajtpearance and structure of these remarkable chambers, which are
apparently peculiar to Arctic and Antarctic species. As the brood
chambers are almost identical in both species, I have appended this
l)art of the work after the description of the species.

The two species belong to the family Bunodactidcv,^ and, while
possessing the typical hexamerous arrangement of mesenteries and

' I liavc adojited tlic sugf^estioii i)f Prof. Yonill (7, II., p. 4L*) tliat, as tlie name
Jiuhodcs is prcoccuiiieil for a geuu.s of Euryjiteruids, the actiiiiau gcuus Buiiudes
sliotild l)e clianged to Buiwdartis, and in accordance with the usual custom the
family name liuuodidiv becomes buuodactida:.

Actiniae. 295

tentacles, the character of the sphincter muscle in both species is
more in accordance with that of Urticina crassicornis, the paradigm ^
of the genus Urticina, than with that of B%inodactis verrucosa, the
paradigm of the genus Bunodactis. I consider the character of the
sphincter of more importance than the pentamerous or decamerous '^
arrangement of the tentacles and mesenteries, and am of opinion
that this latter character should not be retained as diagnostic of the
genus Urticina, as suggested by Mr. Haddon (3 p. 445), and I have
therefore placed the two new Antarctic species under the genus
Urticina,

Family BUNODACTIDJE.

Urticina svilcata.

External characters. — The specimens are all greatly contracted,
and in most cases the oral disc and tentacles are entirely hidden.
The colour of the preserved specimens is a dirty brown with a
distinctly green cast. There is no record on the collectors' labels as
to colour of this species when living. The column is soft to the
touch and is covered with verrucse, which in the contracted state of
the specimens are closely packed together. They are largest in the
equatorial zone and slightly diminish in size above and below.
There are forty-eight vertical rows, corresponding in position with the
inter- and intra-mesenteric spaces.

In female specimens a distinct modification of the upper portion
of the column is noticeable. The body-wall in its upper third is less
firm to the touch, thinner, and the verrucfe are almost obliterated by
longitudinal furrows which run from a well-marked constriction ^
(fig. 1) to the parapet, where they are deepened and intensified in
the more contracted specimens. Male specimens also show this
modification of the body- wall, but in a much less marked degree.

On some of the specimens gravel and sand particles are still
adherent to the verrucse. In the healthy living condition, doubtless,
a continuous layer of foreign particles is formed around the column.

The foot disc is distinct and muscular.

The largest specimens measure 5 cm. in height, 5 cm. in diameter
at widest part, and 3 cm. diameter of foot disc.

^ [The aui lior prefers this word to the more generally useil " type." — F. J. B.]
2 Prof. Verrill states (7, IV., p. 216) tliat he has found many si)ecimens of
Urticina crassicornis hexamerous, both as to tentacles and mesenteries, and other
workers have shown that whenever it was possible to examine a large nmiibei' of
specimens of the same species a great amount of variation existed in this respect.

' This constriction marks the zone of invagination of the body-wall to form the
" brood chambers " (see p. 301).

296 SoutliCFii Cross.

Tiniaclcs. — These are I'uiLy-eight in nuiiiber, in four cycles,
i; 4- G + 12 + 24. Fig. 8 diagrainmatically represents the arrange-
ment of the cycles of tentacles in relation to the inter- and intra-
niesenteric spaces. It will be seen the older and inner three cycles
(6 + (1 + 12) open from the intra-mesenteric spaces, while the outer
mar' final and youngest cycle opens fr(jm the inter-mesenteric spaces.
In most cases there is a distinct longitudinal grooving, and transverse
sections of the tentacles show in well-marked instances tiiat the meso-
gkva participates in the formation of the grooves (fig. 3), although
this is not always the case. The muscles of the tentacles are ecto-
dermal and are well developed.

CEsopharius. — This extends fully three-fourths the length of the
retracted column. Two well-marked siphonoglyphs are present at
opposite angles.

Ccclcnteron and Mesenteries. — There are twenty-four pairs of
mesenteries in three cycles, 6 -}- 6 -j- 12, all complete. There is no
trace even in the largest specimens of a fourth cycle. The presence
of a cycle of tentacles communicating with the inter-mesenteric
spaces suggests the final and adult condition of mesenteries and
tentacles.

Two pairs of directive mesenteries are present in the usual
relation with the siphonoglyphs. All the mesenteries except the
directives are fertile.

One variation from the typical arrangement of tentacles and
mesenteries was dissected. The specimen, which possesses brood
chamlters containing embryos, had but eighteen pairs of mesenteries
and thirty- six tentacles, and the two pairs of directives were
asymmetrically placed, being separated from one another on the one
side by ten pairs and on the other by six pairs of mesenteries.

The longitudinal muscles of the mesenteries are very well deve-
loped, and form large swellings which stand out prominently from
the surface and are quite distinctly seen with the naked eye even in
young specimens. (The longitudinal muscles on the mesenteries of
embryos taken from the brood chambers are surprisingly well deve-
loped) (see fig. 20). Transverse sections of the muscle of the adult
specimen show (fig, 5) a compact mass of mesogkeal supporting
lamellic, many greatly branched and all invested with muscle fibres.
The parieto-basilar muscle (fig. 5, p.h.m.) is seen arising from the
mesentery some distance from the body wall, as the section is taken
rather low down near the foot disc. The aiTangement of the
nniscles on the mesenteries is quite regular — the longitudinal
muscles on the sides facing the intra-mesenteric spaces, and the

Actiniae. 297

parieto-basilai' muscle on the sides facing the inter-uiesenteric s[)aces,
in all except the directives, where the arrangement is reversed.

8-pliindcr Muscle. — There is a strongly circumscriljed endodernial
sphincter, which projects into the ccelenteron and is constricted off
from the body-wall to such an extent that in transverse section the
connection appears but a mere stalk (fig. 2). As here shown it is
oval in section, but doubtless it may vary in shape with the degree
of contraction. There is a single median supporting trunk of
mesogkeal connective tissue springing from the mesogkea of the
body-wall, from which radiating lamella3 arise covered with an
investing layer of muscle fibrillse (fig. 2, m.).

Body-wall. — Sections of the body-wall show the mesogkea com-
paratively thin, especially in the upper portion. There are, however,
strong circular endodermal muscles present, supported by mesogkeal
lamella3 (fig. 4) which are often branched. These strong circular
muscles of the body-wall form one of the principal characters dis-
tinguishing this species from the following one, where the corre-
sponding endodermal muscles are much feebler, supported by short,
simple, mesoglceal lamellne, and where, however, the mesogloea itself
is thicker and firmer, thus compensating for the weaker muscles
(fig. 9).

Brood Chambers.'^ — Each adult female possesses peculiar brood
chambers completely separated from the ccelenteron and formed by
invaginations of the body-wall from a zone completely surrounding
the body, about one- third of the distance below the parapet (fig. 1).
Usually four embryos are present, and in later stages of development
they form conspicuous prominences symmetrically placed around the
column. In some instances the contained embryos are so large
that in contraction the whole of the oral disc and tentacles of the
mother, as well as the upper third of the column itself, are with-
drawn so as to lie below the level of the ridge formed by the
contained embryos.

Habitat. — Dredged from a gravelly bottom in 20-24 fathoms of
water, off Cape Adare, South Victoria Land.

Urticina earlgreni.

As one of the distinctive characters of this as well as the
preceding species is the presence of " brood chambers," I have
ventured to name this species after the Swedish naturalist, Oskar
Carlgren of Stockholm, whose valuable work on the Actinozoa has

' For more detailed account, see p. 299.

298 SoiitJicrii Cross.

iuklcd so much to our knowledge of the group ; it was he who
in 18'J3 (1 p. 2;U) lirst called attention to the presence, in some
Arctic actinians then under observation, of special " Brutniumeu "
quite distinct and separated from the coelenteron.

Extcnial characters. — Like the preceding species all the specimens
are greatly contracted. The colour, when living, as noted on
collectors' labels, was light red (large specimens) and white (small
specimens), but all trace had disappeared in the preserved sp(!cimens.
Verrucie present, arranged in forty-eight vertical rows, but smaller
and less distinct than in U. sulcata. There is also less modification
of the upper portion of the column, but there is a tendency to
form similar longitudinal furrows, although the body-wall retains
its firmness and is no thinner than the lower portion. Some
of the specimens still retained foreign particles adhering to the
verrucae (fig. 6).

This species is somewhat taller and more slender than U. sulcata.
The largest individual measured G cm. in height and but 3*4 cm. in
breadth at its widest part (fig. 6).

Tentacles. — Similar in arrangement and number to U. sulcata
(6 + 6 + 12 + 24) (fig. 8). There is a slight tendency observable,
in some individuals only, to a longitudinal grooving, but in no case
have I observed that the mesoglcea participates.

CExnpluujvs. — The cesophageal wall is much corrugated, and the
o'sophagus extends into the ccelenteron for a considerable distance.
Two well-marked siphonoglyphs are present.

Ccelenteron and Mesenteries. — There are twenty-four pairs of
complete mesenteries, including two pairs of directives in relation
with the siphonoglyphs. All the mesenteries except the directives
are fertile. The longitudinal muscles are well developed and are
seen as distinct swellings on the faces of tlie mesenteries. Fig. 10
gives details of structure in transverse section, also showing structure
of ovary {ov.) and mesenterial filament {m.f.). The parieto-basilar
muscle {'p.b.m.) is large ami distinct.

Sjihinctcr. — The sphincter muscle is strongly circumscribed,
endodermal, and projects as a strong band into the ctelenteron.
In transverse section (fig. 7) the main supporting mesogla?al trunk
is seen to break up into two secondary branches, a small one near
the base and a large one running the length of the muscle. From
each of these main trunks mesoglceal outgrowths radiate, supporting
the muscle fibres.

JU)(l//-wal/. — The body-wall is thick and firm to the touch. The
niesogl<P!i forms n stout supporting lamella (lig. !)), but the circular

Actiniae. 299

endodermal muscles are feeble, supported by short simple outgrowths
of the mesoglcea, and contrast greatly with those of U. stdcata.

Brood Cliamliers. — The adult females possess brood chambers
similar in position and appearance to those of U. sulcata, except that
the contained embryos do not form such distinct prominences on
the body-wall, nor are there any instances where the oral disc,
tentacles and upper third of the column have sunk by contraction
below the level of the top of the brood chambers. One individual
has been preserved in a very interesting stage, showing one of the
embryos partly out of the brood chamber, and two others visible from
the outside, the opening to the chamber extending round almost half
of the circumference of the column (figs. 18 and 19). Each individual
in this species usually contained six embryos.

Halntat. — Dredged from a gravelly bottom in 20-28 fathoms of
water, off Cape Adare, South Victoria Land.

Several of the specimens dissected had a single specimen of a
species of Amphipoda among the retracted tentacles, apparently
commensal. My friend Mr. Alfred 0. Walker, to whom I submitted
it, informs me it is a new species of Jassa — J. goniamerus.

The Appearance and Structure of the Brood Chambers
distinct from the ccelenteron.

In the year 1869 Professor Verrill (6 p. 490-492) described in
two species of Actinia {Phellia ardica, Verrill, and E'piactis prolifera,
Verrill) from the Arctic seas, a series of well-defined pits scattered
over the surface of the body-wall, in which the eggs are retained
until hatched, when the young embryos are provided with tentacles.
Later, in 1899, he described some additional species (7, V. p. 375)
belonging to the Bnnodactidm, also possessing these peculiar pits,
and gives figures. Each pit is formed by a hollow in the mesoglcea
into which the ectoderm is invaginated.

In 1893 Dr. Carlgren published a preliminary announcement,
"iirber das Vorkommen von Brutraumen bei Aktinien" (1 p. 231).
Here he described two types of brood chamber: (1) when the
ccelenteron itself acts as such — a condition of things which
obtains in some British species; and (2) the formation of pit-like
depressions generally scattered on the lower part of the column.
These latter apparently are similar structures to those described by
Verrill in 1869 and 1899. But Carlgren goes on to describe how

300 Sou then I (ross.

thcsL' pit-likf (Impressions, each coiitaiuiug an embryo and involving
at first only an invagination of the ectoderm into a hollow in the
niesogkea, may be gradually enlarged, by the growth of the embryo
carrying tiie body-wall inwards, invaginating all three layers — the
ectoderm, mesogkea and endoderm, and forming cavities lying
completely within the column. He gives a figure (1 p. 237)
showing a section through such a chamber containing an emljryo,
measuring from 1 to 1*5 mm. in diameter, and illustrates the
condition of the invaginated ectoderm, mesoglcea and endoderm
forming the wall of the cavity. The figure also sliows the opening
to the exterior, and that the chamber is completely separated from the
cielenteron. In the general relation of the wall-layers this chamber
greatly resembles the brood chambers, about to be described, of the two
species from the Antarctic, but is of very much smaller dimensions.

Professor Verrill's specimens do not appear to exhibit this further
development of the ectodermal pits into sac-like invaginations of the
whole body-wall, involving all three layers, such as Carlgren describes,
although the external appearance of the specimens figured by each
author are very similar and certainly suggest the same structures.

Dr. Kwietniewski in 1898 (5 p. 121) mentions that a new
species of Leitealia from Spitzbergen, which he describes, possesses
a similar " Brutraum " in the body-wall, containing a developing
embryo, but differing from the species described by Carlgren in
1893, in having it placed immediately below the parapet in the
upper part of the column instead of on the lower portion.

In 1899 Dr. Carlgren (2 p. 14) gave some further particulars,
but no figures, of " Brutraumen " found in Condylactis fjconjiana
from the collection of the German South Polar Expedition of
1882-83, which he says are of similar character to those he described
in a Tcalia in 1893 (1 p. 234). They extend generally over the
whole body-wall, are numerous, and contain from one to three
embryos. Such then is a brief account of the literature ' on brood
chambers distinct from the coelenteron, in Actinians.

' Dr. Carlgren, iu :i quite recent i)aper, ijublished in August, lilOl ('la \\ 468),
gives additional jiarticularB and figures of the specimens mentioned in liis"Vor-
liiufige Mittcilung" (1 p. 231), published iu 1893. lie here describes these
specimens under the names of Actinostola sibirica and Epiadis niarsitpialis, botli
new species. In additicm he describes a new genus of Paractid under the name of
Mnrsupifcr Vahlivins, which ]K)ssesscssix brood pouches arranged radially, and 0]icning
by separate aiKjrtures on the body-wall about two-thirds the height ot the culumn
lri)m tlie foot-disc. lOach brood chamber contains a large number of embryos, the
smallest about tliirty and the largest ab<jut one hundred. An important character
of this new genus Marsujn/er is the presence of two sphincter muscles, one placed
about the normal iKtsition, and the other just above tl)e openings of the brood pouches.

A dill inc. 301

In botli llio specios from the AiiLiircLic that I have doscribed tlie
l)rood chambers are practically identical, differing only in minor
details, so that the description here given must be understood to
apply to both species, unless otherwise noted. Specimens possessing
brood chambers in these two species may be at once recognised, in
whatever stage of development they may be in, by the presence of a
constriction or groove more or less marked, in the body-wall, running
completely around the animal at a distance from the parapet of
about c>ne-third in the total height of the column. In addition the
body-wall above the constriction is more or less wrinkled, and the
verruca? become confused with vermiculate furrows, especially in
Urtidna sulcata, where also the body -wall is thinner than in the
lower part of the body. In this last-named species, specimens
having well-developed embryos in the brood chambers have this
upper thin-walled portion of the column, as well as the oral
disc and tentacles, withdrawn in the contracted condition to
the level of the top of the brood chambers. The thinning of the
body-wall above the invagination constriction is not so noticeable
in U. carlgreni.

The earliest phase in the development of the brood chambers that
I find among these Antarctic specimens shows a series of invagina-
tions of the body-wall along the line of this constricted zone. The
invaginations are already considerably advanced and form distinct
sacs from 2 to 3 mm. deep, projecting on the inside of the body-
wall into the ccelenteron (fig. 11). They appear to have arisen by
invaginations of the body-wall corresponding to the mesenteric
spaces, for, when looked at from below, the lower ends of the inva-
ginations are seen projecting between the mesenteries. Horizontal
sections, however, show that the partition walls between adjacent
invaginations have broken down and the cavities are more or less
continuous, but extend deeper in the mesenteric spaces. This last
feature — the sending of prolongations down between the mesen-
teries— is characteristic of all stages in the development of the
chambers that I have examined, and suggests their method of
gradual enlargement. As seen from the figure, which is taken from
a specimen of U. carlgreni (fig. 11), the chambers are absolutely
empty and open freely directly to the outside. The walls consist
of invaginated ectoderm, mesogloea, and endoderm, which three
layers are fairly thick, except at the innermost parts, where
both raesogkea and endoderm are thinned out somewhat, especially
the former.

The junction of adjacent cavities appears to go on until there

302 SoiifJicrii Cross.

iviiiiiiiis bill IVoin t'onr to six lart,'C'r cavities. Horizontal sections,
tlirnii'Ji specimens which exemplify tlie next stage of development
of the brood chambers, taken through the animal just below the zone
of invagination, show at that level several cavities (usually four in
IT. sulcata, six in U. carlgrcni), filled with compact solid masses, and
occupying the same relative position as the cavities in the earlier
stage. A'ertical sections passing through the invagination zone show
these cavities at this stage to be more or less closed to the exterior.
Figs. 12 and 13 are illustrations of such sections, the former of
U. carlrjreni, the latter of U. sulcata. In the former there are
curious interlacing outgrowths of the mesoglcea carrying the inva-
ginated ectoderm with them, and in this way a complete closing of
the brood chamber to the outside world is effected. In the latter
case, which is taken from the specimen figured (fig. 1), although the
mouth is closed by the juxtaposition of the invaginated ectoderm,
there is ouly very slight indication, at the lower end of what was the
opening to the chamber, of the interlacing outgrowths of mesoglcea
shown as being present in the U. carlcjreni example. It is probable
that this latter condition is a slightly earlier stage in development.
Of the two examples figured the brood chamber in U. carhjrcni is
11 mm. deep, while that of U. sulcata is about 6 mm., measured
from the invagination constriction. The walls are fairly stout, the
layers being of average strength except at the innermost parts
where the mesoglcea and endoderm appear somewhat thinned out.
The invaginated ectoderm is formed of tall columnar cells for the
greater part, but they become somewhat lower towards the bottom
of the chamber.

A series of horizontal sections througli the brood chambers illus-
trates their relation at this stage to the adjacent organs of the body.
Two of these sections are represented in figs. 14 and 15, which are
taken through the chamber, the upper part of which is represented
in vertical section in Fig. 12. Here it is seen that the chamber
completely severs each mesentery into two parts, passing between
them on the outer side of the longitudinal muscle. It is interesting
to notice that although the invaginated endoderm investing the
brood chamber has already become continuous with the corresponding
layers of the divided mesenteries, the mesogloeal layers have
not yet .so joined, and on the inner side of the brood chamber the
me-soglcca of each mesentery is turned back upon itself, away
from the mesogkea investing the brood chamber (fig. 14), Fig. 15
represents a section of the horizontal series near the bottom of the
chamber, and shows the same mesenteries ; but each is now entire

Actiniae. 303

from body-wall to a'sophagus, willi lubes of the cluimljer projecting
between them. It will be noted from the two sections figured
that this consecutive series of horizontal sections includes a pair
of directive mesenteries. Each chamber is completely filled with a
compact mass of rounded cells, exceedingly rich in food yolk and
measuring from 0*3 to 0*4 mm. in diameter. Usually distinct cell
membranes are present, but in one specimen examined the limiting
membrane is very indistinct. I examined three specimens of about
this stage and find each somewhat different in the character of these
cells. The difference is mainly in the appearance of the cell mem-
brane and the greater or lesser granular appearance of the cell
contents. In one specimen the outer layer of cells abutting on the
wall of the brood chamber are roughly cuboidal in shape and very
much freer from food yolk than the more centrally placed cells,
suggesting a more rapid assimilation of the food yolk into
protoplasm in these cells.

I cannot but regard each of these cell masses, notwithstanding
the relatively enormous size of the constituent cells, as a deve-
loping embryo. It is known, although considerable uncertainty
still prevails regarding the earlier developmental processes, that
in many cases among the Anthozoa cleavage results in the
formation of a solid morula, and Kowalevsky's observation (4) on
Actinia -parasitica {Adamsia rondeletii) supports this. He says :
" Cleavage is regular, but as the result of it there arises not a
blastodermic vesicle, but only an aggregation of cells, which
becomes covered with cilia and swims about as a larva." The
researches of E. B. Wilson on the development of Renilla (8) show
that here also a solid morula is formed, consisting of irregularly
rounded cells, heavily charged with food yolk, and in which at first
no differentiation exists, but where later an outer layer gradually
becomes marked off in character by appearing less granular, through
the conversion of the contained food yolk into protoplasm, and so
forms the ectoderm. Unfortunately, except the specimen showing a
slight differentiation of the outer layer of cells, I have found no
intermediate stages between the condition just described and the
larva with all the primitive layers formed.

A specimen of U. sulcata possesses four embryos in the brood
chambers, which may be described as bilaminar, pyriform, or more
elongated vermiform planul?e, possessing an ectoderm and an
endodermic epithelium, with a sustentative lamella (mesoglcea)
secreted between them, but with no trace of cilia so cliaracteristic
of free-swimming planulae. The interior is filled with a dense mass

304 SiVitlicni C^ross.

(if lootl yt'lk. The nnltryos arc exceedingly irrcj^^ulai in luini and lie
almttint! one with the other — tlie end of one fittin'f into a socket in the
adjacent one, and they appear moulded to the contour of the chamber
by pressure due to the contraction of the UKjther animal. The
cavities containing the larvai appear to be continuous one with the
other at this stage, and thus form a continuous chamber lying in
tlie ctelenteron surrounding the cesophagus. The invagination
opening is still efl'ectually closed to the outside. One of the larvie
when sectiouized showed in a longitudinal section the invagination
to form the ccsophageal opening (fig. IG), and transverse sections
revealed the presence of mesenteries, in an early stage of develop-
ment, arising from the body-wall and projecting into the solid
food yolk mass (fig. 17). Near the oral end twelve mesenteries
representing the first cycle are apparent, and as the sections approach
the aboral end these gradually increase in size, and between each
pair there appear slight indications, also in pairs, of the second
cycle. These larvie are from 1 cm. to 1 * 5 cm. in length and from
0*5 to 1 cm. in diameter.

Much older embryos than these, measuring from 1 cm. to
1*5 cm. in diameter, were found in brood chambers of both
U. sulcata and IT. carlgrcni. Several of these specimens have
the brood chambers opening freely to the outside through the
original invagination opening, the contained embryos evidently
approaching the stage when they are set free and begin an inde-
pendent existence. One specimen of U. carhjrcni had been killed
with one of the embryos escaping from the brood chamber (figs 18
and 19), others of the contained embryos being also visible. The
opening extended almost half way round the body and showed
every appearance of further extension. On sectionizing these
older embryos they are found to possess three cycles of mesenteries.
Fig. 20 represents a sixth part of a transverse section through
an embryo of corresponding age of U. sulcata, including a pair of
directive mesenteries. As there shown the first cycle of mesenteries
is complete and the second cycle is well advanced. The longitudinal
muscles are well developed and already give indication of the
strength of the adult structures. The parieto-basilar muscle is also
plainly visible. The third cycle has as yet no indication of muscle-
structure. From a close examination of the consecutive series of
.sections I can make out the existence of twenty-four tentacles, of
which six appear to be larger than the others and to be in
communication with the intra-mesenteric spaces of the first cycle.
In all the embryos the oral disc and tentacles are entirely retracted

Actiniae. 305

and hidden, as is the case with must oi' the adult specimens. This
denotes the presence of an ah-eady functional sphincter, a tigure
(lig. 21) of which is shown taken from a longitudinal section as well
as functional mesenterial muscles. There is little or no food yolk
now left in the ccelenteron, another fact which denotes the early
approach of a separation from the parent.

There are thus four distinct stages in the appearance of the brood
chamber and its contents, represented by the specimens of these two
Antarctic species. The earliest condition shows the developing
invagination of the body-wall of the parent, forming cavities from
2 to 3 mm. in depth, but absolutely void of contents, and freely open
to the outside through the invagination openings. Then comes the
second stage, with the chaml)er considerably increased in size
(6-11 mm. in depth), completely closed to the outside and now
containing developing embryos in the solid morula stage. Then
follows the condition shown by the specimen of U. sulcata (the only
specimen found illustrating this stage), with the embryos greatly
advanced in development, possessing a three-layered body-wall,
developing mesenteries, invagination to form oesophagus, and filled
with a dense mass of food yolk, but with the brood chamber still
completely closed to the outside. The fourth and last condition
shows the embryo just about to be set free, with three cycles of
mesenteries (one cycle complete), well -developed muscles, twenty -four
tentacles, all or almost all the food yolk absorbed, and the chamber
generally freely open to the outside through the original invagination
opening. From the fact that a specimen of U. carlgreni, containing
embryos of this last stage in brood chambers open to the outside,
possesses in addition, between the older brood chambers, a series of
new invaginations corresponding to the first stage described, there is
reason to believe that each brood chamber only serves for one
embryo, and that on its escape the walls of the chamber atrophy and
new chambers are formed for the next brood.

Dr. Carlgren (1 p. 237) suggested that possibly the occurrence of
these special brood chambers may be connected with an external
fertilization of the ova, but, while not denying the possibility of such
in these species, there is no evidence in the appearance of either his
specimens or the ' Southern Cross ' specimens of any departure from
the usual internal impregnation. In all probability, after fertilization
in the body cavity, the eggs in early stages of cleavage are transferred
directly, by the aid of the tentacles, to the brood chambers, the
entrances to which are soon afterwards closed.

From the fact that, so far as yet observed, the possession of these

X

3o6 SoiitJicyu cyoss.

siK'ciiil brood cluinibur.s in AcLiiiianis is limited to Arctic and
Anlavclic species, there certainly is reason to believe that sonic
common conditions of environment have brought about their
development. Among Ecliinoderms, species from Kerguelen Island
anil other points in the southern and northern oceans have been
shown to possess similar chambers for the protection of the
developing embryo. lUit in this group, not only are there in these
species special nurseries formed, but the embryos themselves
develop ilircdlji, without the intervention of a locomotive pseud-
eml>ryonic stage, and with no trace of pseudembryonic appendages
or provisional organs, so characteristic of echinoderm development as
we are acquainted with it in our ow^n seas. In Sir Wyville
Thomson's words (9 p. 245), "It is a significant fact that while in
warm and temperate seas ' plutei ' and ' l)ii)innaria^ ' are constantly
taken in the surface net, in the southern seas they are almost
entirely absent." There is therefore some justification for Kwiet-
niewski's suggestion (o p. 122) that the surface ice affects the
plankton and is especially fatal to free-SMimming larva-, and hence
it becomes necessary that special protection should be provided, so
that development may take place without free-swimming larval
stages. But viviparous Actinians, in which the ccelenteron acts
as a brood chamber, and where the young are only set free when
they are in a position to at once attach themselves by the muscular
foot disc, are fairly widely distributed. It is therefore difficult to
advance a reason why these i)articular Arctic and Antarctic species
have not followed the apparently more economical habits of their
fellows, but have evolved along special lines, and formed brood
chambers distinct and entirely separated from the ccelenteron. It
may be that the young in these special chambers are retained for
a much longer period than would be convenient in the calenteron,
and this, no doubt, is of considerable importance to the species when
possibly the struggle for existence is severe.

In conclusion I wish to record my appreciation of the kindness
of the Committee of the Liverpool Museums in granting mo
permission to use the Museums' laboratory and apparatus in carrying
out the work, and to express my thanks to Dr. Forbes, Director of
Museums, for lus cordial co-operation in procuring me access to the
necessary literature — always a very great difficulty to workers in the
provinces.

Actiniae. 307

PAPERS KEFERKEU TO.

1. Caklgken, Oskar. — 'tjber das Vorkommen voii liruUiiuinen bei Aktinicn.'
(Vorliiufige Mitteilung.) Ofversvjt k. Veieuskaps Akad. Fork., lcS93, Stockholm.

'1. Carlgren, Oskar. — ' Ergebnissc den Hamburger Magalliaensischen Sammel-
reise ; Zoantharien,' 1899.

2a. Carlgren, Oskar. — ' Die Brutpflege der ActiaiarieH.' Biol. Gentralbl., XXI.
(1901), p. 468.

3. Haddon, a. — ' Actiniaria of Torres Straits.' Trans. Roy. Dublin Sac,
Vr., Series 2 (1897).

4. KowALEVSKY, A. — ' Investigations on the development of Invertebrates '
(Russian), Mem. Roy. Soc. Friends of Nat. Sci., Anthrop. and Etlmog., Moscow,
1873. See Jahresb. Anat. u. Fhys., 187S.

5. KwiETNiEWSKi, Casimir E. — ' Actiniaria von Ost-Spitzbergen,' Zoologische
Jahrbilcher, 1898, p. 121.

(i. Verrill, a. E. — 'Notes on Radiata.' Trans. Conn. Acad., I., pp. 328 and 492,
1867-71.

7. VERRiiiL, A. E. — ' Descriptions of imperfectly known and new Actinians, with
critical notes on other species.' II.-V., Anterican Journal of Science, VII. (1899 j,

8. Wilson, E. P. — ■' The Development of Renilla.'' Phil. Trans., London,
CLXXIV. (1883).

9. Wyville Thomson, Sir C. — •' The Voyage of the ^^ Challenger," ' 1877.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

With the exception of figs. 1, 6, 18 and 19, which are represented
natural size, and the diagrammatic drawing (fig. 8), all the figures
have been drawn from sections as seen under Swift's 1-in. obj..
No. 2 eye-piece, slightly enlarged. The sections were made by the
Cambridge rocking microtome, from tissues stained in picrocarmine,
embedded in the usual way, and mounted in Canada balsam.

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.

h. c brood chamber.

c coeleuteron.

d directive mesenteries.

ec ectoderm.

em embryos.

en endoderm.

in. ec invaginated ectoderm.

in. en invaginated endoderm.

in. mg invaginated mesogloea.

in. 0 invagination opening.

I. m longitudinal muscle.

mes mesenteries.

m.f. mesenterial filaments.

mg mesogloea.

m. I muscle lamellae.

X 2

3o8 SoiithcFu Cross.

oe (I'sujiliagiis.

oe. ill (i'soi)hageal invaijination.

01' ovary.

J), h. Ill parieto-basilar muscle.

s '. siplionoglyph.

r verruca?.

(/ food yolk.

1., 11., 111., IN' cycles of mesenteries or teutaclcs.

Plate XLVIH.
Urticina sulcata.

Fig. 1. — Reproduction from photograph of young female specimen (natural size),
hhowing invagination constriction and well-marked sulcation of body-wall above it.

Fig. 2. — Transverse section of the sphincter muscle.

Fig. 3. — Transverse section of one of the tentacles.

Fig. 4. — Longitudinal section of a portion of the body-wall.

Fig. 5. — Transverse section of mesentery near aboral end, showing the longi-
tudinal and ]iarieto-basilar muscles.

Plate XLIX.
Urtieina carlgreni.

Fig. 6. — Reproduction from ]ihotogra]ih (natural size) showing foreign bodies
still adherent to verruca?.

Fig. 7. — Transverse section of sphincter muscle.

Fig. 8. — Diagrammatic figure illustrating the arrangements of the cycles of
tentacles in relation \vith the intra- and inter-mesenteric spaces. Although the
tentacles are somewhat larger according to age, the difference in the diameter as
represented by the circles in the drawing is exaggerated. (The same arrangement
as here depicted pertains in U. sulcata also.)

Fig. 9. — Longitudinal section of a portion of the body-wall.

Fig. 10. — Transverse section of a fertile mesentery.

Plate L.
Brood Chamber's and Embryos.

Fig. 11. — Longitudinal or vertical section of body- wall of a specimen of U. carlgreni
])as8ing through a brood chamber in an early stage of invagination and quite empty.

Fig. 12. — Longitudinal or vertical section through the body-wall of a specimen
of U. rarh/reiti jtassing through the t'ljening to a brood chamlser of an older stage
than Fig. 11, containing a developing embryo and closed to the outside.

Fig. 13. — Similar section through the sjiecimen of U. sulcata, figured (Fig. 1) with
brood chamber of a little earlier stage to Fig. 12.

Plate LL
Brood Chambers and Embryos.

Fig. 14. — Transverse or horizontal section of the same si^ecimen as Fig. 12
(U. carlgreni), passing through about the middle of the brood chamber.

Fig. 15. — Similar section of the same individual, jjassing through the brood
chamber near its lower end, showing the prolongation of lobes of the chamber into
the mesenteric spaces.

Actiiiiae. 309

Plate LII.

Brood Ohamhers and EmhryoR.

Fig. IG. — Longitudinal section through larva of U. sulcata taken from brood
chamber.

Fig. 17. — Transverse section of the same, showing developing mesenteries.

Fig. 18. — Specimen of U. carlgreni killed with brood chamber open and with an
embryo escaping.

Fig. 19. — The same with incision through outer wall of chamber and body-wall.

Fig. 20. — Transverse section through advanced embryo of U. sulcata showing
about one-sixth of the section.

Fig. 21. — Transverse section tlu-ough the sphincter muscle of the same.

3IO Sou t hey u Cross.

XIX. HYDROZOA.

A PEELIMINAEY ACCOUNT,
By EDWARD T. BEOWNE,

University College, London.

The ' Southern Cross ' specimens arrived whilst I was working through
a large collection of Medusae made by Mr. E. Vallentin in the
Falkland Islands. The closeness of these islands to the Antarctic
Circle led me to make at once a preliminary examination of the
'Southern Cross' Collection to see if the medusoid fauna at Cape
Adare, where all the specimens had been taken, bore any resemblance
to the ]\Iedusae of the Falkland s. I may here say that the ]\Iedusae
of the Falklands are closely related to the Medusae of Great Britain,
and that the Cape Adare specimens belong to other types.

It was sad work to open bottle after bottle and to find the
specimens more or less macerated and often in fragments. Most of
the specimens are absolutely useless, and only a few sliow generic
characters. The collection gives just a glimpse of a rich and most
interesting medusoid fauna at Cape Adare, and it is unfortunate that
more care has not been taken over the preservation and storage.

It is quite proljable that most of the specimens looked in excellent
condition when hrst preserved, and that the miscliief occurred later
— maceration through not using sufficient formaline or alcohol, and
fragmentation through not tilling up the bottles to the brim and
excluding air-bubbles. All the bottles contained a large air space,
and most were only about two-thirds full of lluid. For animals so
delicate as jelly-tish, using the term in its old and widest sense, it
is absolutely necessary to reduce air-bubbles to their smallest
dimensions. A large air-b\ibble in constant motion, either througli
tlie rolling of a ship or the shaking on a railway journey, quickly
reduces such delicate organisms to fragments.

Formaline is an excellent preservative for Medusae (but bad for

Hydrozoa. 3 1 1

Ctenophores), and if very weak solutions are used, the fluid must be
changed several times. Specimens should never be stored in a
solution of less than 10 per cent, (formaldehyde, 40 per cent.,
10 c.c, and water 90 c.c. ; either fresh water or sea water may be
used), and if there should be any doubt a few drops of strong
formaldehyde may be added to each ounce of fluid in the bottle
before finally storing away. Mr. Vallentin's collection of Medusae
from the Falklands reached London in excellent condition owing to
his taking the necessary precautions in using plenty of formaline
and filling the bottles up to the stoppers with fluid.

When working over the ' Southern Cross' Collection I made rough
notes on the contents of each bottle, and finally wrote a report upon
the collection for the use of Mr, T. V. Hodgson, the Zoologist on the
' Discovery.' I pointed out to him the importance of making another
collection, and gave to him full instructions on the preservation and
storage of specimens. As the ' Discovery ' is bound for Cape Adare and
its adjacent shores it is probable that most of these Medusae will
again be taken, and, let us hope, will be brought safe home in good
condition.

It was not iny original intention to publish at present any
descriptions of the specimens in this collection, but as the Editor of
the Eeports on the ' Southern Cross ' Collection wishes to include an
account of the Medusae, I have considered it is best simply to give
a copy of the notes which I supplied to Mr. Hodgson and to leave
the naming of the species until the ' Discovery ' Collection has been
investigated. This course will probably lessen the addition of new
species based upon material which can only give imperfect and
perhaps useless descriptions.

Nearly all the specimens were taken close in shore. The surface
temperature of the sea was between 28 • 6° Fahr. and 30° Fahr.

ANTHOMEDUS^..

Borchgrevink's Medusa.

Three specimens in fairly good condition. -

Umbrella globular. About 20 mm. in height and 15-18 mm.
in width.

Sub-umbrella cavity, small, very long and cylindrical.

312 Souther) I Cross.

Eitjlii radial canals. Stomach about \-\ the lengtli of uiubrella
cavity.

Gonads on the stomach. Mouth with lips (8 ?).

Tentacles 16, with a terminal knob.

Taken on 1st, 17tli and 20th November, 1899.

1 consider this medusa to belong to the Anthomedusse, and to be
probably a new type. The margin of the umbrella has not yet been
carefully examined for sense-organs, and this must be done before
tlie generic position can be decided. The margin of the umbrella is
badly contracted and turned inwards. It is so badly contracted that
all the tentacles meet and form a dense cluster in the centre. The
margin from one of the specimens will have to be removed and an
attempt made to unroll it.

LEPTOMEDUSiE.

THAUMANTIIDJE.

Laodice.

One specimen about 60 mm. in diameter.

Four radial canals, four large gonads.

Margin of umbrella crowded with tentacles, over 200. There is
a cordylus (sensory club) between every two tentacles.

This specimen is fairly well preserved, but unfortunately useless.
There is a hole through (as if cut with a knife) the top of the
umbrella. The stomach is clean gone, and half tlie gonads.

Taken 27th November, 1899. Surface.

There are also two smaller specimens, about 25 mm. in diameter,
which may be earlier stages. They are rather rotten, and the margin
of the umbrella is in bad condition and contracted; it is crowded
with tentacles, over 100, similar in form to those of the large
specimen described above. 1 cannot 11 nd any cordyli to settle the
point.

Stomach very large, occupying nearly the whole umbrella cavity.
Radial canals meet in the centre. Gonads upon them.

Taken on 10th May, 1899. Surface.

Hydrozoa. 3 1 3

EUCOPIDiE.

Phialidiutn.

Two specimens in fairly good condition.

It is impossible to determine the species, as the marginal sense
organs are not visible. The occurrence of this medusa at Cape Adare
indicates that hydroids belonging to the genera, Clytia, C'ampanuUna,
etc., are likely to be found in the neighbourhood.

Taken on 27th November, 1899.

NARCOMEDUS^.

SOLMARIID-ffi.

Soliniindella.

Three specimens.

Umbrella about 5 mm. in height, 6 mm. in width. Two
tentacles. Large marginal lobes.

The specimens are in rather bad condition and contracted.
Sense organs are not visible. It is impossible to determine the
species. The position of the tentacles clearly shows that these
medusae belong to the genus Solmundella.

Taken on 10th May, 1899.

STAUROMEDUStE.

LUCERNARIIDJE,

Lucernaria.

There are two very hne specimens, fortunately in an excellent
state of preservation.

Both specimens are, however, in a contracted condition, and have
the eight arms curved inwards, completely hiding the interior of the
umbrella.

The largest measures GO mm. x 60 mm. in its present condition.

314 SiVithcrti Cross.

When expanded I estimate its heiglit to be about Of) mm. or more,
and its width about 50 mm.

The second specimen is about one-third smaller.

Dredged oil" Cape Adare on 9th January, 1900. 28 fms.

The specimens look like lAicernaria pyramidalis, Haeckel, except
that the stalk is shorter. To judge from the contracted state of the
stalk, I am inclined to think that it is much shorter when expanded
tlian that of L. j^lP'ainidalis.

Haeckel (" System der Meduseu," Taf. XXIL) figures L. irura-
miiJalis with a very long thin stalk, and states that it is always
longer than the umbrella.

It will be necessary to dissect the smaller specimen to determine
the species. The white opaqueness of the substance of the umbrella
and the contracted state of the arms prevent the internal anatomy
from being seen.

PEROMEDUSiE.

PERIPHYLLID^.

Periphylla.

Five specimens.

The largest about 180 mm. in height and 140 mm. in width.

Unfortunately not one of the specimens is in a good state of
preservation, and all are more or less damaged. One has the
ai)pearance of having been partly dissected and then preserved ; it
is now quite rotten. One was placed or rather squeezed into a bottle
much too small for it, and has become a cylindrical mass of jelly.
Another has lost all its tentacles and has the margin of its umbrella
in tatters.

The other specimens are far from being perfect, but show the
characters of the genus Periphylla. No attempt has yet been made
to determine the species, and the condition of the specimens leaves
but little hope of success.

Taken on 28th December, 1899, at 5 fms., and loth-17tli Januarv,
1900, 4-G fms.

Hydrozoa. 3 1 5

DISCOMEDUS^.

An Epliyra, at rather an advanced stage, was taken on 10th May,
1899.

Umbrella about 25 mm. in diameter. About 12 tentacles on the
margin of the umbrella. Tentaculocysts present, but complete
number uncertain, as the margin is torn in places.

The specimen looks like the Ephyra of a Chrysaora. It is rather
rotten and too damaged for a proper description.

CYANEIDJE.

Desmonema ?

Four large specimens in the collection, which probably belong to
this genus.

All the specimens are in very bad condition, and very rotten.
They were apparently stored in tins or an iron drum containing
formaline, and consequently were found covered with a heavy
deposit of iron rust which has deeply stained the jelly. They
are also badly compressed, and have the appearance of having been
placed under a weight. There are eight groups of tentacles inside
the margin of the umbrella, each group with two or more tentacles
in a single row. Probably eight sense organs present, but tlie full
number cannot be found.

Taken on 20th and 27th December, 1899, and 17th January, 1900.
Near the surface.

SIPHONOPHORA.

CALYCONECTIDJE.

Diphyidae.

Several bottles containing nectocalyces only of a large Diphyid.
Taken during November, 1899, and January, 1900.

3i6 Soiif/icni Cross.

PHYSONECT^.

AGALMIDJE.

Halistemma ?

Only uiic culoiiy, and in a gO(j(l statu of preservation, but IIil' main
stem is broken up, and nectocalyces, bydrophyllia, etc., detached. Tlie
pneumatopliore is missing.

Colony probably C-10 inches in length when fully expanded.

Taken on 23rd January, 1900, Surface.

CTENOPHORA.

There are ten bottles containing fragments and macerated remains
of Ctenophores. All are quite useless.

Apparently there are two kinds present, and they belong to the
families ricurohrachiv^ se and Beroidee.

The remains show that the original specimens must have been
fairly large, probably over an inch in diameter.

Taken : Pleuroh-achiidee, 14th-30th November, 1899 ; Bcroiclx
10th May, 1899.

31?

XX. PORIFERA.

By E. KIRKPATRICK.

The three specimens of Antarctic Sponges which were obtained
represent the following three species : —

Leucosolenia variabilis, Haeckel.
Halichondria panicea, Johnston.
Halichondria sp.

LEUCOSOLENIA VARIABILIS.

1872. Ascetta variabilis, Haeckel. Kalkschwanmie II., p. lOG.

1896. Leucosolenia variabilis, Mincliiu, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XVIII.,
p. 350.

The specimen consists of a single tube about .3 mm. in length
and 0 • 5 mm. in breadth, growing in a crevice formed by the coils of
Spirorbis antarctica.

The Antarctic specimen shows slight variations from the Medi-
terranean form, the larger monaxons, with double-edged lance-shaped
terminations, being thicker, and the smaller monaxons much less
abundant in the former. With respect to the arrangement and
general characters of the tri- radiates and quadri- radiates the
Antarctic specimen exhibits no noteworthy variation.

Locality. — Cape Adare, 18 fathoms (dredged). Sea temperature
29° Fahr.

Distribution. — Arctic Ocean (Barent's Sea) ; Norway ; Great
Britain and Ireland ; Mediterranean ; Cape Town ; Cape Adare.

HALICHONDRIA PANICEA.

1842. Halichondria panicea, Johnston, 'Piiit. Sponges,' p. 11 1, Pis. X. and XI.,

fig. r,.

The specimen consists of a friable amorphous fragment of pale
yellow colour. The skeleton, as in the case of specimens from

3i8 Sou then I Cross.

Kci'Micluii, .shows a iiioiu rc'rular arranrrcniunt tliau exists in IJriLish
speciniens, aud the spicules (450 X 14 fi) are larger.

Locality. — Fiaiiklin Islaud, 20 iathoins. Teniperature 2'J'8''
Fahr.

Distribution. — Cosmopolitan.

HALICHONDRIA sp.

Tlie sponge consists of an irregular basal mass, from which a
tubular cylinder with thin fenestrated walls rises to a height of
live inches ; the tube is half an inch in diameter and oi^en at the
summit. A small patch of tough dermal membrane, easily detach-
able, remains near the base of the tulje. Texture rather tough.
Colour dirty yellow.

Skeleton composed of a network of oxeote spicules, with primary
longitudinal lines of bundles about four spicules thick, the rest of
the network being very irregular and confused, and with unispiculate
meshes. Spongin apparently absent, the spicules being to some
extent supported by membrane. The flesh has been almost macerated
away. Spicules oxea, slightly curved, sharp-pointed, 348 x 15 /x.

Lucality. — Cape Adare ; washed up on the beach.

The species appears to be new, but the specimen is in too bad
a condition to warrant a specific name being given.

319

XXL CRYPTOGAMIA.

MUSCI.
By a. GEPP, M.A, F.L.S.

Mk. Bernacchi very truly remarks, in his work 'To the South
Polar Eegions ' (p. 210) : — " The appalling poverty of the flora of
the Antarctic regions stands out in glaring light when compared with
that of the Arctic regions : for whilst various species of flowering
plants are found in high northern latitudes, only the minutest forms
of vegetable life, such as lichens and mosses, have been found in high
southern latitudes, and so scantily as only to be found in a few
places on the northern slopes."

Mr. Borchgrevink mentions (see ' First on the Antarctic Conti-
nent,' p. 258) that on the Possession Islands he " again found
vegetation and secured very satisfactory specimens of it." Again
(p. 259), he "collected specimens of vegetation on Coulman Island."
Vegetation was also found on the rocks of Franklin Island (p. 268)
and at the foot of Mount Terror, where he " collected specimens of
the rocks and vegetation " (p. 271) ; and he again speaks of the
" splendid collection of rocks and vegetation " which was made in
the same locality (p. 276).

As will be seen below, it is evident from the localities attached
to the specimens wliich have reached the Museum, that some of the
collections above recorded by Mr. Borchgrevink were not among those
submitted to us.

Barhula fuegiana, Jaeg. Sterile. Geikie Land, Spring, 1900.

Barhula, sp. A few small immature specimens. Geikie Land,
Spring, 1900.

BryvAii arf/enteum, Linn. Sterile. Mount Melbourne and Sir
George Newnes Land, February, 1900.

320 Sontlicni Cross.

LK'IIENP.S.

\\\ V. ]l. liJ.ACKMAN, M.A, F.L..S.

Lccmioi'd mdanophtludma, Ifani. Geikie Laud, Spring, IDUO.
Liridcn ijcofiraphicii, L. Cleikie Laud, Spring, 1900.
Xcnropoijoi Taylori, Nyl. Geikie Land, Spring, 1900.
rUtcodmm clcgans, Achar. Geikie Land, Spring, 1900.

ALG^.

By Miss E. S. BARTON.

Halimeda Ttma, Lam. Cape Adare.

Chaetomorpliu Darwinii, Kiitz. Adventure Bay, Tasmania,

Codium mucronatum, J. Ag. Adventure Bay, Tasmania.

Scm/assum vestitum, J. Ag. Adventure Bay, Tasmania.

C)/stopho7-a spartioides, Ag. Adventure Bay, Tasmania.

? FncKfi platycarpus, Thur. Adventure Bay, Tasmania.

Drsmnrest.ia aculeata, Lam. ? Cape Adare.

Th'smarcsfuf Iiosdi, Hook, et Harv. Cape Adare.

Dc^smfo-cstin viridis. Lam. Franklin Island.

Cnllophyllis, sp. No fruit. Auckland Island.

llhodymenia, sp. No fruit. Auckland Island.

Horca p)olycarpa, Harv. Adventure Bay.

Plocamivm coccineum, Lyngb. Cape Adare.

? Gracilaria coiifervoides, J. Ag. No fruit, Auckland Island.

rolysi])honia, sp. Adventure Bay.

])<(syn, sp. Adventure Bay.

Leiiormdvdia Midlcri, Sond. Auckland Island.

B(dlv( callitricha, Ag. Cape Adare.

TERIDINIEi^.

r.v V, H. BLACKMAN, M.A., F.L.S.

Peridinium diven/ciis, Ehrbg. Adventure Bay, Tasmania,
December, 1898.

321

XXII.

REPORT ON THE ROCK-SPECIMENS

COLLECTED BY THE 'SOUTHERN CROSS' ANTARCTIC

EXPEDITION.

By G. T. PEIOR, M.A., F.G.S.,

Ansistant in the Mineral Department, British Museum.

(Plate LIU.)

The collection consists mainly of specimens of scoriaceous and
compact hornblende-basalts, pale-green siliceous slates and quartz-
grits, and boulders of granitic rocks. According to Mr. Borchgrevink,
it is " to a great extent a more complete series of the rocks which he
secured at Victoria Land in 1894." That collection, which included
basaltic and trachytic rocks from Cape Adare and Possession Island,
has been very fully described by Prof. T. W. E. David, W. F. Smeeth,
and J. A. Schofield.^ Descriptions of basalts together with granitic
and phonolitic rocks from Possession and Franklin Islands have
already been given in my " Petrographical Notes on the Rock-
Specimens collected in Antarctic Regions during the Voyages of
H.M.S. ' Erehm ' and ' Terror ' in 1839-43 (Min. Mag., XII.,
pp. 69-91).

The specimens in the present collection for the most part have no
locality-labels attached to them, and are accompanied by no lists
or geological details as to their mode of occurrence and mutual
association in the field.

The following list of the localities from which they were collected
depends partly upon oral statements made by Mr. Borchgrevink, and
partly upon a comparison of the rocks with localised specimens

' ISee ' Notes on Antarctic Kocks collected by Mr. C. ,E. Borchgrevink,' Free.
Roy. Soc. N.S.W., XXIX., pp. 461-492, 1895.

322

Soiitlicni Cross.

c«)llecte<l by Mr. I'xMiiacchi and Lieutenant Colbeek, luid kindly
placed at my disposal for the purpose : —

(_\) ('a|ie Atlarc (plateau, HOG feet above sea-level) granitic ami

felsitic lK)ulders, lioriilileinU'-basalts, and phounlitic traehytes.

(2) Huke i>r York Island, Huliertson May jjale ^leen si lit eons slate

cttntainiufi patclies of iron pyrites and traverseil l»y (piartz veins.

(3) (Jeikie Land, lloberts.in Hay pale <;reen slates and quartz-grits

ami iiornbleude-granite (probably a boidder).

(4) I'roteetion f!ove, near Cape Ood, Robertson Bay ainy^daloidal

basalts and tuffs.

(a) Pdssession Island large boulder of liajilite containing garnets

and tourmaline, hornblende-basalts.

((i) Franklin Island niagnia-basalt (lind)urgite) containing large

olivine-mHlules.

(7) (Joulnian Island hornl)leiide-basalts and basalt-agglomerate.

(H) Newnes Land (foot of Mt. Melbourne) basalt-scoria and also

(according to siHjcimens collected by Lt. Colbeek) kenyte-like rocks.'

(9) Foot of Mt. Terror hornblende-basalts.

For purposes of description the specimens will be arranged under
species, beginning with what are presumed to be ancient Archaean
and Palaeozoic rocks, viz., the granites, felsites and slates, followed
by the basalts and phonolitic rocks, which appear to have been
enipted through them, most probably in comparatively recent
geological times.

GRANITES.

Many of the boulders found on the plateau of Cape Adare are of
gray and pink medium to coarse-grained biotite granites, biotite-
muscovite granite, and biotite-hornblende granites. They were
doubtless brought down by the ice from the interior, and the parent
rocks, with gneisses and schists,'* probably constitute the basement-
rocks of Victoria Land.

The most remarkable of the specimens is a large mass of very
coarse-grained biotite granite, with extremely large Carlsbad twins of
felspar (up to 2 in. long by ^ in. broad), which constitute the main
bulk of the rock. The felspars of this rock consist partly of
orthoclase (extinction on cleavage flakes were, c (001), straight ;
b (010), 6~), and partly of oligoclase, with symmetrical extinction
of 12° in twin lamelhe.

Another specimen of porphyritic granite is less coarse-grained.
It is a biotite granite, somewhat resembling the well-known granite

' According to Mr. Rernacchi, slate is also found at the foot of Mt. Melbourne.
* A mica-schist in Mr. Burchgrevink's previous collection is described in Proc.
lloy. S..,>. N.S.W., XXJX., p. IHl, ln;t5.

Report on the Rock-Specimens. 323

from Shap Fell, Westmoreland, with large pink porphyritic felspars.
The latter have a curious mottled extinction, and are prolmbly to be
referred to microcline (moiree-microcline of r>r6gger) ; oligoclase,
with fine twin stiiations, is also present, with ([uartz, l»iotite, and
a little brown hornl)lende. A pleochroic (pale rose to colourless)
sphene is fairly idontiful, while small apatites and zircons occur as
accessory constituents. There are also present one or two small
prismatic sections of a reddish-ljrown mineral, closely resembling the
Allanite described by Hobbs,^ in the granite of Ilchester, Maryland.
They have extinctions of 34°-37° to their length, and are pleochroic,
from reddish-brown along the line of extinction, to yellow at right
angles to it ; they show a zonal structure hexagonally round a
central nucleus similar to that figiu-ed by Hobbs. These characters,
as well as the strong refraction and weak double refraction, agree
with those of allanite (see PI., LI II., fig. 2).

A biotite-hornblende granite from Geikie Land has no porphyritic
felspars, but in other respects is somewhat similar to the preceding,
and also contains allanite in small amount. The felspar is mainly
microcline, but some oligoclase is also present. Sphene occurs in
large amount, in some sections showing polysynthetic twinning.

Another specimen from Geikie Land presents some of the
characters of an epidiorite. It contains biotite and much pleo-
chroic reddish-brown hornblende in large ragged plates, sometimes
surrounding a nucleus of colourless augite, with which it is in
optic continuity. The rock is much altered and contains kaolinised
idiomorphic felspars and some clear quartz ; a little calcite and some
needles of apatite are also present.

A large granitic block from Possession Island is a garnetiferous
haplite with tourmaline, and is identical with the rock from Possession
Island in the Eoss collection described in Min. Mag. XII., 79, and
also probably with the rock described as from Cape Adare in Proc.
Roy. Soc, N.S.W., XXIX., 471.

PLAGIOCLASE-OLIVINE-AUGITE-BIOTITE ROCK.

A small rolled pebble, probably from Cape Adare, has the
aspect of a gabbro, and shows in a ground of clear colourless
prismatic felspars dark patches of ferro-magnesian minerals, amongst
which olivine and biotite are conspicuous. Under the microscope

' Aim. J. Sci., XXXVIII., p. 223, 1889.

Y 2

324 Soiitlioni Cross.

tlu' Itiii^u prismatic felspars show very fine alhite twin striatinns :
syninietrioal extinctions in the twin laniella3 were as low as
Kf : ill cleavage flakes the extinction on r (001) was about 5°, and
on /* (01(t) about 13^: the specific gravity was between quartz and
labradorite from Labrador (about 2-67). Most of the felspar there-
fore consists of a rather acid labradorite, but some patches of felspar
also occur without twin-striations and moulding the labradorite :
these have a refractive index (as determined by the Becke method)
lower than that of the labradorite, and may consist of orthoclase, or
possibly anorthoclase. The ferro-magnesian patches consist of fairly
large irregular grains of a pale yellow olivine, a pale green diopside-
like augite with high angles of extinction, and plates of biotite, with
some apatite and ilmeuite. (See PI. LIII., fig. 1.)

This rock is here doubtfully referred to the essexites ; it has some
affinities with the augite - syenites, such as the olivine-bearing
laurdalite of Brogger. In the absence of data as to its mode of occur-
rence, it is only possible to suggest that it might very well represent
the plutonic magma, from which were derived both the hornblende-
basalts anil also the olivine-bearing anorthoclase rocks or kenytes
described later.

QUARTZ-FELSITES.

The felsitic rocks found as boulders at Cape Adare probably
occur in association with the granites. They are mostly pale yellow
halleflinta-like rocks, but some show small phenocrysts of quartz,
felspar and muscovite. Other specimens are more coarsely-grained.
One of these is a red porphyritic granophyre, showing under the
microscope large hexagonal sections of quartz (sometimes much
corroded and penetrated by the groundmass) and kaolinised felspar
(orthoclase and oligoclase) in a holocrystalline groundmass of inter-
locking quartz and felspar grains with micropegmatic structure
in jiarts.

Another coarse-grained specimen from Geikie Land is a pale
greenish-gray rock speckled with small phenocrysts of quartz and
f(dspar. Under the microscope it shows large and plentiful pheno-
crysts of corroded quartz and orthoclase in a holocrystalline ground-
ma.ss, consisting of a mosaic of quartz and felspar. Scattered through
the slide both in ]»henocrysts and groundmass are shreds of a
micaceous mineral and chlorite, similar to those in the quartz grits
to be described later: epidote grains have also been developed at
the expense of the felspars.

Report on the Rock-Specimens. 325

Of the more finely-grained halleflinta-like felsites, one specimen
without phenocrysts is seen under the microscope to consist of
minute rectangular felspars and interstitial quartz, with shreds of
the same micaceous or chloritic mineral as in the preceding rock.

Another specimen has a somewhat similar base, but contains
phenocrysts of rounded and corroded quartz, orthoclase, oligoclase and
muscovite : occasionally the quartz and felspars are aggregated together
in patches looking like inclusions of granite : one orthoclase pheno-
cryst has a remarkable micropegmatic intergrowth of quartz.

A third honey-yellow hornstone-like specimen shows the same
phenocrysts, only smaller and in less amount, in a dense microfelsitic
base showing in parts imperfect spherulitic structure.

SLATES AND QUARTZ-GRITS.

These rocks are of interest as being apparently the only sedi-
mentary rocks found in situ in Victoria Land.

The pale-green slate, of which a very large number of specimens
were collected, constitutes the main mass of Duke of York Island.
It also occurs together with quartz-grits on the neighbouring main-
land (Geikie Land), and the same formation extends along the coast
towards Cape North. According to Mr. Bernacchi, pieces of slate
were also seen at the foot of Mount Melbourne in Newnes Land.

The slate of Duke of York Island is in parts traversed by veins
of quartz, near the contact of which with the slate much vermicular
chlorite has been developed. Some of the specimens of slate are
much contorted into sharp folds in which the quartz veins are
involved, showing that the latter were formed prior to the folding of
the slate. Iron pyrites in sharply-defined cubic crystals is dissemi-
nated in patches abundantly through these rocks.

A careful examination of the numerous specimens of the slate
has unfortunately not led to the discovery of any fossil remains.

Under the microscope the slate is seen to consist of a colourless
muscovite-like mica, shreds of green pleochroic chlorite which gives
the colour to the rock, and small quartz grains. It varies in texture
from a very fine-grained rock in which quartz grains are scarcely
apparent, to one approaching a quartz-grit in which quartz grains
seem to be the main constituent.

The quartz-grits are of the same pale green colour as the slates,
but are more coarsely-grained and show no slaty cleavage. A boulder

326 Southcni Cross.

from ("ape Arlare consists of a fragmental ai,'gre<,'ate of sub-an<,Milar
j,Maiiis »»f ([uartz and a little felspar with shreds of muscovite and
green altered biotite: deep red doubly -refractive grains of rutile
and rounded grains of zircon are also present.

A specimen from tleikie Land is nearly colourless, as it contains
very little chlorite. Besides angular grains of quartz shovi^ing undu-
lose extinction, it contains grains of twinned oligoclase in a paste of
what appears to be secondary quartz, with shreds of muscovite and a
little chlorite.

The fragmental material of these grits has probably been derived
from granitic or gueissic rocks.

BASALTS.

These rocks are for the most part fine-grained, compact, glassy,
liornblende-basalts, similar to those from Cape Adare and Possession
Island in Mr. Borchgrevink's earlier collection, and in the Koss
collection, which have been previously described. They contain
small phenocrysts of basaltic hornblende, undergoing reabsor]^tion,
and often only represented by pseudomorphs of magnetite and augite,
in a deep brown glassy base of sharply-defined felspar laths, grains
of magnetite, minute rhombic sections of olivine, and a little augite
(see 1*1. LIIL, fig. 5). Only rarely is a much corroded phenocryst of
lelspar seen in these rocks, and small pale purple augite phenocrysts
accompanying the hornblende are only present in some specimens in
small amount.

Ijasalts of this character come from Coulman Island and I'roni
the foot of Mouut Terror, as well as from Cape Atlare and I'ossession
Island, and all probably belong to contemporaneous and recent Hows.

A cliemical analysis of the hornblciule-basalt from the foot of
Mount Terror gave the following result: —

SiO,

:=

•17-40

TiO.,

=

O-G.S

AlA

:=.

'JO -27

Fe.,0,

^

5-38

FeO '

=

5-4H

MnC)

=:

0-17

CaO

^

7 -flit

MjiO

=

'J 111

Na,0

=

0-7H

K2O

=

2-73

P2O,

=

()-8r>

ign.

=

0-'J3

'J9-45

Report cm the Rock-Specimens .

327

The red glassy scoriaceous hornljlende-basalt at Cape Adare
was seen by Mr. Bernacchi to be traversed by small dykes
of a black basalt showing columnar structure (see fig. below). This
basalt is more coarsely-grained than the hornblende-basalt, and
consists of a medium -grained aggregate of felspar-laths and pale
purple augites with only a little magnetite and no interstitial glass.

Other specimens from the neighbourhood of Cape Adare show
numerous and fairly large phenocrysts of clear olivine and pleochroic

BASALT-DYKE AT CAPE ADARE.
(From a Photograph by L. Bernacchi.)

(pale purple to yellow) augite in a glassy base of felspar laths,
magnetite grains and purple augite. One specimen also shows large
phenocrysts of deep red l»asaltic hornblende together with pheno-
crysts of olivine and augite.

These porphyritic basalts, to judge from a specimen collected by
Lieutenant Colbeck, were taken from a cliff in Robertson Bay, about

328 Soiif/icrn (^ross.

four miles .south of tlic camp. According' to hi.s description, tliey
occur in small dykes three feet wide, traversing the cliff from top to
hottom at variou.s angles.

A large mass of basalt from Franklin T.sland is remarkable for
the number and large size of the olivine-enstatite nodules, such as
occur, cij., in many of the basalts of Rhenish Prussia, and also in the
lu'pheline-ltasalts of Fernando Noronha.

The rock in which these nodules occur approaches a limburgite :
it ct»nsists of a pale brown glass containing small idiomorphic olivines,
purple prismatic augites, magnetite gi-ains, and only a few felspar
laths.

The olivine-nodules are as large as the fist. In composition they
are precisely similar to those which have been described in other
basalts, and consist of a fakly coarse-grained aggregate of pale
greenish olivine, yellow enstatite showing polysynthetic twinning,
brilliant green chrome-diopside, and picotite.

Specimens from Trotection Cove, near Cape Cod, south of Robert-
son Bay, present somewhat different characters to most of the other
basalts. They are more felspathic and altered, with vesicles filled
with calcite. Under the microscope they show fairly large and
numerous phenocrysts of labradorite with fine twin striations
(symmetrical extinction about 20°), in a dense brown glassy base
containing smaller felspars, some in laths, others in more isometric
forms. These specimens appear to have been collected near the
junction of the basalt with the slate, and are accompanied by tuffs
(see p. 330). One specimen shows basalt in contact with a mass of
green opaline silica, and under the microscope, besides this opaline
silica, are seen fragments of what appears to be altered slate, which
are inter-penetrated by the basalt.

I'llONOLITlC TRACHYTES AND KENYTES.

Of these phonolitic rocks there are only three rolled fragments in
the collection. These probably came from Cape Adare, but no inform-
ation is forthcoming as to their connection with the basalts in the
field. The " trachyte " from Cape Adare, described by Prof. David
(/. r. p. 473), with its abundant icgirine, is of a phonolitic type. A
phonolitic rock from Possession Island was also found in the Itoss
Collection (/. c. p. 78).

Of the present specimens one is of a dark greenish-brown compact
rock, sh.nving snuill i)henocrysts of lath-shaped felspar. Under the

Report on the Roek-Specimens. 329

microscope loug clear Carlsbad twins of anorthoclase, with charac-
teristic minute twin striations, and one or two small crystals of
segirine-augite, are seen in a trachytic groundmass composed of
felspar laths showing flow structure, with interstitial tufts of a dull
green segirine-augite, a little magnetite, and shreds of a deep red
decomposed mineral, probably altered cossyrite or catophorite.
Amongst the phenocrysts olivine in rounded fragments surrounded
by ffigirine-augite occurs very sparingly (see PI. LIII., fig. 4).

These characters are almost precisely similar to those presentc.d
by phonolitic rocks from the Canary Islands and from the Eift Valley,
near Mount Kenya, in Tropical East Africa.^

A chemical analysis of the phonolytic trachyte gave the following

result : —

SiO, =64-13

TiO,

=

0-65

AM»3

=

14-32

Fe.Og

=

5 58

FeO

=

0-70

MnO

=

0-12

CaO

—

2-36

MaO

^

0-72

Na„0

=

5-29

K,0

=

4-86

P2O5

=

0-39

ign.

^

0-79

99-91

Another dark green and brown specimen is a somewhat similar
rock, but approaches more closely to the rocks from Mount Kenya to
which Prof. Gregory has given the name " Kenyte." ^ In this rock,
large porphyritic anorthoclase-felspars (sometimes in glomeroporphy-
ritic groups round grains of magnetite, augite and olivine) and smaller
phenocrysts of a pale dull green diopside-like augite, and a few red
altered crystals of olivine occur in a very hue-grained groundmass,
consisting partly of minute felspar-laths and partly of interlocking
felspar grains, with a little augite and magnetite. Magnetite grains
occur as inclusions in all the phenocrysts and are especially abundant
in the augites (see PI. LIII., fig. 3).

The third specimen shows an approach to the hornblende-basalts.
It is a gray rock, showing one or two fairly large phenocrysts of
basaltic hornblende. Under the microscope small dull bluish-green
phenocrysts of segirine-augite (with high angles of extinction, up
to 40°), and a few partially reabsorbed basaltic hornblendes, precisely

1 See Mill. Ma^., XIII., p. 89, 1901.

-^ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, LYL, p. 205, 1900.

330

Sontlicni Cross.

similar to those in thu basalts, are seen in a groundniass of I'elspar
laths, nia,i,'netic grains and ragged shreds of dull green ajgirine-

augite.

These rocks certainly have very similar characters to those of the
phonolitic rocks from Africa, but they also present perhaps even
more strikincj resemblances to rocks from a nearer locality, viz., the
Hunedin I )istrict. New Zealand. Phonolitic rocks from the top of
FIa;4Stan' Hill, Dunedin, in the Museum Collection, show phenocrysts
of anorthoclase, partially reabsorbed basaltic hornblende, and pale
green augites in a ground-mass of felspar laths and feathery tufts of
;egirine-augite, as in the case of the rocks described above ; pheno-
crysts of olivine, suiTOunded by eegirine-augite, are also generally
present in small amount. These rocks which occur with basalts are
of early Tertiary age, and are, in fact, associated with Palseozoic
rocks, consisting of clay-slates and schists, as in the case of these
Antarctic rocks.

A pumiceous rock, found by Mr. Bernacchi on the top of Cape
Adare, probably belongs to the same "kenyte" series. It consists of
a highly vesicular, nearly colourless glass, crowded witii gas-pores and
dark, dusty inclusions, and containing phenocrysts of large, much
corroded anorthoclase felspars, pleochroic (pale yellow to pale green)
diopside-like augites, and, very sparingly, olivine and basaltic
hornblende.

A pale rhyolitic-looking rock, found by Lieutenant Colbeck at
Wood Bay, Xewnes Land, is of a somewhat similar character, but
less glassy. The same phenocrysts of anorthoclase, together with
olivine and pale green augite in very small amount, occur in a very
tine grained base, consisting of minute felspar laths showing flow
structure.

A tuff from Protection Cove, near the junction of the basalt with
the slate, contains, Itesides fragments of basalt, also small fragments
of a glas.sy rock speckled with magnetite ; it shows in some cases
perlitic structure, and also rarely phenocrysts of felspar and a pale
greenish-yellow augite (see PL LIII., lig. (i).

CONCLUSIONS.

The granite rocks found a.s boulders on Cape Adare, together with
mica-schists and gneisses, such as were dredged by the ' Challcnfjrr,"
]»roVial»ly constitute the basement rocks of Victoria Land, underlying
tlie slate.

Repay t on the Rock-Specimens. 331

Slates and quartz-grits appear to be the prevailing rocks beneath
the basaltic lavas over a large part of Victoria Land. They consti-
tute the main-mass of Duke of York Island, and occur on the
opposite mainland (Geikie Land). According to Mr. Bernacchi, the
junction of the slates and the basalts occurs at a place about two miles
south of Duke of York Island in the bottom of Robertson Bay, where
the basalt is seen to liave flowed over the sedimentary formation and
hidden its southern prolongation. To the east of the junction extends
the basalts forming the mass of Cape Adare, while along the coast to
the west towards Cape North occur only slates. That the slates
continue southwaid underneath the basalts towards Mount Erebus
is considered probable by Mr. Bernacchi, since slates were seen Ijy
him at the foot of Mount Melbourne in Newnes Land.

As regards the basalts, apart from the dyke rocks, the lavas of
Cape Adare, Possession Island, Coulman Island, and Mount Terror
are all very similar fine-grained glassy l)asalts, characterised by the
presence of basaltic hornblende, so that it is reasonable to suppose
that, as Mount Erebus still shows signs of volcanic activity, they
have all been erupted at a comparatively recent date.

As to the connection between the phonolitic rocks and the
basalts, their presence together in the tuff described on p. 330
suggests that they belong to one period of eruption ; and it is pro-
bable, from the result of the analyses given on ])p. 326 and 329, that
both are differentation products of one magma, fairly rich in soda and
poor in magnesia. Such a magma might have the composition of a
basic nepheline-syenite, like that which helps to form the core of
Mount Kenya (see Gregory, 'Quart. Journ. (ieol. Soc.,' Ivi. (1900),
p. 208), or it might possibly be represented by the olivine biotite
rock described on p. 323.

An important point to be considered in the examination of this
collection is the light it may throw upon the supposed connection
betAvcen the Antarctic lands and the neighljoiiring continent of
Australia. Prof. J. W. Gregory, in 'Nature' (Vol. Ixiii., p. 609),
refers to Kitter's suggestion that Wilkes Land is a southern extension
of the Australian plateau, and that the volcanic chain of Victoria Land
is the continuation of the volcanic line which passes through New
Guinea, New Caledonia, and New Zealand. As regards the more
ancient rocks in the present collection, in support of this suggestion
is the fact that they are very similar to, and are even stated by
Prof. Gregory to be " practically identical with some of the Lower
Palaeozoic rocks of Victoria" ; while in the case of the more recent

332 SoiifJicru Cross.

Volcanic; rocks, as aliuiuly jioiiitcd out, tliu plionnlitic tiachytes present
striking' unal(»«,Mes with the ])h()!i()litic rocks of New Zealand.

As far as it is ])ossihlc t() judge from tlie jtresent collection, the
^eolt)<,'y of ^'i(•toria Land in its threefold character (Arcluean and
I'ahi'ozoic rocks, long uneventful period of terrestrial conditions,
lullctwed by recent volcanic eruptions) is similar to that of East
Africa and Southern India. Too much stress, however, must not
he laid on this a])])arent similarity, since so little is known of the
interior, the future exploration of which may possibly lead to the
discovery of fossiliferous IMesozoic rocks which may help to bridge
over the long interval between the Pala30zoic slates and the recent
l)asalts.

■ EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIIL

Microscope-sections of Antarctic Rocks.

Fig. 1. — Plagioclase-olivine-augite-biotite rock.

Finely-striated ]ilajiiocla8e felspars with iiatches of olivine (lai'ge irregular

crystal uear tlie centre and smaller fragments), pale green augite (small

fragments showing cleavage), and biotite.
Magnification, 10 diam., 2-in. obiectivc.
Fig. L'. — Biotite-hornblende-grauite with allanite.

Two crystals of allanite are seen at the top, and a smaller lounded fragment

below on the right.
Ma:_'nitication, 10 diam., 2-in. objective.
Fig. 3. — Kenyie-iike rock.

At the top on the right is a crystal of anorthuclase showing the Hne twin-

striations as seen between crossed uiculs; inniiediately below is a rounded

fragment of red altered olivine; the other two phenocrysts are of augite with

magnetite inclusions.
Ma-nitication, 18 diam., 1-in. objective.
Fig. 4. — I'honolitic trachyte.

At the top on the left is a rounded crystal of yellow olivine with an inclusiiin

of apatite and a border of a>girine-augite ; below is a phenocryst of anoriho-

clase ; the dark shreds and patches in the gronndmass consist of a-girine-

augite.
Magnification, 18 diam., 1-in. objective.
Fig. 5. — llurnbiei.de- basalt.

The section shows small phenocrysts of basaltic-hornblende surrounded by a

zone of magnetite, felspar laths, and rhombic sections of olivine in a glassy

base.
Magnification, 18 diam., 1-in. objective.
Fig. (;. — 'i'ufl" with fragments of jierlitic kcnyte and basalt.

Most of the secticm is occupied by a frav^ment of kcnyte showing perlitic

structure; on the right is a fragment of glassy basalt.
Magnification, 35 dian)., ^-in. objective.

333

INDEX.

A.

Acanthaphritis, 176

aculeata, Desmarestia, 320

acuta, Notothenia, 183

acuticeiDs, Gymnotlraco, 186

adaliea, Eudyptes, 113

Adamastor cinereus, 142

Adare, Cape, 112, 115, 118-20, 124,

126, 128
adareanum, Polyclinum, 195
adareanus, Arctuvus, 249
adareusis, Rissoa, 205
Adelia Penguin, 71, 92-96, 103
adeliae, Catarrhactes, 113

Dasyrhamphus, 113

Eudyptes, 113, 127

Pygoscelis, 89, 94, 113-138

Spheniscus, 113

Adelie Land, 118
Adventure Bay, 83
^gialitis falklandica, 107
Active, Voyage of the, 3
aequinoctialis, Majaqueus, 82, 146

Procellaria, 146

antipodes, Catarrhactes, 138

Eudyptes, 138

agassizi, Nicolea, 279

Phyzeha, 279
Aglet, 143

albatros, Diomedea, 162
Albatros, Short-tailed, 83, 162

, Sooty, 82, 83, 93, 164

Albatroses, 80-83
Alcyonidiuni, 2->9
Alcyonium, 293
Alexander Laud, 77
aperta, Philine, 201
apertissima, Philine, 208
Aptenodytes fiavilarvata, 138

forsteri, 106, 109

longicaudata, 113

patachonica, 109

pennanti, 109

Anaitis, 270-71

Anairhicas, 98
Anatina, 210
angasi, Philine, 201
angustata, Notothenia, 184
augustifrons, Nototlieuia, 183
Antarctic, Voyage of the, 5, 122

, Expedition, 19

Antarctic White Seal, 35
antarctica, Alciopa, 271, 272

Asterias, 215

Clione, 210

Cymodocea, 243

Ereutho, 281

Faorina, 219

Halichaerus, 35

Lagisca, 264, 266

Limacina, 209

Lestris, 172

Megalestris, 166, 169, 172

Neottis, 278

Newnesia, 208

Notothenia, ls4

Ophiosteira, 218

Paludestrina, 204

Paratanais, 240

Priocella, 143

Procellaiia, 143

Spirorbis, 286

Thalassoeca, 85, 87, 143

Vanadis, 271

antarcticus, Megalestris, 83, 172

Nectocarcinus, 229

Portunus, 229

Scopelus, 174

Stercorarius, 166, 172

Thelepus, 262, 278

antarcticum, Asteracanthion, 215

Pleui-agranima, 187

Psammaplidiuni, 196, 197

Tylobrancliion, 193

antipodum, Eudyptes, 138

Megadyptes, 138

arctica, Phellia, 299
arcticus, Herpyllobius, 267
Arcturus, 247

334

Index.

arg«Miteniii, Riyuni, .'^IK
.irjzutn, Nntoflit'iiiii, 1M4
:iK|>i'rtila, Opliiailis, 'JIT
astart) titles, Canlita, 211
Ast«'iiaH, 21;')
asU'riiia, C-yretlira, 210
astrriscus, ('ycctlira, 21(»
Astidlaltp, Voyaiio of tlic, ?SS
At«)|Ki>;ast»T, l!H
ancklauiliia, Eiitliria, 20.".

Lissaira, 212

aiuklaiuiicum, Oalliostonia, 207
amklainliriis, Oxy<ln»mMs, 2S1
aiistraU', Nym|iliuii, 257
aiiHhalis, Cymodocea, 2-1")
Kupliaiisia, 2;3G, 23S

ilaliiicris, 2r),3

Julinia, 1D7

Meihippolyte. 2.3P.

Notasi'llus, 251

Pria])uloi(les, 285

SpongiobraiK'liaea, 210

Sula, 83

anstraliensis, Miinula, 232
Aves, 100-173

B.

Balaena, Voyage of the, 3, 4, 20, 155, 16*;
Ballia callitiiclia, 320
hanksi, Prion, 15!)
Barl)iila fiiegiana, 319
Barrett-Hamilton, Capt.G, E. H., l?eport

on Mammalia, 1-66, 67, 74, 107
Barton, Miss E. S., 31ii
Bateson, Mr., 52-61
Bathyilraco, 176
Belgica, Voyage of the, 3, 14, 16, 22, 23,

4(;-50, 52-54, 63, 66, 146, 167
l«lli, Penthalens, 225, 227
Bellingshausen, Capt., 165
Berg, Dr. C, 37
Bernacclii, L., 1, 67, 68, 70-72, 75-80,

82, 86, ;»0, 95, 103, 111, 118, 119,

121, 122, 128, 141, 144, 152, 154, 157,

164, 170
l)eriiacliii, Trematomus, 181
Betsy Covo, Kergiielen, 19
hicaiioatus, Priapiilus, 285
IMack-biiled Moliymauk, 82, 93, 163
Black-and-ycllow-billed Moliymauk, 81,

82, 93, 163
Black Guillemots, 125
Black Oyster-catcher, 83
Blackman, V. H., 320
Blainville. ^tv. l)e Blainville, 2
Blenniiilae, 188
Balaeuidae, 14, 74

Boltoiiia, 191

Boiiito, 7!)

Btiiixie, 1<!8

Morchgrcvink, (;. R„ 1, 7, 8, 19, 20, 29,
38, lit, 70, 7;!, 76, 78, 80, 81, Hl-KK,
90, 9-1, 96, 1)7, 102, 104, lOC, 107,
110, HI, 118. 123, 126, 141-141, 146,
147, 150, 152, 155, 158-60, 162, 169,
170, 319

l)nrriigrrvinl<i, 'rrcniatotnus, 179

l»nreotiyiui)lion, 257

liottle-noseil Whales, 79, 82

Houlcnger, (J. A., 174

liovichtliys, 186

Bovichthys variegatiis, 186

hracliyiira, Diomcdca, 162

brcvioaiidatus, Priapuloides, 285

brevirostris, (Kstrelata, 148

Prncellaria, 148

Pygoscelis, 113

lirowu-backed Petrel, 84, 86, 87, 93-95,
98, 104, 143, 144

Brosmius vulgaris, 91, 97

Bruce, W. S.^ 3, 4, 20, 29-31, 37, 38,
46-49, 69

Bryum argenteum, 319

Bunodactidae, 294, 299

Bunodactis, 294, 295

Bunodes, 294

Buiiodidae, 294

Bull, H. J., 5, 38, 110, 118, 122, 123,
169

Burn-Mnrdoch, 4, 135, 155

C.

caliginosa, Paludestrina, 204
calipareus, Podicipes, 107
Calliostoma, 207
callitricha, Ballia, 320
Callotaria ursina, 5, 29
Callopliyllis, sp., 320
calva, Cycethra, 216

Notothenia, 183

Camp Hidley, 111, 126, 127, 155
campbelli, Phalacrocorax, 173

Urile, 173

Polypus, 201

caualiculata, Discoporella, 289

Lichenopora, 289

canina, Notothenia, 182, 183

Cantharidus, 207

Ca])e Adare, 69, 71, 76, 79, 112, 115,

118-120, 124, 126, 128, 144, 167
Cape Constance, 7, 20, 71
Gajjc Crozier, 121

Cape Hallett, Penguins breeding at, 120
Cape Hens, 82, 146

Index.

335

f!ape Petrel, 157

Cape Pigeons, 81, 82, 85-87, 01, 93, 157,

158
capeusis, Daptioii, 83, 150-158

Procellaiia, 15G

capsifornie, Phascolosoma, 285
carcinophaga, Lolmdon, 17, 35

Phoca, 35

Stenorhynchns, 35

earcinoiihawus, Lobodon, 2, 11, 35, 42-
45, G8, 71, i)5, 1)7, 100, 103

Ogmoriiinus, 35

Steiiorhynclius, 35

Caiclita, 211
carlgreui, Urticiua, 297
Catatrhactes adeliae, 113

anti])odes, 138

caudatus, Priapulus, 281, 282
cavei-nosus, Hcmiaster, 219

Tripylus, 219

Centropercis, 176
Cepbalopods, 47
Cepphus grylle, 125
Chaenichthys, 176

georgianus, 176

Chaetomorpha Darwinii, 320
Challenger, Voyage of H.M.S., 2, 18-

20, 140, 146
challengeri, Ascidia, 190
Champsocephalus, 176
Chanticleer, H.M.S., 140, 149
Chevalier, T., 26
chilensis, Megalestris, 168
Chionis, 137
Chlanidota, 203
chlororhyncha, Diomeda, 162
Chaetonymphon, 257
Chondropterygii, 175
Christensen Island, 6
Chrysaora, 315

cincinatus, Thelepus, 278, 279
cinerea, Procellaria, 142
cinereus, Adamastor, 142

Fungulus, 191

Priofinus, 81, 142

Clark, Prof. J. W., 36

Clavularia, 290

Clione, 210

Clytia, 313

coccinea, Goodsiria, 191

coccineum, Plocamium, 320

Cockburn Island, 149, 165, 166

Codium mucronatum, 320

Colbeck, Lieut., 79, 82, 86, 87, 90, 93,

94. 102, 103, 118
colbecki, Notothenia, 185

Pecten, 212

Colella, 199

Collett, Prof. Piobert, 79

Cook, Dr., 112

, ' First Antarctic Night,' 17, 49

coucreta, Colella, 191

coTifervoides, Graciiaria, 320

conica, Lamellaria, 206

couspicillata, Procellaria, 146

couspicillatus, Majaqueus, 146

Constance, Cape, 7, 20, 71

convexa, Styela, 191

coriiceps, Notothenia, 185

Cormorants, 83

cornucola, Notothenia, 183

Coryphospiza, 17

Cottus scorpius, 97

Coulman Island, 7, 20, 71

Crab-eating Seal, 1, 2, 20, 35, 38, 48, 68,

74-76
crassicornis, Uiticina, 29.5
crassicirris, Malmgrenia, 269
Cray-fish, 104
Creamy-white Seal, 38, 46
cristata, Cystophura, 50

Gattyana, 262, 268

crocea, Cucumaria, 214

iriolothuria, 214

crossetensis, Lagisca, 266, 267

Harmothoe, 266

Crozet Islands, 82, 154, 168
Crozier, Cape, 121
Ctenophora, 316
Cucumaria, 214
Culeolus, 192
culminata, Diomedea, 162

Thalassarche, 162

culminatus, Thalassogeron, 81-83, 162,

163
Cumacea, 239
Cuvier, G., 25

cyaneobrancha, Notothenia, 183
Cycethra, 214
Cymodocea, 243
Cymodroma grallaria, 84, 141

melanogaster, 81, 141

Cystophora, 8-10, 12, 50

cristata, 50

spartioides, 320

Cystophorhinx, 8-11, 50, 51

D.

Danger Islets, 135

Daption capensis, 83, 156-58

Darwinii, Chaetomorplia, 320

Dasya, sp., 320

Dasybranchus, 276

Dasyrhamphus adeliae, 113

De Blainville, 2

De Cuverville Island, 171

Deception Island, 140, 149, 154

33^

Index.

tlelicatulfi, Natica, 200
Desmari'stiii aciiloatii, .'520

Uossii, ;520

virulis, .TiO

rVsmdiioiiia, 31")

dfsulatus, Priini, SI

Diaiiii, Voyag*! of, 3

DiazDiia, 194

Didi'lpliys marsuinalis, 55

ilimorplius, Parat;inais, 239, 240

Dioinedea, IGO

albatrus, 162

bracliyura, HVi

chloroiliyiicha, 162

ciilminata, 162

cxiilans, 93, 160

fiiligiiiosa, 82, 84, 162, 163

melanophrys, 81-4, 161

regia, 161

Dipbyidae, 315

discreta, Lepralia, 287

Dissostichus, 176

Distaplia, 197, 198

diviTgL'iis, Pcridinium, 320

Dolphins, 81

D(jnald, Dr., 20, 31, 135

Duris, 209

Duck, Kider, 80, 125

Duke of York island, 104

Dugdale Glacier, 73

E.

Eaglet, 143
lOared Seal, 2, 68
Eaton, Piov. A. E., 140
eatoni, Buccinopsis, 203
Lepralia, 287

Neobucciuum, 202

Scbizditorella, 287

Ecldnoptliirius setosus, 224
Ecbinozonc, 254, 255
Ecliinus, 219

fdwardsi, Priunorhyncbus, 230
Eider Duck, 80, 125
eijibtsi, Litia, 211

Nucula, 211

Yoldia, 211

elect ilis, Cycetbra, 216
elegans, Nototlienia, 183

PlaoMliuMi, 320

Eleginops, 176
Eli-pb:iht Sail, 1, 2, 19
eiliptica, Anatina, 2l0, 211
elungata, Atopo^iastcr, liU, 1!I4, 195
Clavnlaria, 292

Cycetbra, 216

Eniix-ror Penguin, 29, 71, 80, 87-93, 99,
103, 106. 109-112, 137

Enderby Quadrant, 1 19

Enipo, 263

Erebus and Terror Gulf, 136

Voyage of II. M.S., 2, 139,

145
Ereutbo, 280, 281
Erignatus, 9, 10, 12
Etoniella, 205
Eudyptes adeliae, 113, 127

adaliea, 113

antipodum, 138

Eumeto|)ias stelleri, 23

Euphausia, 14, 20, 74, 75, 137, 236

Euprotomicrus labordii, 174

Eusyllina, 274

Eusyllis, 274

Eutiiria, 203

Evans, Hngb, 79, 82, 95, 97-99, 103-

105, 107, 113, 121, 125, 139, 141,

150, 153, 166, 167
expansa, Photinula, 207

F.

fajtida, Phoca, 9

Fairweatber, Captain, 166

False Sea-leopard, 17, 73

False Leopard-seal, 2

falklandica, .^gialitis, 107

filholi, Nototlienia, 182, 184

Firtb of Tay, 137

Fish, 93

Fisb-fry, 100

Fish, Wolf, 98

Fislies, 174

Fiskerel, 6

Fity.roy, Captain, 19

flabelliforme, Alcyonidium, 289

tlavilarvata, Ai)tenod5'tes, 138

flavirostre, Nettion, 107

Flower, Sir William, 8, 11

Flying-fisb, 79

flustroides, Alcyonidium, 289

Forbes, Dr. H. O., 107

fonnosa, Yanadis, 272, 273

forsteri, Aptenodytes, 10(i, 109

Fougner, Anton, 79, 8(5, 90, 97, 98,

104, 105
Inugneri, Pliiline, 208
Franklin Island, U8
franklini, Arcturus, 250
frankliniana, Clavularia, 290
Fregetta nielanogastcr, 84, 140, 141
Frigate-bird, 79
Fiicus platycarpus, 320
fnegiana, Uarbiila, 319
fuliginosa, Dionieda, 164
Diomedea, 82, 84, 162, 163

Index.

337

fuliginosa, Plioebetria, 163, IG-i

fullo, Polynoe, 265

Fulmar, 85

Fulmarus glacialis, 85, 146

Finner whales, 135

G.

Gabianus pacificus, 166

Gannets, 83

Gattj'ana, 268

geographica, Lecidea, 320

georgiana, Cor)dylactis, 300

georgianus, Chaeaiclithys, 176

Gepp, A., 319

Gerlaclie, Straits of, 19, 37, 140

Gerlachia, 176

Giant Bird, 153

Petrel, 82, 83, 86, 91, 153

gigaiitea, Ascopera, 191

Atopogaster, 191

Molgula, 191

Ossifraga, 94, 95, 97, 153-156

Procellaria, 86, 153

giganteum, Polyclinum, 196

Gigantic Petrel, 153

glabra, Laenilla, 270

glacialis, Euphausia, 236, 238, 256

Fulmarus, 85, 146

glacialoides, Priocella, 85, 145

Procellaria, 145

Tagalassoica, 145, 150

Tlialassoeca, 145

glaadifer, Priapuloides, 285
glaucus, Larus, 93
globosum, Polyclinum, 196
(Jnathia, 241
goniamerus, Jassa, 299
Gracilaria confervoides, 320
Graham Land, 24, 118
grallaria, Cymodroma, 84, 141
Grampus, 4, 135
grandis, Styela, 191
Grant, W. K. Ogilvie, 116
Gray, Dr. J. E., 2, 19, 29, 46
Great Barrier, Seals met with on, 69
Great Ice Barrier, 141
greeffiana, Vanadis, 272, 273
greenlandicus, Pecten, 212
gregaria, Munida, 232
groenlandica, Phoca, 51, 55
Gronvold, H., 67
grylle, Cepphus, 125
Guillemard, Dr. A. G., 154
Guillemots, Black, 125
Gulls, Skua, 123, 166
Gynmodraco, 186
acuticeps, 186

H.

Haddington, Mount, 135

Haematopinus, 224

Hag, 98

Haliacris, 253

Halicarcinus, 231

Halichoerus, 9-12, 60, 61

antarctica, 35

Halichondria, 318

Halimeda tuna, 320

Halistemma, 316

Hall, E., 140

Halotydeus, 226

Hanson, Anton, 79, 80

Haosou, Mrs. Nicolai, 79, 80, 107

Hanson, Nicolai, 3, 7, 8, 15, 16, 38, 40,
47, 48, 50, 67-69, 73, 76-107, 109-
112, 121, 125, 140-144, 146-150,
153, 154, 158-160, 162-164, 166,
168, 169, 180, 184, 189

hansoni, Trematomus, 180

Harmer, Dr. S. F., 36

Harraothoe, 263, 266, 267, 269, 270, 275

Harmothoina, 263

Harpagifer, 176, 186

hassleriana, Nototheuia, 181

Hauville, M., 26

Heard Island, 19, 154, 168

Heart-Urchin, 99

Hemiaster, 99, 219

Hermadion, 266

Helerotanais, 240

hirnndinacea, Sterna, 165

hispida, Phoca, 8, 11-13

Histricophoca, 9, 10

Hobart Town, 83, 107

Holothuria, 97, 215

hornei, Phoca, 25

Home, Sir E., 18

Horea polycarpa, 320

hyadesi, Porella, 286

hyalina, var. discreta, Lepralia, 287

Cellepora, 287

Schizoporella, 287

Syllis, 274

Typosyllis, 274

Hydrurga, leptonyx, 26
Hylactes, 17

Ice-Petrel, 85-87, 91, 93, 98-100, 148-

153
Idmonea, 288
ignota, Distaplia, 197, 198
Ilyarachna, 254

338

inacx.

iinbricata, Ilarinothui', 204, 2G7
incniiis, Oiiliin/uua, 'JIT
intiata, Claviilaria, 2U2
intermedia, Nutotbenia, 183
Invorsiula, 287
Iphimiina, 2G3
Isotoma, 222

Jameson, Professor, 2, 17, 18
Jasuii, Voyage of the, 6
Jassa, 2i»!.»
Jelly-fish, 100

Brown, 97

with red sjwts, 03

Jensen, Capt., 138, 153, 155, 161, 1G5
Joinville Island, 3, 47, 77
Land, 137

Kcarn, W., 26

Kerguelen Island, IK, 140, 154, 168

kcrguelenensis, Arcbidoris, 209

Doris, 209

Eugyra, 191

kerguelensis, Polycirris, 281

tScoloplos, 262, 275

Travisia, 262, 276

Killer, 5

Kinc; Penguin, 109, 110
Kiltiwake, 82
Klovstad, Dr., 73, 79, 221
klovstadi, Isotoma, 222
Knox, Dr. F., 29
Kolbeiu, Mr., 100, 103
kuhli, Puflinus, 81, 143
Kukenthai, Dr. W., 52-61
Kvitting, 6

L.

laburdii, Euprotoniicrus, 174
lactea, Styola, 192
Lady Newnes Bay, 7, 71
Laeniila, 270
Lagisca, 266
Lameilaria, 205
laudsborovi, Lepralia, 288

Smittia, 288

Lnodice, 312

Lankestcr, Prof. E. Hay, 67

Lari formes, 165

Larsen, Capt. C. A., 6

Larus glaucus, 93

Larus niarinus, 83

scopulinus, 165

tridactylus, 82, 83

r.ecidea gcograpbica, 320

Lecanora melanopbtbalma, 320

Loiiorniandia miilleri, 320

Lepidasthenia, 263

Lepidonotus, 269

Leitealin, 300

Leopard, Sea-, 17, 19, 69

Leopard Seal, 2, 3,44, 19, 20,26, 30,

38, 47, 68, 69, 71, 72, 74, 84-86, 93,
105

False, 2, 17, 70, 73

True, 2, 3, 26, 30, 38

LeoparJine Seal, 17, 18

Lcpidonotinn, 263

Luptonychotes, 9-15, 17, 20, 23, 31, 34,

37, 39, 40, 46, 49-52, 68-70, 97-100
weddelli, 2, 17, 24, 68-71, 94-100,

102, 105
Leptonyx, 17, 18

weddelli, 17

leptonyx, Hydrurga, 26

Ogmorhinus, 2, 18, 23, 25, 28, 32,

36, 68, 71-73, 224

Phoca, 23

Stenorbinchus, 20, 25, 73

Steuorhiucup, 25, 26

Leptorbynchus serrideus, 35
Leptoscopidae, 187
lessoni, Oestrelata, 84, 147
Lestris, 83

n, sp., 166

parasiticus, 89.

Leucosolenia, 317

Lichcnes, 320

Lichenopora, 289

lit:narius, Scaphander, 208

Liuiaciua, 209

limaciua, Clione, 210

Lissarca, 212

Littorina, 204

Lobodon, 8-20, 23, 30, 35, 37, 39, 40,

46, 49-62, 69, 71, 97, 99

carcinophaga, 17, 35

carcinopbas;us, 2, 11, 35, 42-45,

68, 74, 95, 97, loo, 103
longicaudata, Aptenodytes, 113
longicirratus, Hcrmadion, 266
longipcs, Nototheuia, 183
lonj^ocirrata, Syllides, 274
Lord Howe Island, 27
Louis Philippe Land, 3, 6, 47, 69, 77,

118, 139
loveni, Rbodine, 262, 276
Lucernaria, 313
luzoniana, Clavularia, 292
Lydekkcr, K., 17

Index.

339

M.

McCormick, Dr. H. Surgeon to H.M.S.

Terror, 36, 139, 154, 165, 166
maccormicki, Megalestris, 94, 95, 97, 98,

132, 166-172

Stercorarius, 166

MacCormick's Skua, 89, 94, 96, 124, 132,

166-172
macrocephala, Notothenia, 186
Macronotothen, 176
Macrorhinus, 1, 8-11
madeirensis, Phyllodoce, 270
magalhaensis, Hermadiou, 266
magellanica, Lagisca, 265

Nototlienia, 184

magellanicus, Hippolyte, 233
Majaqueus aequinoctialis, 82, 146
Major, Dr. Forsyth, 55
major, Puffinus, 81
Malmgrenia, 270
Mammalia, 1-66
maoriensis, Notothenia, 184
margaritaceus, Echinus, 219
marginata, Aricia, 275

Notothenia, 183

marionensis, Notothenia, 183
marmorata, Notothenia, 184
Marine plants, 83
mariuus, Larus, 83
Marion Island, 154, 168
Martin, A. M., 19
marsupialis, Epiactis, 300
Marsupifer, 300
media, Cycethra, 216
Medusae, 85

Megadyptes antipodum, 138
Megalestris, 166

antarctica, 169, 172

antarcticus, 83, 172

chilensis, 168

maccormicki, 94, 95, 97, 98, 132,

166-172
megalops, Notothenia, 183
melanogaster, Fregetta, 84

Oceanitis, 140

Cymodroma, 81, 142

Fregetta, 140, 141

Thalassidroma, 141

melanophrys, Diomedea, 81-84, 162
melanophthalma, Lecanora, 320
Melbourne, Mount, 118, 121
Merhippolyte, 233
meridiouale, Astrogonium, 216
meridionalis, Ascidia, 191

Odontaster, 216

Merriam, Dr. C. Hart, 5

mesodesma, Venus, 211
inirabile, Pharyngodictyon, 191
mirabilis, Bathyoncus, 191
microlepidota, Notothenia, 185
Mivart, Dr. St. George, 8
mizops, Notothenia, 183
modesta, Notothenia, 183
mollis, j^lstrelata, 147

(Estrelata, 147

Procellaria, 147

Lamellaria, 205

mollissima, Somateria, 80, 125
Molluscs, 83
Mollymauk, 81, 83

Black-and-yellow-billed, 81, 82, 93,

163

■ Black-billed, 82, 93, 163

Yellow-billed, 82, 83, 93, 161

Monachus, 8-10, 12

Moseley, H. M., 17, 19, 20, 29, 154

Mottled-grey Seal, 46

Moult of Seals, 8

Mount Haddington, 135

Mount Melbourne, 118, 121

Mount Terror, 118, 121

Mucronatum, Codium, 320

Miilleri, Lenormandia, 320

Munida, 232

Musci, 319

Must, Ole, 98, 102, 105

Mutton-birds, 83, 86, 87, 93, 159

Myxine, 98

N.
Natica, 206
Nectocarcinus, 229
neglecta, Asterias, 215
Nehring, Dr. A., 60
Nelly, 153, 154
Neobuccinum, 202
Neottis, 278
Nettion flavirostre, 107
Neuropogon taylori, 320
New Georgia, 26
Newnes Bay, Lady, 7, 71
Newnes, Sir George, 67, 80, 107
Newnesia, 201, 208
newnesi, Trematomus, 177
nivea, Pagodroma, 94, 97-100, 102, 105,
148

Procellaria, 148-153

Nicolea, 279
nicolai, Notothenia, 184
nigrum, Psammaplidium, 196
nitida, Cycethra, 216
nicolai, Notothenia, 184
Norneria, 226
Notophallus, 226

z 2

340

Index.

Notasellus, 251
Notothcnia, 177, IS'J

acuta, 1^!8

aiijrustata, 181

angiisti Irons, 183

aiitarotica, 184

aigiila, 181

calvii, 183

canina, 183

colbecki, 185

coriiccjis, 185

cormictila, ls3

cyaneubranchi), 183

- - elcgans, 183

lillioli, 184

hasylcriann, 184

intermedia, 183

longipes, 183

macrocepliala, 18G

magellanica, 184

maoriensis, 184

marginata, 183

marionensis, 183

raarniorata, 184

megalops, 183

microlepidota, 185

mizops, 183

modesta, 183

nicolai, 184

parva, 184

phocae, 184

purpiiriceps, 183

sima, 183

squamiccps, 183

Bqiiamifroiifi, 183

tessellata, 183

veitchii, 183

virgata, 183

Not(Ulienii(lae, 174
mitrix, Inversiula, 280
Xymplion, 257

O.

oceanica, Procellaria, 139

oceanicus, Occaiiitis, 84, 85, 87, 89, 93,

94, 139
OceanitiB nielaiioga&ter, 139, 140
oceanicus, 84, 85, 87, 89, 93, 94,

139

troi)ica, 141

Octopus, 77, 78, 92
oiTstcdi, Pauthalis, 268
(Estrelata, 147

brevirostri?, 148

lessoui, 84, 147

pLilippi, ]47

Q^strolata mollis, 147

Odontaster, 216

Ogmorhinus, 8-13, 15, 23, 40, 41, 08, 70,

72

carcinoj)bagus, 35

lei)tonyx, 1, 18, 23, 25, 28, 32, 36,

68, 71, 73
Ole Must, 98, 102, 105
Ommatophoca, 8-10, 12, 13, 15, 30, 31,

34, 39, 41, 46, 48-52, 55, 59, 01-66

rossi, 2, 7, 4G-0(i, 08, 73, 76, 77

Oinmatophucinao, 11
Ommatopbora, 40
Opiiiactis, 217
Ophioglypba, 217, 218
Opliiomusiuui, 217
Opbionotus, 21S
Opbiosteira, 217
Oi)liiozona, 217
Opluura, 217, 218
organizans, Idnionea, 288

Tubulipora, 288

Oryodraco, 176

Ossifraga gii^aDtea, 94, 95, 97, 153-56

Otaria stelleri, 23

ursina, 20, 34

weddellii, 17-19

Oxydromus, 281
Oystercatcbcr, Black, 83

P.

pacificus, Gabianus, 166

paessleri, Alcyonium, 293

pachydermatina, Boltcnia, 191

Pagetodus, 176

Pagodroma nivea, 94, 97-100, 102, 105,

148-53
Palmer Arcbipelago, 19, 24, 37

Lai.d, 6

Paludestrina, 204
paludinuides, Etoniella, 205
palustris, Isotoma, 222
paiiicea, Ilalichoudria, 317
Paracliaeiiichtbys, 170
Paramitbrax, 231
parasitica, Actinia, 303
parasiticvis, Lestris, 89
Paratanais, 240
Parrots, 83

parva, Nototheuia, 184
pataebonica, Aptcmidytes, lO'J
pealei, Pboca, 35
Pecton, 212

peduiiculata, Colella, 191
Goodsiria, 191

Index.

341

pedimciilata, Molo;ula, 191

Ascopera, 191

Pelecaniformes, 173
pellita, Littorina, 204

Pellilitorina, 204

Penguins, 82, 83

Penguin, Adelia, 71, 92-96, 103

^ Emperor, 29, 71, 80, 87-93, 99,

103, 106, 109-112, 137

King, 109, 110

Royal, 109

Penguin Island, 83
pennanti, Aptenodytes, 109
Penthaleus, 225, 226
Peridineai, 320
Peridiniuni divergens, 320
Periphylla, 314
peroni, Paramithrax, 231
perlucidus, Culeolus, 191
Petrel, Brown-backed, 84, 86,87, 93-95,
98, 104, 143, 144

Cape, 137

Giant, 82, 83, 86, 91, 153

Gigantic, 153

Ice, 85-87, 91, 93, 98-100, 148-

153

Silver, 87, 91-93, 145

White-headed, 81-83, 147

Wilson's, 140, 141

Petrels, 80, 81, 83
Phalacrocorax atriceps, 173

campbelli, 173

Phialidium, 312
Philiue, 201, 208
philippi, Oestrelata, 147
Phoca, 8, 9, 35

carcinophaga, 35

fcetida, 9

groeulandica, 51, 55

hispida, 8, 11-13

hornei, 25

leptonyx, 23

pealei, 35

vitulina, 12, 51

phocae, Notothenia, 184
Phocinae, 8-10
Phoebetria fuliginosa, 163
Photinula, 207
Phoque a petits ongles, 23

nomine Leptonyx, 25

Septonyx, 18

Phyllodoce, 273

Phyzelia, 279

Pigeon, Cape, 81, 82,85-87, 91, 93, 157,

158
Pilk, Fishing with, 100
j^inguis, Cycethra, 216
Pinnipeds, 2
placenta, Ascidia, 191

Placodium elegans, 320

planatum, Hymenosoma, 231

planatus. Cancer, 231

Halicarcinus, 231

platycarpus, Fuciis, 320

Pleuragramma, 187

antarcticum, 187

Pleuronectidae, 188

Pocock, R. I., 1, 26

Podicipes calipareus, 107

Poecilophoca, 17, 18

polaris, Arcturns, 247, 250

Gnathia, 241

polycarpa, Horea, 320

Polysiphonia, sp., 320

Polyclinum, 195

Polypus, 97, 201

Porella, 286

Porpoises, 83

Possession Islands, 71, 118, 121, 122,
154, 167

Powel Islands, 36

Priapulus, 284

Priocella antarctica, 143, 145

glacialoides, 85, 145

Procellaria antarctica, 143

cinerea, 142

glacialoides, 145

Priofiuus cinereus, 81, 142

Prion, 81, 83, 159

banksi, 159

vittatus, desolatus, 81, 83, 84, 159

Prionorhynchus, 230

Prior, G. T., Report on the Rock col-
lections, 321

prismatica, Anatina, 210

Procellaria aequinoctialis, 146

capensis, 156

gigantea, 86, 153

oceanica, 139

Procellariiformes, 139

prolifera, Epiactis, 299

pruninus, Cantharidus, 207

Psammaplidium, 191, 196

Pseudaphritis, 176

Puffinus, 79, 81-83, 142

kuhli, 81, 143

major, 81

purpuriceps, Notothenia, 183

Pygoscelis, 113

• adeliae, 89, 94, 113-138

brevirostris, 113

pyramidalis, Lucernaria, 314

Q.

Quoy and Gaimard, MM., 36

342

Index.

R.

Racovilza, Dr., G, 13-15, 20, 22, 20, 37,

38, 47,4!), 72, 74, 77, 112, 134, 145,

153, loll, 171
Ikiicuvitzaia, 17(!
reciunbens, Culeulus, IDI
rej^ia, Dioinedi-a, 10 1
rt'jjularis, Cycethra, 216
Kenilla, 303

rc'ticulatus, Chorizocormus, I'.tl
Rliodiuc, 276
Kbodymenia, 322
llhombosolea, 188

tapirina, 188

Ridley, Camp, 111, 126, 127

Rissoa, 205

Robertson Bay, 70, 73, 111, 128, 152

RobtTtson, Capt., 137

Rock specimens. Report on the, 321

roudeleteii, Adamsia, 303

rosea, Clavularia, 292

Ross Quadrant, 110

, Sir James Clark, 2, 36, 46, 47, 72

rossi, Ouimatophoca, 2, 7, 46-66, 68, 73,

76, 77

Desmarestia, 320

Rossii, 46

Ross's Seal, 2, 3, 15, 20, 36, 46-66, 68,

69, 74, 76-78, 90, 105
rostrata, Porella, 286
Royal Penguin, 109
rubro-fusca, Lissarca, 212
runcinata-fusiformis, Salpa, 191, 199

S.
Salpa, 199
S.ind-skipjxjrs, 97
Sand-worms, 99
Sandwich Islands, 36
Sargassura vestitum, 320
Saunders, Howard, l'0(;, 110, 118, 139,
143, 145, 149, 153, 157, 165, 167, 17:'.
Savio, Per, 103
Scars on Seals, 4, 5
Schiziipods, 137
Scbizo|)orella, 287
Scoloplos, 275
Scopelidae, 174
Scopehis antarcticus, 174
8co]iulinus, Larus, 165
scorjiius.'Cottus, 97
Sea-Eagle, White-headed, 83
Sea-Leopard, 17, 19, 25, 69

Fal.se, 17, 73

Seal, Antarctic White, 35

Seal, Crab-eating, 1, 2, 20, 35, 38, 48,

68, 74-76

Crenmy -white, 46

Eared, 2

Elephant, 1, 2, 19

False Leopard, 2 17, V3

from New Georgia, 25

Leopard, 2, 3, 14, 19, 26, 30, 38,

47, 68, 69, 71, 72, 74, 84-86. 93, 105

Lcopardinc, 17, 18

]\Iottlcd-grev, 46

Ross's 2, 3. 15, 20, 36, 46-66, 68,

69, 74, 76-78, 9(\ 105
— Weddell's, 2, 3, 7, 19-22, 29, 38,
47, 68-70, 72-76, 78, 96, 103-5, 112
White, 1, 35, 38, 47, 74-78, 80,

84-86, 88-93, 95, 97-99, 101-5

septoiiyx, Phoque, 18

sericata, Styela, 191

serridens, Leptorhynchus, 35

Stenorhynehus, 35, 37

setosa, Liitorina, 204

Pellilitoriua, 204

setosissima, Harmothoe, 270

setosus, Eclunopthirius, 224

Pcdiculus, 224

Seymour, Cape, 6

Sharpe, Dr. R. Dowdier. 1, 39, 47, 49,
69, 80, 81, 99, 105, 106-73

Sherborn, C. Davies, 23

Short-tailed Albatros, 83, 162

Shetlauds, South, 135, 149

sibirica, Actinostohi, 300

silvatica, Isotoma, 222, 223

SUver Petrel, 87, 91-93, 145

sima, Notothenia, 183

Rhodiua, 276

simplex, Cycethra, 214

Skua, JklcCormick's, 89, 94, 96, 124, 132,
166-72

Skua-Gulls, 123, 166

smitti, Ereutho, 281

Smittia, 288

Sohiiundella, 313

Souiatoria niollissima, 80, 125

Sooty Albatros, 82, 83, 93, 164

South Georgia, 140, 149, 154

South Shetlands, 118, 135, 166, 168

South ^'lctoria Land, 74, 77, 141, 152

Southern Cross, Voyage of the, 1, 7,
16, 19, 20, 29, 30, 38-40, 46, 47, 50,
52, 63, 65-68, 71, 73, 75-77, 79, 80,
95, 106, 107, 111, 112, 121, 138, 140,
142, 144, 146-48, 154, 159, 1(50, 165,
168

spartioides, Cystophora, 320

speciosum, Tyiobrancliion, 191, 194

spectabilis, Neottis, 278

Spheniscidao, 109

Index.

343

Sphenisciformes, 100
Spheniscus adeliae, 113
Spinacidae, 174
Bpinosa, Echinozone, 255

Harmothoe, 26-4

var. fuUo, Harmothoe, 265

vav. typica, Harmothie, 2G5

Spirorbis, 262

Sponge, 99

SpongiobraDcliaea, 210

Spry, Lieut., Tenacity of life in

guins, 136
squamiceps, Notothenia, 183
squamifrons, Notothenia, 183
Star-fish, 97
stelleri, Eumetopias, 23

Otaria, 23

Steuorbinchus, 23

leptonyx, 25, 26

Stenorhyncliinae, 8-11, 51
Stcnorhynclius, 18, 23

carciuophaga, 35

carcinopliagus, 35

leptonyx, 20, 25, 73

serridens, 35, 37

vetus, 11, 35, 36

weddelli, 17

Stenorhinque, 23

Stercorarius antarticus, 166, 172

niaccormicki, 166

Sterna, 165

hirundinacea, 165

vittata, 165

Stewart, Prof, Charles, 27

St. Vincent, 158

Storm Petrels, 82

Storm Petrel with white belly, 83

stroemi, 'i'evebellides, 267

Styela, 192

subaequilateralis, Yoldia, 211

subeleclilis, Cycethra, 216

subrufc'scens, Etoniella, 205

subrugosa, Munida, 232

Sula austral is, 83

sulcata, Urticina, 301

suhnii, Corynascidia, 191

Swain's Island, Kergueleu, 19

Peu-

T.

Tagalassoica glacialoides, 145,
tapirina, Ehombosolea, 188
Tasmania, 83
Taylori, Neuropogon, 320
Tealia, 309
Teleostei, 174
terebellidis, Saccopsis, 267
Terror, H.M.S. See Erebus.

150

Terror, Mount, 118, 121
Terns, 79, 93
tessellata, Notothenin, 183
Thalassarche culmiuata, 162
Thalassidroma melanogaster, 141
Thalassoeca, 143

antarctica, 85, 87, 143

glacialoides, 145

tenuirostris, 145

Thnlassogeron culminata, 81-83, 163

culminatus, 163

Thelepus, 277

Thompson, Prof. D'Arcy, 3, 46

T0isk, 91, 97

Traquair, Dr. E. H., 17

Travisia, 276

Trematomus, 177

bernacchii, 181

borchgrevinki, 179

— — hansoni, 180

newnesi, 177

IViceratium, 251, 258
tridactylus, Larus, 82, 83
Tripterygium varium, 188

varium, 188

tropica, Oceanitis, 141

truncata, Mya, 211

tuberculata, Doris, 209

tuberculato-spinosus, Priapulus, 284

tuna, Halimeda, 320

Turner, Sir Wra., 2, 8, 19, 22, 23, 34,

50
Tylobranchiou, 191, 193, 194
Typosyllis, 274

U.

Urile campbelli, 173
urticina, 295
ursina, Callotaria, 5, 29
Otaria, 29, 34

V.

valdiviae, Marsujoifer, 300
Vanadis, 271, 272
variabile, Amaroucium, 191
variabilis, Ascetta, 317

Leucosolenia, 317

variegatus, Bovichthys, 186
varium, Tripterj^gium, 188
vasculosa, Abyssascidia, 191
vegetation, 319
veitchii, Notothenia, 183
Venus, 211

verrucosa, Bunodactis, 295
vesiculosa, Lagisca, 264, 266

344

Index.

vesiculosa, Polynoc, 266
vostita, Chlaiiiilota, 203

Coniiiiclla, 203

vestituui, Buccinuni, 203

Neobuccinuni, 203

SargasKum, 320

vetus, Steiiorliyncbus, 11, 35, 36
Victoria Land, 74, 77, 118, 124, 141,

154, 1G5
Victoria Quadrant, 110
victoriae, Oi^liionotuff, 211*
villosus, Penthaleus, 227
virgata, Notothenia, 183
viridesccns, Podarke, 281
viridis, Desmarestia, 320
vittata, Sterna, 165
vittatus. Prion, 81, 83, 84, 159
vitiilina, Phoca, 12, 51, 224
vulgaris, Brosmius, 1)1, 97

W.

Walter, Mr. J. H., 110
Webster, Dr., 140, 149, 154, 165
^^'e(ldell, Capt. James, 18, 154
"NY eddell Quadrant, 110
Aveddellii, 17, 35, 71

Leptonychotes, 2, 17, 24, 68-71,

94-100, 102, 105

weddellii, Leptonyx, 17

Otaria, 17-19

■ Steiiorvluiclius, 17

WeddoU's Seal, 2, 3, 7, 19-22, 29, 38, 47,

68-70, 72-76, 78, 96, 103-105, 112
Wellington Harbuiir, 27
\Vbale-l)irds, 82
Whalebone Whales, 01
W I) ales, 81, 84, 85, 88, 90, 91, 93, 94
— — Finner, 135
Whistling Seal, 100
White-headed Petrel, 81-83, 147

Sea-Eagle, 83

White Seal, 1, 35, 38, 47, 74-78, 80, 84-

86, 88-93, 95, 97-99, 101-105
Whiting, 6, 70, 93, 94
Wilson, E. A., Dr., 39, 67
Wilson's Petrel, 140, 141
Wood's Buy, 121
Wolf-fish, 98
Wostok, Voyage of the, 165

Yellow-billed Mollymawk, 82, 83, 93,

161
Yoldia, 211

Lli.NIt.iN ; I'ltlNTKb liY \VII.I.IA>r Cl.iiUK-i AM) SiiNS, I.I.M ITKli.
DCKE STREET, STAMFORD STREKT, S.E., .\M> CHKAT WIMi.MII.I, STKEKP, W.

D.ivi.ncr. o>^uincniN(^rivjoo. rLAini.

P. M. M. P. M. M.

m^^"^ I <:l a -y .^j :t(
4 ^ y ?) vj : / .4' y 3 »j

I ^ (!* S (J? (i a -'; !/ C^

Teeth of Left Upper Jaw from Outside. Teeth of Right Upper Jaw from Inside.

■AUn til? ^

- ^MVu f1 f ./ [i\A

3'

5'

■^ '*5 ^J

*i 'Jl fi ^ ''l ^^P^

2'

3'

5'

^.

^^ '.I

Teeth of Left Lower Jaw from Outside. Teeth of Right Lower Jaw from Inside.

H. Gronvold del. West, Newman collotyp.

DENTITION OF OMMATOPHOCA.

i.

1^

^■^ ""»>

1
1

P

Q

CO

O

§

Eh
Dh

o

C
o

o

Oh

5:

4

\'

^1

*^1

#,

o

^•

Q.
W
^^

CO
13
^<

I 1

o

CD
O

<;c3

w^%

<

PC

<

o
o

p
o

o

b m.rf:p. .so\tthehn cross

PLATE v..

r.; A.W pmx
H Gronvol'J del

AVe.sLjUewman chrorno

LOBODON CARCINOPHAGUS.

"^

i

■^.

'J)

m
en
o

o

p.
o

<

o

t3

CD

BM.REP, SOUTHERTSr CROSS

PLATE VII ,

-**?-

■Tffircmrolj. deletJiJui.

"West ifewma'TLLm.^'

PYG OS CELTS ADELI^. cuL el i/nvm.

w '"■'m

^

1

B.MHEE/'SOUTHERN CROSS

PLATE IX.

*

I

*^

'^.-

.•>■?

v

H . GronvolA ad nat del West .Newman cbromo .

1-& F.GfiS OF MF.nAT,ERTRT.S MAnnnRMir.KT

B.MREP/'SOUTHERN CROSS

PLATE X.

f-

v"^--

A f-

i:- V-

H.Gronvold ad nat del.

West.Newman chromo.

1-3. EGGS OF PAGODRGMA.

A r* -m r^ r-1 r^ r^ Tr\ t^'\ r r^ r^ (~i n\ t~i t t rt

X

w

l-H

<

ex

CD
O

u

D
o

.^

w

ffl

7^ -^3

r .fr.

■rt

in
o
h
W

(J)
W

o

'iif;ii-'^'

^

o

m

u

I

f

>

u

O

ffl

m
o

w

.til. i ^

4>
(1)

Hi

a.

m
m
o

P^
o

PI

w

g

r

o
cn

o

I

X
u
u

<

H
W

o

<

w
PI

p

ft

pq

o
u

I — 1

1—1

w
m

O
O

w

<

en
o
fri
a

w
m

H

8

m

^

ffi

i>

ri

^>

'^^r-

I

U

o
u

<<

I — I

w

o
o

^

.§

If)
O

X

'P

o
m

o:

■• •■ \ \ ! ;

^\\-fe

I

a

!■.
m
-U
K

r-i

Id

01

0]

W
u
I — I

H

U
<

o
u

cr;

0
o

g

w

<
P.

m
m
o

H

O
01

w

m

pq

a)

(U

p

O
n
H
U

a.

B.M.REP. SOUTHERN CROSS

PLATE ;iIX.

i>o W v^

^^ \J U

n

(noon p.

0

0 0

1.

o

c9

Oo

Q !i

tio

1

go

o

0

1

Test

O&.OL-.

8

St.---

<r^^

MarUle.

4-.

hr.3.

6

5. L/

'W.AH cie!

A.S.Kathj.iili'' London

BOLTENIA PACHYDERMATINA
STYELA LACTEA.

B-M-REP/'SOUTHERIT CROSS

PLATE XX

^Y

Sv^^

&

JOV UiJUL

5 .

M\

3.

8

7.

PAttotyefveci here..

Torn h&re.

-.. W~^.iii.S4i*^.,4«!P?«^^W5?gSS^^g^s^

" ^/

W.A.H.del.

A.S.Hutli,Litl.r London

TYLOBRANCHION ANTARCTICUM.
DISTAPLIA IGNOTA

B . M . BEE ■ S OUTHT.RN C RC S S .

PLATE XXI

V )

10

i ')

1.

! ■' f

^■'•

\

A.

V .y

7.

//

y V-

T

S

i

\

/

\

\ u

\/#

2.

\

V.-

W.A.H. ibi.

6.

8

A S.Kuth.LLtK London.

ATOPOGASTER ELONGATA

S .V: . REP "SOUTHS Rl^T CRO S S

PLATE ^\Ki-i.

5.

■m

o

o^'^

»?."

o <^ o

o

,, O o o O ° o

3.

\..J

Asp.

o

froTTi-- UcStde.

0-. &6.

7.

I

2

8.

9.

W. A. H. del

POLYCLINUM ADAREANUM

A.S.Huth.,Lith'^Lc!TLdoTi.

-iM. REP. "southern CROSS,

PLATE aKHT.

/■i^

; 1

^- "i";T^?^i - ,

'^^ ^'iSvi,

2.

■' /\ ''\ :~\ /

•■>;-^.i:i,i-.

f^

^^^

1

±

MSJ^

^ r\Kr\"^- (

W.A.H.-del.

PSAMMAPUDIUM NIGRUM.
P ANTARCTICUM.

A.S.Hath.Llth'^ London

BM.BEP. SOITTKEEIT CROSS

PLATE XXIV.

JGrpen deletlith.

"We3t,KewmaTi. imp

B.M.REf^ "southern cros:

PI, ATE XXV.

^^rWiSfSS?.*

--^^'

.*i.i%^

■<^~

r^-^

'iiis.

•T-f 7

u

■■if

'^■;'.

^^^g^^^l^iS

10

J. Gre«ix deLetTith.

"West, Nowmari imp

B-M. REP SOUTHERN CROSS

PLATE XZVr .

C.Berjeau del. etlitii.

'West,NeTrman imp.

OPHIOSTEIRA ANTARCTICA.

B.M.REP. "SOUTHERN CROSS."

PLATE XXVII.

West, Newmau iiup.

OPHIOSTEIRA ANTARCTICA.
Varieties of Plates of Disc.

B.M. REP. "'SOUTHER'N CROSS"

PLATE XK VIII.

G. Beneau del , etlitli

West, Newman imp

OPHIONOTUS VICTORIAE.

B.M. REP. "SOUTHERN CROSS'

PLATE XXIX.

,'/ ,'M 5

F W. Sexton del. ad pat

West, Newman olinlo-lith

HIPPOLYTE AUSTRALIS

B.M. REP. "SOUTHERN CROSS

PLATE XXX

E.W. Sexton del ad nat

West, Newman photo-lith.

1-8 EUPHAUSIA GLACIALIS.
9 EUPHAUSIA AUSTRALIS.

B.M.REP."SOUTHEHN CROSS"

PLATE XXXL.

E.W. Sexton del. ad nab.

West, Newman photo-lith.

PARATANAIS ANTARCTICA

BM-BEP. SOUTHERN CROSS

PLATE JCXXII.

llW.Sexto/!. del ad: nat .

"West.Newraan pKoto litK.

GNATHIA POLARIS

B.M.REP. SOTJTHERl-T CR-OS3

PT_,ATEXXX11I.

l.JV-RCTURUS ADAREI 2 . CYMOD O CEA Al\^TARCTlCi^
3, CYMODOCEA AUSTTIAL.IS-

B.M.REP. "SOUTHERN CROSS"

PLATE XKKIV.

3e /
E.W.Sextor. del adnat. West, Newman photo-lith.

. ...-.I^IACRIS AUSTRALIS. 2 ACTURUS' POLARIS.
3 CYMODOCEA AUSTRALIS.

BM.REP. SOUTHERN CROSS

PLATE XXXV.

EWSexton. del ai nat .

West IfevvxnaxL pJioto IQv

APICTTJRUS P01.A.RIS

B.M.REP. SOUTHERN" CROSS

PLATE XXKVr.

NOTASELLUS AUSTRALIS.

B.M.REP, SOUTHERlsJ" CROSS

PLATE XXXVIL

EWoexton. ieL alTiaC .

^aCtHewmoOi pliotalitk.

HALIACRIS AUSTRALIS

B.M.REP SOUTHERN CROSS

PLATE XXXVJIL ,

.KWSexiQTL 3jeL ai i\a.fc .

"We s t iNeWTiia.ti plifl to lifck.

ECHINOZONE SPINOSA.

B.M.HEP. "SOUTHERN CROSS

PLATE XXXIX.

EWSfiXtan dd.aa nit

"West JTeevmarL plio t o libk.

F..-^VTr>jozONii SPINOSA.

B.M.REP. S0UT.HEE.1T CROSS

PLATE XL.

.EWSejrtoji del. ai iia,t .

'^Nest^eKmaxL photo litk.

IQYMPHOKT AUSTRA1.E.

BMREE ''SOU-THERIT CROSS.

PLATE XLT.

TG Stevens del

We?t -T^Jewnjan ir.

HARMOTHOE SPINOSA

B,M, REP SOUTHERN CROSs"

PLATE JtLir.

T.G Stevens del.

West,lTciicniflTi- photo l\ik.

. i..-,. ir.;. v.;oiA KERGUEir--
3 & 4 . MA L M a E.E WI A C R A S .. .

5. PHYLLODOCE MADEIR:

6. EREUTHO ANTARCTICA

B.M.PxEP. SOUTHERN CROSS-

PLATE JCLIIL

JI

/iWiUey del.

West, Newman photo litb.

1 & 2, 4 - 8. HARMOTHOE SPINOSA,
3, 9-11 H CROSSETENSIS.

BM, REP SOUTHERN OROSS'

PI.ATEXLIV,

A

AWalley iel.

West, Newman -plaoto lith

1-4. GATTYAN-A CRISTATA.

5 s. 6, MALMGRE^IA CRASSICIRRIS

7. PHYLLODOCE MADEIRENSIS.

8. VANADIS ANTARCTICA,

B.M.REP. "SOUTHERIT CROSS"

PLATE ALV.

<r

AMlley ael.

West J Eewraa-n phobo Jith .

1-3. TYPOSYLLIS HYALINA.

4. ARICIA MAP.GINA.TA.

5. ITICOLEA AGASSIZl.

6. THELEPUS AlsTTARCTICUS

B.M.BEP, "SOUTPlERiT CROSS"

J^LATEXL"VI

AWiiU/ del ,

"West flfewman pkoto Jith.

1&2. VANADIS ANTARCTICA
3-5. KHODINE LOVENI
6, EREUTHO ASFTARCTICA,

B.M. REP., "SOUTHERN CROSS"

PLATE XLVIl.

G.H.C.del.

West, Newman litK.

ISOTOMA KLOVSTADI

L.Roule del .

West, Newman lit}i .

CLAVULiARIA FRANKLINIANA

B.M.REP./'SOUTHERN CROSS:

PLATE XLVIIl

J.A.C.del.

WestjNewman lioli

URTICINA SULCATA

B.M.REP.rSOUTHERN CROSS!'

PLATE XLIX,

.ec.

/K

'Vw;

^

9

mg.

rn,.i.

ml.

J. A. C. del

West, Newman litli

URTICINA CARLGRENI.

B.MREP.,"SOUTHERN CROSS"

PLATE L

i^-,.m.ec.

J, A. C. del.

West, Newman li tn

EMBRYOS & BROOD CHAMBERS,

B.M.REP./'SOUTHERN CROSS"

PLATE LI.

J. AC. del.

J^»J®#

f^--ec.

West, Newman litli.

EMBRYOS & BROOD CHAMBERS

B.M.REP."SOUTHEEN CROSS

«

oe.in.

PLATE LII.

J.A.C.del.

West, Newman lith .

EMBRYOS &. BROOD CHAMBERS.

B.M.REP., "SOUTHERN CROSS'

PLATE LIU.

LM'^^ <'\

■«ti/

Y

^;\ id) h ,n^'

■I'

•X yfi

E Drake del er htK

^ J6
West , Mewmaji imp

MICROS E C T I ONS OF ANTARCTIC R 0 CKS .

QH
84
.2
S7

BioMed

British Museum (Natural History'

Report on the collections
of natural history

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY